@~1~AARAU

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

1

A RE” TO` PUM (6) CON` TVAI SUI’ MA HUT` MRAN` MA MAN`” MYA” A RE” TO` PUM. 610pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Ran` Kun` (Nan`” Mran`’ Ca Pe), 1970.

2

AACHEN. KRÖNUNGSSAAL IM RATHAUS. Vergessene Städte am Indus. Frühe Kulturen in Pakistan vom 8.-2. Jahrtausend v.Chr. June-Sept. 1987. iv, 312pp. 526 illus. (132 color). Sq. 4to. Leatherette. Mainz (Verlag Philipp von Zabern), 1987.

3

ABADIE, MAURICE. Les races du Haut-Tonkin de Phong-Tho à Lang-Son. Préface de Paul Pelliot. vi, (2), 194pp., 44 plates, 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Société d’Éditions Géographiques, Maritimes et Coloniales), 1924.

4

ABBAS, K.A. 20th March 1977. A day like any other day. x, (2), 134pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1978.

5

ABBOTT, J. Indian Ritual and Belief: The Keys of Power. viii, 560pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1932. New Delhi (Usha Publications), 1984.

6

ABEGG, WERNER. Die Indiensammlung der Universität Zürich. (Aus den Mitteilungen der GeographischEthnographischen Gesellschaft Zürich, Band 35.) 172pp. 54 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Zürich (Beer & Cie.), 1935.

7

ABU AL-FAZL IBN MUBARAK. The Akbar Nama of Abu-l-Fazl: History of the Reign of Akbar Including an Account of His Predecessors. Translated from the Persian by H. Beveridge. 3 vols. (4), 667, (1), xxxii, 27pp.; ii, 577, (1), 23pp.; xxxi, (3), 1274, (2), 68pp. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Calcutta 1902-1921 edition. Lahore (Book Traders), n.d.

8

ACHARYA, PRASANNA KUMAR. An Encyclopaedia of Hindu Architecture. Second edition. (Mansara Series. 7.) xxxi, (1), 684, 18pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London 1946. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1979.

9

ACHJADI, JUDI. Indonesia: Arts and Crafts. 91pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. [Jakarta] (Department of Information, Republic of Indonesia), n.d.

10

ADAM, LEONHARD. Buddhastatuen. Ursprung und Form der Buddhagestalt. xii, 121, (3)pp., 48 plates with 52 illus. Frontis., 20 text figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Stuttgart (Verlag Strecker und Schröder), 1925.

11

ADHIKARI, M.S. Socio-Economic Survey of Rupa: A Sherdukpen Village in Arunachal Pradesh. (Census of India 1971. Series 1: India. Monograph No. 1 [No. 9 of 1961 Series]./ Part VI C.) xviii, 171, (1)pp., 49 plates. 2 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), [1975].

12

ADRIANI, N. Bare’e-Nederlandsch woordenboek, met Nederlandsch-Bare’e register. (Koninklijk Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen.) xv, (1), 1074pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1928.

13

ADRIANI, N. Bare’e-verhalen. Voor de uitgave bewerkt door M. Adriaani-Gunning. (Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-, Landen Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië.) 2 vols. I: Tekst. viii, 427pp. II: Verkorte, vrije vertaling. xi, (1), 247pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth & orig. wraps. Vol. I interleaved. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1932-1933.

14

ADRIANI, NICOLAUS. Sangireesche spraakkunst. Academisch proefschrift...Rijks-Universiteit te Leiden. xiii, (1), 288pp. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (A.H. Adriani), 1893.

15

ADRIANI, N. Spraakkunst der Bare’e-taal. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. 70.) xvi, 481pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Bandoeng (A.C. Nix & Co.), 1931.

16

ADRIANI, N. & KRUIJT, ALB. C. De Bare’e-sprekende Toradja’s van Midden-Celebes. 4 vols. I-II: Land-en volkenkunde. xi, (1), 426pp.; vii, (1), 468pp. III: Taal- en letterkundige schets der Bare’e taal en overzicht van het taalgebied: Celebes Zuit-Halmahera. vii, (1), 717pp., 1 lrg. folding map. IV: Platen en kaarten. 3 lrg. folding maps, 39 plates, loose in portfolio, as issued. Vols. I-III 4to.; vol. IV: Sm. folio. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Batavia (Landsdrukkerij), 1912-1914.

17

AGASE, KASINATHASASTRI Srimadhusudanasarasvati

(EDITOR). virachitaya

Vedavyasapranitamahabharatantargata Srimadbhagavadgita Gudharthadipikakhyaya vyakhyaya tatha

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

2

sridharasvamiviracitasubodhinyakhyaya vyakhyaya sameta. Second edition. (Anandasramasamskrtagranthavalih. 45.) 2, 519pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. Punyakhyapattane (Hari Narayana Apte), 1912. 18

AGRAWAL, C.M. Golu Devata: The God of Justice of Kumaun Himalayas. ix, (7), 147pp. 17 color illus. (partly tipped-in). 4to. Cloth. Almora (Shree Almora Book Depot), 1992.

19

AGRAWAL, D.P. The Archaeology of India. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies. Monograph Series. 46.) (12) , 294pp. 161 illus. 4to. Wraps. London/Malmö (Curzon Press), 1982.

20

AGRAWAL, USHA. Museums in India: A Brief Directory. Fourth edition. (6), 144pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Museums Association of India), 1985.

21

AHMAD, HAFIZ MANZOORUDDIN. Geheimnisvolles Indien? Indien von einem Inder gesehen. Zweite Auflage. 186, (4)pp. 90 illus. hors texte. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Berlin (Deutsche Verlagsgesellschaft), 1937.

22

AHMAD, H. MANZOORUDDIN. Thailand, Land der Freien. 263, (1)pp., 14 plates. 4to. Boards. Leipzig (Wilhelm Goldmann Verlag), 1943.

23

AKIN RABIBHADANA, M.R. The Organization of Thai Society in the Early Bangkok Period, 1782-1873. (Data Paper : Number 74, Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University.) xi, (1), 247, (17)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Ithaca, N.Y. (Cornell University), 1969.

24

AKIRA, HIRAKAWA. A History of Indian Buddhism: From Sakyamuni to Early Mahayana. (Asian Studies at Hawaii. 36.) xvi, (2), 402, (4)pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. N.p. (University of Hawaii Press), 1990.

25

ALAGIYAVANNA MUKAVETI. Sewul sandesaya. By the poet Alagiyawanna Mukaweti (Mohottala). Revised and paraphrased with commentary by W.N. Wijayawardhana and J.R. Weerasekara. iv, 139pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Colombo (W.A. Perera/ Sewyasri Press), 1929.

26

‘ALI MUHAMMAD KHAN. Mirat-i-Ahmadi: A History of Gujarat in Persian. Edited by Syed Nawab Ali. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 33-34.) 2 vols. Part I: 8, 416pp., 2 plates. Part II: 1127 to 1174 A.H. With foreword by Jadunath Sarkar. viii, (2), 17, (5), 624pp. With: Mirat-i-Ahmadi Supplement (Persian Text). (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 40 [i.e. 50].) 3, (1), 254, (2)pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Baroda (Oriental Institute/ Central Library), 1928; 1927; 1930.

27

‘ALI MUHAMMAD KHAN. Mirat-i-Ahmadi: A History of Gujarat in Persian. (English Translation). Translated from the Persian original of Ali Muhammad Khan by M.F. Lokhandwala. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 146.) (4), 946, xxiii, (1)pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Edition limited to 500 copies. Baroda (Oriental Institute), 1965.

28

ALI, TARIQ. The Nehrus and the Gandhis. An Indian dynasty. With an introduction by Salman Rushdie. 301, (1)pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. London (Picador), 1985.

29

ALIKANOV, K.M. Russko-v’etnamskii slovar’. / Tù dien Nga-Viêt. [By] K.M. Alikanov, V.V. Ivanov, I.A. Mal’khanova. 2 vols. 648pp.; 704pp. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Russkii Iazyk”), 1977.

30

ALKEMA, B. & BEZEMER, T.J. Beknopt handboek der volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië. xii, (4), 583pp. 131 illus. 4to. Cloth. Haarlem (H.D. Tjeenk Willink & Zoon), 1927.

31

ALLAN, J., ET AL. The Cambridge Shorter History of India. By J. Allan, T. Wolseley Haig, H.H. Dodwell. Edited by H.H. Dodwell. xix, (3), 970pp. 21 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1934.

32

ALLCHIN, BRIDGET & ALLCHIN, RAYMOND. The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan. (Cambridge World Archaeology.) 379, (1)pp. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Cambridge/London (Cambridge University Press), 1982.

33

ALLEN, CHARLES. Raj: A Scrapbook of British India, 1877-1947. 142pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

3

London (Book Club Associates), 1977. 34

ALLEN, CHARLES & DWIVEDI, SHARADA. Lives of the Indian Princes. 352pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. London (Century Publishing), 1984.

35

ALLISON, GORDON H. Easy Thai. An introduction to the Thai language with exercises and answer key.... xiii, (1), 105pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Co.), 1969.

36

ALLISON, W.L. The Sadhs. (The Religious Life of India.) ii, (4), 127, (3)pp. Wraps. Calcutta (Y.M.C.A. Publishing House), 1934.

37

ALSDORF, LUDWIG. Beiträge zur Geschichte von Vegetarismus und Rinderverehrung in Indien. (Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz. Abhandlungen der geistes- und sozialwissenschaftlichen Klasse. Jahrgang 1961, Nr. 6.) 69, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. Mainz/Wiesbaden (Verlag der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur/ Franz Steiner Verlag), 1961.

38

ALTEKAR, A.S. The Coinage of the Gupta Empire. And its imitations. (Corpus of Indian Coins. 4.) xvi, 390, (2)pp., 27 plates. 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (Numismatic Society of India), 1957.

39

ALTEKAR, A.S. State and Government in Ancient India. ix, (1), 407pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the third revised and enlarged edition of 1958. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1972.

40

ALWI BIN ALHADY. Malay Customs and Traditions. xv, (1), 128pp., 13 plates. Wraps. Singapore (Eastern Universities Press), 1962.

41

AMATYA, JAGDISH MAN SINGH. Picturesque Nepal. Second edition. (6), ii, 109, iii pp., 1 folding map. Illus. Buckram. Kathmandu (Ratna Pustak Bhandar), 1961.

42

AMBALAL, AMIT. Krishna as Shrinathji: Rajasthani Paintings from Nathdvara. 177pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Ahmedabad (Mapin Publishing), 1987.

43

AMBALANGODA. AMBALANGODA MASK MUSEUM. The Ambalangoda Mask Museum. Edited by Wolfgang Mey, Martin Prösler, Anna Wischkowski. (18), 67pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Ambalangoda, 1987.

44

AMENDED LIST OF ANCIENT MONUMENTS IN BURMA. (206)pp. 4to. Cloth. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery, Union of Burma), 1960.

45

AMES, FRANK. The Kashmir Shawl and Its Indo-French Influence. 347pp. 222 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Woodbridge, Suffolk (Antique Collectors’ Club), 1986.

46

AMIN, ENTJI’. Sja‘ir perang Mengkasar (The Rhymed Chronicle of the Macassar Way). Edited and translated by C. Skinner. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 40.) (4), 314pp., 2 plates (1 doublepage). 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1963.

47

AMIN, MOHAMED, ET AL. Reise durch die Malediven. [Von] Mohamed Amin, Duncan Willetts, Peter Marshall. 191pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Hannover (Landbuch-Verlag), 1992.

48

AMPHA OTRAKUL. Kurzgeschichten aus Thailand. Ausgewählt und übersetzt. 312pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Bangkok (Chalermnit Verlag), [1982].

49

AMPHA OTRAKUL, ET AL. Photchananukrom Thai-Yoeraman. Doi `Ampha `Otrakun; khana phuchuai, Thiamchan Chiamprasoet...[et al.]; bannathikan Khlao Weng./ Thai-Deutsches Wörterbuch.... (12), 779pp. Stout 8vo. Boards. Bangkok (Duang Kamon), 1982.

50

AMSTERDAM. TROPENMUSEUM. India nu. Nov. 1968. 96pp., 16 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Amsterdam, 1968.

51

ANAND, MULK RAJ. Madhubani Painting. 58, (2)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1984.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

4

52

ANAND, MULK RAJ, ET AL. Homage to Kalamkari. 134pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Dec. cloth, 1/4 boards. With texts by 14 contributors on the painted cloths of India. Bombay (Marg Publications), 1979.

53

ANAND, MULK RAJ, ET AL. Homage to Khajuraho. By Mulk Raj Anand, Charles Fabri, Stella Kramrisch. Second edition. 68pp. 55 plates. Lrg. 4to. Boards. D.j. Bombay (Marg Publications), 1962.

54

ANAND, UMA. Mansions of the Sun: The Indian Desert Thaar. With photographs by Vivek Anand. 167pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (Al-Falak/ Scorpion), 1982.

55

ANAWARATNA, S. Easy Steps to Sinhalese. Especially adapted for Europeans. 51pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Colombo (The Wesleyan Mission Press), 1908.

56

ANCIENT INDIA. Bulletin of the Archaeological Survey of India. Vols. 1 - 5. Lrg . 4to. Wraps. New Delhi, 1946-1949.

57

ANDERSEN, DINES. A Pali Reader: With Notes and Glossary. 2 vols. I: Text and Notes. (4), iii, 132pp. II: A Pali Glossary: [Words of the] Pali Reader and of the Dhammapada. (2), 288pp. 4to. Buckram. Originally published 1901. New Delhi (Award Publishing House), 1979.

58

ANDERSON, J.D. A Manual of the Bengali Language. (12), 178pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Cambridge 1920. New York (Frederick Ungar Publishing Co.), 1962.

59

ANDERSON, MARY M. The Festivals of Nepal. 288pp., 23 color plates. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen & Unwin), 1971.

60

ANDREW, G.P. Mergui District. Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) (2), 39, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lacking the map. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1962.

61

ANDRONOV, M.S. Dravidian Languages. (Languages of Asia and Africa.) 199pp. Sm. 4to Wraps. Moscow (”Nauka” Publishing House, Central Department of Oriental Literature), 1970.

62

ANDRONOV, M.S. The Kannada Language. (Languages of Asia and Africa.) 86, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Moscow (“Nauka” Publishing House, Central Department of Oriental Literature), 1969.

63

ANDRONOV, M.S. & MAKARENKO, V.A. Malaialam-russkii slovar’. / Malayala-Rasyan nighandu. Edited by Naraianikutti Unnikrishnan. 871pp. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Sovetskaia Entsiklopediia”), 1971.

64

ANNAMBHATTA. Tarka-samgraha of Annambhatta. With the author’s own Dîpika, and Govardhana’s Nyaya-bodhini. Edited with critical and explanatory notes by Yashwant Vasudev Athalye, together with introduction and English translation of the text by Mahadev Rajaram Bodas. Revised and enlarged. Second edition, re-impression. (Bombay Sanskrit Series. 55.) lxxii, 384pp. 4to. Buckram, 3/4 leather. Poona (Bhandarkar Institute Press), 1930.

65

ANSARI, DAGMAR. Chrestomathie der Hindi-Prosa des 20. Jahrhunderts. 221pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1967.

66

ANTON, H. Subramanya Bharati. Eine Darstellung seiner weltanschaulichen und künstlerischen Entwicklung. xix, (1), 174pp. 4to. Wraps. Madras (Privately Printed), 1977.

67

ANTON, HELGA. The Script and Pronunciation of Modern Tamil. (4), 83, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Madras (Privately Printed), 1976.

68

ANUMAN RAJADHON, PHYA. Essays on Thai Folklore. 383pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (The Social Science Association Press of Thailand), 1968.

69

ANUMAN RAJADHON, PHYA. The Nature and Development of the Thai Language. Second edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 10.) 36pp. Illus. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1963.

70

ANURUDDHA. A Manual of Abhidhamma. Being Abhidhammattha sangaha of Bhadanta Anuruddhacariya. Edited in the original Pali text with English translation and explanatory notes [by] Narada Maha Thera. Third revised edition. vii, (1), 451pp., 3 folding charts. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

5

Kandy (Buddhist Publication Society), 1975. 71

ANUVIT CHARERNSUPKUL. ‘Ongprakop sathapattayakam Thai. / The Elements of Thai Architecture. 142pp. 62 plates. Oblong 4to. Cloth. Parallel texts in Thai and English. Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Kanphim Satri San), 2521 [1978].

72

ANWARUL HAQ, M. The Faith Movement of Mawlana Muhammad Ilyas. 210pp. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen & Unwin Ltd.), 1972.

73

AO, ALEMCHIBA. Waromung: An Ao Naga Village. Foreword: Asok Mitra. (Census of India 1961. Monograph Series. Vol. I, Part VI, No. 1.) xvii, (1), 210, (2)pp., 6 maps (partly double-page), 28 plates. 62 tables. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), [1966].

74

APASTAMBA. Das Srautasutra des Apastamba. [II:] Achtes bis fünfzehntes Buch. Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt von W. Caland. (Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam. Afdeeling Letterkunde. N.S. XXIV#2.) 467, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Amsterdam (Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen), 1924.

75

APFFEL-MARGLIN, FRÉDÉRIQUE. Wives of the God-King: The Rituals of the Devadasis of Puri. xv, (1), 388pp. 21 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1985.

76

APPASAMY, JAYA. Indian Paintings on Glass. (6), 38pp., 87 plates (partly in color). Sq. 4to. Cloth. D.j. New Delhi (Indian Council for Cultural Relations), 1980.

77

APPASAMY, JAYA. Tanjavur Painting of the Maratha Period. xiv, (2), 121pp., 50 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1980.

78

APTE, VAMAN SHIVARAM. The Student’s Guide to Sanskrit Composition. Being a treatise on Sanskrit syntax.... 11th edition. xvi, 404pp. Cloth. Bombay (The Standard Publishing Company), 1934.

79

APTE, VINAYAK MAHADEV. Social and Religious Life in the Grihya Sutras. With brief surveys of social and religious conditions in pre-Grihya-sutra Vedic literature and in early Avestan literature. Reset edition with a foreword by R.P. Tripathi. xxxii, 280, (8)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (The Popular Book Depot), 1954.

80

ARAVAMUTHAN, T.G. Portrait Sculpture in South India. Foreword by Ananda K. Coomaraswamy. 100pp. 34 illus. hors texte. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. London (The India Society), 1931.

81

ARCHAIMBAULT, CH. Contribution à l’étude d’un cycle de légendes Lau. (Publications de l’École Française d’ExtrêmeOrient. 119.) 440, (2)pp., 9 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1980.

82

ARCHAIMBAULT, CHARLES. La fête du T’at. Trois essais sur les rites laotiens. (Série: Documents sur le Laos. 1.) 75pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Vientiane?] (Mission Française d’Enseignement et de Coopération Culturelle au Laos), n.d.

83

ARCHAIMBAULT, CHARLES. Structures religieuses Lao (rites et mythes). (Collection “Documents pour le Laos.” 2.) x, (2), 289pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Vientiane (Éditions Vithagna), 1973.

84

ARCHER, MILDRED. Indian Popular Painting in the India Office Library. xii, 196, (2)pp., 6 color plates. 92 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (UBS Publishers’ Distributors Ltd.), 1977.

85

ARCHER, W.G. The Hill of Flutes: Life, Love and Poetry in Tribal India. A portrait of the Santals. 375pp. 60 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen & Unwin), 1974.

86

ARCHER, W.G. Indian Painting in Bundi and Kotah. (Victoria & Albert Museum Monograph. No. 13.) v, (1), 58pp., 56 plates. 4to. Wraps. London (H.M.S.O.), 1959.

87

ARCHER, W.G. Indische Miniaturen. 22, (2)pp., 15 tipped-in color plates. 6 tipped-in text illus. Sm. folio. Boards.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

6

Laupen-Bern (Iris-Verlag), 1957. 88

ARCHER, W.G. Indische Miniaturen. 17, (3)pp., 100 plates (partly tipped-in color) with facing commentary. Folio. Cloth. Recklinghausen (Verlag Aurel Bongers), [1960].

89

ARCHER, W.G. Kalighat Paintings. A catalogue and introduction. xiv, 127, (3)pp., 95 plates (4 color). 4to. Cloth. London (Victoria & Albert Museum), 1971.

90

ARCHER, W.G. The Loves of Krishna in Indian Painting and Poetry. (Ethical and Religious Classics of East and West. 18.) 127, (3)pp., 40 plates with facing commentary. 4to. Wraps. New York (Macmillan), n.d.

91

ARDEN, A.H. A Progressive Grammar of the Telugu Language. xi, (5), 476pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Madras (The Christian Literature Society), 1975.

92

ARIS, MICHAEL. Bhutan. The early history of a Himalayan kingdom. (Central Asian Studies.) xxxiv, 344pp. 31 plates, 5 figs., 2 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Warminster (Aris & Phillips), 1979.

93

ARJAN DEV GURU. Sacred Sukhmani. Grmukhi & Roman scripts with English translation and gist of the Divine Sermons by Harbans Singh Doabia. 323, (1)pp. Buckram. Amritsar (Singh Brothers), 1984.

94

ARNDT, PAUL. Religion auf Ostflores, Adonare und Solor. (Studia Instituti Anthropos. 1.) xii, 248pp., 1 folding map. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Wien-Mödling 1951 edition. New York/London (Johnson Reprint Corporation), 1968.

95

ARRIAN. Der Alexanderzug. Indische Geschichte. Griechisch und Deutsch. Herausgegeben und übersetzt von Gerhard Wirth und Oskar von Hinüber. (Sammlung Tusculum.) (2), 1153pp. Cloth. München/Zürich (Artemis Verlag), 1985.

96

ARSHI, P.S. The Golden Temple. History, art and architecture. xv, (1), 142, (2)pp., 42 plates. Text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Harman Publishing House), 1989.

97

ARTS AND CRAFTS IN INDONESIA. 96pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Djakarta (Ministry of Information, Republic of Indonesia), [1955].

98

ARTS & CRAFTS IN INDONESIA. 7th edition. 93pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. [Jakarta] (Department of Information, Republic of Indonesia), 1979.

99

ARYABHATA. The Aryabhatiya of Aryabhata. An ancient Indian work on mathematics and astronomy. Translated with notes by Walter Eugene Clark. xxix, (1), 90pp. Cloth. D.j. Chicago (The University of Chicago Press), 1930.

100

ARYAN, K.C. Folk Bronzes of North Western India. 123pp. 93 plates, 12 figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Rekha Prakashan), [1973].

101

ARYAN, K.C. The Little Goddesses (Matrikas). 74pp. 34 illus. hors texte. 17 text figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Rekha Prakashan), 1980.

102

ARYAN, SUBHASHINI. Crafts of Himachal Pradesh. Photographed by R.K. Datta Gupta. (Living Traditions of India.) 167, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth. Ahmedabad (Mapin Publishing), 1993.

103

ASHER, R.E. & RADHAKRISHNAN, R. A Tamil Prose Reader. Selections from contemporary Tamil prose with notes and glossary. x, 237pp. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1971.

104

ASHFAQ ALI. Bhopal, Past and Present. A brief history of Bhopal and Madhya Pradesh from the hoary past upto the present time. (Bhopal Series. 3.) xii, vii, (7), 482, (350)pp. Numerous plates hors texte. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. Bhopal (Jai Bharat Publishing House), 1984.

105

ASPECTS DU BOUDDHISME LAO. (Numéro spécial: Bulletin des Amis du Royaume Lao. 9.) (4), 200, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Vientiane, 1973.

106

ASSAYAG, JACKIE. La colère de la déesse décapitée. Traditions, cultures et pouvoir dans le sud de l’Inde. 558pp. 19 plates, 3 figs., 2 maps, 2 plans. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

7

Paris (CNRS Éditions), 1992. 107

ASTAVAKRA. Die Astavakra-Gita. Bearbeitet und übersetzt von Richard Hauschild. (Abhandlungen der Sächsischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Leipzig. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Vol. 58#2.) 128pp., 4 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1967.

108

ASVAGHOSA. The Buddhacarita: Or, Acts of the Buddha. Complete Sanskrit text with English translation. Cantos I to XIV translated from the original Sanskrit supplemented by the Tibetan version together with an introduction and notes [by] E.H. Johnston. (Panjab University Oriental Publications. 31-32.) 2 vols. Part I: Sanskrit Text. Edited by E.H. Johnston. xx, (2), 165pp. Part II: Cantos I to XIV translated from the original Sanskrit supplemented by the Tibetan version together with an introduction and notes [by] E.H. Johnston. xcviii, 232pp. 4to. Cloth. Lahore/Calcutta (The University of the Panjab/ Baptist Mission Press), 1935-1936.

109

ASVAGHOSA. Buddhas Wandel (Açvaghoshas Buddhacarita). Frei übertragen von Carl Cappeller. (Religiöse Stimmen der Völker: Die Religionen des Alten Indien. 5.) (2), 84, (4)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Jena (Eugen Diederichs), 1922.

110

ASVAGHOSA. The Saundarananda, or, Nanda the Fair. Translated from the original Sanskrit of Asvaghosa by E.H. Johnston. (Panjab University Oriental Publications. 14.) viii, (4), 123pp. 4to. Cloth. Oxford/London (Oxford University Press/ Humphrey Milford), 1932.

111

`ATHIBAI PHLENG LÆ BOTRONG PHÆNSIANG. / Notes on Thai Songs: Long Play. 36pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Texts in Thai and English. Bangkok (Krom Sinlapakon), 1962.

112

`ATHIBAI PHLENG LÆ BOTRONG PHÆNSIANG. / Notes on Thai Songs: Long Play. [2.] 63, (1)pp., 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Texts in Thai and English. Bangkok (Krom Sinlapakon), 1965.

113

AN ATLAS OF INDIA. vi, 185pp. 150 maps. Folio. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1990.

114

‘ATTHAWATHITHAMMAPRAWAT, LUANG. Pratithin horasat Pho. So. 2417 thung Pho. So. 2479 kap khambanyai munlahet kansang, kan’anpratithin, withi khamnuan chata yang la’iat lae ‘un ‘un talot thung kanphayakon. (2), x, (2), 157, (1), 68pp., 399 charts. Lrg. 4to. Orig. cloth. Phra Nakhon (Rongphim Sophonphiphatthanakon), 1936.

115

AUBARET, G. Hoang-Viêt-Luât-Le, code annamite. Lois et règlements du royaume d’Annam, traduits du texte chinois original. 2 vols. bound in 1. xiv, (2), 394pp.; 309pp. Lrg. 4to. New marbled boards, 1/4 leather. Paris (Imprimerie Impériale), 1865.

116

AUBERT, HANS-JOACHIM. Sri Lanka. Kunst- und Reiseführer mit Landeskunde. (Kohlhammer Kunst- und Reiseführer.) 330, (2)pp., 24 plates. 57 maps and plans (2 color). Boards. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1984.

117

AUBOYER, JEANNINE. Buddha: Der Weg der Erleuchtung. 271, (1)pp. 129 color illus., text figs. Sm. folio. Cloth. Freiburg/Basel (Herder), 1982.

118

AUFRECHT, THEODOR. Catalogus Catalogorum: An Alphabetical Register of Sanskrit Works and Authors. 3 vols. in 1. viii, 795pp.; iv, 239pp.; iv, 161pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus/ G. Kreysing), 1891 - Leipzig (Otto Harrassowitz), 1903.

119

AUGARDE, A.J., ET AL. The English-English Kannada Dictionary. vi, (2), 611, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Madras (Oxford University Press), 1985.

120

AUNG-THWIN, MICHAEL. Pagan. The origins of modern Burma. xii, 264, (2)pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth. Honolulu (University of Hawaii Press), 1985.

121

AUROUSSEAU, LÉONARD (EDITOR). Ngan-nan tche yuan. Texte chinois édité et publié sous la direction de Léonard Aurousseau. Avec une étude sur Le Ngan-nan tche yuan et son auteur, par E. Gaspardone. (École Française d’ExtrêmeOrient: Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 1.) 56, (4), 257pp. 4to. Wraps. Attributed to Kao Hsiung-chen. Hanoi (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1932.

122

AVALOKITASIMHA, BHIKSHU. Dharma-samuccaya, compendium de la loi. Recueil de stances, extraites du Saddharma-smrty-upasthana-sutra par Avalokitasimha. (Publications du Musée Guimet. Bibliothèque d’Études. 53. 74, 75.) 3 vols. I: Chapîtres I-V. Texte sanskrite édité avec la version tibétaine et les versions chinoises et traduit en français par Lin Li-kouang. 292, (2)pp. II: Chapîtres VI-XII. Texte sanskrite édité avec la version tibétaine et les versions chinoises et traduit

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

8

en français par Lin Li-kouang. Révision de André Bareau, J.W. de Jong et Paul Demiéville. Avec des appendices par J.W. de Jong. viii, 416, 27pp. III: Chapîtres XIII-XXXVI. Texte sanskrite édité avec la version tibétaine et les versions chinoises et traduit en français par Lin Li-kouang. Révision de André Bareau, J.W. de Jong et Paul Demiéville. Avec des appendices par J.W. de Jong. vi, 567, 48pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Adrien-Maisonneuve), 1946-1973. 123

AVALON, ARTHUR. Tantra of the Great Liberation (Mahanirvana Tantra). A translation from the Sanskrit, with introduction and commentary. cxlvi, 359, (19)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Originally published London 1913. New York (Dover Publications), 1972.

124

AYE KYAW. On the Birth of Modern Family Law in Burma and Thailand. (Teaching and Research Exchange Fellowships. Report No. 4.) (10), 123pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. [Singapore] (Southeast Asian Studies Program), 1990.

125

AYE MYINT, U. Burmese Design Through Drawings. Edited by Sone Simatrang. x, 214pp. 762 illus., figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Silapakorn University), 1993.

126

AYER, V.A.K. Sariraka Sastra: Indian Science of Palmistry (The Kartikeyan System). Sanskrit text, with translation & notes. Second edition. (4), 112pp. 155 illus. Sm. 4to. Boards. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1965.

127

AYMONIER, ÉTIENNE. Les Tchames et leurs religions. 111pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Ernest Leroux), 1891.

128

AYMONIER, ÉTIENNE & CABATON, ANTOINE. Dictionnaire cam-français. (Publications de l’École Française d’ExtrêmeOrient. 7.) xlvi, (2), 587pp. Lrg. 4to. Orig. wraps. Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Ernest Leroux), 1906.

129

‘AZIZ AHMAD, MUHAMMAD. Political History & Institutions of the Early Turkish Empire of Delhi (1206-1290 AD). With a foreword by Muhammad Habib. xii, (2), 395pp. Frontis., 3 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Lahore 1949. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1972.

130

BA HAN, MAUNG. The University English-Burmese Dictionary. (2), 2292, (1), 3, (1), 5, (1)pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth, 3/4 leather. Rangoon (The Hanthawaddy Press), 1951.

131

BA KHIN, U. The Real Values of True Buddhist Meditation. (4), 57, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Rangoon (Vipassana Association), [1966].

132

[BA KHIN, U.] What Buddhism Is. (4), 19, (3)pp. 1 color plate. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Rangoon (Vipassana Research Association), n.d.

133

BA SHIN, U. The Lokahteikpan. [Early Burmese culture in a Pagan temple]. (6), iv, 209, (3)pp., 71 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Wraps. [Rangoon] (The Burma Historical Commission, Ministry of Union Culture), 1962.

134

BABAR, SAROJINI. Folk Literature of Maharashtra. (Basic Pamphlets on Life and Culture of Maharashtra.) ii, 39pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. D.j. New Delhi (Maharashtra Information Centre), 1968.

135

BABB, LAWRENCE A. The Divine Hierarchy: Popular Hinduism in Central India. xviii, (4), 266pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. New York/London (Columbia University Press), 1975.

136

BABUR, EMPEROR OF HINDUSTAN. Babur-nama (Memoirs of Babur). Translated from the original Turki text of Zahiru’d-din Muhammad Babur Padshah Ghazi by Annette Susannah Beveridge. 2 vols. in 1. lxi, (1), 880pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1922 edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1979.

137

[BADARAYANA]. Brahma sutras. [Commentary by Sri Swami Sivananda.] Second revised edition. xxxiv, 686pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1977.

138

BADEN-POWELL, B.H. The Indian Village Community. (Behavior Science Reprints.) xvi, 456, (16)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Haven (HRAF Press), 1957.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

9

139

BADER, HERMANN. Die Reifefeiern bei den Ngada (Mittelflores, Indonesien). (St.-Gabrieler Studien. 12.) viii, 146pp., 2 maps. Wraps. Mödling bei Wien (St.-Gabriel Verlag), n.d.

140

BAEPRIAN WANNAKHADI THAI: SAMRAP CHAN TRIAM’UDOMMASUKSA. 2 vols. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Phra Nakhon (Khurusapha), 1959.

141

BAHADUR, K.P. [& CHIB, SUKHDEV SINGH]. Caste, Tribes & Culture of India. Vols. 1 - 8, as follows: [1]: Assam. (8), 135pp. 8 plates. 2: Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, & Maharashtra. vi, 146pp. 8 plates. 3: Bengal, Bihar & Orissa. vi, (2), 143pp. Frontis. 4: Karnataka, Kerala & Tamil Nadu. viii, 120pp. 6 plates. 5: Uttar Pradesh. (4), v, (1), 119pp. 6 plates. 6: Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Jammu & Kashmir and Sikkim. (4), 187pp. 12 plates. 7: Western Maharashtra & Gujarat. vii, (3), 201pp. 12 plates. 8: North-Eastern India. [By] Sukhdev Singh Chib. vi, (2), 328pp. 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Delhi (Ess Ess Publications), 1977-1984.

142

BAHRI, HARDEV. Hindi-Angraiji shabdh kosh. / Learners’ Hindi-English Dictionary. xix, (1), 758pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Delhi (Rajpal & Sons), 1983.

143

BAHRI, UJJAL SINGH. Introductory Course in Spoken Punjabi.... Revised edition. (Series in Indian Languages and Linguistics. II.) (14), xxviii, 252pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Bahri Publications), 1977.

144

BAIER, MARTIN, ET AL. Wörterbuch der Priestersprache der Ngaju-Dayak (Bahasa Sangiang - Ngaju-Dayakisch/ Bahasa Indonesia - Deutsch). Begonnen von August Hardeland; zusammengestellt von Hans Schärer; bearbeitet, erweitert und eingeleitet von Martin Baier. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 128.) xviii, (2), 175pp. 4to. Wraps. Dordrecht/Providence (Foris Publications), 1987.

145

BAILEY, F.G. Caste and Economic Frontier. A village in highland Orissa. xvi, 292pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Manchester (Manchester University Press), 1967.

146

BAILEY, JANE TERRY. A Syllabus for a Course in Burmese Art at the Undergraduate Level. i, 121 ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps., GBC-bound. Washington, D.C. (U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; Office of Education, Bureau of Research), 1968.

147

BAINES, ATHELSTANE. Ethnography (Castes and Tribes). With a list of the more important works on Indian ethnography by W. Siegling. (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. II. Band, 5. Heft.) 211, (3)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J. Trübner), 1912.

148

BAKHTAVAR KHAN, MUHAMMAD. Mir’at al-‘alam: Tarikh-i Awrangzib. Bih tashih va-muqaddimah va-havashi-i Sajidah S. ‘Alvi./ Mir’at al-‘alam: History of Awrangzeb (1658-1668). (Intisharat-i Idarah-i Tahqiqat-i Pakistan. 54-55.) 2 vols. (10), 807, 83, (11)pp. 4to. Cloth. Lahur (Idarah-’i Tahqiqat-i Pakistan, Danishgah-i Punjab), 1979.

149

BALA RATNAM, L.K. (EDITOR). Anthropology on the March. Recent studies of Indian beliefs, attitudes and social institutions. xvi, 390, (2)pp., 9 plates. 4to. Cloth. Madras (The Book Centre), 1963.

150

BALDISSERA, FABRIZIA. Der Indische Tanz. Körpersprache in Vollendung. (DuMont Dokumente.) 210, (6)pp. 79 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1988.

151

BALFOUR, EDWARD. The Cyclopaedia of India and of Eastern and Southern Asia, Commercial, Industrial, and Scientific; products of the mineral, vegetable, and animal kingdoms, useful arts and manufactures. Third edition. 3 vols. vi, 1280pp.; 1128pp; 1203pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1885 edition. Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1967-1968.

152

BALI: STUDIES IN LIFE, THOUGHT, AND RITUAL. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Reprints on Indonesia.) xii, (2), 434, (4)pp. Illus. Wraps. Dordrecht/Cinnaminson (Foris Publications), 1984.

153

BALLARD, EMILIE M. Lessons in Spoken Burmese. 2 vols. (6), iv, 159pp.; x, 283pp. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

10

Rangoon (The Baptist Board of Publications/ U Maung U), 1961-1962. 154

BALTIMORE. THE WALTERS ART GALLERY. Indo-Asian Art from the John Gilmore Ford Collection. By Pratapaditya Pal. 58pp., 87 plates. 4to. Wraps. Baltimore, 1971.

155

BANDARANAYAKE, SENAKE. Sri Lanka, Ceylon: Eine Insel Zivilisation. Photos: Christian und Nadine Zuber. 211pp. 129 plates. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette. [Boulogne (Delroisse), n.d.].

156

BANDARANAYAKE, SENAKE, ET AL. (EDITORS). Sri Lanka and the Silk Road of the Sea. Editors: Senake Bandaranayake, Lorna Dewaraja, Roland Silva, K.D.G. Wimalaratne. 291, (7)pp. Most prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Colombo (The Sri Lanka National Commission for Unesco/ The Central Cultural Fund), 1990.

157

BANERJEA, AKSHAYA KUMAR. Philosophy of Gorakhnath With Goraksha-Vacana-Sangraha. Prefatory note: Gopinath Kaviraj; foreword: C.P. Ramaswami Aiyar. xlii, 355pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Gorakhpur 1962. New Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1983.

158

BANERJEA, JITENDRA NATH. The Development of Hindu Iconography. Second edition, revised and enlarged. xxxvii, (1), 653, (3)pp., 49 plates. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (University of Calcutta), 1956.

159

BANERJEE, ANIL CHANDRA. The Eastern Frontier of British India. iv, (8), 413, (1), v pp., 4 maps. Cloth. First Edition. Calcutta (A. Mukherjee & Bros.), 1943.

160

BANERJEE, P. The Life of Krishna in Indian Art. xxvii, (1), 348pp., 273 illus. Numerous tipped-in plates in text (mostly in color). Folio. Cloth. New Delhi (National Museum), 1978.

161

BANERJEE, P. Rama in Indian Literature, Art & Thought. 2 vols. xxi, (3), 320pp.; 284 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Sundeep Prakashan), 1986.

162

BANERJEE, R.D. History of Orissa from the Earliest Times to the British Period. 2 vols. viii, 351pp.; xx, 481pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Bharatiya Publishing House), 1980.

163

BANERJEE, SUKUMAR. Ethnographic Study of the Kuvi-Kandha. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 24.) (6), 113pp., 16 plates. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India), 1969.

164

BANERJI, S.C. A Brief History of Tantra Literature. xvii, (1), 662pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Naya Prokash), 1988.

165

BANGALORE. MAX MUELLER BHAVAN, INDO-GERMAN CULTURAL CENTRE. Bhuatas and Teyyams. Spiritworship and ritual dances in South Kanara and North Malabar. Texts and photographs: Valentina Stache Rosen. 32pp. 58 illus. Lrg. sq. 8vo. Wraps. Bangalore, 1978.

166

BANGDEL, LAIN S. Nepal. Zweitausendfünfhundert Jahre nepalesische Kunst. Vorwort von Krishna Deva. 358pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. München (List Verlag), 1987.

167

BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Ayudhya Art. 12pp., 22 plates. Wraps. Bangkok, 1956.

168

BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Exhibition of Masterpieces from Private Collections. March-April 1968. 16pp., 24 plates. Wraps. Bangkok, 1968.

169

BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Guide to the National Museum, Bangkok, Thailand. Third edition. (44)pp., 1 lrg. folding chart. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok, 1970.

170

BANGKOK. NATIONAL MUSEUM. Kitchakan phiphitthaphan sathan. Chatphim nu’ang nai ngan chalong khrop rop 100 pi Phiphitthaphan Sathan hæng Chat, 19 Kanyayon 2517./ Museum Work.... 210pp., 78 plates. 4to. Wraps. [Krungthep Mahanakhon?] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1974.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

11

171

BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Masterpieces from Private Collections Displayed at the Bangkok National Museum. March-April 1968. By M.C. Subhadradis Diskul. 28, (2)pp., 48 plates. Wraps. Bangkok, 1968.

172

BANGKOK. NATIONAL MUSEUM. Moradok thang watthanatham bon phændin Thai kon Phutthasatawat thi 19. 3 Phru’tsachikayon - 30 Thanwakhom 2513. 49, (91)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. [Bangkok] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1970.

173

BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Sanim kat kron khong samrit læ withi kanraksa. Chat phim pen `ekkasan prakop kanchat nithatsakan phiset na Phrathinang `Itsarawinitchai Phiphitthaphan Sathan hæng Chat Phranakhon 22 Minakhom thu’ng 22 Mithunayon 2518./ Bronze Disease and Its Treatment.... (4), iv, 77pp. 84 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Thai and English. [Krungthep Mahanakhon?] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1975.

174

BANGKOK. CHULALONGKONMAHAWITTHAYALAI. Bibliography of Material About Thailand in Western Languages. Compiled by the Central Library of Chulalongkorn University. 325, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Chulalongkorn University), 1960.

175

BANGKOK. KHRONGKAN WICHAI PHASA THAI LÆ PHASA PHU’NMU’ANG THIN TANG TANG, SATHABAN SUN PHASA `ANGKRIT. Bibliography of Tai Language Studies. / Bannanukrom kansu’ksa phasa trakun Tai. vii ff., 78pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok, 1977.

176

BANGS, RICHARD & KALLEN, CHRISTIAN. Islands of Fire, Islands of Spice. Exploring the wild places of Indonesia. xi, (3), 226pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. San Francisco (Sierra Club Books), 1988.

177

BANNERTH, ERNST. Hindostani-Briefe. 15 Briefe von Kriegsgefangenen in der Urdu- und 6 in der Hindi-Schrift mit Umschrift und Übersetzung. (Arbeitshefte für den Sprachmittler. 49.) 55pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (Pan-Verlag Rudolf Birnbach), 1943.

178

BAPAT, P.V. (EDITOR). 2500 Years of Buddhism. Foreword by S. Radhakrishnan. xxii, 429pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1971.

179

[BAPATA, DHUNDIRAJA GANESA DIKSHITA, ET AL. (EDITORS).] Srautakosah. / Srautakosa. Encyclopaedia of Vedic sacrificial ritual comprising the two complementary sections, namely, the Sanskrit Section and the English Section. Vol. I: English Section. Based on the Srautasutras belonging to the various Vedic schools. The Seven Havis-sacrifices together with the relevant optional and expiatory rites and the Pitrmedha. Part I. 537pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards. D.j. Edition limited to 750 copies. Poona (Vaidika Samsodhana Mandala), 1958.

180

BARANA-GANITAYA. Nilakobo sandesaya. A Sinhalese poem composed by Baranaganit Acharya and edited with a paraphrase by P.Y. Aryasena of Dodanduwa.... (2), vii, (1), 53, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Ambalangoda (M.D.S. Gunasekera/ Wijaya Printing Works), 1915.

181

BARBIER, JEAN PAUL. Tobaland: The Shreds of Tradition. 235pp. 206 illus. 4to. Stiff wraps. Geneva (Musée Barbier-Müller), 1983.

182

BARBIER, JEAN PAUL & NEWTON, DOUGLAS. Islands and Ancestors: Indigenous Styles of Southeast Asia. 362pp. 76 color plates, 196 figs., 76 catalogue illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. München (Prestel), 1988.

183

BAREAU, ANDRÉ. La vie et l’organisation des communautés bouddhiques modernes de Ceylan. (Publications de l’Institut Français d’Indologie. 10.) iii, (1), 90pp., 55 plates, 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Pondichéry (Institut Français d’Indologie), 1957.

184

BAREH, HAMLET. The History and Culture of the Khasi People. v, (9), 485pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Privately Printed/ Manimala), 1968.

185

BARLEY, NIGEL. Der Löwe von Singapur. Eine fernöstliche Reise auf den Spuren von Thomas Stamford Raffles. 315, (3)pp. Illus. Cloth. D.j. Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta), 1996.

186

BARNARD, J.T.O. A Handbook of the Rawang Dialect of the Nung Language. Containing a grammar of the language, colloquial exercises and a vocabulary with an appendix of Nung manners and customs. xi, (1), 118pp. 4to. Cloth. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery, Burma), 1934.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

12

187

BARNARD, NICHOLAS. Arts and Crafts of India. 192pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. London (Conran Octopus), 1993.

188

BARNES, R.H. Kédang. A study of the collective thought of an Eastern Indonesian people. With a foreword by Rodney Needham. (Oxford Monographs on Social Anthropology.) xiv, (4), 350pp., 5 plates. 3 maps, 13 figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1974.

189

BARRÉ, VINCENT, ET AL. Panauti, une ville au Nepal. [Par] Vincent Barré, Patrick Berger, Laurence Feveile, Gérard Toffin. Avec la collaboration de René Fouque; préface de Corneille Jest. (Collection Architectures, École Nationale Supérieure des Beaux-Arts.) 207, (3)pp. 160 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Berger-Levrault), 1981.

190

BARRETT, DOUGLAS & GRAY, BASIL. Indische Malerei. (Die Kunstschätze Asiens.) 213, (5)pp. 82 tipped-in color plates. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Geneva (Skira), 1963.

191

BARRON, JOHN & PAUL, ANTHONY. Murder of a Gentle Land. The untold story of communist genocide in Cambodia. xv, (1), 240pp. Cloth. N.p. (Reader’s Digest Press), 1977.

192

BARTH, ARIANE & TERZANI, TIZIANO. Holocaust in Kambodscha. Dokumentation: Anke Rashatasuvan. (Spiegel-Buch. 3.) 222, (2)pp. Wraps. Reinbek bei Hamburg (Rowohlt), 1980.

193

BARTZ, KARL. Englands Weg nach Indien. Schicksalsstunden des britischen Weltreichs. 314, (6)pp., 24 plates. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Ullstein), 1936.

194

BARUA, GOLAP CHANDRA (EDITOR). Ahom-buranji: With Parallel English Translation. From the earliest time to the end of Ahom rule. Translated and edited by Rai Sahib Golap Chandra Barua. vi, (2), 388pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1930 edition. Guwahati (Spectrum Publications), 1985.

195

BARUA, S.N. Tribes of Indo-Burma Border. A socio-cultural history of the inhabitants of the Patkai Range. Foreword by Bipin Borgohain. xv, (3), 411, (1)pp., 28 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Mittal Publications), 1991.

196

BASEL. MUSEUM DER KULTUREN. Bhutan: Festung der Götter. Herausgeber: Christian Schicklgruber und Françoise Pommaret. May-Nov. 1998. 282pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. London (Serindia Publications), 1998.

197

BASEL. MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE UND SCHWEIZERISCHES MUSEUM FÜR VOLKSKUNDE. Patola und Geringsing. Zeremonialtücher aus Indien und Indonesien. [By] Alfred Bühler, Urs Ramseyer, Nicole Ramseyer-Gygi. Sonderausstellung 1975/76. 72, (26)pp. 77 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Basel, 1975/1976.

198

BASHAM, A.L. Aspects of Ancient Indian Culture. (Heras Memorial Lecture, 1963.) vii, (1), 46pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Bombay (Asia Publishing House), 1970.

199

BASHAM, A.L. The Wonder That Was India. A survey of the history and culture of the Indian sub-continent before the coming of the Muslims. xxiii, (3), 568pp., 90 plates. Stout 4to. Cloth. London (Sidgwick & Jackson), 1954.

200

BASTIAN, ADOLF. Reisen in Birma in den Jahren 1861-1862. (Die Voelker des Oestlichen Asien. Studien und Reisen. 2.) xiii, (1), 521pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. wraps. Leipzig (Verlag von Otto Wigand), 1866.

201

BASU, S.P. The Concept of Brahma: Its Origin and Development. xvii, (3), 383, (1)pp., 15 plates. 4to. Boards. Delhi (Sundeep Prakashan), 1986.

202

BAUDESSON, HENRY. Indo-China and its Primitive People. xii, (2), 328pp. 48 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York (E.P. Dutton & Co.), n.d.

203

BAUMANN, ERNST. Lehrbuch der Indonesischen Sprache (Bahasa Indonesia). Nebst einer Einführung in die Schrift und den Briefstil der Indonesier. 178pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1967.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

13

204

BAUTZE, J. Indian Miniature Paintings, c. 1590-c. 1850. 143pp. 60 color plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Galerie Saundarya Lahari, Oct.-Nov. 1987. Amsterdam (Galerie Saundarya Lahari), 1987.

205

BAYREUTH. IWALEWA-HAUS. Neue Kunst aus Indien. Konzept und Zusammenstellung: Ulli Beier. Nov. 1981-Feb. 1982. 145, (5)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. Bremen (Edition CON), 1981.

206

BEATTY, ANDREW. Society and Exchange in Nias. (Oxford Studies in Social and Cultural Anthropology.) xii, 322pp., 8 plates with 15 illus., 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1992.

207

BECHERT, HEINZ. Buddhismus, Staat und Gesellschaft in den Ländern des Theravada-Buddhismus. (Schriften des Instituts für Asienkunde in Hamburg. 17.) 3 vols. I: Allgemeines und Ceylon. xiv, 374, (4)pp. II: Birma, Kambodscha, Laos, Thailand. x, 377pp. III: Bibliographie, Dokumente, Index. Mit Beiträgen von Hellmuth Hecker und Vu Duy-Tu. xvii, (1), 662pp. 4to. Wraps. Frankfurt/Berlin (Alfred Metzner Verlag), 1966 - Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1973.

208

BECHERT, HEINZ (EDITOR). Buddhism in Ceylon and Studies on Religious Syncretism in Buddhist Countries. Report on a symposium in Göttingen. (Symposien zur Buddhismusforschung, I./ Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Dritte Folge. 108.) 341, (3)pp., 26 plates. 4to. Wraps. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1978.

209

BECHERT, HEINZ (EDITOR). Die Sprache der ältesten buddhistischen Überlieferung. / The Language of the Earliest Buddhist Tradition. (Symposien zur Buddhismusforschung, II./ Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Dritte Folge. 117.) 193, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1980.

210

BECHERT, HEINZ & GOMBRICH, RICHARD (EDITORS). Die Welt des Buddhismus. Mit Beiträgen von Heinz Bechert, Jane Bunnag, Michael B. Carrithers, Richard Gombrich, Robert K. Heinemann, Oskar von Hinüber, Lal Mani Joshi, Per Kvaerne, Etienne Lamotte, Siegfried Lienhard und Erik Zürcher. 308pp. 297 illus. (82 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1984.

211

BECHERT, HEINZ & SIMSON, GEORG VON (EDITORS). Einführung in die Indologie: Stand - Methoden - Aufnahmen. Unter Mitarbeit von Peter Bachmann, Peter Gaeffke, Udo-Heiner Gräfe, Günter Grönbold, Michael Hahn, Wilhelm Halbdass, Johanna E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw, Emie te Nijenhuis, Wilhelm Rau, Ludo Rocher, Gustav Roth, Hans Ruelius, Lore Sander, Klaus T. Schmidt, Valentina Stache-Rosen, Claus Vogel und Friedrich Wilhelm. xiv, 272, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1979.

212

BECHTOLDT, HEINRICH. Indien oder China. Die Alternative in Asien. 331, (1)pp. Cloth. Berlin/Darmstadt (Deutsche Buch-Gemeinschaft), 1962.

213

BECKER, JUDITH. Gamelan Stories: Tantrism, Islam, and Aesthetics in Central Java. (Monographs in Southeast Asian Studies, Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University.) 222pp. 19 illus. 4to. Wraps. Tempe (Monographs in Southeast Asian Studies, Program for Southeast Asian Studies), 1993.

214

BECKER-RITTERSPACH, RAIMUND O.A. Gestaltungsprinzipien in der Newarischen Architektur. Beitrag zur Konstruktion und Formgebung. Dissertation...Technische Universität Berlin. 427, (1)pp., 112 plates with 215 illus. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Sautter + Lackmann), 1982.

215

BEDI, SOHINDARA SINGHA WANAJARA. Pañjabi lokadhara wishawa kosha. Vols. 1 - 5. 4to. Boards. Nawim Dilli (Loka Prakashana), 1978-1991.

216

[BEER, ROLAND (POSTSCRIPT).] Die sieben Töchter. Indische Märchen aus dem Bergland von Orissa. 149, (3)pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. Kassel (Erich Röth-Verlag), 1979.

217

BEERY, GALEN. Basic Spoken Lao: In Sixteen Lessons. (28)pp. 4to. Wraps. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1977.

218

BEHR, HANS-GEORG. Die Moguln. Macht und Pracht der indischen Kaiser von 1369-1857. 317, (3)pp., 8 color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Wien/Düsseldorf (Econ Verlag), 1979.

219

BEHURA, N.K. Peasant Potters of Orissa: A Sociological Study. xv, (1), 320pp., 4 plates with 24 illus., 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

14

New Delhi (Sterling Publishers), 1978. 220

BEL’KOVICH, A.A. & VYKHUKHOLEV, V.V. Singal’sko-russkii slovar’. 824pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Sovetskaia Entsiklopediia”), 1970.

221

BELLWOOD, PETER. Prehistory of the Indo-Malaysian Archipelago. x, (2), 370pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Sydney (Academic Press), 1985.

222

BELO, JANE. Bali: Temple Festival. (Monographs of the American Ethnological Society. 22.) viii, 70pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Seattle/London (University of Washington Press), 1966.

223

BELSARE, MALHAR BHIKAJI. An Etymological Gujarati English Dictionary. / Gujarati-Angreji diksanari. Second edition, revised and enlarged. xi, (1), 1207pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Originally published Ahmedabad 1904. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1981.

224

BENDA, E. Der vedische Ursprung des symbolischen Buddhabildes. (Sammlung orientalistischer Arbeiten. 1.) vii, (1), 67pp. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (Otto Harrassowitz), 1940.

225

BENDER, ERNEST. Hindi Grammar and Reader. (University of Pennsylvania South Asia Regional Studies.) 458pp. 4to. Cloth. Philadelphia (University of Pennsylvania Press), 1968.

226

BENFEY, THEODOR. Samavedarcikam./ Die Hymnen des Sâma-Veda. I: [Text]. 280pp. [II]: Einleitung, Glossar, Übersetzung. lxvi, 307pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Leipzig 1848 edition. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1968-1969.

227

BENFEY, THEODOR. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. With reference to the best editions of Sanskrit authors and etymologies and comparisons of cognate words chiefly in Greek, Latin, Gothic, and Anglo-Saxon. (Handbooks for the Study of Sanskrit.) xi, (1), 1145, (9), 28, (2)pp. Stout 4to. New cloth. London (Longmans, Green, and Co.), 1866.

228

BERGAIGNE, ABEL. L‘ancien royaume de Campa, dans l’Indo-Chine, d’après les inscriptions. (Extrait du Journal Asiatique.) 106pp. Boards. Bound with: Gerini, G.E. The Nagarakretagama List of Countries on the Indo-Chinese Mailing (circâ 1380 A.D.). (32)pp. London, 1905. Both titles presentation copies, inscribed by the authors to H. Kern. Paris (Imprimerie Nationale), 1888.

229

BERLIN. MUSEUM FÜR INDISCHE KUNST. Ausgestellte Werke. Katalog 1971. Catalogue by H. Härtel, V. Moeller, G. Bhattacharya. (140)pp., 72 plates (partly color). 4to. Wraps. Berlin, 1971.

230

BERLIN. STAATSBIBLIOTHEK PREUSSISCHER KULTURBESITZ. Handschriften aus Südostasien. Jan.-Feb. 1977. 64pp. 12 plates. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1977.

231

BERLINER INDOLOGISCHE STUDIEN. Herausgegeben vom Institut für indische Philologie und Kunstgeschichte der Freien Universität Berlin. Vols. 1 - 2. 4to. Wraps. Reinbek (Dr. Inge Wezler, Verlag für Orientalistische Fachpublikationen), 1985.

232

BERNANOSE, MARCEL. Les arts décoratifs au Tonkin. viii, 134, (2)pp., 64 plates. 44 figs. 4to. New cloth; orig. frontcover mounted. Paris (Henri Laurens), 1922.

233

BERNATZIK, HUGO ADOLF. Akha und Meau. Probleme der angewandten Völkerkunde in Hinterindien. 2 vols. (4), 568, x pp., 112 plates (4 color), 1 map. 431 text illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Innsbruck (Wagner’sche Univ.-Buchdruckerei), 1947.

234

BERNATZIK, HUGO ADOLF. Die Geister der gelben Blätter. Forschungsreisen in Hinterindien. Unter Mitarbeit von Emmy Bernatzik. 240pp. 204 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. München (Verlag F. Bruckmann), 1938.

235

BERNET KEMPERS, A.J. Ageless Borobodur. Buddhist mystery in stone, decay and restoration, Mendut and Pawon, folklife in ancient Java. 288pp. 255 illus. 4to. Cloth. Wassenaar (Servire/ Wassenaar), 1976.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

15

236

BERNET KEMPERS, A.J. The Kettledrums of Southeast Asia. A Bronze Age world and its aftermath. (Modern Quaternary Research in Southeast Asia. 10.) xxxiv, 599pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Rotterdam/Brookfield (A.A. Balkema), 1988.

237

BERNHARD, FRANZ, ET AL. (EDITORS). Udanavarga. (Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Dritte Folge. Nr. 54 & 187./ Sanskrittexte aus den Turfanfunden. 10.) 3 vols., as follows: I: Einleitung. Beschreibung der Handschriften. Textausgabe. Bibliographie. 537, (3)pp. II: Indices. Konkordanzen. Synoptische Tabellen. 280, (2)pp., 33 tables (partly double-page or folding). III: Der tibetische Text unter Mitarbeit von Siglinde Dietz herausgegeben von Champa Thupten Zongtse. 447, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1965-1990.

238

BERNIER, FRANÇOIS. Travels in the Mogul Empire AD 1656-1668. Translated...and annotated by Archibald Constable. Second edition revised by Vincent A. Smith. li, (3), 497pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1934 edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1983.

239

BERNIER, RONALD M. Temples of Nepal: An Introductory Survey. viii, 239pp. 32 plates. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Kathmandu (Voice of Nepal), 1970.

240

BERNOT, DENISE. Dictionnaire birman-français. Compilé par Denise Bernot, Jean-Pierre Sribnai et Daw Yin Yin Myint...revue par U Hl Tin, Daw Khin Mya Kyu et U Wun. (Langues et Civilisations de l’Asie du Sud-Est et du Monde Insulindien. 3.) 15 vols. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Société d'Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France/ Peeters), 1978-1992.

241

BERNOT, DENISE. Le prédicat en birman parlé. (Langues et Civilisations de l’Asie du Sud-Est et du Monde Insulindien.) 381pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Société d'Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France), 1980.

242

BERREMAN, GERALD D. Hindus of the Himalayas. x, (2), 430pp. 28 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1963.

243

BERTHIER, MARIE-THÉRÈSE & SWEENEY, JOHN-THOMAS. “Tenung:” Le Livre des explications. Traité divinatoire de la tradition balinaise. 245pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Guy Trédaniel), [1978].

244

BERTRAIS, YVES & CHARRIER, [RENÉ]. Dictionnaire hmong (mèo blanc)-français. (586)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Mimeographed. Vientiane (Mission Catholique), 1964.

245

BERTRAND, GABRIELLE. Secret Lands Where Women Reign. 224pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Robert Hale Limited), 1958.

246

BERVAL, RENÉ DE (EDITOR). Présence du Bouddhisme. (France-Asie. Vol. 16#153/157.) 1024, (2)pp., 110 plates. Numerous text figs. Stout 4to. Wraps. Saigon (France-Asie), 1959.

247

BERZIN, E.O. Istoriia Tailanda: Kratkii ocherk. 316, (4)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1973.

248

BERZINA, M.IA. & BRUK, S.I. Naselenie Indonezii, Malaii i Filippin. Prilozhenie k karte narodov. 92, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo Akademii Nauk SSSR), 1962.

249

BESSAIGNET, PIERRE. Tribesmen of the Chittagong Hill Tracts. (Asiatic Society of Pakistan Publications. 1.) xiii, (1), 106, (4)pp., 1 folding map. 32 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Dacca (Asiatic Society of Pakistan), 1958.

250

BÉTEILLE, ANDRÉ. Caste, Class, and Power. Changing patterns of stratification in a Tanjore village. (6), 238pp. 1 plan. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1969.

251

BEURDELEY, JEAN-MICHEL. Thailande des formes. xii, 127pp. 120 plates (partly in color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Fribourg/Paris (Office du Livre/ Société Française du Livre), 1979.

252

BEYTHAN, HERMANN. Praktische Grammatik der Tamilsprache. (Praktische Grammatik und Übungsbuch der Tamilsprache. 1./ Sprachenkundliche Lehr- und Wörterbücher. 42.) x, (2), 225, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (Otto Harrassowitz), 1943.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

16

253

BEZACIER, LOUIS. L’art viêtnamien. Avec une préface de Georges Coedès. 236pp., 29 plates (partly folding). 33 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions de l’Union Française), [1955].

254

BEZACIER, LOUIS. Le panthéon des pagodes bouddhiques du Tonkin. (Extrait du Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises. 3e trimestre 1943.) 41pp. 15 plates. 4to. Wraps. Saigon (S.I.L.I.), 1943.

255

BHADURI, MANINDRA BHUSAN. A Mundari-English Dictionary. With an introduction by Sarat Chandra Roy. xv, (1), 228, (1), ii pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Calcutta 1931. New Delhi/Allahabad (Northern Book Centre), 1983.

256

BHANDARKAR, R.G. Vaisnavism, Saivism and Minor Religious Systems. (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. III. Band, 6. Heft.) 167pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J. Trübner), 1913.

257

BHARADVAJA. Bharadvajasrautasutram: Paitrmedhikaparisesasutrabhyam sahitam. / The Srauta, Paitrmedhika and Parisesa Sutras of Bharadvaja. Critically edited and translated by C.G. Kashikar. Part II: Translation. (6), 526, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards. D.j. Edition limited to 750 copies. Punem (Vaidika-Samsodhana-Mandalam), 1964.

258

BHARDWAJ, SURINDER MOHAN. Hindu Places of Pilgrimage in India: A Study in Cultural Geography. xviii, (2), 258pp., 8 plates. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1973.

259

(BHARTRHARI) WAALS, H.G. VAN DER (TRANSLATOR). De spreuken Bhartrhari’s. 131pp. 4to. Leather. Blaricum (De Waelburgh), 1927.

260

BHATTACARYA, AHIBHUSANA. Varahapuranam: Anglabhasanuvadasahitam. Anuvadakah Ahibhusanabhattacaryah; sampadakah Anandasvarupaguptah./ The Varaha-Purana (With English Translation). Translated by Sri Ahibhushan Bhattacharya; edited by Sri Anand Swarup Gupta. 6, (2), iii, (1), 37, (1), 989, (1), 71, (1), 168pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (Sarvabharatiyakasirajanyasah), 1981.

261

BHATTACARYYA, SATYAVRATA SAMASRAMI (TRANSLATOR). Samavedasya Aranyasamhita. 56pp. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth. Ramapuram (Satya Press), Çaka 1794 [=1873].

262

BHATTACARYYA, SATYAVRATA SAMASRAMI (TRANSLATOR). Samavedasya Mantra-brahmanam. (4), 138pp. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth. Ramapuram (Satya Press), Çaka 1794 [=1873].

263

BHATTACHARYA, BHOLANATH. Krishna in the Traditional Painting of Bengal. 59pp., 28 plates. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (B.K. Banerjee), 1972.

264

BHATTACHARYA, B.C. The Jaina Iconography. (The Punjab Oriental Series, or, A Collection of Rare & Unpublished Books Relating to Ancient India. 26./ Indian Images. 2.) 3, (3), 4, 192, x, 3, (1)pp., 27 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Lahore (Motilal Banarsidass), 1938/1939.

265

BHATTACHARYA, D.K. (EDITOR). Anthropologists in India. Directory of professional anthropologists. Revised edition. xxviii, 305, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Delhi (Indian Anthropological Association), 1978.

266

BHATTACHARYA, DEBEN. The Mirror of the Sky: Songs of the Bauls from Bengal. Translated from the original Bengali with introduction and notes. (Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 120pp., 5 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. London (George Allen & Unwin), 1969.

267

BHATTACHARYYA, A. K. Chamba Rumal. (Indian Museum Monograph No. 2.) 81, (1)pp., 16 tipped-in color plates. Sm. folio. Cloth. Calcutta (Indian Museum), 1968.

268

BHATTACHARYYA, BENOYTOSH. The Indian Buddhist Iconography. Based on the Sadhanamala and other cognate tantric texts of rituals. xxix, (1), 220pp., 70 plates. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1924. New Delhi (Cosmo Publications), 1985.

269

BHATTACHARYYA, D.M. (EDITOR). Chandogyabrahmana with the Commentaries of Gunavisnu and Sayana. (Calcutta Sanskrit College Research Series. 1.) xxvii, (1), 225pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

17

Calcutta (Sanskrit College), 1958. 270

BHATTACHARYYA, N.N. The Geographical Dictionary: Ancient and Early Medieval India. xxv, (1), 378pp., 6 folding maps. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers), 1991.

271

BHATTACHARYYA, N.N. History of the Tantric Religion. A historical, ritualistic and philosophical study. xviii, 507pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Manohar), 1982.

272

BHATTOJI DIKSITA. The Siddhanta Kaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita. Edited and translated into English by Srisa Chandra Vasu. 2 vols. (2), ii, 1028pp.; (2), ii, 713, (1), 408, 247, (1), 106pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Allahabad 1906 edition. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), [1962].

273

BHUBANESWAR. ORISSA STATE MUSEUM. Orissa State Museum. 16pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. [Bubaneswar (The Superintendent of Museum, Orissa), n.d.].

274

BHUSHAN, JAMILA BRIJ. Indian Jewellery, Ornaments and Decorative Designs. xviii, 189, (1)pp., 80 plates (3 color). 471 text figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), [1950].

275

BIELEFELD, C. & MEERWALDT, J.H. Boekoe sidjahaon ni anak sikola metmet angka-na di rongkanan porgindjang. (Boengaboenga na angoer. 3.) 137, (3)pp. Orig. wraps. Langoeboti, Toba (Nirongkom di Pangarongkoman Mission), 1919.

276

BILLARD, ROGER. L’astronomie indienne. Investigation des textes sanskrits et des données numériques. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 83.) 181, (3)pp. 52 figs. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1971.

277

BINGHAM, JUNE. U Thant. Eine Biographie. 352pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Düsseldorf/Wien (Econ-Verlag), 1967.

278

BIRASRI, SILPA. Thai Buddhist Art: Architecture. Second edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 4.) 23, (1)pp., 8 plates. Text figs. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1961.

279

BIRASRI, SILPA. Thai Lacquer Works. (Thai Culture. N.S. 5.) 16pp. 26 illus. hors texte. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1960.

280

BIRDWOOD, GEORGE C.M. The Industrial Arts of India. New edition. (South Kensington Museum Art Handbooks.) 2 vols. xvi, 438, (34)pp., 1 folding map, 76 plates. Numerous text illus. Lrg. 8vo. Orig. cloth. London (Chapman and Hall), 1884.

281

AL-BIRUNI, ABU ’L-RAYHAN MUHAMMAD B. AHMAD. Alberuni’s India. An account of the religion, philosophy, literature, geography, chronology, astronomy, customs, laws and astrology of India about AD 1030. Edited with notes and indices by Edward C. Sachau. 2 vols. in 1. (52), 408pp.; 431pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1910 edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1983.

282

BISTA, DOR BAHADUR. People of Nepal. Second edition. xvi, (4), 210pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Kathmandu (Ratna Pustak Bhandar), 1972.

283

BISTA, KHEM BAHADUR. Le culte du Kuldevata au Nepal, en particulier chez certains Ksatri de la vallée de Kathmandu. 169pp. 18 illus., 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions Nove), 1972.

284

BISWAS, SAILENDRA, ET AL. Samsad Bengali-English Dictionary. Revised & enlarged second edition. Compiled by Sailendra Biswas; edited by Birendramohan Dasgupta; revised by Subodhchandra Sengupta. (6), 962pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Sahitya Samsad), 1983.

285

BISWAS, SAILENDRA, ET AL. Samsad English-Bengali Dictionary. Revised & enlarged fifth edition. Compiled by Sailendra Biswas; revised by Subodhchandra Sengupta and Sudhangshukumar Sengupta. Fifth edition edited by Birendramohan Dasgupta. xiii, (1), 1354pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Sahitya Samsad), 1983.

286

BISWAS, U.N. Crime and Detective Sciences in Selected Ancient Indian Literature. (The Asiatic Society, Calcutta. Monograph No. 27.) x, 93pp. 18 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

18

Calcutta (The Asiatic Society), 1987. 287

BITSCH, JÖRGEN. Warum lächelt Buddha. Rätselhafte Welt Hinterindiens. 180, (4)pp. 57 illus. hors texte. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Berlin/Frankfurt (Ullstein), 1964.

288

BIZOT, FRANÇOIS. Le don de soi-même. Recherches sur le bouddhisme Khmer, III. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 130.) 206, (6)pp. 46 illus. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1981.

289

BIZOT, FRANÇOIS. Le figuier à cinq branches. Recherche sur le bouddhisme khmer. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 107.) iv, (2), 164, (2)pp., 15 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1976.

290

BLACKBURN, STUART H., ET AL. (EDITORS). Oral Epics in India. Edited by Stuart H. Blackburn, Peter J. Claus, Joyce B. Flueckiger, and Susan S. Wadley. Contributors: Brenda E.F. Beck, Stuart H. Blackburn, Peter J. Claus, Joyce B. Flueckiger, Jonathan GoldbergBelle, Komal Kothari, Karine Schomer, John D. Smith, Susan S. Wadley. xi, (1), 296pp. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Based on papers from a conference held in 1982 at the University of Wisconsin, Madison. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1989.

291

BLOFELD, JOHN. Bangkok. Photographs by Philip Jones Griffiths. (Die grossen Städte.) 200pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette. Amsterdam (Time-Life), 1979.

292

BLOOMFIELD, MAURICE. A Vedic Concordance. Being an alphabetic index to every line of every stanza of the published Vedic literature and to the liturgical formulas thereof, that is an index to the Vedic mantras, together with an account of their variations in the different Vedic books. (The Harvard Oriental Series. 10.) xxii, (2), 1078pp. Sm. stout folio. Cloth. Reprint of the Cambridge 1906 edition. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1964.

293

BLURTON, T. RICHARD. Hindu Art. 239, (1)pp. 150 illus. (100 color). 4to. Wraps. London (British Museum Press), 1992.

294

BLYTHE, WILFRED. The Impact of Chinese Secret Societies in Malaya. A historical study. xiv, 566pp., 18 plates, 8 maps. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1969.

295

BOAL, BARBARA M. The Konds. Human sacrifice and religious change. xiv, 294pp. 23 plates, 5 maps. 4to. Wraps. Warminster (Aris & Phillips), 1982.

296

BODDING, P.O. A Santal Dictionary. (Det Norske Videnskaps Akademi i Oslo.) 5 vols. in 7 parts. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. With a 1p. typed letter from the author inserted. Oslo (Jacob Dybwad), 1929-1936.

297

BODDING, P.O. A Santali Grammar for Beginners. (2), 104pp. Boards, 3/4 cloth. Benagaria (Santal Mission of the Northern Churches/ The Mission Press), 1929.

298

BODDING, P.O. Studies in Santal Medicine & Connected Folklore. (Memoirs of the Asiatic Society. 10.) 3 parts in 1 vol. vi, (4), 502pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1925-1940. Calcutta (The Asiatic Society), 1986.

299

BODDING, P.O. (EDITOR). Santal Folk Tales. (Instituttet for Sammenlignende Kulturforskning. Serie B: Skrifter. 2, 7, 14.) 3 vols. xvi, 369pp.; viii, 403pp.; vi, 411pp. Sq. 4to. Boards, 3/4 leather. Oslo (H. Aschehoug & Co. [W. Nygaard]), 1925-1929.

300

BODROGI, TIBOR. Kunst in Indonesien. 92, (16)pp., 16 color plates. 157 illus. hors texte. Text figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Wien/München (Verlag Anton Schroll & Co.), 1972.

301

BÖHNE, CARL GEORG. Primitive Stage. 101pp., 1 plate. 12mo. Wraps. Calcutta (Firma K.L. Mukhopadhyay), 1971.

302

BÖHTLINGK, OTTO. Sanskrit-Chrestomathie. Dritte verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage. Herausgegeben von Richard Garbe. vi, (2), 416pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Leipzig 1909 edition. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1967.

303

BÖHTLINGK, OTTO. Sanskrit-Wörterbuch in kürzerer Fassung. 7 vols. in 3. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the St. Petersburg 1879-1889 edition.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

19

Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1959. 304

BOELES, J.J. Second Expedition to the Mrabri (“Khon pa”) of North Thailand. (30)pp., 15 plates. 4to. Wraps. D.j. [Bangkok (Pracandra Press), 1963].

305

BOHM, WERNER. Chakras. Lebenskräfte und Bewusstseinszentren in Menschen. Vorwort von H.H. Veltheim. 131pp., 8 color plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München-Planegg (Otto-Wilhelm-Barth-Verlag), 1953.

306

BOISSELIER, JEAN. Ceylon, Sri Lanka. (Archaeologia Mundi.) 215pp. 116 illus. (17 color). Sm. 4to. Buckram. München/Genf (Nagel Verlag), 1979.

307

BOISSELIER, JEAN. Malerei in Thailand. 272pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart/Berlin (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1976.

308

BOISSELIER, JEAN. Notes sur l’art du bronze dans l’ancien Cambodge. (Reprinted from Artibus Asiae, vol. 29.) 60pp. 38 illus. hors texte. 25 figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Ascona (Artibus Asiae), 1968.

309

BOISSELIER, JEAN. La statuaire du Champa. Recherches sur les cultes et l’iconographie. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 54.) xi, (1), 468, (2)pp., 9 plates, 4 folding maps and plans. 257 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1963.

310

BOISSELIER, JEAN & BEURDELEY, JEAN-MICHEL. Kunst in Thailand. 271pp. 169 plates (partly tipped-in color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1974.

311

BOLDT, KAJ. Djævledansernes kyst: Masker og maskedans på Sri Lanka. (Skarv’s Etnografiske Serie.) 63pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Holte (Skarv Nature Publications), 1980.

312

BOMBAY. MAHARASHTRA CENSUS OFFICE. Handicrafts in Maharashtra: Himroo Weaving. Foreword by Asok Mitra; preface by D.V. Rangnekar. (Census of India 1961. Vol. X: Maharashtra. Part VII-A [1].) viii, (4), 40pp., 5 plates (1 color), 2 maps. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1966.

313

BOMBAY. MAHARASHTRA CENSUS OFFICE. Handicrafts in Maharashtra: Wooden Toys of Savantvadi and Coir Ropes of Achare, District Ratnagiri. Foreword by Asok Mitra; preface by D.V. Rangnekar. (Census of India 1961. Vol. X: Maharashtra. Part VII-A [4 & 5].) viii, (8), 52pp., 15 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Bombay (The Manager, Government Central Press), 1968.

314

BOMPAS, CECIL HENRY (TRANSLATOR). Folklore of the Santal Parganas. 483pp. 4to. Cloth. London (David Nutt), 1909.

315

BOND, GEORGE D. The Buddhist Revival in Sri Lanka: Religious Tradition, Reinterpretation and Response. (Studies in Comparative Religion.) ix, (1), 322pp. 4to. Cloth. N.p. (University of South Carolina Press), 1988.

316

BONIFACY, ÉMILE. Conférence sur les groupes ethniques du Haut Tonkin au nord du Fleuve Rouge. (Cahiers de la Société Géographique de Hanoi. 7.) 30pp. 26 illus. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Société Géographique de Hanoi), 1924.

317

BONN, GISELA. Indische Feste: Bilder von Göttern und Menschen. Fotos und Festkalender von Jean-Louis Nou. 125pp. 68 color plates, text figs. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1982.

318

BONN, GISELA & WIRSING, GISELHER. Indien und der Subkontinent. Reiseführer und Länderkunde: Indien, Pakistan, Bangla Desh, Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan. Zweite, revidierte Ausgabe. 311, (1)pp., 1 folding map, 20 plates with 51 illus. Sq. 8vo. Cloth. Tübingen/Basel (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1974.

319

BONNERJEA, BIREN. Praktische Grammatik der Hindisprache. (A. Hartleben’s Bibliothek der Sprachenkunde. 137.) 8, 83pp. 12mo. Wraps. Wien/Leipzig (A. Hartleben’s Verlag), n.d.

320

BOON CHUEY SRISAVASDI. The Hill Tribes of Siam. (2), 203pp. 568 illus. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

20

Bangkok (Khun Aroon), [1963]. 321

BOON CHUEY SRISAVASDI. 30 chat nai Chiang Rai. Phim khrang thi 5./ Thirty tribes in Chiengrai. Fifth edition. 724, (4)pp. Prof. illus. Stout 8vo. Boards (spine damaged). [Krung Thep?], n.d.

322

BORIBAL BURIBHAND, LUANG & GRISWOLD, A.B. The Royal Monasteries and Their Significance. Third edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 2.) 16pp., 8 plates. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1968.

323

BORISKOVSKII, P.I. Pervobytnoe proshloe V’etnama. 183pp. 46 plates. Wraps. Moskva/Leningrad (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka”), 1966.

324

BOSCHER, WINFRIED. Wörterbuch Vietnamesisch-Deutsch. Unter Mitarbeit von Phan trung Liên. 738pp. Stout 8vo. Wraps. München (Max Hueber Verlag), 1981.

325

BOSE, D.M., ET AL. (EDITORS). A Concise History of Science in India. Edited by D.M. Bose, S.N. Sen, B.V. Subbarayappa. xvii, (1), 689pp., 9 plates. Numerous text illus. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Indian National Science Academy), 1971.

326

BOSE, PRADIP (EDITOR). The Cartoon Exhibition on Chinese Expansionism in Asia & Africa. 47pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. [Calcutta (Satya Roy), n.d.].

327

BOSTON. MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS. The Arts of India and Nepal: The Nasli and Alice Heeramaneck Collection. Nov. 1966-Jan. 1967. Catalogue by John Rosenfield, Pratapaditya Pal, Milo Beach, Adolph S. Cavallo. 184, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps. Boston, 1966.

328

BOULBET, JEAN. Quelques aspects du coutumier (N’dri) des Cau Maa. (Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises. Nouvelle Série. XXXII#2.) 66, (18)pp., 20 plates, 2 maps. 4to. Wraps. Saigon (Société des Études Indochinoises), 1957.

329

BOULBET, JEAN (EDITOR). Dialogue lyrique des Cau Maa’ (Tam pöt maa’). (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 85.) 116, (2)pp. 32 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1972.

330

BOUROTTE, BERNARD. Essai d’histoire des populations montagnardes du Sud-Indochinois jusqu’à 1945. (Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises. Nouvelle Série. XXX#1.) 116pp., 12 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Wraps. Saigon (Société des Études Indochinoises), 1955.

331

BOWER, URSULA GRAHAM. The Hidden Land. xx, 244pp., 1 double-page map. 26 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (John Murray), 1953.

332

BOWER, URSULA GRAHAM. Naga Path. x, 260pp., 16 plates. 4to. Cloth. London (John Murray), 1950.

333

BRAC DE LA PERRIÈRE, BÉNÉDICTE. Les rituels de possession en Birmanie: Du culte d’état aux cérémonies privées. 227, (1)pp., 16 plates with 32 color illus. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions Recherche sur les Civilisations), 1989.

334

BRADLEY, DAN BEACH. Nangsu’ `akkharaphithansap./ Dictionary of the Siamese Language. (2), 828pp. Lrg. 4to. Buckram, 3/4 leatherette. Title on spine “Chatphim lianbæp khong doem thuk prakan.” Reprint of the Bangkok 1873 edition. [Phra Nakhon (Khurusapha Lat Phrao), 1971].

335

BRAMZELIUS, ABBE W. Die hinduistische Pantheon Glasmalerei. Eine ethnographische, religions- und kunstgeschichtliche Studie über die hinduistischen Glasgemälde im Staatlichen Ethnographischen Museum zu Stockholm (Schweden). (Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. Vol. 34, Supplement.) xiv, 107, (1)pp., 17 plates (1 color). 32 text figs. Folio. Wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1937.

336

BRANDENBURG, DIETRICH. Der Tâj Mahâl in Agra. Eine Studie zur Baukunst des Islam in Indien. 184pp. 55 illus., 25 figs., 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Verlag Bruno Hessling), 1969.

337

BRAUN, ROLF & BRAUN, ILSE. Opiumgewichte. / Opium Weights./ Poids d’Asie. 239, (1)pp. 631 illus., text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Parallel texts in German, English, and French.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

21

Landau (Pfälzische Verlaganstalt), 1983. 338

BRAUNS, CLAUS-DIETER & LÖFFLER, LORENZ G. Mru: Bergbewohner im Grenzgebiet von Bangladesh. 248pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Basel/Boston (Birkhäuser Verlag), 1986.

339

BRECHER, MICHAEL. Nehru. Eine politische Biographie. 296, (4)pp., 16 plates. 2 maps. Cloth. München (Wilhelm Goldmann Verlag), 1963.

340

BRIGGS, GEO. W. The Chamars. (The Religious Life of India.) 270pp., 13 plates. Cloth. Calcutta/London (Association Press/ Oxford University Press), 1920.

341

BRIGGS, GEORGE WESTON. The Doms and Their Near Relations. ix, (3), 680pp., 17 plates. Boards. Mysore (The Wesley Press and Publishing House), [1953].

342

BRIGGS, GEORGE WESTON. Gorakhnath and the Kanphata Yogis. xiv, 380pp., 14 plates, 1 lrg. folding chart. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Calcutta 1938. Photocopy. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1982.

343

BRIGGS, LAWRENCE PALMER. The Ancient Khmer Empire. (Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 41, Part 1.) 295pp. 58 illus., 16 maps. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Philadelphia (American Philosophical Society), 1951.

344

BRIMMELL, JACK HENRY. Communism in Southeast Asia. A political analysis. ix, (1), 415pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York (Oxford University Press), 1959.

345

BRISTOW, ROBERT. Cochin Saga. A history of foreign government and business adventures in Kerala, South India, by Arabs, Romans, Venetians, Dutch, and British, together with the personal narrative of the last adventurer and an epilogue. With a preface by James Grigg. 264pp., 13 plates. 5 maps and diagrams. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Cassell), 1959.

346

BROCKINGTON, J.L. The Sacred Thread. Hinduism in its continuity and diversity. ix, (1), 222pp. 15 plates. 12mo. Wraps. Edinburgh (University Press), 1985.

347

BRONSON, M. A Dictionary in Assamese and English. Introduction by Maheshwar Neog./ Asamiya aru Imraji abhidhana. xii, 609pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Sibsagor 1867. New Delhi (Omsons Publications), 1983.

348

BROWN, CHARLES PHILIP. Dictionary English-Telugu. / Nighantu, Inglis Telugu. xlvii, (1), 1367pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published Madras 1852. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1980.

349

BROWN, CHARLES PHILIP. Dictionary Telugu-English. / Nighantu, Telugu Inglis. Second edition. New edition thoroughly revised and brought upto date by M. Venkata Ratnam, W.G. Campbell and Rao Bahadur K. Veeresalingam. vi, (2), 1416pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published Madras 1905. New Delhi (Asian Educational Service), 1979.

350

BROWN, G.E.R. GRANT. Upper Chindwin District. Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) iv, 91, (1), vii, (1)pp., 23 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1960.

351

BROWN, J. MARVIN. From Ancient Thai to Modern Dialects. ix, (1), 180pp. 11 maps and diagrams Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (Social Science Association Press of Thailand), 1965.

352

BROWN, PERCY. Indian Architecture (Buddhist and Hindu Periods). Third revised edition. xiv, 216pp., 165 plates with over 500 illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1959.

353

BROWN, PERCY. Indian Architecture (Islamic Period). Second edition. xv, (1), 146, (2)pp., 125 plates with over 250 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Taraporevala’s Treasure House of Books), n.d.

354

BROWN, ROXANNA M. The Ceramics of South-East Asia. Their dating and identification. (Oxford in Asia Studies in Ceramics.) xiv, 82, (2)pp., 63 plates with 223 illus. (84 color). 28 figs. 4 maps. 4to. Cloth. Kuala Lumpur/ London/ New York (Oxford University Press), 1977.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

22

355

BROWN, W. NORMAN. Manuscript Illustrations of the Uttaradhyayana Sutra. (American Oriental Series. 21.) xiii, (3), 54pp., 46 plates with 150 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Haven (American Oriental Society), 1941.

356

BROWN, W. NORMAN. The Story of Kalaka. Texts, history, legends, and miniature paintings of the Svetambara Jain hagiographical work the Kalakacaryakatha. (Freer Gallery of Art. Oriental Studies. 1.) viii, 149pp., 15 plates. Folio. Wraps. Washington (Smithsonian Institution), 1933.

357

BRUCE, HELLEN. Nine Temples of Bangkok. (12), 137pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (Chalermnit Press), 1960.

358

BRÜCKNER, HEIDRUN. Fürstliche Feste: Texte und Rituale der Tulu-Volksreligion an der Westküste Südindiens. (Neuindische Studien. 12.) xvii, (1), 549pp. 3 maps (1 double-page). 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Harrassowitz Verlag), 1995.

359

BRUK, S.I. Naselenie Indokitaia. Poiasnitel’naia zapiska k karte narodov. 25, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo Akademii Nauk SSSR), 1959.

360

BRUN, VIGGO. Sug, the Trickster who Fooled the Monk. A Northern Thai tale with vocabulary. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies. Monograph Series. 27.) 191pp. 4to. Wraps. Lund/London (Studentlitteratur/ Curzon Press), 1976.

361

BRUNET, JACQUES. Tänze auf Bali. 11, (1)pp., 26 plates. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Internationales Institut für vergleichende Musikstudien und Dokumentation), 1972.

362

BRUNS, AXEL & LHA SAMIN’. Birmanisches Marionettentheater. 163pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Privately Printed), 1990.

363

BRUXELLES. PALAIS DES BEAUX-ARTS. Le tantrisme dans l’art et la pensée. March-April 1974. 93, (1)pp. 22 plates (partly color). Sq. 4to. Wraps. Bruxelles, 1974.

364

BUCK, C.H. Faiths, Fairs & Festivals of India. ix, (1), 262, (2)pp., 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published in 1917. New Delhi (Asian Publication Services), 1977.

365

BUDAPEST. HOPP FERENC KELET-AZSIAI MÜVÉSZETI MÚZEUM. Indiai es hatsoindiai müvészet. 43pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Budapest, 1986.

366

BUDAPEST. HOPP FERENC KELET-AZSIAI MÜVÉSZETI MÚZEUM. Indiai és jávai müvészet./ Indian and Javanese Art. Valogatás a Hopp Ferenc Múzeum anyagából./ Selection of the collections of the Francis Hopp Museum of EasternAsiatic Arts. 78pp. 143 illus. Wraps. Budapest, 1983.

367

BUDDHA UND SEINE ZEIT. 75pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Wiesbaden (Emil Vollmer Verlag), [1967].

368

BUDDHADATTA, A.P. Concise Pali-English Dictionary. viii, (2), 294pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Colombo 1957. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1989.

369

BUDDHADATTA, A.P. English-Pali Dictionary. xiii, (1), 588pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass Publishers), 1989.

370

BUDDHADATTA, A.P. The New Pali Course. 2 vols. xiv, 119pp.; viii, (2), 268pp. Boards. Mixed 4th & 6th editions. Colombo (The Colombo Apothecaries’ Co.), 1962; 1956.

371

BUDDHAGHOSA. Visuddhi-magga, oder, Der Weg zur Reinheit. Die grösste und älteste systematische Darstellung des Buddhismus. Zum ersten Male aus dem Pali übersetzt von Nyanatiloka. 2. Auflage. xiii, (1), 981pp., 1 table. 4to. Cloth. Konstanz (Verlag Christiani), 1952.

372

BUDDHIST YEARLY. Jahrbuch für Buddhistische Forschungen. Vols. 1 - 4. With: Bibliography of Literature on Buddhist Topics Published on the Territory of the G.D.R. since 1945. Supplement to “Buddhist Yearly 1966.” 4to. Wraps. Halle (Buddhist Centre), 1966-1970.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

23

373

BÜHLER, G. Indian Paleography. viii, 152pp. 9 lrg. folding plates and transliteration tables, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 4to. Boards. D.j. Calcutta (Indian Studies Past & Present), 1962.

374

BÜHLER, GEORG. Leitfaden für den Elementarcursus des Sanskrit. Mit Übungsstücken und zwei Glossaren. vii, (1), 171, (1)pp., 2 folding plates. Sm. 4to. New cloth. Wien (Verlag von Carl Konegen), 1883.

375

BÜHLER, GEORG (TRANSLATOR). The Laws of Manu. Translated with extracts from seven commentaries. (The Sacred Books of the East. 25.) cxxxviii, (2), 620pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Oxford 1886 edition. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1970.

376

BÜHNEMANN, GUDRUN & TACHIKAWA, MUSASHI. The Hindu Deities Illustrated According to the Pratisthalaksanasarasamuccaya. (Bibliotheca Codicum Asiaticorum. 3.) 172pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Wraps. D.j. Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1990.

377

BÜHNEMANN, GUDRUN & TACHIKAWA, MUSASHI. Nispannayogavali: Two Sanskrit Manuscripts from Nepal. (Bibliotheca Codicum Asiaticorum. 5.) xxii, (2), 156pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1991.

378

BUHLER, JEAN. Nepal. (Das Buch der Reisen. 18.) 214pp. Prof. illus. Tall 4to. Boards. Lausanne (Éditions Rencontre), 1964.

379

BÙI, HU’U NGHIA. L’union merveilleuse de Kim et de Thach. Manuscrit en chu’-nôm précédé d'une introduction, transcription en quoc-ngu’ et traduction en français avec une introduction et des commentaires par P. Midan. (Extrait du Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises, tome IX, nos. 1-2.) 456pp. Lrg. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Presentation copy, inscribed by the editor. Saigon (J. Testelin), 1934.

380

BUITENEN, J.A.B. VAN. The Mahabharata. Translated and edited. 3 vols. I. 1: The Book of the Beginning. xlvii, (5), 492pp., 1 folding chart. II. 2: The Book of the Assembly Hall. 3: The Book of the Forest. xi, (3), 864pp. III. 4: The Book of Virata. 5: The Book of the Effort. x, 572pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Vol. 2 inscribed by the editor. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1973-1978.

381

BULTEAU, R. Cours d’annamite (langue vietnamienne). 4e édition. xix, (1), 292, x pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions Larose), 1953.

382

BUNCE, FREDERICK W. An Encyclopaedia of Buddhist Deities, Demigods, Godlings, Saints and Demons. With special focus on iconographic attributes. (Emerging Perceptions in Buddhist Studies. 1-2.) 2 vols. xxiv, 1151pp. 24 color plates, 286 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (D.K. Printworld), 1994.

383

BUNGE, FREDERICA M. (EDITOR). Thailand: A Country Study. Fifth edition. (Area Handbook Series./ Foreign Area Studies, The American University.) xxvii, (1), 354pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Washington, D.C. (Department of the Army), 1981.

384

BUNNAG, JANE. Buddhist Monk, Buddhist Layman. A study of urban monastic organization in Central Thailand. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 6.) xii, 219pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1973.

385

BURGESS, JAMES. The Temples of Satrunjaya. The celebrated Jaina place of pilgrimage near Palitana in Kathiawad. Completely revised with additional materials, notes and up-to-date informations. (12), 82pp. 45 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Jain Bhawan), 1977.

386

BURLING, ROBBINS. A Garo Grammar. (Deccan College Monograph Series. 25.) x, 95pp. 4to. Wraps. Poona (Deccan College, Postgraduate and Research Institute), 1961.

387

BURLING, ROBBINS. Hill Farms and Padi Fields. Life in Mainland Southeast Asia. viii, (2), 180, (2)pp. 1 map. Wraps. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey (Prentice-Hall), 1965.

388

BURLING, ROBBINS. Hill Farms and Padi Fields. Life in Mainland Southeast Asia. (Monographs in Southeast Asian Studies, Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University.) x, 168, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. [Tempe] (Arizona State University), 1992.

389

BURLINGAME, EUGENE WATSON. Buddhist Legends. Translated from the original Pali text of the Dhammapada Commentary. (The Harvard Oriental Studies. 28-30.) I: Introduction; Synopses; Translation of Books 1 and 2. xxxviii, 328pp.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

24

II: Translation of Books 3 to 12. 366pp. III: Translation of Books 13 to 26. 391, (1), 16pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Cambridge 1921. London (Published for the Pali Text Society by Luzac & Company), 1969. 390

BURMA AND THE INSURRECTIONS. (2), 63, (1)pp., 8 color maps. 4to. Wraps. Originally published 1949. [Rangoon?] (Government of the Union of Burma), 1957.

391

BURMA: TEXTE UND FRAGEN. 80pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Missionshilfe Verlag), 1988.

392

BURN, RICHARD (EDITOR). The Mughul Period. (The Cambridge History of India. IV.) xxvi, 670, (2)pp., 58 plates, 6 maps (mostly folding). Sm. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1937.

393

BURROW, T. The Sanskrit Language. (The Great Languages.) vii, (1), 426pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Faber and Faber), 1959.

394

BURROW, T. & EMENEAU, M.B. A Dravidian Etymological Dictionary. xxix, (1), 609pp. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1970.

395

BUSSABARGER, ROBERT F. & ROBINS, BETTY DASHEW. The Everyday Art of India. xi, (1), 205, (9)pp. 282 illus. (4 color). 4to. Wraps. New York (Dover), 1968.

396

BUSSAGLI, MARIO. Indian Miniatures. 158pp. 73 color plates. Cloth. London (Paul Hamlyn), 1969.

397

BUTLER, JACQUELINE. Yao Design. 35pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Orig. cloth. Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1970.

398

BUTTERWORTH, ALAN & VENUGOPAUL CHETTY, V. Copper-Plate and Stone Inscriptions of South India. 3 vols. xi, (3), 1520pp., 46 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Sundeep Prakashan), 1989.

399

BUTTINGER, JOSEPH. Der kampfbereite Drache. Vietnam nach Dien Bien Phu. 364, (4)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Wien/Frankfurt (Europa Verlag), 1968.

400

BYKOVA, E.M. The Bengali Language. (Languages of Asia and Africa.) 188, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Moscow (“Nauka” Publishing House, Central Department of Oriental Literature), 1981.

401

CABATON, ANTOINE. Nouvelles recherches sur les Chams. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 2.) (2), 215pp. Illus. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 vellum; orig. wraps. bound in. Paris (Ernest Leroux), 1901.

402

CADIÈRE, LÉOPOLD. Croyances et pratiques religieuses des viêtnamiens. Avant-propos de Louis Malleret. (Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises. N.S. 33#1/2 & Publications hors série de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient.) 3 vols. xiii, (1), 343pp., 8 plates. 343pp. 58 illus.; 286pp., 8 plates. 58 illus. 4to. Wraps. Vol. I = deuxième édition. Avertissement de Louis Malleret. Saigon (Imprimerie Nouvelle d’Extrême-Orient), 1958/ Saigon/Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1955-1957.

403

CADY, JOHN F. A History of Modern Burma. xiii, (3), 682pp. 4 plates, 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Ithaca (Cornell University Press), 1958.

404

CAI, TINGLAN. Hainan za zhu. Cai Tinglan zhu, Taiwan yin hang jing ji yan jiu shi bian ji. (Taiwan wen xian cong kan. 42.) 8, 2, 62pp. Wraps. Taibei (Taiwan yin hang), 1959.

405

CALAND, W. Die Altindischen Todten- und Bestattungsgebräuche mit Benutzung handschriftlicher Quellen dargestellt. (Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam. Afdeeling Letterkunde. Deel I, no. 6.) xiv, 191, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Reprint of the Amsterdam 1896 edition. Wiesbaden (Dr. Martin Sändig), 1967.

406

CALAND, W. Altindisches Zauberritual. Probe einer Uebersetzung der wichtigsten Theile des Kausika Sutra. (Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam. Afdeeling Letterkunde. Nieuwe Reeks. Deel III, no. 2.) xii, 195, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Reprint of the Amsterdam 1900 edition. Wiesbaden (Dr. Martin Sändig), 1967.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

25

407

CALAND, W. (TRANSLATOR). Pancavimsa-Brahmana: The Brahmana of Twenty Five Chapters. ([Bibliotheca Indica. 255./ New Series. No. 1514].) xxxvi, 660, (2)pp. Frontis. 4to. New boards, 1/ cloth. Calcutta (The Baptist Mission Press/ The Asiatic Society of Bengal), 1931.

408

CALCUTTA. BHARAT JAIN MAHAMANDAL, ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS. Exhibition of Jaina Art. April 1965. (Mahavira Jayanti 1965.) 58pp., 14 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Calcutta, 1965.

409

CALCUTTA. CRAFT MUSEUM. Craft Museum. Text by Ajit Mookerjee. 127pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Calcutta (The Indian Institute of Art in Industry), 1959.

410

CALCUTTA. INDIAN MUSEUM. Catalogue of Embroidered Textiles from Cutch & Kathiawar in the Indian Museum. By Santipriya Mukhopadhyay. (4), 70, (4)pp. 23 illus. hors texte (mostly in color). 4to. Cloth. D.j. Calcutta, 1983.

411

CALCUTTA. INDIAN MUSEUM. A Catalogue of Phulkari Textiles in the Collection of The Indian Museum. By Devayani Mitra Dutta. 36pp., 26 plates (17 color). 4to. Boards. D.j. Calcutta, 1985.

412

CALCUTTA. INDIAN MUSEUM. The Kondh: A Tribe of Orissa. Sept. 1981. (14)pp., 1 plate. Tall 4to. Wraps. Calcutta, 1981.

413

CALDWELL, ROBERT. A Comparative Grammar of the Dravidian or South-Indian Family of Languages. Third edition, revised and edited by J.L. Wyatt and T. Ramakrishna Pillai. xl, 640pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1913 edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1974.

414

CAM SA ON`, U”. The Buddhist Art of Ancient Arakan. An eastern border state beyond ancient India, east of Vanga and Samatata. [By] San Tha Aung. (2), ii, 128pp., 91 plates, 3 maps. 4to. Wraps. [Rangoon (Daw Saw Saw), 1979].

415

CAMBEFORT, GASTON. Introduction au cambodgien. (Les Langues de l’Orient. I: Manuels. 7.) vii, 80pp., 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Paris (G.P. Maisonneuve & Cie.), 1950.

416

CAMBODGE. 307, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth (slightly soiled). Phnom Penh (Le Ministère d’Information du Gouvernement Royal du Cambodge), 1962.

417

CAMPBELL, A. Campbell’s English-Santali Dictionary. Third edition. Edited by R.M. Macphail. (2), 234pp. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Eastern Books), 1984.

418

CAMPBELL, J. GABRIEL. Saints and Householders. A study of Hindu ritual and myth among the Kangra Rajputs. (Bibliotheca Himalayica. Series III, Vol. 6.) xiv, 175pp., 27 plates. 4to. Cloth. Kathmandu (Ratna Pustak Bhandar), 1976.

419

CAMPBELL, MARGARET. From the Hands of the Hills. 226pp. Prof. illus. (partly color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Hong Kong (Media Transasia), 1978.

420

CAMPBELL, STUART & SHAWEEVONGSE, CHUAN. The Fundamentals of the Thai Language. Third edition. xii, 523pp. 4to. Cloth. New York/Melbourne (Paragon Book Gallery/ F.W. Cheshire), [1964].

421

(CANDRAKIRTI) SCHAYER, STANISLAV. Ausgewählte Kapitel aus der Prasannapada (V, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI). Einleitung, Übersetzung und Anmerkungen./ Wybrane rozdzialy z Prasannapady. Wstep, tlumaczenie i uwagi. (Polska Akademja Umiejetnosci. Prace Komisji Orjentalistycznej/ Mémoires de la Commission Orientaliste. 14.) xxxiii, (1), 126, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Krakowie (Nakladem Polskiej Akademji Umiejetnosci), 1931.

422

CANTLIE, AUDREY. The Assamese. Religion, caste and sect in an Indian village. (Centre of South Asian Studies, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. London Studies on South Asia. 3.) xiii, (3), 322pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Curzon Press), 1984.

423

CAO, XUÀN PHO. Cham Sculpture: Album. / Ðiêu khac Chàm: Tap anh. Introduction: Pham Huy Thông; photographs: Nguyen Van Ku-Pham Ngoc Long. 232pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth. Parallel texts in Vietnamese and English. Hà Noi (Khoa hoc xã hoi), 1988.

424

CAPE, C. PHILLIPS. Benares, the Stronghold of Hinduism. 262pp. 42 plates. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

26

Boston (Richard G. Badger, The Gorham Press), n.d. 425

CAPPELLER, CARL. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Based upon the St. Petersburg lexicons. viii, 672pp. 4to. New cloth. Strassburg (Karl J. Trübner), 1891.

426

CAPPELLER, CARL. Sanskrit-Wörterbuch. Nach den Petersburger Wörterbüchern bearbeitet. viii, 541, (1), 44pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J. Trübner), 1887.

427

THE CARAKA SAMHITA. Expounded by the worshipful Atreya Punarvasu, compiled by the great sage Agnivesa, and redacted by Caraka & Drdhabala. Edited and published... with translations in Hindi, Gujarati, and English by Shree Gulabkunverba Ayurvedic Society. Popular edition. 6 vols. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Jamnagar (Shree Gulabkunverba Ayurvedic Society), 1949.

428

CAREY, WILLIAM. Carey’s A Dictionary of the Bengali Language (Bengali-English). / Bamla-Imreji abhidhana. In which the words are traced to their origin and their various meanings given. 2 vols. 616pp.; 1544pp. Stout 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Serampore 1825 edition. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1981.

429

CARLE, RAINER. Opera Batak: Das Wandertheater der Toba-Batak in Nord-Sumatra. Schauspiele zur Wahrung kultureller Identität im nationalen indonesischen Kontext. (Veröffentlichungen des Seminars für Indonesische und Südseesprachen der Universität Hamburg. 15) 2 vols. I: Entwicklungsgeschichte und Textkommentare. (8), xi, 494pp. II: Dramentexte, Kurzkommentare und Dokumentation. (4), 515, (3)pp., 2 diagrams, 4 maps (1 loosely inserted in rear pocket, as issued). 53 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Berlin/Hamburg (Dietrich Reimer Verlag), 1990.

430

CARRITHERS, MICHAEL. The Forest Monks of Sri Lanka. An anthropological and historical study. xii, 306pp., 14 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1983.

431

CARRITHERS, MICHAEL & HUMPHREY, CAROLINE (EDITORS). The Assembly of Listeners: Jains in Society. xiii, (1), 328pp. 14 illus. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1991.

432

CARROLL, DAVID. Tadsch Mahal. 148pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Ebeling Verlag), 1975.

433

CARSTAIRS, G. MORRIS. Die Zweimal Geborenen. 411pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (Szczesny Verlag), 1963.

434

CARTER, CHARLES. An English-Sinhalese Dictionary. Revised edition. (12), 535pp. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Colombo 1936 edition. Colombo (M.D. Gunasena & Co.), 1965.

435

CARTER, CHARLES. An English and Singhalese Lesson Book on Ollendorff’s System. Designed to teach Singhalese through the medium of the English language./ Simhala iganaganima pinisa kartar padili unnanse visin ingrisiyen saha simhalen sadanta yeduna padam potakya. 167pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Colombo, n.d.

436

CARTER, CHARLES. A Sinhalese-English Dictionary. x, 806pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Reprint of the Colombo 1924 edition. Colombo (M.D. Gunasena & Co.), 1965.

437

CASAL, JEAN-MARIE. La civilisation de l’Indus et ses énigmes: De la Mésopotamie à l’Inde. (Résurrection du Passé.) 225pp. Prof. illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Cloth. Paris (Fayard), 1969.

438

CASPARIS, J.G. DE. Indonesian Palaeography. A history of writing in Indonesia from the beginning to c. A.D. 1500. (Handbuch der Orientalistik. Dritte Abteilung: Indonesien, Malaysia und die Philippinen unter Einschluss der Kap-Malaien in Südafrika. Vierter Band, Erste Lieferung.) vi, (2), 96, (2)pp., 10 plates. 4to. Wraps. Leiden/Köln (E.J. Brill), 1975.

439

CATURVEDI, MAHENDRA & TIWARI, BHOLANATH. A Practical Hindi-English Dictionary. Ninth edition./ Vyavaharika Hindi-Angrezi kosa. xvi, 875pp. Sm. stout 4to. Buckram. New Delhi (National Publishing House), 1982.

440

CAUCHETIER, RAYMOND. Saigon. Préface de Pierre-Jean Laspeyres. 9, (7)pp., 96 plates. Lrg. 4to. Boards. D.j.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

27

Paris (Éditions Albin Michel), 1955. 441

CAVE, HENRY W. Baudenkmäler aus ältester Zeit in Ceylon. xi, (1), 205pp., 65 plates. 4to. Dec. cloth, 1/4 leather. Berlin (Verlag von Dietrich Reimer [Ernst Vohsen]), 1901.

442

CEKKILAR. Cekkilar Cuvamikal ennum Arunmolittevar aruliya Periya puranam. Ennum, tiruttontar puranam: patankalutan. Ci. Ke. Cuppiramaniya Mutaliyar tokuttiyarriya uraiyutan. (Kovait Tamile Cankam. Kovait Tamile Canka veliyitu. 12.) xxi, (3), 923, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Photocopy. Tiruvadamarudur (Panniruthirumurai Publication Endowment), 1964.

443

CEKKILAR. Periya puranam. A Tamil classic on the great Saiva saints of South India by Sekkizhaar. Condensed English version by G. Vanmikanathan. xvi, 578, xvi pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Photocopy. Madras (Sri Ramakrishna Math), 1985.

444

CENSE, A.A. Makassaars-Nederlands woordenboek met Nederlands-Makassaars register. In samenwerking met Abdoerrahim. Voorwoord door J. Noorduyn. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xxxi, (1), 989pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1979.

445

CEYLON ADMINISTRATION REPORTS 1964-65. Part IV: Education, Science and Art (G). Administration Report of the Archaeological Commissioner for the Financial Year 1964-65. [By] C.E. Godakumbura. 140pp. 26 plates. Sm. 4to. Selfwraps. Parallel texts in Sinhalese and English. Colombo, 1967.

446

CHACKO, V.C. Deutsch-Malayalam Wörterbuch. / Jarmman-Malayalam nighantu. xv, (1), 812pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. [Trivandrum] (Department of German, University of Kerala), 1972.

447

CHAKRA. A Journal of Tantra and Yoga. Vols. 1 - 2. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi, 1970-1971.

448

CHAKRAVORTY, BANKABEHARI. Decipherment of Indus Script: A New Light. (Indian Publications Monograph Series. 16.) 54pp., 2 plates. 4to. Boards. Calcutta (Indian Publications), 1975.

449

CHAKRAVORTY, BANKABEHARI. The Message of Indus Script 122pp. 14 plates. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Calcutta (Indian Publications), 1976.

450

CHANCHIRAYU RATCHANI, M.C. Guide Through the Inscriptions of Sukhothai. [By] Mom Chao Chand Chirayu Rajani. (Southeast Asian Studies Working Paper No. 9.) (2), iii, 94 ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Honolulu (Southeast Asian Studies Program, University of Hawaii), 1976.

451

CHAND, EMCEE & YIMSIRI, KHIEN. Thai Monumental Bronzes. Preface by Silp Birasri. 96pp., 99 plates. Text illus. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Bangkok (Privately Printed), [1957].

452

CHANDLER, DAVID P. Brother Number One. A political biography of Pol Pot. xiv, (2), 254pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Boulder/San Francisco (Westview Press), 1992.

453

CHANDLER, DAVID P. A History of Cambodia. Second edition. xv, (1), 287, (1)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Boulder/Sydney (Westview Press/ Allen & Unwin), 1992.

454

CHANDLER, DAVID P. The Tragedy of Cambodian History. Politics, war, and revolution since 1945. xiii, (3), 396pp., 10 plates. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1991.

455

CHANDRA, MOTI. Mewar Painting in the Seventeenth Century. (Lalit Kala Series of Indian Art.) (26)pp. 10 tipped-in color plates. Sm. folio. Wraps. New Delhi (Lalit Kala Akademi), 1957.

456

CHANDRA, PRAMOD. Bundi Painting. (Lalit Kala Series of Indian Art.) (26)pp. 10 tipped-in color plates, 1 tipped-in text illus. Sm. folio. Wraps. New Delhi (Lalit Kala Akademi), 1959.

457

CHANDRA, VIKRAM. Red Earth and Pouring Rain. (2), 522pp. 4to. Cloth. London/Boston (Faber and Faber), 1995.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

28

458

CHANTHABURINARU’NAT, PRINCE, SON OF CHULALONGKORN, KING OF SIAM. Pathanukrom Bali Thai 'Angkrit Sansakrit. Phim khrang thi 2./ Pali-Thai-English-Sanskrit Dictionary. Second edition. (4), 112, (6), 902pp., 3 plates. Stout 4to. Leatherette (spine taped). [Bangkok] (Mahamakutratchawitthayalai), 1977.

459

CHAPEKAR, L.N. Thakurs of the Sahyadri. viii, (4), 227, (5)pp., 17 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1960.

460

CHAPUIS, OSCAR. The Last Emperors of Vietnam: From Tu Duc to Bao Dai. (Contributions in Asian Studies. 7.) xiii, (1), 185, (1)pp. 4 maps. 4to. Cloth. Westport, Connecticut/London (Greenwood Press), 2000.

461

CHARAK, SUKHDEV SINGH. History and Culture of Himalayan States. Foreword by S.C. Dube. Vols. 1 - 5. I-III: Himachal Pradesh. IV-V: Jammu Kingdom. Prof. illus. 4to. Buckram. New Delhi (Life & Life Publishers), 1978-1980.

462

CHARNVIT KASETSIRI. The Rise of Ayudhya. A history of Siam in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. (East Asian Historical Monographs.) xii, 194pp. 4to. Boards. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press/Duang Kamol Book House), 1976.

463

CHAT GOBCHITTI. Das Urteil. Übersetzt von Ampha Otrakul und Xaver Götzfried. ii, 310pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. [Bangkok (Privately Printed), 1989].

464

CHATTERJEE, ASIM KUMAR. A Comprehensive History of Jainism [up to 1000 A.D.] xii, 400pp. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Firma KLM Private Limited), 1978.

465

CHATTOPADHYAY, BHASKAR. Kushana State and Indian Society. A study in post-Mauryan polity & society. xlviii, 288pp., 4 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Punthi Pustak), 1975.

466

CHATTOPADHYAYA, KAMALADEVI. The Glory of Indian Handicrafts. (India Library.) 200pp. 21 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Indian Book Company), 1976.

467

CHATTOPADHYAYA, KAMALADEVI. Tribalism in India. viii, (2), 302pp., 16 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1978.

468

CHAUDHURI, NIRAD C. Hinduism. A religion to live by. xii, 340pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1980.

469

CHAUDHURI, NIRAD C. A Passage to England. viii, 229pp. 4to. Wraps. London/New York (Macmillan/ St. Martin’s Press), 1966.

470

CHAUDHURY, P.C. ROY. Folklore of Bihar. (Folklore of India.) (4), 203, (1)pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. New Delhi (National Book Trust, India), 1976.

471

CHEESMAN, PATRICIA. Lao Textiles. Ancient symbols-living art. 140pp. Prof. illus. in color. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette. Bangkok (White Lotus Co.), 1988.

472

CH’EN, KENNETH K.S. Buddhism: The Light of Asia. viii, 297, (3)pp. Wraps. Woodbury, N.Y. (Barron’s Educational Series), 1968.

473

CHEN, MONG HOCK. The Early Chinese Newspapers of Singapore, 1881-1912. ix, (1), 171pp., 4 plates. 16 text illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Singapore (University of Malaya Press), 1967.

474

CHERRY, W.T. Geography of British Malaya and the Malay Archipelago. Together with brief historical outlines of the principal areas under British protection. Fourth edition. 81pp., 9 maps (1 folding). 2 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Singapore (Methodist Publishing House), 1923.

475

CHESNEAUX, JACQUES. Geschichte Vietnams. 390, (2)pp., 16 plates. 4 maps. Cloth. Berlin (Rütten & Loening), 1963.

476

CHESNOV, IA.V. Historische Ethnographie der Länder Indochinas. 353, (1)pp. 44 illus. hors texte. 2 lrg. folding maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 24 figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1985.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

29

477

CHESNOV, IA.V. Istoricheskaia etnografiia stran Indokitaia. 296, (4)pp. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1976.

478

CHETTIAR, A. CHIDAMBARANATHA (GENERAL EDITOR). English-Tamil Dictionary. With a foreword by A. Lakshmanaswami Mudaliar. xxvii, (1), 1223pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1965. Madras (University of Madras), 1977.

479

CHETWODE, PENELOPE. Kulu: The End of the Habitable World. x, 233pp., 30 plates, 1 double-page map. 4to. Cloth. London (John Murray), 1972.

480

CHIANG MAI. TRIBAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE, TECHNICAL SERVICE CLUB. The Hill Tribes of Thailand. 37pp. Prof. illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps. [Chiang Mai], 1986.

481

CHILDERS, ROBERT CAESAR. A Dictionary of the Pali Language. xvii, (1), xii, 624pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1875 edition. Kyoto (Rinsen Book Company), 1976.

482

CHIN VEI, U. & BOROVIKOV, A.I. Karmannyi russko-birmanskii slovar’: Okolo 7500 slov. 756pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth. Moskva (Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo Inostrannykh i Natsional’nykh Slovarei), 1962.

483

CHIN YUDI. Ban Chiang Prehistoric Cultures. vii, (1), 26, (2)pp., 52 plates, 2 charts, 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Fine Arts Department), 1975.

484

CHIN YUDI. Die Banchieng-Kultur in der Vorgeschichte. Von Chin Yudi Pantarakapises; Übertragung ins Deutsche von Wilaiwan Kunnawatana, P.U. Klemm, Helmut Ploog. 32ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. N.p., n.d.

485

CHIN YUDI. Watthanatham Ban Chiang: Nai samai kon prawattisat. (4), 34pp., 30 plates (1 lrg. folding). 1 map. 4to. Wraps. [Khrungthep Mahanakhon] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1972.

486

CHIT PHUMISAK. Khwampenma khong kham Sayam, Thai Lao lae Khom lae laksana thang sangkhom khong chu’ chonchat. 658pp. Illus. Wraps. Krungthep (Duang Kamol), 1981.

487

CHO, HUNG-GUK. Die politische Geschichte Thailands unter der Herrschaft Königs Narais (r. 1656-1688). Dissertation...Universität Hamburg. v, (1), 401, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Signed by the author on the title-page. Seoul (Munduksa Publishing Co.), 1994.

488

CHO, HUNG-GUK. Die thailändische Denkschrift des Jahres 1885 und ihre historische Bedeutung. Mit einer vollständigen Übersetzung des Originaltextes. (90)ff. Oblong 4to. Wraps. MA thesis, Universität Hamburg. Hamburg, 1987.

489

CHOPRA, P.N. (EDITOR). The Gazetteer of India, Indian Union. Volume Two: History and Culture. lxxvii, (3), 807pp., 4 maps. Stout 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Gazetteers Unit, Department of Culture, Ministry of Education and Social Welfare), 1973.

490

CHORLTON, WINDSOR. Felsbewohner des Himalaya: Die Bhotia. (Völker der Wildnis.) 168pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Amsterdam (Time-Life Bücher), 1982.

491

CHOUDHURY, MAMATA. Tribes of Ancient India. (14), 161pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Calcutta (Indian Museum), 1977.

492

CHRIST, RICHARD. Alt-Delhi, Neu-Delhi. Spaziergänge zwischen Affenstadt und Rotem Fort. 173, (3)pp. 118 plates. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Verlag Volk und Welt), [1983].

493

CHRISTIAN, JOHN LEROY. Burma and the Japanese Invader. With a foreword by Reginald Hugh Dorman-Smith. xii, 418pp., 22 plates, 5 maps. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Thacker & Company), 1945.

494

CHU, VALENTIN. Thailand Today. A visit to modern Siam. 200pp. 42 color plates, text figs. 4to. Cloth. New York (Thomas Y. Crowell Company), 1968.

495

CHUAWIWAT, TOM. A Portrait of Thailand. (6), 211, (5)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

30

Bangkok (Asia Books Co.), 1979. 496

CHULA, PRINCE. The Twain Have Met, or, An Eastern Prince Came West. By His Royal Highness Prince Chula Chakrabongse of Thailand. (8), 299pp. 34 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (G.T. Foulis & Co.), n.d.

497

CHUNLACHAKKRAPHONG, PRINCE, GRANDSON OF CHULALONGKORN, KING OF SIAM. Lords of Life. A history of the kings of Thailand. Second revised edition. 352pp., 1 folding map, 1 folding chart. 53 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. London (Alvin Redman), 1967.

498

CHUNLATHAT PHAYAKHARANON. Lai rotnam læ lai kammalo. Phim khrang ræk. (4), 66pp., 18 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Krungthep (Samakhom Sangkhomsat hæng Prathet Thai), 1973.

499

CINKARAVELU MUTALIYAR, A. Abithana chintamani: The Encyclopedia of Tamil Literature. / Apitana cintamani. A. Cinkaravelu Mutaliyar; tiruttiyatu, A. Civappirakaca Mutaliyar. viii, (4), 1639pp. 1 plate. Stout 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1982.

500

CLARAC, ACHILLE. Thailand. Kunst- und Reiseführer mit Landeskunde. (Kohlhammer Kunst- und Reiseführer.) 507pp. 30 plates, 30 maps. Buckram. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1979.

501

CLARK, T.W. Introduction to Nepali. A first-year language course. xvii, (1), 421pp. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (W. Heffer & Sons), 1963.

502

CLASSEN, ANNETTE. Kann die Gupta-Kunst Kalidasas Werke illustrieren? (Marburger Studien zur Afrika- und Asienkunde. Serie B: Asien. 11.) (4), 89, (5)pp.; 45 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Berlin (Verlag von Dietrich Reimer), 1988.

503

CLASSICAL AND FOLK DANCES OF INDIA. (8), 58, (4), 54, (2), 66, 52, 64, 77, (3)pp. Most prof. illus. Folio. Cloth. Bombay (Marg Publications), 1963.

504

CLAUDIUS, EDUARD. Als die Fische die Sterne schluckten. Märchen und Legenden aus Vietnam, Laos und Kambodscha. 277, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Halle/Saale (Mitteldeutscher Verlag), [1976].

505

CLÉMENT-CHARPENTIER, SOPHIE & CLÉMENT, PIERRE. L’habitation lao dans les régions de Vientiane et de Luang Prabang. Préface de Lucien Bernot. (Asie et Monde Insulindien. 18 & 21./ Société d'Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France. 305 & 312.) 2 vols. xxiv, (2), 738pp., 36 plates. 592 illus. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Peeters), 1990.

506

CLOTHEY, FRED W. The Many Faces of Murukan. The history and meaning of a South Indian god. With the poem “Prayers to Lord Murukan,” by A.K. Ramanujan. (Religion and Society. 6.) xvi, 252, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague/Paris (Mouton Publishers), 1978.

507

COEDÈS, G. Les états hindouisés d’Indochine et d’Indonésie. (Histoire du Monde. VIII, 2.) xi, (1), 466, (4)pp., 2 folding charts, 5 folding maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris (E. de Boccard), 1948.

508

COEDÈS, GEORGE. Inscription du Roi Rama Gamhen de Sukhodaya (1292 A.D.). Édité traduite d’après le: Recueil des inscription du Siam, première partie: Inscriptions de Sukhodaya, Bangkok, 1924, pages 37-48. Stone Inscriptions of Sukhothai. Translation by Prince Wam Waithayakon. 12pp. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1965.

509

COEDÈS, GEORGE. Les inscriptions malaises de Çrivijaya. (Extrait du Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient, t. 30, nos. 1-2.) 52pp., 7 plates. 4to. Orig. wraps. Hanoi (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1930.

510

COEDÈS, G. Les peuples de la Péninsule Indochinoise. Histoire - civilisations. (Collection Sigma. 2.) (2), 228pp., 16 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Paris (Dunod), 1962.

511

COEDÈS, G, Prachum sila charu’k. Phak thi 2: Charu’k Thwarawadi, Siwichai, Lawo. Ti phim khrang thi 2 [kækhai mai]./ Recueil des inscriptions du Siam. Deuxième partie: Inscriptions de Dvaravati, de Çrivijaya et de Lavo. Deuxième édition revue et mise à jour. (8), 66, (4), 40pp., 18 plates. 4to. Boards. Parallel texts in Thai and French. [Phranakhon (Krom Sinlapakon)], 1961.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

31

512

COLE, FAY-COOPER. The Peoples of Malaysia. xiv, 354pp. 37 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York (D. Van Nostrand Company), 1945.

513

COLE, W. OWEN & SAMBHI, PIARA SINGH. The Sikhs: Their Religious Beliefs and Practices. xxvii, (1), 210pp., 8 plates with 11 illus. 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps. London/Henley (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1978.

514

COLLINS, D.G. An English Laos Dictionary. 237pp. Cloth. Reprint of the Chieng Mai 1906 edition. Farnborough, Hants. (Gregg International Publishers), 1972.

515

COLLIS, MAURICE. The Descent of the God. 147pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Faber and Faber), 1948.

516

COLLIS, MAURICE. The Land of the Great Image. Being experiences of Friar Manrique in Arakan. 259pp. Cloth. London (Readers Union/ Faber & Faber), 1946.

517

COLLIS, MAURICE. Lords of the Sunset. A tour in the Shan states. 326pp., 1 folding map. 47 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Faber and Faber), 1938.

518

COLLIS, MAURICE. Siamese White. 312pp., 4 maps (1 folding). Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Faber and Faber), 1936.

519

COLOMBO. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1977-1977: One Hundred Years. Compiled by P.H.D.D. de Silva. 148pp., 22 plates. 4to. Cloth. Colombo, 1977.

520

COMALE. Folklore of Tamil Nadu. [By] S.M.L. Lakshmanan Chettiar. (Folklore of India Series.) ix, (3), 208, (4)pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (National Book Trust, India), 1973.

521

COMBER, L.F. Chinese Secret Societies in Malaya. A survey of the triad society from 1800 to 1900. (Monographs of the Association for Asian Studies. 6.) 324, (2)pp., 11 plates, 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Locust Valley, New York (J.J. Augustin), 1959.

522

COMBER, LEON. Chinese Magic and Superstitions in Malaya. (Malayan Heritage Books. 5.) 79pp., 13 plates. 10 illus. charts. Wraps. Singapore (Donald Moore/ Eastern Universities Press), 1960.

523

CONDOMINAS, GEORGES. Wir assen den Wald des Geistersteins Gôo. Hii saa Brii Mau-Yaang Gôo. Chronik des Mnong Gar-Dorfes Sar Luk im Hochland Südvietnams. 459, (3)pp. 51 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), 1969.

524

CONE, MARGARET & GOMBRICH, RICHARD F. The Perfect Generosity of Prince Vessantara: A Buddhist Epic. Translated from the Pali and illustrated by unpublished paintings from Sinhalese temples. xlvii, (1), 111pp., 40 plates. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1977.

525

CONFERENCE OF ‘SANKARA AND SHANMATA’ (1969 : MADRAS). Sankara and shanmata. Souvenir published in connection with the Conference on Sankara and Shanmata held in Madras from June 1-June 9, 1969. (360)pp. Numerous plates hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Madras (M. Ramaratnam), [1969].

526

CÔNG HUYEN TÔN NU’, NHA TRANG. Vietnamese Folklore: An Introductory and Annotated Bibliography. (Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California, Berkeley. Occasional Papers. 7.) xxi, 33 ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley (Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California), 1970.

527

CONRAD, JÜRGEN. Die East India Company. Kaufmannsabenteurer und Kolonialherren. 164, (4)pp. 27 plates. 4to. Wraps. Lampertheim (Kübler Verlag), 1980.

528

CONWAY, SUSAN. Thai Textiles. 192pp. 160 illus. (105 color). 4to. Wraps. London (British Museum Press), 1992.

529

CONZE, EDWARD. Buddhistisches Denken. Drei Phasen buddhistischer Philosophie in Indien. 453, (1)pp. Cloth. Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), 1988.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

32

530

COOLER, RICHARD M. The Karen Bronze Drums of Burma: Types, Iconography, Manufacture and Use. (Studies in Asian Art and Archaeology. 16.) xx, 235, (5)pp., 40 plates. 59 figs., 32 tables. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1995.

531

COOLSMA, S. Hollandsch-Soendaneesch woordenboek. Met medewerking van C. Albers. xii, 730, (6)pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Orig. buckram. Leiden (A.W. Sijthoffs’ Uitgevers-Maatschappij), [1910].

532

COOLSMA, S. Soendaneesch-Hollandsch woordenboek. Met medewerking van C. Albers. xxxvi, 729, (3)pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth. Leiden (A.W. Sijthoffs’ Uitgevers-Maatschappij), [1884].

533

COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K. The Arts & Crafts of India & Ceylon. xiii, (1), 259pp. 225 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. New York (The Noonday Press), 1964.

534

COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K. Elements of Buddhist Iconography. (4), 95, (35)pp., 15 plates with 44 illus. 8 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1935.

535

COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K. History of Indian and Indonesian Art. 295, (1)pp., 128 plates with 400 illus. & 9 maps. 4to. Wraps. New York (Dover Publications), 1965.

536

(COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K.) LIPSEY, ROGER. Coomaraswamy. 3: His Life and Work. (Bollingen Series. LXXXIX.) xvii, (1), 312pp. 31 illus. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1977.

537

COOPER, ROBERT & COOPER, NANTHAPA. Kultur-Knigge Thailand. Second edition. 184pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. München (Simon & Magiera), 1988.

538

CORNETS DE GROOT, A. D., ET AL. Javaansche spraakkunst. Uitgegeven...door J.F.C. Gericke. Tweede verbeterde en vermeerderde uitgaaf, gevolgd door een Leesboek tot oefening in de Javaansche taal, verzameld en uitgegeven door F.J.C. Gericke; op nieuw uitgegeven en voorzien van een nieuw Woordenboek, door T. Roorda. xii, x, xv, viii, (3), 234, 254, (2), 45pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth. Amsterdam (Johannes Müller), 1843.

539

CORNYN, WILLIAM S. Burmese Chrestomathy. (American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications Series A: Texts. 4.) 393pp. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (American Council of Learned Societies), 1957.

540

CORNYN, WILLIAM S. Spoken Burmese. Basic course. 2 vols. vii, (1), 472pp. Lrg. oblong 8vo. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (Linguistic Society of America/ Intensive Language Program, American Council of Learned Societies), 1945-1946.

541

CORNYN, WILLIAM S. & MUSGRAVE, JOHN K. Burmese Glossary. (American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications Series A: Texts. 5.) 209pp. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (American Council of Learned Societies), 1958.

542

CORNYN, WILLIAM S. & ROOP, D. HAIGH. Beginning Burmese. (Yale Linguistic Series.) xxiii, (1), 501pp. 4to. Wraps. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1968.

543

CORPUS OF INDUS SEALS AND INSCRIPTIONS. (Suomalaisen Tiedeakatemian toimituksia. Sarja B, nide 239-240./ Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of India. 86. [Vol. 2:] Memoirs of the Department of Archaeology and Museums, Government of Pakistan. 5].) 2 vols. 1: Collections in India. Edited by Jagat Pati Joshi and Asko Parpola with the assistance of Erja Lahdenperä and Virpi Hämeen-Anttila. xxxii, 392pp. Most prof. illus. 2: Collections in Pakistan. Edited by Sayid Ghulam Mustafa Shah and Asko Parpola in collaboration with Ahmad Nabi Khan, M. Rafique Mughal, F.A. Durrani, M.A. Halim, George F. Dales, Michael Jansen, M. Tosi, Walter A. Fairservis and Giorgio Stacul and with the assistance of Jyrki Lyytikkä, S.M. Ilyas, Arto Vuohelainen and Petteri Koskikallio. xxxii, 448pp. Most prof. illus. Sm. folio. Boards. Helsinki (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia), 1987-1991.

544

COSTELLO, NANCY A. Ngu’-vu’ng Katu./ Katu Vocabulary. (Tu sách Ngôn-ngu’ dân-toc thieu-so Viet-Nam. 5.) (12), 125pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. [Saigon] (Trung-tâm Hoc-lieu, Bô Giáo-duc), 1971.

545

COULET, GEORGES. Cultes et religions de l’Indochine annamite. 241, (1)pp., 9 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

33

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

Saigon (Imprimerie Commerciale C. Ardin), n.d. 546

COURTRIGHT, PAUL B. Ganesa: Lord of Obstacles, Lord of Beginnings. xiv, (2), 274pp. 12 illus. hors texte. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. New York/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1985.

547

COVARRUBIAS, MIGUEL. Island of Bali. With an album of photographs by Rose Covarrubias. xxv, (1), 417, (1), x pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. New York (Alfred A. Knopf), 1956.

548

COWELL, E.E. (EDITOR). The Jataka, or, Stories of the Buddha’s Former Births. Translated from the Pali by various hands. (Unesco Collection of Representative Works.) 6 vols. in 3. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Cambridge 1895. London (The Pali Text Society/ Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1981.

549

COYAUD, MAURICE. Contes de Thaïlande. Avec un aperçu grammatical du siamois. (Langues et Civilisations à Tradition Orale. 43.) 153, (7), 30, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique), 1981.

550

CRAVEN, ROY C. A Concise History of Indian Art. (The World of Art Library.) 252pp. 200 illus. (30 color). Sm. 4to. Wraps. London (Thames and Hudson), 1976.

551

CREDNER, WILHELM. Siam: Das Land der Tai. Eine Landeskunde auf Grund eigener Reisen und Forschungen. (Bibliothek länderkundlicher Handbücher.) xvi, 422, (2)pp., 32 plates with 70 illus. 27 text figs., 12 maps, 1 table. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (J. Engelhorns Nachf.), 1935.

552

CRILL, ROSEMARY. Hats from India. 64pp. 46 illus. 4to. Wraps. London (Victoria & Albert Museum), 1985.

553

CROOKE, W. The Popular Religion and Folk-lore of Northern India. A new edition, revised and illustrated. 2 vols. vi, (2), 294pp.; (2), 359, (3), 31, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Ex-library. London (Archibald Constable & Co.), 1896.

554

CROOKE, WILLIAM. A Glossary of North Indian Peasant Life. Edited, with an introduction, notes and appendices by Shahid Amin. liv, 290pp., 12 color plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1989.

555

CUISINIER, JEANNE. Les Mu’ò’ng: Géographie humaine et sociologie. (Université de Paris. Travaux et Mémoires de l’Institut d’Éthnologie. 45.) xx, 618, (6)pp., 32 plates. 86 text figs. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Institut d’Éthnologie), 1948.

556

CUISINIER, JEANNE. Prières accompagnant les rites agraires chez les Mu’ò’ng de Mán Dú’c. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 33.) 74, (6)pp., 11 folding plates. 4to. Wraps. Hanoî (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1951.

557

CUNNINGHAM, ALEXANDER. Book of Indian Eras, With Tables for Calculating Indian Dates. xiv, (2), 227pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Calcutta 1883 edition. Delhi (Oriental Publishers), 1971.

558

CURRIE, P.M. The Shrine and Cult of Mu‘in al-Din Chishti of Ajmer. (Oxford University South Asian Studies Series.) (6), 220pp., 13 plates (1 color). 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1989.

559

CUSHING, J.N. Elementary Handbook of the Shan Language. (2), 272pp. Cloth. Reprint of the Rangoon 1888 edition. Farnborough, Hants. (Gregg International Publishers), 1971.

560

CUSHING, J.N. A Shan and English Dictionary. / K-ayi than tai tang Ingalil' k-an kusing thut thvak lè l-i yang tim vai nang sai liñ tup' Lik ik kh-ar-u kh-a kaw. 15, (1), 708pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Rangoon 1914 edition. Farnborough, Hants. (Gregg International Publishers), 1971.

561

CUTIVONGS, NANDANA. The Iconography of Avalokitesvara in Mainland Proefschrift...Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden. 616pp. 179 illus. & 17 figs. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Leiden, 1984.

562

DABBS, JACK AUTREY. A Short Bengali-English, English-Bengali Dictionary. Third edition. xiv, (2), 264pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

South

East

Asia.

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

34

[College Station] (Department of Modern Languages, Texas A&M University), 1971. 563

DAHM, BERNHARD. Die Südostasienwissenschaft in den USA, in Westeuropa und in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. (121, (1)pp.) Wraps. Göttingen (Verlag Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1975.

564

DAHMEN-DALLAPICCOLA, A.L. Indische Miniaturen: Malerei der Rajput Staaten. (Holle Kunstbibliothek.) 107, (1)pp. 36 color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Baden-Baden (Holle Verlag), 1976.

565

DALGADO, SEBASTIÃO RODOLFO. Diccionario Komkani-Portuguez./ Konkani-Portuguese Dictionary./ KonkaniPoracogiza sabda-kosha. Philologice-etymologico composto no alphabeto Devanâgarî com a translitteração segundo o systema Jonesiano xxxvii, (5), 560pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Bombay 1893 edition. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1983.

566

DALGADO, SEBASTIÃO RODOLFO. Glossário luso-asiático. Con uma introdução de Joseph M. Piel. (Romanistik in Geschichte und Gegenwart. 11.) 2 vols. 12, lxvii, (3), 535pp.; x, 580pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Coimbra 1919-1921 edition. Hamburg (Helmut Buske Verlag), 1982.

567

DALLAPICCOLA, ANNA L., ET AL. Krishna. The Divine Lover. Myth and legend through Indian art. Contributions by Anna L. Dallapiccola, Brijinder N. Goswamy, Karuna Goswamy, Karl J. Khandalavala, Walter Spink, Kapila Vatsyayan. 218, (2)pp. 199 illus. (partly color). Sm. folio. Cloth. London/ Boston (Serindia Publications/ David R. Godine), 1982.

568

DAM, BO. Les populations montagnardes du Sud-Indochinois. Présentation par René de Berval. (Collections “Animismes.”/ France-Asie. Numéro spécial.) (4), 278pp., 28 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Lyon (Derain), 1950.

569

DANDEKAR, R.N. Der vedische Mensch. Studien zur Selbstauffassung des Inders in Rg- und Atharveda. (Indogermanische Bibliothek. 3. Abteilung: Untersuchungen. 16.) (2), 69pp. Wraps. Heidelberg (Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1938.

570

DANDIN. Die Erlebnisse der zehn Prinzen. Eine Erzählung Dandins. [Herausgegeben und übersetzt von] Walter Ruben. (Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Institut für Orientforschung. Veröffentlichung Nr. 11.) 90pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1952.

571

DANG, THE BINH, ET AL. Tù diên Anh-Viêt hiên dai: Khoàng 65,000 tù. / Modern English-Vietnamese Dictionary: 65,000 Entries. 1959pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth. Hong Kong (Lee Man Publishing), 1982.

572

DANGE, SADASHIV AMBADAS. Encyclopaedia of Puranic Beliefs and Practices. 5 vols. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Navrang), 1986-1990.

573

DANI, AHMAD HASAN. The Historic City of Taxila. xiv, (2), 190pp. 62 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Paris/Tokyo (Unesco/ The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1986.

574

DANI, AHMAD HASAN. Indian Palaeography. Second edition. xxviii, (2), 297, (3)pp., 46 double-page plates. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1986.

575

DANIÉLOU, ALAIN. Hindu Polytheism. xxxi, (1), 537pp., 33 plates. 4to. Cloth. London (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1964.

576

DANIÉLOU, ALAIN. Histoire de l’Inde. (Les Grandes Études Historiques.) 379pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Paris (Fayard), 1971.

577

ÐÀO, DUY ANH. Hán Viêt tù diên: Gian yéu. / Han Yüeh tzú tien : chien yao. Ðào Duy Anh biên soan; Hãn Man Tu’ hieu dính. Third edition. (10), 605pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Boards. Saigon (Tru’ò’ng-Thi), [1957].

578

DAS GUPTA, BIDHU BHUSAN & DAS, BIMBADHAR. Oriya Self-Taught (English Medium). Thoroughly revised and enlarged second edition. 200pp. Frontis. Boards. Calcutta (Das Gupta Prakashan), [1975].

579

DAS GUPTA, CHIDANANDA & KOBE, WERNER. Kino in Indien. 154pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

35

Freiburg i.Br. (Verlag Wolf Mersch), 1986. 580

DAS GUPTA, PRANAB KUMAR. Impact of Industrialisation on a Tribe in South Bihar. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 48.) (8), 188pp. 58 tables, 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India), 1978.

581

DAS GUPTA, R. Eastern Indian Manuscript Painting. 110, (2)pp., 28 plates with 99 illus. (4 color). Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1972.

582

DAS GUPTA, TAPAN KUMAR. Der Vajra: Eine vedische Waffe. (Alt- und Neuindische Studien, Seminar für Kultur und Geschichte, Universität Hamburg. 16.) (6), 119pp. 39 illus., text figs. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1975.

583

DAS, J.P. Puri Paintings: The Chitrakara and His Work. 200p. 27 color illus. hors texte. 48 illus., 86 figs. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Arnold-Heinemann), 1982.

584

DAS, JOGESH. Folklore of Assam. (Folklore of India Series.) 142, (6)pp., 11 plates. Cloth. New Delhi (National Book Trust, India), 1972.

585

DAS, TARAKCHANDRA. The Bhumijas of Seraikella. With: Das, Tarakchandra. The Wild Kharias of Dhalbhum. (Anthropological Papers, University of Calcutta. N.S. Nos. 2 & 3.) (6), 61pp., 12 plates; (6), 38pp., 13 plates. 4to. Wraps. Calcutta (University of Calcutta), 1931.

586

DASA, SYAMASUNDARA (EDITOR). Hindi sabdasagara. Mula sampadaka Syamasundaradasa. Mula sahayaka sampadaka Balakrshna Bhatta [tatha anya]; sampadakamandala Sampurnananda [tatha anya] sahayaka sampadaka Trilocana Sastri [tatha] Visvanatha Tripathi. 11 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Mixed editions. Kasi (Nagari pracarini Sabha), 1965-1975.

587

DASGUPTA, ALOKERANJAN & DASGUPTA, TRUDBERTA. Krishna, der liebende Hirtengott. Religiöse Volksmalerei Ostindiens. 2 parts. I: Text. 16pp. 12mo. II: Plates. 6 color plates, loose in portfolio, as issued. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps. München (Bharatiya Sangha), n.d.

588

DASGUPTA, SURENDRANATH. A History of Indian Philosophy. 5 vols. 4to. Cloth. Mixed printings. Cambridge (University Press), 1969-1975.

589

DASGUPTA, SURENDRANATH. Yoga as Philosophy and Religion. x, (2), 200pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1924 edition. Port Washington, N.Y./London (Kennikat Press), 1970.

590

DATTA, AMARESH [& LAL, MOHAN] (EDITORS). Encyclopaedia of Indian Literature. Vols. 1 - 5 (=A - Zorghot). Lrg. 4to. Buckram. New Delhi (Sahitya Akademi), 1987-1992.

591

DATTA, BHABATARAN. A Linguistic Study of Personal Names and Surnames in Bengali. xvi, 491pp. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (University of Calcutta), 1981.

592

DATTA, BIMAL KUMAR. Libraries & Librarianship of Ancient and Medieval India. vi, (2), 247, (1)pp. 20 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Atma Ram & Sons), 1970.

593

DATTA, M.S. Pottery at Kumbharwada, Bombay. Foreword: A. Chandra Sekhar. (Census of India 1961. India. Vol. I Part VIIA [6].) x, 77pp., 41 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Simla/Delhi (Manager, Government of India Press/ Manager of Publications, Civil Lines), 1973].

594

DAUDUIN, PIERRE. Sigillographie sino-annamite. x, 321, (3)pp., 32 plates. Numerous text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Saigon (Imprimerie de l’Union), 1937.

595

DAVE, H.T. Life and Philosophy of Shree Swaminarayan, 1781-1830. Edited by Leslie Shepard. Foreword by Charles Cunningham. 274pp. 5 illus. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen & Unwin), 1974.

596

DAVIDS, T.W. RHYS & CARPENTER, J. ESTLIN (EDITORS). The Digha Nikaya. (Pali Text Society.) 3 vols. Vols. I-II: Edited by T.W. Rhys Davids and J. Estlin Carpenter. 261, (1)pp.; 386, (2)pp. Vol. III: Edited by J. Estlin Carpenter. 327, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. London (Pali Text Society/ Henry Frowde, Oxford University Press), 1890-1911.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

36

597

DAVIDS, T.W. RHYS & STEDE, WILLIAM. The Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary. xiv, 173, (1)pp.; 214pp.; 167, (1)pp.; 203pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (The Pali Text Society), [1921-1925].

598

DAVIDS, T.W. RHYS & STEDE, WILLIAM. The Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary. xv, (1), 738pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (The Pali Text Society/ Luzac & Company), 1966.

599

DAVIES, C. COLLIN. An Historical Atlas of the Indian Peninsula. Second edition. 94, (2)pp. 47 maps. 4to. Wraps. Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1959.

600

DAVIS, KINGSLEY. The Population of India and Pakistan. xvi, 263pp. 94 tables, 55 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth (worn & shaken). Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1951.

601

DAVIS, RICHARD B. Muang Metaphysics: A Study of Northern Thai Myth and Ritual. (Studies in Thai Anthropology. 1.) 324pp. 22 illus. hors texte. 4to. Boards. Bangkok (Pandora), 1984.

602

DAVIS, RICHARD H. Ritual in an Oscillating Universe: Worshipping Siva in Medieval India. xvi, (2), 200pp., 6 plates. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1991.

603

DAWSON, BARRY & GILLOW, JOHN. The Traditional Architecture of Indonesia. 192pp. 244 illus. (192 color). Sq. 4to. Cloth. London (Thames and Hudson), 1994.

604

DAWSON, G.W. The Bhamo District. (Burma Gazetteer.) iii, (1), 97, (1), x pp. 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1960.

605

DAY, CLARENCE BURTON. Peasant Cults in India. (Chinese Materials and Research Aids Service Center. Occasional Series.) xiv, 126, (8)pp., 37 color plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. San Francisco (Chinese Materials Center), 1974.

606

DE, SUSHIL KUMAR. Some Problems of Sanskrit Poetics. (4), 267pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Firma K.L. Mukhopadhyay), 1959.

607

DEFRANCIS, JOHN. Index Volume: Beginning, Intermediate and Advanced Texts in Spoken and Written Chinese. xvii, (1), 422, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1970.

608

DEHEJIA, VIDYA. Early Buddhist Rock Temples. A chronology. (Studies in Ancient Art and Archaeology.) 240pp. 90 illus. 4to. Cloth. Ithaca, N.Y. (Cornell University Press), 1972.

609

DEHEJIA, VIDYA. Slaves of the Lord: The Path of the Tamil Saints. xi, (1), 206pp. 88 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1988.

610

DEHEJIA, VIDYA. Yogini: Cult and Temples. A tantric tradition. xii, 239pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. New Delhi (National Museum), 1986.

611

DELEURY, GUY. Le modèle indou. Essai sur les structures de la civilisation de l’Inde d’hier et d’aujourd’hui. Préface de Roger Garaudy. (Le Temps & les Hommes.) 365pp. 9 maps. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Flammarion), 1978.

612

DELL, DAVID J., ET AL. Guide to Hindu Religion. [By] David J. Dell and Thomas J. Hopkins, Robert A. McDermott, Gary Tartakov, Suzanne Hanchett, Joel Brerton, Elizabeth Rosen with contributions from Bruce J. Stewart, Todd Lewis, Sukumar Bhattacarja, V. Naravane, Susan S. Wadley, Leslie Casale. (The Asian Philosophies and Religions Resource Guides.) xxvi, 461pp. 4to. Buckram. Boston (G.K. Hall & Co.), 1981.

613

DENECK, M. Indische Plastik. Plastiken aus Indien, Khmer und Tschampa. Photographien von W. und B. Forman. (40)pp., 264 plates. Folio. Cloth. Hanau (Verlag Werner Dausien), 1962.

614

DERANIYAGALA, P.E.P. Some Sinhala Combative, Field and Aquatic Sports and Games. Revised edition. 51, (1)pp., 5 plates. 14 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

37

N.p. (National Museums of Ceylon), 1959. 615

DESAI, SANTOSH N. Hinduism in Thai Life. Foreword by Ainslie T. Embree. xvii, (1), 163pp., 4 color plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Popular Prakashan), 1980.

616

DESAPANDE, PANDURANGA GANESA. Concise English-Gujarati Dictionary. / Angreji-Gujarati vinita kosa. 8, (4), 466pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. Bombay (Oxford University Press), 1986.

617

DESCOURS-GATIN, CHANTAL & VILLIERS, HUGUES. Guide de recherches sur le Vietnam. Bibliographies, archives et bibliothèques de France. 259pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Paris (Éditions L’Harmattan), 1983.

618

DESHPANDE, MADHAV K. & DESHPANDE, PRAKASH M. Marathi-English Dictionary. Second revised edition. (8), 604pp. Boards. Nagpur/Poona (Suvichar Prakashan Mandal), 1968.

619

DESHPANDE, PANDURANG GANESH. Gujarati-amgrezi kosa. / Gujarati-English Dictionary. Third edition. (6), 962pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Amadabada (Yunivarsiti Gramtha Nirmana Borda), 1974.

620

DE SILVA, K.M. A History of Sri Lanka. xx, 603pp. 21 illus. hors texte. 7 maps. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1981.

621

DE SILVA, K.M. Managing Ethnic Tensions in Multi-Ethnic Societies. Sri Lanka, 1880-1985. xvii, (3), 429pp. 6 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Lanham/New York (University Press of America), 1986.

622

DE TERRA, HELLMUT & MOVIUS, HALLAM L., JR. Research on Early Man in Burma. With “Supplementary Reports upon the Pleistocene Vertebrates and Mollusks of the Region,” [by] Edwin H. Colbert and J. Bequaert, and, “Pleistocene Geology and Early Man in Java,” [by] Hellmut de Terra. (Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. N.S. Vol. 32, Part 3.) (200)pp., 35 plates. 106 illus. Lrg. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth. Philadelphia (The American Philosophical Society), 1943.

623

DETMOLD, GEOFFREY & RUBEL, MARY. The Gods and Goddesses of Nepal. A traveller’s guide to the Hindu and Buddhist deities in the Kathmandu Valley of Nepal, with a comprehensive glossary to aid in their identification. (4), 120pp. Numerous plates hors texte. 12mo. Wraps. Kathmandu (Ratna Pustak Bhandar), 1979.

624

DEUSSEN, PAUL. Allgemeine Einleitung und Philosophie des Veda bis auf die Upanishad’s. Dritte Auflage. (Allgemeine Geschichte der Philosophie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Religionen. 1. Band, 1. Abteilung.) xvi, 361, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1915.

625

DEUSSEN, PAUL. Die nachvedische Philosophie der Inder. Nebst einem Anhang über die Philosophie der Chinesen und Japaner. Zweite Auflage. (Allgemeine Geschichte der Philosophie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Religionen. 1. Band, 3. Abteilung.) xvi, 728, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1914.

626

DEUSSEN, PAUL. Die Philosophie der Upanishad’s. Dritte Auflage. (Allgemeine Geschichte der Philosophie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Religionen. 1. Band, 2. Abteilung.) 2 parts xiii, (1), 401pp. Oblong 4to. Wraps. Photocopy. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1919.

627

DEUSSEN, PAUL. Sechzig Upanishads des Veda. Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt und mit Einleitungen und Anmerkungen versehen. Zweite Auflage. xxvii, (1), 928pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1905.

628

DEUSSEN, PAUL. Das System des Vedânta. Nach den Brahma-sûtra’s des Bâdarâyana und dem Kommentare des Çankara über dieselben als ein Kompendium der Dogmatik des Brahmanismus vom Standpunkte des Çankara aus dargestellt. Dritte Auflage. xvii, (3), 540pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1920.

629

DEUSSEN, PAUL & STRAUSS, OTTO (TRANSLATORS). Vier philosophische Texte des Mahâbhâratam: SanatsujâtaParvan, Bhagavadgîtâ, Mokshadharma, Anugîtâ. xviii, (2), 1010, (2)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1906.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

38

630

DEUSTER, R.H. Kanawar. Grundriss einer Volks- und Kulturkunde. (Studien zur Völkerkunde. 14.) (4), 112pp., 5 plates with 10 illus. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (Jordan & Gramberg), 1939.

631

DEV, ASHU TOSH. Pocket Dictionary (Bengali to English). Thoroughly revised and enlarged edition.... (4), 680, (2)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Calcutta (S.C. Mazumder), 1967.

632

DEVAHUTI, D. Harsha, a Political Study. xx, 295, (1)pp., 11 plates, 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1970.

633

DEVARAKKHITA, DON ANDRIS DE SILVA BATUVANTUDAVE (EDITOR). The Ruvanmala. By King Parkrama Bahu Sirisanghabodhi. And, Piyummala (by an unknown author). iv, (2), 111pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Sinhalese-language text. Colombo, 1892.

634

DEVASAHAYAM, N. Puppets in the Collection of the Madras Government Museum. (Bulletin of the Madras Government Museum. N.S.-General Section. Vol. 11#1.) (4), 57pp. 35 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Madras (The Director of Stationery and Printing, Government of Tamil Nadu), 1973.

635

DEVI CHAND (EDITOR). The Atharvaveda. Sanskrit text with English translation. With introductory remarks by M.C. Joshi. With glossary and index. x, (2), 939pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1982.

636

DEVI CHAND (EDITOR). The Samaveda. Sanskrit text with English translation. With introductory remarks by M.C. Joshi. Second revised and enlarged edition. xxviii, 304pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers), 1981.

637

DEVI CHAND (EDITOR). The Yajurveda. Sanskrit text with English translation. With introductory remarks by M.C. Joshi. Third revised and enlarged edition. xxvii, (1), 452pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers), 1980.

638

DEY, NUNDO LAL. The Geographical Dictionary of Ancient and Mediaeval India. xv, (1), 262pp., 1 folding map. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1927 edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1984.

639

DEYOUNG, JOHN E. Village Life in Modern Thailand. (Institute of East Asiatic Studies, University of California.) vi, (6), 224, (2)pp., 8 plates. 6 maps. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1955.

640

DHAL, UPENDRA NATH. Goddess Laksmi: Origin and Development. xvi, 229, (3)pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Oriental Publishers & Distributors), 1978.

641

DHAMIJA, JASLEEN. Indian Folk Arts and Crafts. Revised edition. (India: The Land and the People.) 116pp., 42 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (National Book Trust, India), 1977.

642

DHAMMARASO BHIKKHU & VIROCANO BHIKKHU. The Historical Background and Tradition of the Meo. Third edition. (Hill Tribes in the North of Thailand.) 198pp., 12 plates (4 color). 12mo. Wraps. Bangkok (Susksa Samphan Ltd.), 1977.

643

[DHANIT YUPHO.]. The Khon and Lakon. Dance dramas presented by The Department of Fine Arts. Programmes of the Khon, Lakon Jatri, Lakon Nok, Lakon Nai, Lakon Dükdamban and Lakon Phanthang for the years 1945-62. Illustrated and fully annotated, with libretto, historical background and technical notes on the dance dramas. xx, (2), 260pp. Numerous illus hors texte. 4to. Buckram. Bangkok (The Department of Fine Arts), 1963.

644

DHANIT YUPHO. Khon Masks. (Thai Culture. N.S. 7.) 16pp., 4 plates (2 color). Text figs. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1960.

645

DHANIT YUPHO. Thai Musical Instruments. Second edition. xi, (1), 104, (2)pp., 4 plates. 56 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. [Bangkok] (The Department of Fine Arts), 1971.

646

DHARMAKIRTI. Saddharmalankara by His Holiness Dharmacirti the III Sangharaja Maha Swami. Edited by Kalutara Sarananda Thero. 3, v, 772pp. Lrg. 8vo. New boards, 1/4 cloth. Colombo (J.D. Fernando), 1934.

647

DIEZ, ERNST. Akbar, Gottsucher und Kaiser. 242, (2)pp., 32 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

39

Wien (Rudolf M. Rohrer Verlag), 1961. 648

DIEZ, ERNST. Die Kunst Indiens. (Handbuch der Kunstwissenschaft: Ergänzungsband.) (2), 193, (1)pp., 13 tipped-in plates. 231 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Wildpark-Potsdam (Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Athenaion), n.d.

649

DIEZEMANN, ECKART. Birma. Land der goldenen Pagoden. Menschen, Religion, Kunst und Kultur. Orte und Sehenswürdigkeiten. 338, (2)pp. 126 illus., 94 plans. 12mo. Wraps. Pforzheim (Goldstadtverlag), 1979.

650

DIFFLOTH, GÉRARD. An Appraisal of Benedict’s Views on Austroasiatic and Austro-Thai Relations. (The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University. Discussion Paper No. 82.) 20, iii pp. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Kyoto (The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University), 1976.

651

DIFFLOTH, GÉRARD. The Daravati Old Mon Language and Nyah Kur. (Monic Language Studies. 1.) (4), iii, (1), 402pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Chulalongkorn University Printing House), 1984.

652

DIFFLOTH, GÉRARD. Proto-Mon-Khmer Final Spirants. (The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University. Discussion Paper No. 88.) 15, (7)pp. 4to. Wraps. Mimeograph. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Kyoto (The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University), 1976.

653

DIGUET, E. Les annamites. Société, coutumes, religions. 367pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 leather. Paris (Augustin Challamel), 1906.

654

DIGUET, E. Les montagnards du Tonkin. Préface par Auguste Pavie. xv, (3), 159pp., 15 plates. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 leather. Paris (Augustin Challamel), 1908.

655

DIJK, C. VAN. Rebellion Under the Banner of Islam. The Darul Islam in Indonesia. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 94.) x, 468pp., 5 maps. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1981.

656

DIMAND, MAURICE. Indische Miniaturen. 28pp., 10 tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. München (Südwest Verlag), n.d.

657

DIMCOCK, EDWARD C., JR. The Place of the Hidden Moon. Erotic mysticism in the Vaisnava-Sahajiya cult of Bengal. xix, (1), 299pp. 4to. Cloth. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1966.

658

DIMOCK, EDWARD C., JR., ET AL. The Literatures of India: An Introduction. [By] Edward C. Dimock, Jr., Edwin Gerow, C.M. Naim, A.K. Ramanujan, Gordon Roadarmel, J.A.B. van Buitenen. xii, (2), 264pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1974.

659

DIRKS, NICHOLAS B. The Hollow Crown. Ethnohistory of an Indian kingdom. (Cambridge South Asian Studies.) xxix, (5), 458, (2)pp. 7 plates, 10 figs. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1987.

660

DISKALKAR, D.B. Selections from Sanskrit Inscriptions (2nd Cent. to 8th Cent. A.D.) Containing also portions from G. Buhler’s essay on ‘Indian Inscriptions and Antiquity of Indian Artificial Poetry.’ xi, (3), 224pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Classical Publications), 1977.

661

DISSEL, J.S.A. VAN (EDITOR). Hikayat si-Miskin. 12, 133pp. 4to. Wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1897.

662

DITTMAR, JOHANNA. Thailand und Burma. Tempelanlagen und Königsstädte zwischen Mekong und Indischem Ozean. (DuMont Dokumente: Kunst-Reiseführer.) 371, (5)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Stiff wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1981.

663

DOABIA, HARBANS SINGH. Sacred Nitnem: Containing the Divine Hymns of the Daily Pragers by the Sikhs. In Gurmukhi and Roman scripts with their English translation and the Summaries of the Teachings and some fundamentals of the Sikh religion based thereon. xiv, (2), 410, (2)pp. Buckram. Amritsar (Singh Brothers), 1985.

664

DÖHRING, KARL. Buddhistische Tempelanlagen in Siam. (Der indische Kulturkreis in Einzeldarstellungen. 1. Abteilung.) 3 vols. 348pp.; 180 tipped-in gravure plates with facing commentary. 116 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Orig. boards.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

40

Bangkok (Asia Publishing-House), 1920. 665

DOGRA, RAMESH CHANDER & MANSUKHANI, GOBIND SINGH. Encyclopaedia of Sikh Religion and Culture. x, 556pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikhas Publishing House), 1996.

666

DOLD, JULIA. Lacktraditionen in Thailand. Formen der Gewinnung, Verarbeitung und Anwendung von Lack in der frühen Bangkok-Periode. ii, 121 ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. M.A. thesis, Albert-Ludwigs-Universitäts, Freiburg i.Br. Freiburg i.Br., n.d.

667

DOMROES, MANFRED & ROTH, HELMUT (EDITORS). Sri Lanka, Past and Present: Archaeology, Geography, Economics. Selected papers on German research. (4), 197pp. Illus. 4to. Boards. Weikersheim (Margraf Verlag), 1998.

668

DONNER, WOLF. The Five Faces of Thailand. An economic geography. (The Institute of Asian Affairs, Hamburg.) xxii, 930pp. 159 figs. Stout 4to. Cloth. St. Lucia (University of Queensland Press), 1978.

669

DONNER, WOLF. Lebensraum Nepal. Eine Entwicklungsgeographie. (Mitteilungen des Instituts für Asienkunde, Hamburg. 226.) 723pp. 62 tables, 142 figs. Stout 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Institut für Asienkunde), 1996.

670

DORÉ, AMPHAY. Un après-goût de bonheur. Une ethnologie de la spiritualité lao. (Collection “Documents pour le Laos.” 4.) 99, (1)pp., 4 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Vientiane (Éditions Vithagna), 1974.

671

DOURISBOURE, P.X. Dictionnaire bahnar-français. xlv, (3), 363pp. Orig. wraps. Hongkong (Imprimerie de la Société des Missions Étrangères), 1889.

672

DOURISBOURE, PIERRE X. Les sauvages Ba-Hnars (Cochinchine orientale). Souvenirs d’un missionnaire. xvi, 336, (4)pp. Illus. Wraps. Paris (P. Téqui/ Missions-Étrangères), 1929.

673

DOURNES, JACQUES. Bois-bambou. Aspect végétal de l’univers Jörai. (Centre de Documentation sur l’Asie du Sud-Ést. Atlas éthno-linguistique. Recherche coopérative sur programme no. 61./ Deuxième série: Monographies. 2.) 196pp., 26 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique), 1969.

674

DOURNES, JACQUES. Forêt, femme, folie. Une traversée de l’imaginaire joraï [sic]. 288pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Aubier-Montaigne), 1978.

675

DOURNES, JACQUES. Nri. Recueil des coutumes Srê du Haut-Donnai. Recueillies, traduites et annotées. 43pp. 4to. Wraps. Saigon (Éditions France-Asie), 1951.

676

DOURNES, JACQUES. Le parler des Jörai et le style oral de leur expression. (Publications Orientalistes de France: Études.) 343pp. 1 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Paris (Publications Orientalistes de France), 1976.

677

DOWNS, HUGH R. Rhythms of a Himalayan Village. x, 228pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. San Francisco (Harper & Row), 1980.

678

DOWSON, JOHN. A Classical Dictionary of Hindu Mythology and Religion, Geography, History, and Literature. 11th edition. xix, (1), 411pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. London (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1968.

679

DRAGUHN, WERNER. Der Einfluss des Islams auf Politik, Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft in Südostasien. (Mitteilungen des Instituts für Asienkunde Hamburg. 133.) xviii, 153, (3)pp. Wraps. Hamburg (Institut für Asienkunde), 1983.

680

DRIEM, GEORGE VAN. A Grammar of Limbu. (Mouton Grammar Library. 4.) xxviii, 565, (3)pp., 5 plates with 10 illus. 4to. Cloth. Berlin/New York (Mouton de Gruyter), 1987.

681

DRIEM, GEORGE VAN. A Grammar of Dumi. (Mouton Grammar Library. 10.) xx, 452pp. 4to. Cloth. Berlin/New York (Mouton de Gruyter), 1993.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

41

682

DUBE, S.C. India’s Changing Villages. Human factors in community development. (International Library of Sociology and Social Reconstruction.) xii, 230, 15, (1)pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. London (Routledge and Kegan Paul), 1958.

683

DUBEY, K.C. & JAIN, H.C. Handloom Sari Industry of Maheshwar. (Census of India 1961. Vol. VIII: Madhya Pradesh. Part VII-A. Handicraft Survey Monographs No. 2.) (6), vi, 64, xxxi, (1)pp., 42 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1965.

684

DUBEY, K.C. & MOHRIL, M.G. Fairs and Festivals. (Census of India. Vol. VIII: Madhya Pradesh. Part VII-B. Handicraft Survey Monographs. 2.) vi, (4), 104pp., 39 plates. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1965.

685

DUBOIS, J.A. Hindu Manners, Customs and Ceremonies. Translated from the author’s later French ms. and edited with notes, corrections, and biography by Henry K. Beauchamp. With a prefatory note by F. Max Müller. Third edition. xxxiv, 741pp. Frontis. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1906.

686

DÜRST, ARTHUR. Nepal. Photos: Michael und Luzzi Wolgensinger. 128pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Silva-Verlag), 1966.

687

DÜSSELDORF. HETJENS-MUSEUM. Keramik aus Südostasien. May-June 1976. 71pp. 54 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Düsseldorf, 1976.

688

DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. Borobudur. Edited and translated by Michael Smithies. 72pp., 28 plates (8 color). 10 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1979.

689

DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. The House in South-East Asia. (Images of Asia.) (2), 74pp. 33 illus. Boards. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1987.

690

DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. The Palaces of South-East Asia: Architecture and Customs. 143pp. 40 plates, 62 figs. 4to. Cloth. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1991.

691

DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. The Temples of Java. vii, (1), 100pp., 12 color plates. 21 figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Singapore/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1986.

692

DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. The Temples of Java. vii, (1), 100pp., 12 color plates. 21 figs. Wraps. Singapore/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1989.

693

DUMONT, LOUIS M. Gesellschaft in Indien. Die Soziologie des Kastenwesens. 416pp. 4to. Cloth. Wien (Europaverlag), 1976.

694

DUMONT, LOUIS. A South Indian Subcaste. Social organization and religion of the Pramalai Kallar. Translated from the French by M. Moffatt, L. and A. Morton, revised by the author and A. Stern. Edited with an introduction by Michael Moffatt. (French Studies in South Asian Culture and Society. I.) xxiii, (1), 501, (1)pp., 32 plates. 24 text figs. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1986.

695

DUMOULIN, HEINRICH. Geschichte des Zen-Buddhismus. 2 vols. I: Indien und China. xv, (1), 382pp. II: Japan. x, (2), 522pp. 4to. Cloth. Bern/München (Francke Verlag), 1985-1986.

696

DUMOULIN, HEINRICH (EDITOR). Buddhismus der Gegenwart. Mit Beiträgen von Heinz Bechert, Ernst Benz, Heinrich Dumoulin, Antony Fernando, Adele M. Fiske, Helmut Hoffmann, Joseph M. Kitagawa, Hajime Nakamura, Yves Raguin, Frank Reynolds, Donald K. Swearer, Vu Duy-tu, Holmes Welch. (Weltgespräch bei Herder.) 232pp. 4to. Cloth. Freiburg (Herder), 1970.

697

DUMOUTIER, GUSTAVE. Le rituel funéraire des annamites. Étude d’éthnographie religieuse. (6), 295, (5)pp., 42 plates (6 color; 5 folding). 116 figs. Lrg. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 red morocco. Hanoi (Imprimerie Typo-Lithographique F.-H. Schneider), 1902.

698

DUNBAR, GEORGE. Geschichte Indiens von den ältesten Zeiten bis zur Gegenwart. xi, (1), 426, (4)pp. 16 maps. 4to. Cloth. München/Berlin (Verlag von R. Oldenbourg), 1937.

699

DUNDAS, PAUL. The Jains. (The Library of Religious Beliefs and Practices.) x, (2), 276pp. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

42

London/New York (Routledge), 1992. 700

DUNNEBIER, W. Bolaang Mongondowsch-Nederlandsch woordenboek. Met Nederlandsch-Bolaang Mongondowsch register. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xii, 635pp. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1951.

701

DUNSMORE, SUSI. Nepalese Textiles. 204pp. 180 illus. (100 color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps. London (British Museum Press), 1993.

702

DUPONT, MAURICE. Kunstgewerbe der Hindu. (8)pp., 48 collotype plates. Sm. folio. Cloth. Berlin (Verlag Ernst Wasmuth), n.d.

703

DUPONT, PIERRE. L’archéologie Mône de Dvaravati. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 41.) 2 vols. xi, (1), 329, (1)pp., 23 plates (partly folding), 3 folding maps; 152 plates with 542 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1959.

704

DUPONT, PIERRE. La version mône du Narada-Jataka. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 36.) 278, (4)pp. Lrg. 4to. New cloth. Saigon (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1954.

705

DURAND, MAURICE. Imagerie populaire vietnamienne. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 47.) xcv, (1), 491pp. 314 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1960.

706

DURAND, MAURICE. Technique et panthéon des médiums viêtnamiens (Dông). (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 45.) 334pp., 8 color plates. 76 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1959.

707

DURAND, MAURICE M. & NGUYÊN, TRÂN-HUÂN. Introduction à la littérature vietnamienne. (Collection Unesco: Introduction aux Littératures Orientales.) 253, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions G.-P. Maisonneuve et Larose), 1969.

708

DUROISELLE, CHAS. Pageant of King Mindon Leaving His Palace on a Visit to the Kyauktawgyi Buddha Image at Mandalay (1865). Reproduced from a contemporary and rare document. (Memoirs of the Archæological Survey of India. 27.) iii, (3), 16, iii, (3)pp., 15 plates (1 color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Calcutta (Government of India, Central Publication Branch), 1925.

709

DUROISELLE, CHAS. (EDITOR). Epigraphia Birmanica. Being the lithic and other inscriptions of Burma. (Archaeological Survey of Burma.) Vol. I, Part II: Môn Inscriptions: General Introduction, section I - The Early Môn records, the Inscriptions. (100)pp., 12 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery, Union of Burma), 1960.

710

DURRENBERGER, E. PAUL. Lisu Religion. (Northern Illinois University. Center for Southeast Asian Studies. Monograph Series on Southeast Asia. Occasional Paper No. 13.) (2), 44, (4)ff. 4to. Wraps. N.p. (Northern Illinois University), 1989.

711

DUTT, MANMATHA NATH (TRANSLATOR). Agni puranam. A prose English translation. (The Chowkhamba Sanskrit Studies. 54.) 2 vols. ii, (2), vii, (1), xviii, 1346pp. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (The Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office), 1967.

712

DUTT, SUKUMAR. Buddhist Monks and Monasteries of India. Their history and their contribution to Indian culture. 397, (2)pp., 24 plates. Figs. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen and Unwin), 1962.

713

DUTTA, NIRMALENDU & HALDAR, PRAMATHA RANJAN. The Tiyar: A Scheduled Caste in West Bengal. (Census of India 1971. Series I. Monograph Series. Part V./ Ethnographic Study No. 2 [No. 21 of 1961 Series].) vii, (1), 79, (1)pp., 8 plates. Wraps. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), n.d.

714

DUYVENDAK, J. PH. Inleiding tot de ethnologie van de Indische Archipel. (Indische Cultuur-Historische Bibliotheek. 1.) 201, (3)pp. 35 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Groningen/Batavia (J.B. Wolters), 1935.

715

DYE, JOSEPH M. Ways to Shiva: Life and Ritual in Hindu India. 95pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with the exhibition “Manifestations of Shiva” at the Philadelphia Museum of Art, March-June 1981. Philadelphia (Philadelphia Museum of Art), 1981.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

43

716

DZENIT, S. IA., ET AL. Telugu-russkii slovar’. Sostavili: S.Ia. Dzenit, Z.N. Petrunicheva, N.V. Gurov. Pod redaktsiei: Vuppala Lakshmana Rao. S prilozheniem kratkogo grammaticheskogo ocherka iazyka telugu, sostavlennogo S.Ia. Dzenit i N.V. Gurovym./ Telugu-Rasyan nighantuwu. 744pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Sovetskaia Entsiklopediia”), 1972.

717

DZHON, A.A. Material’naia kul’tura dungan: Poselenie, usad’ba, zhilishche (konets XIX-XX v.). 150, (2)pp. 31 illus. (partly hors texte). Wraps. Frunze (Izdatel’stvo “Ilim”), 1986.

718

E PYHE NYA NA NAI VA. / Khun Reader. 2 vols. 38pp.; 51, (1)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. [Ran` kun` mrui : s.n.], 1964.

719

EADE, J.C. The Calendrical Systems of Mainland South-East Asia. (Handbuch der Orientalistik. Dritte Abteilung: Südostasien. 9.) xvi, (2), 182, (2)pp., 5 plates. 4to. Cloth. Leiden/New York (E.J. Brill), 1995.

720

EADE, J.C. The Thai Historical Record. A computer analysis. xix, (1), 265pp. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies for Unesco/ The Toyo Bunko), 1996.

721

EARLY HISTORY AND AYUDHYA PERIOD. (Selected articles from The Siam Society Journal. 3.) (2), 315pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1959.

722

EATON, RICHARD MAXWELL. Sufis of Bijapur, 1300-1700. Social roles of Sufis in medieval India. xxxii, 358pp. 14 plates, 6 charts, 8 tables. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1978.

723

EBIHARA, MAY M., ET AL. (EDITORS). Cambodian Culture Since 1975: Homeland and Exile. Edited by May M. Ebihara, Carol A. Mortland, Judy Ledgerwood. (Asia East by South.) xvi, (2), 194pp. 4to. Cloth. Ithaca/London (Cornell University Press), 1994.

724

ECK, DIANA L. Banaras, Stadt des Lichts. 481, (1)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), 1989.

725

EDGERTON, FRANKLIN. The Bhagavad Gita: Translated and Interpreted. (Harvard Oriental Series. 38-39.) 2 vols. I: Text and Translation. xiv, (2), 190pp. II: Interpretation and Arnold’s Translation. 180pp. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1952.

726

EDGERTON, FRANKLIN. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary. (William Dwight Whitney Linguistic Series.) Vol. I: Grammar. xxx, 239pp. II: Dictionary. (4), 627pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the New Haven 1953 edition. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1977.

727

EDGERTON, FRANKLIN (TRANSLATOR). The Panchatantra. Translated from the Sanskrit. (Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 151pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. D.j. London (George Allen and Unwin), 1965.

728

EDWARDES, MICHAEL. Everyday Life in Early India. xiv, 176pp. 97 illus. 4to. Cloth. London/New York (B.T. Batsford/ G.P. Putnam’s Sons), 1969.

729

EDWARDES, MICHAEL. Illustrierte Geschichte Indiens von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart. 434pp. 127 illus., 21 maps. 4to. Cloth. München/Zürich (Droemersche Verlagsanstalt, Th. Knaur Nachf.), 1961.

730

EDWARDES, MICHAEL. The Orchid House. Splendours and miseries of the kingdom of Oudh, 1827-1857. xiv, (4), 216pp., 16 plates. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. London (Cassell), 1960.

731

EDWARDES, S.M. Babur: Diarist and Despot. 138, vi pp., 5 plates. Boards, 1/4 cloth. London (A.M. Philpot Ltd.), n.d.

732

EERDE, J.C. VAN. Inleiding tot de volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië. (Volksuniversiteits Bibliotheek. 1.) 232pp., 4 folding maps. Cloth. Haarlem (De Erven F. Bohn), 1920.

733

EERDE, J.C. VAN. De volken van Nederlandsch Indië in monographieën. 2 vols. (6), 319, (1)pp. 204 illus., 2 maps; (6), 317pp. 204 illus., 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Orig. cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

44

Amsterdam (“Elsevier”), 1920-1921. 734

EGGER, GERHART. Der Hamza Roman. Eine Moghul-Handschrift aus der Zeit Akbar des Grossen. (Schriften der Bibliothek des Österreichischen Museums für angewandte Kunst. 1.) 23, (3)pp., 38 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Wien (Österreichisches Museum für angewandte Kunst.), 1969.

735

EHRMAN, MADELINE E., ET AL. Contemporary Cambodian: Political Institutions. By Madeline E. Ehrman, Kem Sos, Lim Hak Kheang. xiii, (1), 373pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D,C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1974.

736

EHRMAN, MADELINE E., ET AL. Contemporary Cambodian: The Land and the Economy. By Madeline E. Ehrman, Kem Sos, Lim Hank Kheang. xvii, (1), 358pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1973.

737

EHRMAN, MADELINE E. & KEM SOS. Contemporary Cambodian: Grammatical Sketch. xii, 115pp. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1972.

738

EKKA, FRANCIS. Kurux Phonetic Reader. (Central Institute of Indian Languages. Phonetic Reader Series. 9.) v, (3), 152, (4)pp. 1 fig. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Mysore (Central Institute of Indian Languages), 1985.

739

ELIADE, MIRCEA. Yoga. Unsterblichkeit und Freiheit. (6), 515pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Frankfurt (Insel), 1977.

740

ELLIOTT, ALAN J.A. Chinese Spirit-Medium Cults in Singapore. (Monographs on Social Anthropology. 14. New Series.) 179, (1)pp., 6 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. London (Department of Anthropology, The London School of Economics and Political Science), 1955.

741

ELLIOTT, WALTER. Coins of Southern India. (The International Numismata Orientalia.) xi, 159pp., 4 plates, 1 folding map. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1884. Varanasi (Indological Book House), 1970.

742

ELWIN, VERRIER. The Aboriginals. (Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs. 14.) 31, (1)pp. Sm. 8vo. Self-wraps. London (Oxford University Press), 1943.

743

ELWIN, VERRIER. The Agaria. With a foreword by Sarat Chandra Roy. xxxv, (1), 292pp., 36 plates. 44 figs., 5 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press), 1942.

744

ELWIN, VERRIER. The Baiga. With a foreword by J.H. Hutton. xxxi, (1), 550pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. London (John Murray), 1939.

745

ELWIN, VERRIER. The Kingdom of the Young. Abridged from The Muria and Their Ghotul. xix, (1), 261pp., 20 plates. 41 figs. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1968.

746

ELWIN, VERRIER. Maria Murder and Suicide. With a foreword by W.V. Grigson. xxvi, 259pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1943.

747

ELWIN, VERRIER. The Muria and Their Ghotul. xxix, (1), 730pp., 154 plates (3 color). 146 figs., 9 maps. 4to. Cloth. [Bombay] (Oxford University Press), 1947.

748

ELWIN, VERRIER. The Religion of an Indian Tribe. xxiv, 597pp., 72 plates (1 color). 63 figs., 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. London (Geoffrey Cumberledge, Oxford University Press), 1955.

749

ELWIN, VERRIER. The Tribal World of Verrier Elwin. xii, 356pp. 21 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1964.

750

EMBREE, AINSLIE T. (EDITOR). Encyclopedia of Asian History. Prepared under the auspices of The Asia Society. 4 vols. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New York/London (Charles Scribner’s Sons/ Collier Macmillan), 1988.

751

EMBREE, JOHN F. & DOTSON, LILLIAN OTA. Bibliography of the Peoples and Cultures of Mainland Southeast Asia. xxxiii, (1), 821, (1), xii pp. Maps. Stout 4to. Cloth. New York (Russell & Russell), 1972.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

45

752

EMENEAU, M.B. Ritual Structure and Language Structure of the Todas. (Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. N.S. Vol. 64, Part 6.) 102, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Philadelphia (The American Philosophical Society), 1974.

753

EMENEAU, MURRAY B. Toda Grammar and Texts. (American Philosophicalk Society: Memoirs. 155.) xiii, (1), 426pp. Sm. folio. Cloth. Philadelphia (American Philosophical Society), 1984.

754

ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF INDIAN MUSIC WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE RAGAS. (Raga-Nrtya Series. 3.) 3 vols. in 1. (2), 41, (1), 44, 42, (2), 98, vii, 18, (2), 15, (3)pp. Oblong 4to. Cloth. Originally published Poona 1918-1923. Delhi (Sri Satguru Publications), 1986/1988.

755

AN ENGLISHMAN’S SIAMESE JOURNALS, 1890-1893. 276, (2)pp. Illus. Wraps. "The journals are reprinted full and unabridged from Report of a Survey in Siam, published anonymously in London, in 1895 for private circulation." Bangkok (Siam Media International Books), [1983].

756

ENRIQUEZ, C.M. Races of Burma. (Handbooks for the Indian Army.) xiv, (2), 98, vi pp., 14 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the second edition Delhi, 1933. New York (AMS Press), 1981.

757

ENTWISTLE, A.W. Braj: Centre of Krishna Pilgrimage. (Groningen Oriental Studies. III.) xviii, 554pp. Frontis., 3 lrg. folding maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 4to. Cloth. Groningen (Egbert Forsten), 1987.

758

EPSTEIN, V.G. Pravila russkoi transkriptsii birmanskikh geograficheskikh nazvanii. 54, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo Vostochnoi Literatury), 1959.

759

ERBACH/ODENWALD. DEUTSCHES ELFENBEIN-MUSEUM. Schnitzkunst und Plastik aus Indonesien aus dem Reichmuseum für Völkerkunde, Leiden, Holland mit ergänzenden Leihgaben des Hamburgischen Völkerkundemuseums und aus Privatsammlungen. Sept.-Oct. 1977. (48)pp. 20 plates, 1 map, text figs. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps. Erbach/Odenwald, 1977.

760

ERIKSON, ERIK H. Gandhis Wahrheit. Über die Ursprünge der militanten Gewaltlosigkeit. 551, (3)pp. Wraps. Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), 1971.

761

ERINGA, F.S. Loetoeng Kasaroeng. Een mythologisch verhaal uit West-Java. Bijdrage tot de Soendase taal- en letterkunde. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 8.) vii, (1), 393, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1949.

762

ERINGA, F.S. Soendaas-Nederlands woordenboek. Mede met gebruikmaking van eerder door R.A. Kern bijeengebrachte gegevens. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xv, (1), 846pp. 4to. Cloth. Dordrecht/Cinnaminson (Foris Publications Holland), 1984.

763

ERNDL, KATHLEEN M. Victory to the Mother. The Hindu goddess of Northwest India in myth, ritual, and symbol. viii, (4), 208pp., 10 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New York/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1993.

764

ERNST, CARL W. Eternal Garden: Mysticism, History, and Politics at a South Asian Sufi Center. Foreword by Annemarie Schimmel. (SUNY Series in Muslim Spirituality in South Asia.) xxxi, (3), 381pp. 17 illus., 5 maps. 4to. Boards. First edition. Albany (State University of New York Press), 1992.

765

ESCHE, ANNEMARIE. Wörterbuch Burmesisch-Deutsch. 546pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1976.

766

[ESCHE, ANNEMARIE (EDITOR).] Die Goldene Pagode. Shwedagon - ein Sinnbild des Buddhismus. 146, (2)pp. 51 color plates. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Hanau (Müller & Kiepenheuer), [1985].

767

ESCHE, ANNEMARIE (EDITOR). Das Goldene Kloster zu Mandalay. (Insel-Bücherei. 1015.) 62pp., 48 plates. 12mo. Boards. Presentation copy, inscribed by the editor. Leipzig (Insel-Verlag), 1977.

768

ESCHE, ANNEMARIE (EDITOR). Märchen der Völker Burmas. 543pp. 12mo. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

46

Wiesbaden (Drei Lilien Verlag), 1979. 769

ESCHMANN, ANNCHARLOTT, ET AL. (EDITORS). The Cult of Jagannath and the Regional Tradition of Orissa. Edited by Anncharlott Eschmann, Hermann Kulke, Gaya Charan Tripathi. (South Asia Interdisciplinary Regional Research Programme, Orissa Research Project./ South Asia Institute, New Delhi Branch, Heidelberg University. South Asian Studies. 8.) xx, 537, (1)pp., 8 folding plans. 74 illus. hors texte 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Manohar), 1978.

770

ESMULA, WADJA K. Comparative Analysis of the Tausug and Pattani Muslims’ Adat Laws. (Teaching and Research Exchange Fellowships.) (2), 78pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Singapore (Institute of South East Asian Studies), 1990.

771

ESQUIROL, JOS. & WILLIATTE, GUSTAVE. Essai de dictionnaire dioi3-français. Reproduisant la langue parlée par les tribus Thai de la haute Rivière de l’Ouest...suivi d’un vocabulaire français-dioi3. lvi, 669, (1)pp., 1 folding chart. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth. Hongkong (Imprimerie de la Société des Missions-Etrangères), 1908.

772

ESSEN. VILLA HÜGEL. 5000 Jahre Kunst aus Indien/ Five Thousand Years Art from India. May-Sept. 1959. Texts by Erich Boehringer, Hermann Goetz and Klaus Fischer. 420pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in German and English. Essen, 1959.

773

ESSEN. VILLA HÜGEL. Nepal: Kunst aus dem Königreich im Himalaja. Feb.-April 1967. 107, (3)pp., 93 plates (partly color). 31 illus. hors texte. 2 maps. 4to. Wraps. Essen, 1967.

774

ETTINGHAUSEN, RICHARD. Paintings of the Sultans and Emperors of India in American Collections. (Lalit Kala Series of Indian Art.) (8)pp., 14 tipped-in color plates. 1 tipped-in text illus. Folio. Wraps. New Delhi (Lalit Kala Akademi), 1961.

775

EVANS, GRANT. Lao Peasants Under Socialism. xv, (3), 268pp. 9 figs. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1990.

776

EVERS, HANS DIETER. Modernization in South-East Asia. (Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore.) xix, (3), 249pp. 4to. Cloth. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1975.

777

EVERS, HANS-DIETER. Monks, Priests and Peasants. A study of Buddhism and social structure in Central Ceylon. (Monographs in Social Anthropology and Theoretical Studies in Honour of Nels Anderson. Publication I.) xi, (1), 136pp., 8 plates. 27 tables, 10 figs. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1972.

778

EXEM, A. VAN. The Religious System of the Munda Tribe. An essay in religious anthropology. (Collectanea Instituti Anthropos. 28.) 279pp. 4to. Wraps. St. Augustin (Haus Völker und Kulturen), 1982.

779

FAHS, ACHIM. Grammatik des Pali. 418pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1985.

780

FAIRBANKS, GORDON H., ET AL. Colloquial Sinhalese. [By] Gordon H. Fairbanks, James W. Gair, M.W.S. De Silva. Second printing. Part I: Lessons 1-24. xxvii, (1), 390pp. Part II: Lessons 25-36. Appendix. Glossary. ix, (1), 251pp. 4to. Wraps. Ithaca (South Asia Program, Cornell University), 1981; 1968.

781

FAIRSERVIS, WALTER A., JR. The Roots of Ancient India. The archaeology of early Indian civilization. xxv, (1), 482pp. 58 plates, figs. 4to. Cloth. New York (The Macmillan Company), 1971.

782

FAIRSERVIS, WALTER A. The Harappan Civilization and Its Writing. A model for the decipherment of the Indus script. viii, (2), 239pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1992.

783

FALL, BERNARD B. The Two Viet-nams. A political and military analysis. Revised edition. xii, 498pp. 13 maps and charts. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York/London (Frederick A. Praeger), 1964.

784

FANTIN, MARIO. Mani Rimdu, Nepal: The Buddhist Dance Drama of Tengpoche. (6), 170pp., 8 maps. 110 color illus. & 60 figs. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

47

New Delhi (The English Book Store), 1976. 785

FARQUHAR, J.N. Modern Religious Movements in India. xiv, (2), 471pp., 11 plates. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the New York 1915 edition. Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1967.

786

FARQUHAR, J.N. A Primer of Hinduism. xi, (3), 187, (3)pp. 32 illus. Cloth. London (The Christian Literature Society for India), 1912.

787

FASS, VIRGINIA. The Forts of India. Foreword by the Maharaja of Jaipur. Text by Rita and Vijay Sharma and Christopher Tadgell. 287pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth. London (Collins), 1986.

788

FAUSBØLL, V. Indian Mythology, According to the Mahabharata, in Outline. xxxii, 206, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1903 edition. Varanasi (Bhartiya Vidya Prakashan), 1972.

789

FAUSBØLL, V. (EDITOR). The Jataka Together With Its Commentary: Being Tales of the Anterior Births of Gotama Buddha. For the first time edited in the original Pali by F. Fausbøll and translated by T.W. Rhys Davids. (The Pali Text Society.) 7 vols. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1877-1897 edition. London (Luzac & Company), 1962-1964.

790

FELTEN, WOLFGANG & LERNER, MARTIN. Das Erbe Asiens: Skulpturen der Khmer und Thai vom 6. zum 14. Jahrhundert. Photographien von Hugo Stiegler. 265, (3)pp. 82 color plates. 2 maps. Sm. folio. Cloth. Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta), [1988].

791

FERKINGHOFF, KLAUS. Deutsch-vietnamesisches Wörterbuch./ Tù-diên-Dú’c-Viêt. (2), 110pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1962.

792

FERRAND, GABRIEL. L’empire sumatranais de Çrivijaya. 190pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner), 1922.

793

FERREIRA, JOHN V. Totemism in India. viii, (2), 304pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1965.

794

FESSEN, HELMUT & KUBITSCHEK, HANS DIETER. Geschichte Malaysias und Singapurs. 240pp. 36 illus. hors texte. 7 maps. Boards. Berlin (Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften), 1984.

795

FESTIVAL OF INDIA IN THE UNITED STATES, 1985-1986. Foreword by Pupul Jayakar. 240pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New York (Harry N. Abrams), 1985.

796

FESTSCHRIFT GERALD B. KELLEY. Dimensions of Sociolinguistics in South Asia. Papers in memory of Gerald B. Kelley. Editors: Edward C. Dimcock, Jr., Braj B. Kachru, Bh. Krishnamurti. xxvii, (1), 347pp. 4to. Cloth. Texts by 24 contributors. New Delhi (Oxford & IBH Publishing), 1992.

797

FESTSCHRIFT PIERRE-BERNARD LAFONT. Notes sur la culture et la religion en péninsule indochinoise. En hommage à Pierre-Bernard Lafont. Nguyên Thê Anh et Alain Forest (eds.). (Collection Recherches Asiatiques.) 252pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Texts by 16 contributors. Bibliography. Paris (Éditions L’Harmattan), 1995.

798

FESTSCHRIFT CHARLES ROCKWELL LANMAN. Indian Studies in Honor of Charles Rockwell Lanman. x, 258pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Texts by 27 contributors. Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1929.

799

FESTSCHRIFT GAJANAN BALKRISHNA PASULE. Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit Studies, No. 6: [To Professor G.B. Palsule...By Colleagues and Students]. Edited by S.D. Joshi. (Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class E. No. 8.) ii, 214, (2), iv pp., 2 folding plates. 4to. Wraps. Texts by 24 contributors. Pune (University of Poona), 1928.

800

FESTSCHRIFT F.I. SHCHERBATSKII. Indiiskaia kul’tura i buddhizm / Indian Culture and Buddhism. Sbornik statei pamiati akademika F.I. Shcherbatskogo. Edited by N.I. Konrad and G.M. Bongard-Levin. 278, (4)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1972.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

48

801

FEUERSTEIN, GEORG. Der Yoga im Lichte der Bewusstseinsgeschichte der indischen Kultur. 239pp. Lrg. 8vo. Leatherette. Schaffhausen (Noval Verlag), 1981.

802

FICK, RICHARD. Praktische Grammatik der Sanskrit-Sprache für den Selbstunterricht. Mit Übungsbeispielen, Lesestücken und Glossaren. Dritte, umgearbeitete Auflage. (Die Kunst der Polyglottie. 33.) xii, 194pp. 12mo. Cloth. Wien/Leipzig (A. Hartleben’s Verlag), n.d.

803

FICK, RICHARD. Die sociale Gliederung im nordöstlichen Indien zu Buddhas Zeit. xii, 233pp. Cloth. Reprint of the Kiel 1897 edition. Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1974.

804

FIELDS, RICK. How the Swans Came to the Lake. A narrative history of Buddhism in America. xvii, (1), 433pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Boulder (Shambala), 1981.

805

FILCHNER, WILHELM & MARATHE, DATTATRAYA SHRIDHAR. Hindustan im Festgewand. 247, (1)pp., 16 plates with 32 illus. 10 text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Celle (Verlagsbuchhandlung Joseph Giesel), 1953.

806

FILLIOZAT, VASUNDHARA (EDITOR). The Vijaynagar Empire As Seen by Domingos Paes and Fernão Nuniz, Two 16th Century Portuguese Chroniclers. Translated by Robert Sewell. (India: The Land and the People.) 180pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (National Book Trust, India), 1977.

807

FINDLY, ELLISON BANKS. Nur Jahan, Empress of Mughal India. (8), 407pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. New York/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1993.

808

FINOT, LOUIS (EDITOR). Rastrapalapariprccha. Sutra du Mahayana. (Indo-Iranian Reprints. 2.) xvi, (2), 77pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1957.

809

FISCHER, EBERHARD, ET AL. Tempeltücher für die Muttergöttinnen in Indien. Zeremonien, Herstellung und Ikonographie gemalter und gedruckter Stoffbilder aus Gujarat. Von Eberhard Fischer, Jyotindra Jain, Haku Shah. 244, (2)pp. 455 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with the exhibition “Der Muttergöttin Baldachin,” Museum Rietberg, Zürich, Jan.-June. 1982. Zürich (Museum Rietberg), 1982.

810

FISCHER, EBERHARD & SHAH, HAKU. Mogra Dev - Tribal Crocodile Gods. Wooden crocodile images of Chodhri, Gamit and Vasava tribes, South Gujarat (India). (Art for Tribal Rituals in South Gujarat. 1.) 43, (1)pp. 55 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Ahmedabad (Tribal Research and Training Institute of Gujarat Vidyapith/ South Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg), 1971.

811

FISCHER, EBERHARD & SHAH, HAKU. Vetra ne khambha - Memorials for the Dead. Wooden figures and memorial slabs of Chodhri, Gamit and Vasava tribes, South Gujarat (India). (Art for Tribal Rituals in South Gujarat. 2.) 60pp. 65 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Ahmedabad (Tribal Research and Training Institute of Gujarat Vidyapith/ South Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg), 1973.

812

FISCHER, GERO & BUA SRIKASIBHANDHA. Einführung in die thailändische Schrift. 95pp. 1 lrg. folding chart, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Text illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Helmut Buske Verlag), 1980.

813

FISCHER, H.TH. Inleidung tot de volkenkunde van Nederlands-Indië. (Volksuniversiteits Bibliotheek. 73.) (4), 230pp., 2 folding charts. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. Haarlem (De Erven F. Bohn), 1940.

814

FISCHER, KLAUS. Erotik und Askese in Kult und Kunst der Inder. (DuMont Taschenbücher.) 292, (4)pp. 144 illus. (20 color). Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1979.

815

FISCHER, KLAUS. Schöpfungen indischer Kunst. Von den frühesten Bauten und Bildern bis zum mittelalterlichen Tempel. 412pp. 275 plates, text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Köln (Verlag M. DuMont Schauberg), 1959.

816

FISCHER, KLAUS, ET AL. Architektur des indischen Subkontinents. [By] Klaus Fischer, Michael Jansen, Jan Pieper. viii, 264pp. 275 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

49

Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1987. 817

FISCHER, KLAUS & FISCHER, CHRISTA-M. FRIEDRIKE. Indische Baukunst islamischer Zeit. (Holle Kunstbibliothek.) 108pp. 50 illus. 4to. Cloth. Baden-Baden (Holle Verlag), 1976.

818

FISCHER, LOUIS. Indonesien. Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. 459, (1)pp., 1 folding map. 35 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Berlin (Safari-Verlag), 1960.

819

FISER, IVO. Indian Erotics of the Oldest Period. (Acta Universitatis Carolinae. Philologica Monographia. 14.) 139, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Praha (Universita Karlova), 1966.

820

FISHER, JAMES F. Sherpas. Reflections on change in Himalayan Nepal. With a foreword by Edmund Hillary. xxv, (1), 205pp., 19 color plates. 104 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1990.

821

FISHER, JAMES F. (EDITOR). Himalayan Anthropology. The Indo-Tibetan interface, (World Anthropology.) xvi, 567pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. The Hague/Paris (Mouton), 1978.

822

FISHLOCK, TREVOR. India File. (6), 189pp., 8 plates, 1 double-page map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (John Murray), 1983.

823

FITZGERALD, FRANCES. Fire in the Lake. The Vietnamese and the Americans in Vietnam. xiv, (2), 491pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. London (Macmillan), 1972.

824

FORBES, DUNCAN. A Dictionary, Hindustani & English: Accompanied by a Reversed Dictionary, English and Hindustani. The second edition, greatly enlarged, and much improved. 2 vols. in 1. viii, 802pp.; 318, (2)pp. Stout 4to. Cloth, 3/4 leather (crudely rebacked). London (Wm. H. Allen & Co.), 1866.

825

FORMAN, B. Batik und Ikat: Textilkunst aus Indonesien. 167pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Hanau (Verlag Werner Dausien), 1990.

826

FORMAN, BEDRICH. Borobudur. Das buddhistische Heiligtum, Abbild der geistigen Welt. 134, (2)pp. Most prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Hanau (Dausien), 1980.

827

FORTH, GREGORY L. Rindi. An ethnographic study of a traditional domain in Eastern Sumba. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 93.) xiii, (3), 519, (1)pp., 6 plates. 3 maps, 10 figs. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1981.

828

FOSTER, BRIAN L. Social Organization of Four Mon and Thai Villages. (HRAFlex Books. AP9-001. Ethnography Series.) 4 vols. xiii, 810 ff. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files), 1977.

829

FOUCAR, E.C.V. Mandalay the Golden. 240pp., 17 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Dennis Dobson), 1963.

830

FOUCAR, E.C.V. They Reigned in Mandalay. 165pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. London (Dennis Dobson), 1946.

831

FRAIN, IRÈNE. Nabob. Ein Roman. 516, (6)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (Meyster), 1982.

832

FRANK, JOSEF & MEYERHOF, MAX. Ein Astrolab aus dem indischen Mogulreiche. (Heidelberger Akten der vonPortheim-Stiftung. 13./ Arbeiten aus dem Institut für Geschichte der Naturwissenschaft. 3.) 48pp., 4 plates. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1925.

833

FRANKFURTER, O. Elements of Siamese Grammar with Appendices. x, 141, (1), ii pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok/Leipzig (American Presbyterian Mission Press/ Karl W. Hiersemann), 1900.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

50

834

FRANZ, HEINRICH GERHARD. Das alte Indien. Geschichte und Kultur des indischen Subkontinents. Mit Beiträgen von Peter Gaeffke, Jean-François Jarrige, Anneliese Keilhauer, Eberhard Rebling, Walter Slaje, Heinrich von Stietencron, Ernst Topitsch, Friedrich Wilhelm und Herbert Wilhelmy. 460pp. 453 illus., 23 figs. Sm. folio. Cloth. München (C. Bertelsmann), 1990.

835

FRANZ, HEINRICH GERHARD. Buddhistische Kunst Indiens. (Der indische Kunstkreis in Gesamtschau und Einzeldarstellungen.) 381, (3)pp. 313 illus., 98 text figs. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (E.A. Seemann), 1965.

836

FRANZ, HEINRICH GERHARD. Hinduistische und islamische Kunst Indiens. (Der indische Kunstkreis in Gesamtschau und Einzeldarstellungen.) 437, (3)pp. 355 illus., 93 text figs. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB E.A. Seemann), 1967.

837

[FRASER, JAMES OUTRAM.] Handbook of the Lisu (Yawyin) Language. xi, (1), 108pp. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing), 1922.

838

FRASER, THOMAS M., JR. Rusembilan: A Malay Fishing Village in Southern Thailand. (Cornell Studies in Anthropology.) xviii, (2), 281pp. 17 illus., 11 figs. 4to. Cloth. Ithaca (Cornell University Press), 1962.

839

FRASER-LU, SYLVIA. Burmese Crafts, Past and Present. xiv, (2), 371pp. 64 color illus. hors texte. 294 illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1994.

840

FRASER-LU, SYLVIA. Burmese Lacquerware. 164pp. 165 color illus., 35 figs., reference illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (The Tamarind Press), 1985.

841

FRAUWALLNER, ERICH. Geschichte der indischen Philosophie. Einführung von Leo Gabriel. (Reihe Wort und Antwort. 6.) 2 vols. I: Die Philosophie des Veda und des Epos. Der Buddha und der Jina. Das Samkhya und das klassische YogaSystem. xlix, (3), 495pp. II: Die naturphilosophischen Schulen und das Vaisesika-System. Das System der Jaina. Der Materialismus. 348, (4)pp. Cloth. Salzburg (Otto Müller Verlag), 1953-1956.

842

FRAUWALLNER, ERICH. Die Philosophie des Buddhismus. (Philosophische Studientexte. Texte der indischen Philosophie. 2.) xiii, (1), 423pp. Cloth. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1956.

843

FRÉDÉRIC, LOUIS. Indien: Tempel und Skulpturen. Introduction by Jean Naudou. 454pp. 424 photogravure illus., 24 maps & plans. Sm. folio. Cloth. Essen (Burkhard-Verlag Ernst Heyer), 1959.

844

FRÉDÉRIC, LOUIS. Südost-Asien: Tempel und Skulpturen. 439pp. 455 gravure illus., 44 maps and diagrams. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Essen (Burkhard-Verlag Ernst Heyer), [1964].

845

FREED, RUTH S. & FREED, STANLEY A. Ghosts: Life and Death in North India. (Anthropological Papers of The American Museum of Natural History. 72.) 396pp. 10 illus. 4to. Wraps. New York (The American Museum of Natural History), 1993.

846

FRIEDERICH, RUDOLF TH. A. Boma kawja (Skt. Bhâuma kawja), dat is: Gedicht van Bhâuma, den zoon van Wisjnoe en de aarde (Skt. Prèthiwî of Bhûmî). In het oorspronkelijk Kawi, volgens twee Balinesche manuskripten. 233pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Batavia 1852].

847

FRIEDRICH, GÖTZ & FRIEDRICH, MARGARETE. Ceylon: Sri Lanka. Kunst- und Reiseführer. 427pp. Plans in text. Sm. 4to. Wraps. München (Privately Printed), 1972.

848

FRÖLICH, RICHARD. Tamulische Volksreligion. Ein Beitrag zu ihrer Darstellung und Kritik. Zweite Auflage. 67, (3)pp. 12 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Boards. Leipzig (Verlag der Evang.-luth. Mission), n.d.

849

FROHNMEYER, L.J. A Progressive Grammar of the Malayalam Language for Europeans. Second edition, revised. xv, (1), 306pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth. Intermittent wear. Mangalore (Basel Mission Book and Tract Depository), 1913.

850

FUCHS, STEPHEN. The Aboriginal Tribes of India. vi, (2), 307pp. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

51

Delhi (Macmillan India), 1973. 851

FUCHS, STEPHEN. The Children of Hari. A study of the Nimar Balahis in the Central Provinces of India. (Wiener Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte und Linguistik. 8.) xviii, 463, (1)pp., 22 plates with 64 illus., 2 maps. 15 figs. 4to. Cloth. Wien (Verlag Herold), 1950.

852

FUCHS, STEPHEN. Rebellious Prophets. A study of messianic movements in Indian religions. xiii, (3), 304pp. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Asia Publishing House), 1965.

853

FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Himalayan Barbary. xiv, 241pp., 20 plates. Maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (John Murray), 1956.

854

FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Himalayan Traders. Life in Highland Nepal. xv, (1), 316pp., 24 plates. 7 maps. 4to. Cloth. London (John Murray), 1975.

855

FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Morals and Merit. A study of values and social controls in South Asian societies. (The Nature of Human Society Series.) xii, (2), 239pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Chicago (The University of Chicago Press), 1967.

856

FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Die nackten Nagas. Dreizehn Monate unter Kopfjägern Indiens. 255, (1)pp., 3 maps. 108 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1939.

857

FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. The Sherpas of Nepal: Buddhist Highlanders. xix, (1), 298pp., 32 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (John Murray), 1972.

858

FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Tribes of India: The Struggle for Survival. With contributions by Michael Yorke and Jayaprakash Rao. xiii, (3), 342pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1985.

859

FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON & FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, ELIZABETH VON. The Gonds of Andhra Pradesh. Tradition and change in an Indian tribe. ix, (3), 569pp., 12 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1979.

860

FUKUI, HAYAO. Food and Population in a Northeast Thai Village. (Monographs of the Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University. English-Language Series. 19.) xxii, 421, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Honolulu (University of Hawaii Press), 1993.

861

FULLER, C.J. The Camphor Flame. Popular Hinduism and society in India. xiii, (6), 306pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1992.

862

FULLER, C.J. The Nayars Today. (Changing Cultures.) xi, (1), 173pp. 8 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1976.

863

FULLER, C.J. Servants of the Goddess. The priests of a South Indian temple. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 47.) xxvi, 232pp. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1984.

864

FUNKE, FRIEDRICH W. Die Sherpa und ihre Nachbarvölker im Himalaya. Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Wilhelm Ziehr. 209, (1)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Frankfurt (Wolfgang Krüger Verlag), 1978.

865

FURNIVAL, J.S. & MORRISON, W.S. Syriam District. Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) iv, 210, (2), viii, (2), xiii, (1)pp., 1 colored map. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lacking the folding map. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1963.

866

GAEKWAD, FATESINGHRAO, MAHARAJA OF BARODA. The Palaces of India. [By the] Maharaja of Baroda. With photographs by Virginia Fass. 245pp. 257 illus. (143 color). Sm. folio. Cloth. London (Collins), 1980.

867

GAENSZLE, MARTIN. Verwandtschaft und Mythologie bei den Mewahang Rai in Ostnepal. Eine ethnographische Studie zum Problem der “ethnischen Identität.” (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 136.) xvi, 409, (9)pp. 8 plates. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1991.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

52

868

GAI, GOVIND SWAMIRAO. Historical Grammar of Old Kannada. Based entirely on the Kannada inscriptions of the 8th, 9th and 10th centuries A.D. (Deccan College Dissertation Series. 1.) xv, (1), 231, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Poona (Deccan College, Postgraduate and Research Institute), 1946.

869

GAIL, ADALBERT J. Tempel in Nepal. 2 vols. I: Ikonographie hinduistischer Pagoden in Patan Kathmandutal. 93, (3)pp., 51 plates with 178 illus. Text illus. II: Ikonographische Untersuchungen zur späten Pagode und zum Sikhara-Tempel. 77, (3)pp., 60 plates with 182 illus. Text illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Graz (Akademische Druck- u. Verlagsanstalt), 1984-1988.

870

GAINEY, JERRY W. & THONGKUM, THERAPHAN L. Khumu’ phænthi phasa nai Prathet Thai. / Language Map of Thailand Handbook. (16), xiii, 24pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Thai and English. [Krungthep?] (Khrongkan Wichai Phasa Thai læ Phasa Phu’nmu’angthin Tangtang, Sathaban Sun Phasa `Angkrit), 1977.

871

GAIT, EDWARD. A History of Assam. Second edition, revised. xiv, (6), 388pp., 4 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta/Simla (Thacker, Spink & Co.), 1926.

872

GALLOP, ANNABEL TEH & ARPS, BERNARD. Golden Letters: Writing Traditions of Indonesia. / Surat emas: Budaya tulis di Indonesia. 152pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in English and Bahasa Indonesia. Published in conjunction with a travelling exhibition. London/Jakarta (The British Library/ Yayasan Lontar), 1991.

873

GANGADHARAN, N. Garuda purana: A Study. PhD. thesis...Madras University. xvi, 387pp. 4to. Buckram. D.j. Ramnagar, Varanasi (All India Kashiraj Trust), 1972.

874

GANGOLY, O.C. Konarak. Photographs by Sudhanshu Chowdhury. 28, 8pp., 72 plates with 80 illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta, 1956.

875

GANGULI, KALYAN KUMAR. Cultural History of Rajasthan. xiii, (3), 286, (2)pp., 28 plates. 4to. Leatherette. Delhi (Sundeep Prakashan), 1983.

876

GANGULI, KALYAN KUMAR. Designs in Traditional Arts of Bengal. Foreword by Srimati Padmaja Naidu. vi, (2), 143pp. 98 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. [Calcutta] (Directorate of Industries, Government of West Bengal), 1963.

877

GANGULI, MILADA. Reise zu den Naga. 261, (3)pp., 56 plates (16 color), 1 folding map. 28 figs. Cloth. Leipzig (Edition Leipzig), 1976.

878

GANHAR, J.N. Jammu Shrines and Pilgrimages. x, (2), 180pp., 24 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Ganhar Publications), n.d.

879

GARBE, RICHARD. Die Samkhya-Philosophie. Eine Darstellung des indischen Rationalismus nach den Quellen. viii, 347pp. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Leipzig (Verlag von H. Haessel), 1894.

880

GARD, RICHARD A. Der Buddhismus. Mit einem Vorwort von Nicholas Bouvier. (Die grossen Religionen der Welt.) 334, (6)pp. 24 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Leatherette. Genf (Edito-Service), 1972.

881

GARG, GANGA RAM. International Encyclopaedia of Indian Literature. Foreword by Juan Miguel de Mora. Revised and enlarged edition. Vol. I: Sanskrit, Pali, Prakrit & Apabhramsa. 2 vols. xlix, (1), 660pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Mittal Publications), 1987.

882

GARGI, BALWANT. Theater und Tanz in Indien. 151, (1)pp., 24 plates (4 color). Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Henschelverlag), 1960.

883

GARRETT, JOHN. A Classical Dictionary of India Illustrative of the Mythology, Philosophy, Literature, Antiquities, Arts, Manners, Customs &c. of the Hindus. 2 parts in 1 vol. x, (2), 793, (1), 160pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth. Reprint of the Madras 1871 edition. Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1971.

884

THE GARUDA PURANA. (Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 12-14./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 3 vols. xxxv, (1), 1163pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1978-1980.

885

GARUSINGHE, DAYARATNE. Sinhalese, the Spoken Idiom. With a foreword by S. Paranavitana. 106pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

53

München (Max Hueber Verlag), 1962. 886

GASCOIGNE, BAMBER. The Great Moghuls. 264pp. 56 color plates., 192 illus., 1 map, 1 chart. 4to. Cloth. New York (Harper & Row), 1971.

887

GATZLAFF-HÄLSIG, MARGOT. Wörterbuch Deutsch-Hindi. 646pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1977.

888

GAUDES, RÜDIGER. Wörterbuch Khmer-Deutsch. 2 vols. 1321pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1985.

889

(GAUTAMA BUDDHA) ÑANA, LEDI CHA RA TO` & PHE MON` TAN`, U”. Dhamma cakkappa vattana sutta dhamma cakra sut`nhan`’ anatta lakkhana sut`. / Buddha’s First Sermons, Dhamma cakkappa vattana sutta and Anattalakkhanasutta. (8), 37, (3)pp. Illus. Oblong folio. Orig. dec. boards. Parallel texts in Burmese, Pali, and English. Ran` Kun` (U” sa Van`”), [1973].

890

GAYATRI DEVI, MAHARANI OF JAIPUR & RAMA RAU, SANTHA. A Princess Remembers. (The Century Lives & Letters.) 335pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. London (Century Publishing), 1984.

891

GEAR, DONALD & GEAR, JOAN. Earth to Heaven. The royal animal-shaped weights of Burma. xvii, (1), 299pp. 62 plates, 4 maps, 24 tables. 4to. Boards. First edition. Kenton, Harrow (Twinstar), 1992.

892

GEDDES, WILLIAM ROBERT. Migrants of the Mountains. The cultural ecology of the Blue Miao (Hmong Njua) of Thailand. xviii, 274pp., 16 plates. 2 maps, 5 figs. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1976.

893

GEERTZ, CLIFFORD. Peddlers and Princes. Social change and economic modernization in two Indonesian towns. viii, (2), 162pp. Text figs. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1963.

894

GEERTZ, CLIFFORD. The Religion of Java. xv, (1), 392, (6)pp. 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New York (The Free Press of Glencoe), 1964.

895

GEERTZ, CLIFFORD. The Social History of an Indonesian Town. (2), 217pp. Cloth. Cambridge (The M.I.T. Press), 1965.

896

GEHRTS, HEINO. Mahabharata: Das Geschehen und seine Bedeutung. (Abhandlungen zur Kunst-, Musik- und Literaturwissenschaft. 178.) (4), 295, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Bonn (Bouvier Verlag Herbert Grundmann), 1975.

897

GEIB, RUPRECHT. Zur Frage nach der Urfassung des Pañcatantra. (Freiburger Beiträge zur Indologie. 2.) ix, (1), 196pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1969.

898

GEIGER, WILH. Elementarbuch des Sanskrit unter Berücksichtigung der vedischen Sprache. Dritte, um einen Nachtrag vermehrte Auflage. 3 vols. in 1. Erster Teil: Grammatik. (4), 92pp. Zweiter Teil: Übungen und Lesestücke. (2), 56pp. Dritter Teil: Wörterverzeichnisse, Verbesserungen und Nachträge. (2), 79, (1), 3pp. 4to. New boards, 1/4 cloth. Berlin/Leipzig (Walter de Gruyter & Co.), 1923.

899

GEIGER, WILHELM. Pali: Literatur und Sprache. (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. I. Band, 7. Heft.) iv, 183pp. 4to. Cloth. Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J. Trübner), 1916.

900

GEIGER, WILHELM. Samyutta-Nikaya. Die in Gruppen geordnete Sammlung aus dem Pali-Kanon der Buddhisten zum ersten Mal ins Deutsche übertragen. 2 vols. in 1. (2), 385, (3)pp.; (4), 294pp. 4to. Cloth. München-Neubiberg (Benares-Verlag/Ferdinand Schwab), 1930; München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), 1925.

901

GEIGER, WILHELM. Studien zur Geschichte und Sprache Ceylons. (Sitzungsberichte der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Philosophisch-historische Klasse. Jahrgang 1941. Band II, Heft 4.) 79pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 3/4 cloth. München (Verlag der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften/ C.H. Beck), 1941.

902

GELDNER, KARL FRIEDRICH. Der Rig-veda. Aus dem Sanskrit ins Deutsche übersetzt und mit einem laufenden Kommentar versehen. (Harvard Oriental Series. 33-35.) 3 vols. I: Erster bis vierter Liederkreis. xix, (1), 490pp. II: Fünfter bis achter Liederkreis. 435pp. III: Neunter bis zehnter Liederkreis. 422pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the 1951 edition.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

54

Cambridge/London (Harvard University Press), 1978. 903

GELLNER, DAVID N. Monk, Householder, and Tantric Priest. Newar Buddhism and its hierarchy of rituals. (Cambridge Studies in Social and Cultural Anthropology. 84.) xxiii, (1), 428, (4)pp., 12 plates. 20 figs. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1992.

904

GENÈVE. MUSÉE BARBIER-MUELLER. Power and Gold. Jewelry from Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines. From the collection of the Barbier-Müller Museum, Geneva. Text by Susan Rodgers. 369, (3)pp. Prof. illus. (numerous full-page color plates & 252 color illus.) Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Genève, 1985.

905

GEORGE, DIETER. Sanmukhakalpa. Ein Lehrbuch der Zauberei und Diebeskunst aus dem indischen Mittelalter. (Monographien zur indischen Archäologie, Kunst und Philologie. 7.) 209, (3)pp. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Dietrich Reimer Verlag), 1991.

906

GEORGE, E.C.S. Ruby Mines District. Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) iii, (1), 151, (1), v, (1)pp. 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1961.

907

GEORGE, K.M. Malayalam Grammar and Reader. viii, (4), 342, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. D.j. Kottayam (National Book Stall), 1971.

908

[GERASIMOV, A.V. (EDITOR).] Kultura drevnei Indii. 428pp. 84 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1975.

909

GERBER, TH. Lexique franco-stieng. 224pp. 4to. Wraps. Saigon (Imprimerie du Théâtre), 1937.

910

GERICKE, J.F.C. & ROORDA, T. Javaansch-Nederlandsch handwoordenboek. Vermeerderd en verbeterd door A.C. Vreede. Met medewerking van J.G.H. Gunning. 2 vols. xx, 905pp.; 872pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Amsterdam/Leiden (Johannes Müller/ E.J. Brill), 1901.

911

GERLITZ, PETER. Religion und Matriarchat. Zur religionsgeschichtlichen Bedeutung der matrilinearen Strukturen bei den Khasi von Meghalaya unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der national-religiösen Reformbewegungen. (Studies in Oriental Religions. 11.) xi, (1), 285, (3)pp. 24 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1984.

912

GERNER, MANFRED. Bhutan. Kultur und Religion im Land der Drachenkönige. 194pp. 75 plates (16 color), 2 maps. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag Indoculture), 1981.

913

GEROW, EDWIN. A Glossary of Indian Figures of Speech. (Publications in Near and Middle East Studies, Columbia University. Series A. XVI.) 346pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague/Paris (Mouton), 1971.

914

GEROW, EDWIN & LANG, MARGERY D. (EDITORS). Studies in the Language and Culture of South Asia. (Publications on Asia of the Institute for Comparative and Foreign Area Studies. 23.) xiv, 160pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Seattle/London (University of Washington Press), 1973.

915

GETTY, ALICE. Ganesa. A monograph on the elephant-faced god. With an introduction by Alfred Foucher. xxiii, (1), 103, (1)pp., 42 plates (2 color). 8 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Oxford 1936. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1971.

916

GHOSH, A. (EDITOR). An Encyclopaedia of Indian Archaeology. 2 vols. I: Subjects. xvi, 413pp. 54 illus. II: A Gazetteer of Explored and Excavated Sites in India. 469, (1)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1990.

917

GHOSH, D.P. Studies in Museum and Museology in India. iii, (1), 155, (3)pp. 20 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Indian Publications), 1968.

918

GHULAM SARWAR YOUSOF. Southeast Asian Traditional Performing Arts: A Preliminary Bibliography. (Teaching and Research Exchange Fellowships.) vii, (3), 161pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. [Singapore] (Southeast Asian Studies Program), 1990.

919

GHURYE, G.S. Indian Sadhus. Second edition. x, (2), 260pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Popular Prakashan), 1964.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

55

920

GIBBONS, BOB & ASHFORD, BOB. The Himalayan Kingdoms: Nepal, Bhutan and Sikkim. 157pp. 39 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. London (B.T. Batsford), 1983.

921

GIBBS, PHILLIP, ET AL. Building a Malay House. In collaboration with Yahya Abdul Rahman and Zamani Kassim. (Images of Asia.) ix, (1), 99, (1)pp. 34 illus. Boards. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1987.

922

GICHNER, LAWRENCE E. Erotic Aspects of Hindu Sculpture. 56pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. N.p. (Privately Printed), 1949.

923

GILHODES, C. The Kachins: Religion and Customs. (2), ii, 304pp. Sm. 8vo. Orig. wraps. Calcutta (A. Rome/ Catholic Orphan Press), 1922.

924

GIMLETTE, JOHN D. A Dictionary of Malayan Medicine. Edited and completed by H.W. Thomson. With a foreword by Malcolm Watson. xvi, 259pp. 4to. Wraps. Originally published 1939. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1983.

925

GIMLETTE, JOHN D. Malay Poisons and Charm Cures. xiv, 301pp. 4to. Wraps. Originally published 1915. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1981.

926

GINSBURG, HENRY. Thai Manuscript Painting. 112pp. 73 illus. (27 color). 4to. Cloth. London (The British Library), 1989.

927

GIOVANNI, DA CAPUA. Beispiele der alten Weisen des Johann von Capua. Übersetzung der hebräischen Bearbeitung des indischen Pañcatantra ins Lateinische. Herausgegeben und übersetzt von Friedmar Geissler. (Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Institut für Orientforschung. Veröffentlichung Nr. 52.) xvi, (2), 412pp. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1960.

928

GITEAU, MADELEINE. Angkor. 287, (1)pp. 151 illus., figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1976.

929

GITEAU, MADELEINE. Le bornage rituel des temples bouddhiques au Cambodge. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 68.) 152, (2)pp., 29 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient ), 1969.

930

GITEAU, MADELEINE. Iconographie du Cambodge post-angkorien. (Publications de l’École Française d’ExtrêmeOrient. 100.) 381, (1)pp., 118 plates, 1 folding map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1975.

931

GITEAU, MADELEINE. Khmer: Kunst und Kultur von Angkor. Photographien von Hans Hinz. 307pp. 24 tipped-in color, 135 catalogue illus., numerous text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. München (Hirmer Verlag), 1973.

932

GITTINGER, MATTIEBELLE & LEFFERTS, H. LEEDOM, JR. Textiles and the Tai Experience in Southeast Asia. 264pp. Prof. illus. (partly color). 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Textile Museum, Washington, D.C. Washington, D.C. (The Textile Museum), 1992.

933

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Brahma und Buddha. Die Religionen Indiens in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 350, (2)pp., 35 plates. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Berlin (Deutsche Buch-Gemeinschaft), 1926.

934

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Buddhismus - eine atheistische Religion. Mit einer Auswahl buddhistischer Texte, zusammengestellt von Heinz Bechert. 272pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (Szczesny Verlag), 1966.

935

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Buddhismus in Indien und im Fernen Osten. Schicksale und Lebensformen einer Erlösungsreligion. 402, (2)pp., 16 plates. 4to. Boards. Berlin/Zürich (Atlantis-Verlag), 1936.

936

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Buddhistische Mysterien. Die geheimen Lehren und Riten des Diamant-Fahrzeugs. (Sammlung Voelkerglaube.) 201, (3)pp., 8 plates. Text figs. Wraps. Stuttgart (W. Spemann Verlag), 1940.

937

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Hinduismus. Religion und Gesellschaft im heutigen Indien. xv, (1), 503, (3)pp. 43 illus. hors texte. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

56

München (Kurt Wolff Verlag), 1922. 938

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Jainismus. Eine indische Erlösungsreligion. Nach den Quellen dargestellt. (Kultur und Weltanschauung. 1.) x, (2), 505, (1)pp., 31 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. The rare original edition. Berlin (Alf Häger Verlag), 1925.

939

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Die Literaturen Indiens von ihren Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart. In Verbindung mit Banarsi Das Jain, Wilhelm Geiger, Friedrich Rosen, Hilko Wiardo Schomerus. (Handbuch der Literaturgeschichte.) 339, (1)pp., 7 tipped-in plates. 159 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Wildpark-Potsdam (Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Athenaion), 1929.

940

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Die Philosophie der Inder. Eine Einführung in ihre Geschichte und ihre Lehren. Second edition. xi, (1), 505, (3), 8pp. Cloth. Stuttgart (Alfred Kröner), 1958.

941

GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Stufenweg zum Göttlichen. Shankaras Philosophie der All-Einheit. 178, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Baden-Baden (Verlag Hans Bühler Junior), 1948.

942

GLAUCHE, JOHANNES W. Der Stupa: Kultbau des Buddhismus. 142, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Köln (DuMont), 1995.

943

GLEBOVA, I.I., ET AL. V’etnamsko-Russkii slovar’. Sostavili: I.I. Glebova, V.A. Zelentsov, V.V. Ivanov, N.I. Nikulin, A.P. Shiltova./ Tù dien Viêt-Nga. 616pp. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo Inostrannykh i Natsional’nykh Slovarei), 1961.

944

GLOCKNER, UTE. Literatursoziologische Untersuchung des thailändischen Romans im XX. Jahrhundert. InauguralDissertation...Albert-Ludwigs-Universität, Freiburg i.Br. (Dissertationsreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg. 1.) (4), 283, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Freiburg, 1967.

945

GOBRON, GABRIEL. Histoire et philosophie du Caodaïsme. Bouddhisme rénové, spiritisme vietnamien, religion nouvelle en Eurasie. 194, (4)pp., 9 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Paris (Dervy), 1948.

946

GOBRON, GABRIEL. Histoire et philosophie du Caodaïsme. Bouddhisme rénové, spiritisme vietnamien, religion nouvelle en Eurasie. 214, (10)pp., 21 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Paris (Dervy), 1949.

947

GODAKUMBURA, C.E. Matirupa./ Terracotta Heads. (Kala pela. 10.) 52pp. 27 illus. 4to. Wraps. Kolamba (Puravidya departamentuva), n.d.

948

GODAKUMBURA, C.E. Simhala nataya ha sangitaya./ Sinhalese Dance and Music. (Kala pela. 12.) 49pp. 28 plates. 4to. Wraps. Kolamba (Puravidya departamentuva), 1970.

949

GODAKUMBURA, C.E. Sinhalese Literature. xiv, (2), 375pp. 4to. Cloth. Colombo (The Colombo Apothecaries’ Co.), 1955.

950

GODAKUMBURA, C.E. Tivankapilimageyi bitusituvam./ Murals at Tivanka Pilimage. (Kala pela. 4.) 45pp. 15 plates. 4to. Wraps. Kolamba (Puravidya departamentuva), 1969.

951

GOETZ, HERMANN. Bilderatlas zur Kulturgeschichte Indiens in der Grossmoghul-Zeit. Die materielle Kultur des Alltags, ihre Wurzeln, Schichten, Wandlungen und Beziehungen zu anderen Völkern auf Grund der indischen MiniaturMalerei und anderer Quellen dargestellt. viii, 79, (1)pp., 48 plates with 135 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Berlin (Dietrich Reimer/ Ernst Vohsen), 1930.

952

GOETZ, HERMANN. Epochen der indischen Kulturen. xii, 601, (3)pp. 8 maps. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (Verlag Karl W. Hiersemann), 1929.

953

GOETZ, HERMANN. Indien. Fünf Jahrtausende indischer Kunst. (Kunst der Welt: Die aussereuropäischen Kulturen.) 289, (5)pp. 68 tipped-in color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase. Baden-Baden (Holle Verlag), 1964.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

57

954

GÖTZFRIED, SANGSRI. Das Thailändische Schattentheater. Katalog der Sammlung des Deutschen Ledermuseums/Deutschen Schuhmuseums, Offenbach am Main. (Veröffentlichungen des Deutschen Ledermuseums mit dem angeschlossenen Deutschen Schuhmuseum. [7].) 87pp. 110 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Offenbach am Main (Deutsches Ledermuseum/Deutsches Schuhmuseum), 1991.

955

GÖTZFRIED, XAVER. Die Religion der Yao: Yozoku shukyo. (Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft für Natur- und Völkerkunde Ostasiens, Hamburg. 114.) 180pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Stiff wraps. Hamburg (Gesellschaft für Natur- und Völkerkunde Ostasiens), 1990.

956

GOGOI, PADMESWAR. Tai-Ahom Religion and Customs. (4), 117pp., 3 plates. 4to. Boards. Gauhati (Publication Board, Assam), 1976.

957

GOKULANATHA UPADHYAYA. The Amrtodaya of Gokulanatha. Edited by Mahamahopadhyaya Pandit S’ivadatta and Kas’inath Pandurang Parab & Vasudev Laxman S’astri Pans’ikar. Second revised edition. (Kavyamala. 59.) 85, 3pp. Wraps. Bombay (Pandurang Jawaji), 1935.

958

GOLDMAN, ROBERT P. & SUTHERLAND, SALLY J. Devavanipravesika: An Introduction to the Sanskrit Language. Second edition, revised. xxxii, 460, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley (Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California), 1987.

959

GOLE, SUSAN. Indian Maps and Plans. From earliest times to the advent of European surveys. 206, (2)pp. 122 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Manohar Publications), 1989.

960

GOMBRICH, RICHARD F. Precept and Practice: Traditional Buddhism in the Rural Highlands of Ceylon. xiv, 366pp. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1971.

961

GOMBRICH, RICHARD & OBEYESEKERE, GANANATH. Buddhism Transformed: Religious Change in Sri Lanka. xvi, 484pp., 8 plates with 16 illus. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1988.

962

GONDA, J. Het oud-javaansche Brahmanda-Purana. Proza-tekst en Kakawin. Uitgegeven en van aanteekeningen voorzien. (Bibliotheca Javanica. 5.) (4), 390pp. Stout 4to. Wraps. [Bandoeng (A.C. Nix & Co.), 1932].

963

GONDA, J. Het oud-javaansche Brahmanda-Purana. [Vertaling]. (Bibliotheca Javanica. 6.) ix, (1), 134pp. 4to. Wraps. Bandoeng (A.C. Nix & Co.), 1933.

964

GONDA, J. Visnuism and Sivaism: A Comparison. (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. Jordan Lectures in Comparative Religion. 9.) (4), 228pp. 4to. Cloth. London (University of London, The Athlone Press), 1970.

965

GONDA, JAN, ET AL. Die Religionen Indiens. (Die Religionen der Menschheit. 11-13.) 3 vols. I: Veda und älterer Hinduismus. Von Jan Gonda. xv, (1), 369, (3)pp. II: Der jüngere Hinduismus. Von Jan Gonda. xiii, (3), 366, (2)pp. 1 map. III: Buddhismus - Jainismus - Primitivvölker. Von André Bareau, Walther Schubring, Christoph von Fürer-Haimendorf. vi, 302, (2)pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (W. Kohlhammer Verlag), 1960-1964.

966

GOONATILLEKA, M.H. Masks and Mask Systems of Sri Lanka. 93pp. 138 illus, Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Colombo (Tamarind Books), 1978.

967

GOPAL PANIKKAR, T.K. Malabar and Its Folk. A systematic description of the social customs and institutions of Malabar. Third edition, revised and enlarged. xiii, (3), 280, (16)pp. Cloth. Madras (G.A. Natesan & Co.), n.d.

968

GOPINATHA RAO, T.A. Elements of Hindu Iconography. Second edition. 2 vols. in 4 parts. xxxiii, 399, (1), 71, (3), 159, 28, (4)pp., 123 plates.; xxxv, 577, (1), 279, (1), 37, (1)pp., 158 plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1985.

969

GORER, GEOFFREY. Himalayan Village: An Account of the Lepchas of Sikkim. Second edition. 488pp., 32 plates. 4to. Cloth. New York (Basic Books), 1967.

970

GORGONIEV, IU.A. Kkhmersko-russkii slovar’: Okolo 20,000 slov. S prilozheniem kratkogo grammaticheskogo ocherka kkhmerskogo iazyka. 951pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

58

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Russkii Iazyk”), 1975. 971

GORGONIEV, IU.A. The Khmer Language. (Languages of Asia and Africa.) 133, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Moscow (“Nauka” Publishing House, Central Department of Oriental Literature), 1966.

972

GOSLING, BETTY. Sukhothai. Its history, culture, and art. (The Asia Collection.) xiv, 123pp. 24 color illus. hors texte. 87 text illus. 4to. Boards. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1991.

973

GOSWAMI, C.L. & SASTRI, M.A. (TRANSLATORS). Srimad Bhagavata Mahapurana: With Sanskrit Text and English Translation. Second edition. 2 vols. 6, 6, 1715pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Gorkhapur (Motilal Jalan, Gita Press), 1982.

974

GOTHÓNI, RENÉ. Modes of Life of Theravada Monks. A case study of Buddhist monasticism in Sri Lanka. (Studia Orientalia. 52.) xiii, (1), 267pp., 2 color plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Helsinki (Finnish Oriental Society), 1982.

975

GOUIN, EUGÈNE. Dictionnaire Vietnamien Chinois Français. (6), 1606, (2), 40pp. Sm. stout folio. Boards, 3/4 cloth. Saigon (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1957.

976

GOURDON, HENRI. L’art de l’Annam. (Les Arts Coloniaux.) 73, (3)pp., 16 plates. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Paris (E. de Boccard), n.d.

977

GOUROU, PIERRE. Esquisse d’une étude de l’habitation annamite dans l’Annam septentrional et central du Thanh Hoá au Bình Dinh. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 28.) 80, (2)pp., 16 plates with 28 illus. 35 text figs. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth; orig. wraps. bound in. Paris (Les Éditions d’Art et d’Histoire), 1936.

978

GOVINDA, ANAGARIKA BRAHMACARI. Die psychologische Haltung der frühbuddhistischen Philosophie und ihre systematische Darstellung nach der Tradition des Abhidhamma. (10), 263, (3)pp. Cloth. Zürich/Stuttgart (Rascher Verlag), 1962.

979

GOYANDKA, JAYADAYAL. Gems of Truth. Second series. 216pp. Frontis. in color. Boards. Gorakhpur (The Gita Press), 1985.

980

GRADMANN, ERWIN. Indische Miniaturen. (Orbis Pictus. 6.) 9, (1)pp., 19 color plates with facing description. Boards. Bern/ Stuttgart (Hallwag), n.d.

981

GRANDIN, INGEMAR. Music and Media in Local Life: Music Practice in a Newar Neighbourhood in Nepal. (Linköping Studies in Arts and Science. 41.) xx, 233, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Linköping (Linköping University, Dept. of Communication Studies), 1989.

982

GRANVILLE, OHIO. DENISON UNIVERSITY. SLAYTER HALL. An Exhibition of Burmese Crafts from the Denison University Collection. March-April 1973. (12)pp. 10 illus. 4to. Wraps. Granville, 1973.

983

GRASSMANN, HERMANN. Rig-Veda. Übersetzt und mit kritischen und erläuternden Anmerkungen versehen. 2 vols. I. Die Familien-Bücher des Rig-Veda. Zweites bis achtes Buch. vi, 589pp. II: Sammelbücher des Rig-Veda. Erstes, neuntes, zehntes Buch. 523, (1)pp. 4to. New wraps. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1876-1877.

984

GRASSMANN, HERMANN. Wörterbuch zum Rig-Veda. viii, (888)pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Leipzig 1873. Leipzig (Otto Harrassowitz), 1936.

985

GRASSMANN, HERMANN. Wörterbuch zum Rig-veda. 5., unveränderte Auflage. viii, (888)pp. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1976.

986

GREAT BRITAIN. MINISTRY OF DEFENCE. Nepal and the Gurkhas. vi, 158pp., 1 folding map. 34 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Her Majesty’s Stationery Office), 1965.

987

GREAVES, EDWIN. Hindi Grammar. xiii, (1), 527pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Allahabad (Indian Press), 1933.

988

GREVE, REINHARD. A Shaman’s Concept of Illness and Healing Rituals in the Mustang District, Nepal. (Offprint from Journal of the Nepal Research Centre, Vol. 5/6.) (26)pp., 5 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

59

Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1981/1982. 989

GRIERSON, GEORGE A. Bihar Peasant Life. Being a discursive catalogue of the surroundings of the people of that province.... 7, vi, (4), 431, (1), clv pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1885 edition. Delhi (Cosmo Publications), 1975.

990

GRIERSON, GEORGE A. A Dictionary of the Kashmiri Language. Compiled partly from materials left by the late Pandit Isvara Kaula. Assisted by...Mukundaram Sastri.... 4 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Calcutta/Hertford, 1916-1932. Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corp.), 1985.

991

GRIFFITH, RALPH T.H. (TRANSLATOR). The Hymns of the Rgveda. Translated with a popular commentary. (The Chowkhamba Sanskrit Studies. 35.) 2 vols. xv, (1), 707pp.; 672pp. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (The Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office), 1963.

992

GRIFFITHS, WALTER G. The Kol Tribe of Central India. With an introduction by B.S. Guha. (Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal. Monograph Series. 2.) xiv, 333pp., 29 plates. 30 text figs. 4to. Boards. Calcutta (The Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal), 1946.

993

GRIGNARD, A. An Oraon-English Dictionary in the Roman Character With Numerous Phrases Illustrative of Sense and Idiom and Notes on Tribal Customs, Beliefs, Etc. (2), v, (1), 697pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1924. New Delhi (Unity Book Service), 1986.

994

GRIMES, JOHN. A Concise Dictionary of Indian Philosophy. Sanskrit terms defined in English. (6), 440pp. 4to. Cloth. Albany (State University of New York Press), 1989.

995

GRIMM, GEORG. Die Lehre des Buddha. Die Religion der Vernunft. xv, (1), 512, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. München (R. Piper & Co.), 1915.

996

GRISWOLD, ALEXANDER B. Towards a History of Sukhodaya Art. 68pp., 4 maps (2 folding). 71 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department, The National Museum), 1967.

997

GROENEVELDT, W.P. Historical Notes on Indonesia and Malaya Compiled from Chinese Sources. x, 144pp., 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Djakarta (C.V. Bhratara), 1960.

998

GRONEMAN, I. Tjandi Parambanan op Midden-Java. 3, (1)pp. 51 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. N.p., n.d.

999

GROOT, J.J.M. DE. Jaarlijksche feesten en gebruiken van de Emoy-Chineezen. Een vergelijkende bijdrage tot de kennis van onze Chinessche medeburgers op Java. Met uitgebderide monographieën van godheden, die te Emoy worden vereerd. Eerste deel [all published]. xiii, (3), 644pp. 4to. Cloth, 3/4 leather. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. [Batavia (Bruining), 1883].

1000

GROOT, J.J.M. DE. De lijkbezorging der Emoy-Chineezen. (Overgedrukt uit de Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, 5e Volgr. VII.) 114pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1892.

1001

GROSLIER, BERNARD PHILIPPE. Angkor. Eine versunkene Kultur im indochinesischen Dschungel. 228pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Köln (Verlag M. DuMont Schauberg), 1956.

1002

GROSLIER, BERNARD PHILIPPE. Hinterindien. Kunst im Schmelztiegel der Rassen. Second edition. (Kunst der Welt. Ihre geschichtlichen, soziologischen und religiösen Grundlagen. “Die aussereuropäischen Kulturen.”) 294pp. 62 tipped-in color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase. Baden-Baden (Holle-Verlag), 1962.

1003

GROSLIER, BERNARD PHILIPPE. Indochina. Deutsche Bearbeitung: Gunhild Gabbert. (Archaeologia Mundi.) 285, (1)pp. 145 illus. (35 color). Sm. 4to. Buckram. München/Genf (Nagel Verlag), 1966.

1004

GROSSMANN, BERNHARD (EDITOR). Southeast Asia in the Modern World. (Schriften des Instituts für Asienkunde in Hamburg. 33.) 422pp. 4to. Cloth. Presentation copy, inscribed by the editor. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1972.

1005

GRÜNWEDEL, ALBERT. Buddhistische Kunst in Indien. (Handbücher der Staatlichen Museen zu Berlin.) viii, 177, (1)pp. 76 illus. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

60

Berlin (W. Spemann), 1893. 1006

GRUNFELD, FREDERIC V. Siedler der Thai-Wälder: Die Akha. (Völker der Wildnis.) 168pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards. Amsterdam (Time-Life Books), 1982.

1007

GUBER, A.A., ET AL. (EDITORS). Narody Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii. Pod redaktsiei A.A. Gubera, Iu.V. Maretina, D.D. Tumarkina, N.N. Cheboksarova. (Narody Mira. Etnograficheskie ocherki.) 761, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka”), 1966.

1008

GÜBELIN, E. Burma, Land der Pagoden. Photos: Marie Helen Gübelin. 131pp. Numerous tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Silva-Verlag), 1967.

1009

GÜNTHER, HERBERT. Grammatik des buddhistischen Mischprakrits I: Die Sprache des Mahavastu. InauguralDissertation...Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität, München. ix, (3), 297pp. Lrg. 4to. Stiff wraps. Mimeograph. [München, n.d.].

1010

GÜNTHER, HERBERT. Das Seelenproblem im älteren Buddhismus. (Edition Asoka.) 157, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. D.j. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Konstanz (Curt Weller Verlag), 1949.

1011

GUESDON, JOSEPH. Dictionnaire cambodgien-français. (Ministère de l’Instruction Publique et des Beaux-Arts. Commission Archéologique de l’Indochine.) 5 parts bound in 2 vols. 15, (1), 1928pp. Lrg. stout 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth. Paris (Plon-Nourrit), [1914]-1930.

1012

GUHA, UMA, ET AL. The Didayi: A Forgotten Tribe of Orissa. [By] Uma Guha, M.K.A. Siddiqui, P.R.G. Mathur. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 23.) 252pp., 27 plates. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Anthropological Survey of India), 1970.

1013

GUILLEMINET, PAUL. Coutumier de la tribu bahnar des Sedang et des Jarai de la province de Kontum. [Selon la coutume appliquée dans les tribunaux de cette province de 1908 à 1939]. (Publications de l’École Française d’ExtrêmeOrient. 32.) 2 vols. 763pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris/Hanoi (E. de Boccard/ École Française d’Extrême-Oriient), 1952.

1014

GUILLEMINET, PAUL & ALBERTY, JULES. Dictionnaire bahnar-français. Tome premier, première partie & Tome seconde, première parte (all published). (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 40.) 2 vols. xx, 991, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1959-1963.

1015

GUILLON, EMMANUEL. L’armée de Mara: Au pied de l’Ananda (Pagán - Birmanie). (Éditions Recherche sur les Civilisations. “Mémoire” no. 60.) 108pp. 32 illus. 6 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions Recherche sur les Civilisations), 1985.

1016

GUILLON, EMMANUEL. Cham Art. [Treasures from the Dà Nang Museum, Vietnam]. 204pp. 200 color illus. 4to. Wraps. London (Thames & Hudson), 2001.

1017

GULBADAN, BEGAM. The History of Humayun (Humayun-nama). By Gul-Badan Begam (Princess Rose-Body). Translated with introduction, notes, illustrations and biographical appendix and reproduced in the Persian from the only known MS. of the British Museum [by] Annette S. Beveridge. xii, 331, (1), 96pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1902 edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1983.

1018

GULIK, R.H. VAN. Siddham. An essay on the history of Sanskrit studies in China and Japan. (Sarasvati-vihara Series. 36.) 12, 240pp., on double leaves. 60 plates, 11 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Nagpur (International Academy of Indian Culture), 1956.

1019

GULLICK, J.M. A History of Selangor, 1742-1957. (Malayan Historical Series. 1.) 122pp., 8 plates with 15 illus. 10 maps & figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Singapore (Eastern Universities Press), 1960.

1020

GUNASEKARA, ABRAHAM MENDIS. A Comprehensive Grammar of the Sinhalese Language. xv, (1), 516pp. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Originally published Colombo 1891. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1986.

1021

GUNASEKARA, B. (EDITOR). The Rájávaliya: Or, A Historical Narrative of Sinalese Kings from Vijaya to Vimala Dharma Súrya II. To which are added a glossary, a list of sovereigns and an index. v, (1), 96pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Sinhalese-language text.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

61

Colombo (H. Ross Cottle, Government Printer), 1926. 1022

GUNAWARDANA, R.A.L.H. Robe and Plough. Monasticism and economic interest in early medieval Sri Lanka. (The Association for Asian Studies: Monographs and Papers. 35.) xii, 377pp. 4to. Wraps. Tucson (The University of Arizona Press), 1979.

1023

GUNAWARDHANA, W.F. (EDITOR). Kokila sandesaya, or, Cuckoo-Message. A Sinhalese classical poem. 2 parts. (2), 238pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Sinhalese-language text. Colombo (N.J. Cooray & Sons/ Vidyasagara Printing Works), 1924.

1024

GUNDERT, H. A Malayalam and English Dictionary. 2 vols. xviii, 1116pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Mangalore/London 1871-1872 edition. Osnabrück (Biblio Verlag), 1970.

1025

GUPTA, ANANDASVARUPA (EDITOR). Sri Vamanapuranam: Anglabhasanuvadasahitam. / The Vamana Purana with English Translation. Edited by Anand Swarup Gupta. Translated by Satyamsu Mohan Mukhopadhyaya, Ahibhushan Bhattacharya, N.C. Nath, K.V. Verman (2), xlix, (1), 543, (1), 70, (1), 97pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (Sarvabharatiyakasirajanyasah), 1968.

1026

GUPTA, C.S. Rajasthan: Fairs & Festivals. (Census of India 1961. Vol. XIV, Part VII-B.) xii, (2), 141, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Delhi (Manager of Publications, Government of India), 1966.

1027

GUPTA, EVA MARIA. Brata und Alpana in Bengalen. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 80.) x, 210pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1983.

1028

GUPTA, MUNILALA (EDITOR). Srisrivisnupurana: Mula sloka aura hindi-anuvadasahita, sacitra. [Trtiya samskarana]. 623pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. [Gorakhapura] (Gitapresa), [1952].

1029

GUPTA, PARMESHWARI LAL (EDITOR). Ancient Indian Alphabets. 6 vols. I: Ashokan Brahmi Script. II: Early Brahmi Script. III: Brahmi Script. IV: Gupta Brahmi Script. V: Post Gupta Northern Indian Script. VI: Karoshthi Script. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers. New Delhi (All India Educational Supply Co.), 1970s.

1030

GUPTA, PARMESHWARI LAL (EDITOR). Medieval Indian Alphabets. 6 vols. I: Nagari, North India. II: Nagari, Western and Southern India. III: Bengali and Orissan. IV: Canarese and Telugu. V: Grantha and Tamil. VI: North and Western India. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers. Delhi (All India Educational Supply Company), 1970-1974?.

1031

GUPTA, SANJUKTA, ET AL. Hindu Tantrism. By Sanjukta Gupta, Dirk Jan Hoens, Teun Goudriaan. (Handbuch der Orientalistik. Zweite Abteilung: Indien. Vierter Band, zweiter Abschnitt.) x, (4), 208pp. 4to. Wraps. Leiden/Köln (E.J. Brill), 1979.

1032

GUPTA, SHAKTI M. Legends Around Shiva. (6), 137, (1)pp. 54 illus. hors texte. Sm. sq. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Somaiya Publications), 1979.

1033

GUPTA, SHAKTI M. Surya, the Sun God. (12), 71, (1)pp., 36 plates. Sm. sq. 4to. Boards. Bombay/New Delhi (Somaiya Publications), 1977.

1034

GUPTE, R.S. Iconography of the Hindus, Buddhists and Jains. xviii, (2), 201pp., 36 plates with 201 illus. 84 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1972.

1035

GURUTU, NILAKANTHA. Sri Paratrimsika. Abhinava Gupta viracita vivrti sameta, mula Samskrta sodhita patha, Hindi anuvada, svatantra tippaniyam. 42, 455pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Dilli (Motilala Banarasidasa), 1985.

1036

GUSEVA, N.R. Indien: Jahrtausende und Gegenwart. 166, (4)pp. 112 color illus. hors texte. Numerous text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig/Weimar (Gustav Kiepenheuer Verlag), 1978.

1037

GUSEVA, N.R. Sovremennoe dekorativno-prikladnoe iskusstvo Indii. 52, (4)pp. 122 illus. hors texte. 11 tipped-in color plates in text. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Moskva (Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo Iskusstvo), 1958.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

62

1038

GUSEVA, N.R., ET AL. (EDITORS). Narody Iuzhnoi Azii. Indiia, Pakistan, Nepal, Sikkim, Butan, Tseilon, i Mal’divskie Ostrova. Pod redaktsiei N.R. Gusevoi, A.M. D’iakova, M.G. Levina, N.N. Cheboksarova. (Narody Mira. Etnograficheskie Ocherki.) 963, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo Akademii Nauk SSSR), 1963.

1039

GUTSCHOW, NIELS. Stadtraum und Ritual der newarischen architekturanthropologische Untersuchung. 208pp. 233 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1982.

1040

GUTSCHOW, NIELS & MICHAELS, AXEL. Benares. Tempel und religiöses Leben in der heiligen Stadt der Hindus. (DuMont Taschenbücher. 294.) 258, (6)pp. Prof. illus. Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1993.

1041

GUTSCHOW, NIELS & PIEPER, JAN. Indien: Von den Klöstern im Himalaya zu den Tempelstädten Südindiens. Bauformen und Stadtgestalt einer beständigen Tradition. Mit Beiträgen von Bernhard Kölver über Geschichte und Religion und Klaus Fischer über Bildhauerei und Malerei. (DuMont Dokumente: Kunst-Reiseführer.) 424pp. 188 illus., text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1978.

1042

GWYNN, J.P.L. A Telugu-English Dictionary. Assisted by J. Venkateswara Sastry. xxii, (2), 569, (5)pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1991.

1043

HAAS, HANS. “Das Scherflein der Witwe” und seine Entsprechung im Tripitaka. (Veröffentlichungen des Forschungsinstituts für vergleichende Religionsgeschichte an der Universität Leipzig. 5.) (4), 175pp., 8 plates, 1 folding map. 23 illus. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Bound with: Haas, Hans. Bibliographie zur Frage nach den Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Buddhismus und Christentum. 47pp. Leipzig (J.C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung), 1922.

1044

HAAS, MARY R. Thai Reader. (American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications Series A: Texts. No. 1.) ccxxiii pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (American Council of Learned Societies), 1954.

1045

HAAS, MARY R. The Thai System of Writing. (American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications Series B: Aids. No. 5.) xiv, 115pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (American Council of Learned Societies), 1956.

1046

HAAS, MARY R. Thai Vocabulary. (American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications Series A: Texts. 2.) xiv, (368)pp. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (American Council of Learned Societies), 1955.

1047

HAAS, MARY R. Thai-English Student’s Dictionary. With the assistance of George V. Grekoff, Ruchira C. Mendiones, Waiwit Buddhari, Joseph R. Cooke, Soren C. Egerod. xxix, (3), 638pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1964.

1048

HABERLANDT, MICHAEL (TRANSLATOR). Die Abenteuer der zehn Prinzen. Neue Ausgabe. (Dichtungen des Ostens.) xiii, (3), 309, (3)pp. Boards. München (Hyperionverlag), 1923.

1049

HABIB, IRFAN. An Atlas of the Mughal Empire. Political and economic maps, with detailed notes, bibliography and index. (Centre of Advanced Study in History, Aligarh Museum University.) xvii, (1), 105, (1)pp. 32 double-page maps. Folio. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1986.

1050

HADIWIJONO, HARUN. Man in the Present Javanese Mysticism. Academisch proefschrift...Vrije Universiteit te Amsterdam. vi, (2), 271pp., 2 plates. 4to. Wraps. Baarn (Bosch & Keuning), 1967.

1051

HÄLSIG, MARGOT. Grammatischer Leitfaden des Hindi. (Lehrbücher für das Studium der orientalischen und afrikanischen Sprachen. 14.) 197pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1967.

1052

HAHN, EMILY. Raffles of Singapore. A biography. 350pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. London (Francis Aldor Publisher), 1948.

1053

HAHN, FERDINAND. Grammar of the Kurukh Language. xiv, 162pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Mittal Publication), 1985.

1054

HAJRA, D. The Dorla of Bastar. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 17.) v, 218pp., 18 plates. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

Städte

im

Kathmandu-Tal.

Eine

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

63

Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India), 1970. 1055

HALL, D.G.E. Burma. 184pp.,1 folding map. Cloth. London (Hutchinson’s University Library), 1950.

1056

HALL, D.G.E. A History of South-East Asia. xv, (3), 807pp. 11 maps, 43 illus. 4to. Cloth. London (Macmillan & Co.), 1961.

1057

HALL, H. FIELDING. The Soul of a People. viii, 314, (2)pp. Cloth. London (Macmillan and Co.), 1908.

1058

HALL, KENNETH R. & WHITMORE, JOHN K. (EDITORS). Explorations in Early Southeast Asian History: The Origins of Southeast Asian Statecraft. (Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia. 11.) xiv, 358pp. 4to. Wraps. Ann Arbor (Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, The University of Michigan), 1976.

1059

HALLADE, MADELEINE. Indien. Gandhâra, Begegnung zwischen Orient und Okzident. 277, (3)pp. 24 color plates, 179 illus., 6 figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. München (Hirmer Verlag), 1968.

1060

HALLIDAY, R. A Mon-English Dictionary. xxx, 512pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Originally published Bangkok 1922. Rangoon (The Mon Cultural Section, Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), 1955.

1061

HALLIDAY, R. The Talaings. viii, (2), 164pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing), 1917.

1062

HAMBLY, GAVIN. Cities of Mughal India: Delhi, Agra and Fatehpur Sikri. Photographs by Wim Swaan. 168pp. 128 illus., 25 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (Elek Books), n.d.

1063

HAMBURG. MUSEUM FÜR KUNST UND GEWERBE. Der Pfau in der Wüste. Die Pracht indischer Gewänder von Maharajas und Nomaden. Sept.-Nov. 1991. 178, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg, 1991.

1064

HAMM, FRANK-RICHARD & SCHUBRING, WALTHER. Studien zum Mahanisiha: Kapitel 6-8. (Alt- und Neu-Indische Studien. Herausgegeben vom Seminar für Kultur und Geschichte Indiens an der Universität Hamburg. 6.) 116pp. Lrg. 4to. Orig. wraps. Hamburg (Cram, de Gruyter & Co.), 1951.

1065

HAMZURI. Batik klasik. / Classical Batik. 113pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Bahasa Indonesia and English. Jakarta (Penerbit Djambatan), 1981.

1066

HANDA, O.C. Pahari Folk Art. xviii, (2), 84pp., 49 plates. 50 figs. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Taraporevala), 1975.

1067

HANDA, R.L. History of Hindi Language and Literature. xiv, (2), 504pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan), 1978.

1068

A HANDBOOK ON BURMA. Revised edition. 178, (2)pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. Wraps. Rangoon (Directorate of Information), 1968.

1069

HANNOVER. GALERIE SANDVOSS. Bildnisse Buddhas aus Südostasien. June-July 1986. 19pp. 73 illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps. Hannover, 1986.

1070

HANNOVER. NIEDERSÄCHSISCHES LANDESMUSEUM. Schätze indischer Kunst. Text by Herbert Härtel and Wibke Lobo. 227pp. 124 illus. (partly color). Oblong 4to. Boards. Berlin, 1984.

1071

HANSEN, HENNY HARALD. Some Costumes of Highland Burma at the Ethnographical Museum of Gothenburg. (Etnologiska Studies. 24.) 81pp., 1 plate. 27 illus. 4to. Wraps. Göteborg (Etnografiska Museet), 1960.

1072

HANSEN, WALDEMAR. The Peacock Throne: The Drama of Mogul India. xi, (3), 560pp., 4 maps. 40 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Ex-library. New York (Holt, Rinehart and Winston), 1972.

1073

HANSON, O. A Dictionary of the Kachin Language. iv, 739pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1906.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

64

Rangoon (Baptist Board of Publications), 1954. 1074

HANSON, O. The Kachins: Their Customs and Traditions. 225, (1)pp., 24 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Rangoon (American Baptist Mission Press), 1913.

1075

HAQ, MUHAMMAD ENAMUL. Muslim Bengali Literature. (4), 231pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Karachi (Pakistan Publications), 1957.

1076

HARDY, EDMUND. König Asoka. Indiens Kultur in der Blütezeit des Buddhismus. (Weltgeschichte in Karakterbildern. I. Abteilung: Altertum.) 72pp., 1 folding map. 62 illus. 4to. Cloth. Mainz (Verlag von Franz Kirchheim), 1902.

1077

HARDY, FRIEDHELM. The Religious Culture of India: Power, Love and Wisdom. (Cambridge Studies in Religious Traditions.) xiiii, (1), 613pp. 19 plates, 2 figs., 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1994.

1078

HARDY, FRIEDHELM. Viraha-bhakti. The early history of Krsna devotion in South India. xxi, (3), 692pp., 4 plates. 6 maps. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1983.

1079

HARMAN, WILLIAM P. The Sacred Marriage of a Hindu Goddess. (Religion in Asia and Africa Series.) viii, (8), 232pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Bloomington/Indianapolis (Indiana University Press), 1989.

1080

HARRER, HEINRICH (EDITOR). Borneo. Mensch und Kultur seit ihrer Steinzeit. 271, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Innsbruck/Frankfurt (Pinguin-Verlag/ Umschau-Verlag), 1988.

1081

HARRIS, F.R. Jamsetji Nusserwanji Tata. A chronicle of his life. With a foreword by J.R.D. Tata. Second edition. xxiii, (3), 339pp., 28 plates. 4to. Cloth. Bombay/Calcutta (Blackie & Son), 1958.

1082

HARRISSON, TOM. The Malays of South-West Sarawak Before Malaysia: A Socio-Ecological Study. 671pp., 32 plates. 24 figs., 8 maps. 4to. Cloth. East Lansing (Michigan State University Press), 1970.

1083

HART, GEORGE L., III. The Poems of Ancient Tamil. Their milieu and their Sanskrit counterparts. (Publications of the Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies.) viii, (2), 308pp. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1975.

1084

[HARTMANN, FRANZ (INTRODUCTION).] Die Bhagavad Gita. Das Hohe Lied enthaltend die Lehre der Unsterblichkeit. Vierte Auflage. xxi, (1), 214, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Leipzig (Theosophisches Verlagshaus), 1924.

1085

HARTSUIKER, DOLF. Sadhus, Holy Men of India. 128pp. 125 illus. (115 color). Oblong 4to. Wraps. London (Thames and Hudson), 1993.

1086

HARTWIG, WERNER. Wirtschaft und Gesellschaftsstruktur der Naga in der zweiten Hälfte des 19. und zu Beginn des 20. Jahrhunderts. (Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde, Leipzig. 20.) 274pp., 1 folding map. 17 illus., 5 figs., 4 maps. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1970.

1087

HASAN, AMIR. The Buxas of the Tarai. A study of their socio-economic disintegration. xi, (5), 264pp., 20 plates. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corporation), 1979.

1088

HASAN, MOHIBBUL. Kashmir Under the Sultans. (Abdul Halim Memorial Volume.) xii, (2), 338pp., 9 plates. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Iran Society), 1959.

1089

HASIBUAN, JAMALUDIN S. Batak Art and Culture. Second edition. (2), 314pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Medan (Privately Printed), 1985.

1090

HASSAN, ABID. Der Islam in Indien. Indien im Weltislam. (Indien. 5.) vii, (1), 123, (1)pp. 10 maps. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Heidelberg (Kurt Vowinckel Verlag), 1942.

1091

HASSON, HASKIA. Ancient Buddhist Art from Burma. 104pp. 84 color illus. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

65

Bangkok (White Lotus), 1993. 1092

HAUER, J.W. Die Dharani im nördlichen Buddhismus und ihre Parallelen in der sogenannten Mithrasliturgie. (Beiträge zur indischen Sprachwissenschaft und Religionsgeschichte. 2.) 25pp. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Verlag von W. Kohlhammer), 1927.

1093

HAUER, J.W. Der Vratya. Untersuchungen über die nichtbrahmanische Religion Altindiens. Erster Band [all published]: Die Vratya als nichtbrahmanische Kultgenossenschaften arischer Herkunft. viii, 356pp. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth. Stuttgart (Verlag von W. Kohlhammer), 1927.

1094

HAUG, MARTIN. Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion of the Parsis. Second edition. Edited by E.W. West. xvi, 427pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. London (Trübner & Co.), 1878.

1095

HAUGHTON, GRAVES CHAMNEY. Bengálí Selections, With Translations and a Vocabulary. xii, 198, (2)pp. Sq. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. London (Printed for the Author/ Sold by Kingsbury, Parbury, and Allen), 1822.

1096

HAUSER, BEATRIX. Göttinnenverehrung im modernen Indien. Eine Bestandsaufnahme. (2), 128ff. 6 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. MA thesis, University of Hamburg. Hamburg, 1989.

1097

HAUSER, BEATRIX. Mit irdischem Schaudern und göttlicher Fügung. Bengalische Erzähler und ihre Bildvorführungen. (Indus 4.) 272pp. 6 plates, text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Das Arabische Buch), 1998.

1098

HAUSER, BEATRIX. Möglichkeiten und Grenzen von Sozialarbeit von und mit indischen Frauen im ruralen Tamil Nadu: Eine ethnologische Annäherung. (Universität Hamburg. Seminar für Völkerkunde. Bericht eines Feldforschungspraktikums, Aug./Sept. 1986.) 80ff. 7 tipped-in orig. color photographs, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg, n.d.

1099

HAUSSIG, HANS WILHELM, ET AL. (EDITORS). Götter und Mythen des Indischen Subkontinents. Unter Mitarbeit von Heinz Bechert, Herman Berger, Jozef Deleu, Günter Grönbold, Volker Moeller, Martin Pfeiffer, Kamil V. Zvelebil herausgegeben von Hans Wilhelm Haussig. (Wörterbuch der Mythologie. V.) xv, (1), 1040pp., 65 plates. Figs. Stout 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta), 1984.

1100

HAVELL, E.B. Benares, the Sacred City. Sketches of Hindu life and religion. xiii, (3), 226pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Buckram. Exlibrary. London (Blackie & Son), 1905.

1101

HAVELL, E.B. Benares, the Sacred City. Sketches of Hindu life and religion. viii, 226pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1933 edition. Calcutta (Pioneer Art Printers), 1968.

1102

HAWKINS, R.E. Common Indian Words in English. vii, (3), 106pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1984.

1103

HAWLEY, JOHN STRATTON. Krishna, the Butter Thief. xxi, (1), 415pp. 40 illus. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1983.

1104

HAWLEY, JOHN STRATTON. Songs of the Saints of India. Translations by J.S. Hawley and Mark Juergensmeyer. xii, 244pp. Figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1988.

1105

HAWLEY, JOHN STRATTON & GOSWAMI, SHRIVATSA. At Play with Krishna: Pilgrimage Dramas from Brindavan. xvi, 339pp. 49 illus. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1981.

1106

HAWLEY, JOHN STRATTON & WULFF, DONNA MARIE (EDITORS). The Divine Consort: Radha and the Goddesses of India. (Berkeley Religious Studies Series.) xviii, 414pp., 4 color plates. 15 figs. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley (Graduate Theological Union), 1982.

1107

HAZEU, G.A.J. Gajosch-Nederlandsch woordenboek met Nederlandsch-Gajosch register. xx, 1148pp. Stout 4to. New cloth; orig. front-cover mounted. Batavia (Landsdrukkerij), 1907.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

66

1108

HAZRA, R.C. Studies in the Upapuranas. Vol I: Saura and Vaisnava Upapuranas. (Calcutta Sanskrit College Research Series. 2./ Studies. 1.) xii, (2), 398pp. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Sanskrit College), 1958.

1109

HEADLEY, ROBERT K., JR., ET AL. Cambodian-English Dictionary. [By] Robert K. Headley, Jr., Kylin Chhor, Lim Hak Kheang, Lam Kheng Lim, Chen Chu. (Publications in the Languages of Asia. 3.) 2 vols. xxvii, (1), 1495, (1)pp., 13 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Washington, D.C. (The Catholic University of America Press), 1977.

1110

HEARN, GORDON RISLEY. The Seven Cities of Delhi. xiv, 319pp., 20 plates, 5 folding plans. Cloth. Originally published London 1906. Stained. Delhi (Ram Nath & Co.), 1974.

1111

HEEKEREN, H.R. VAN. The Bronze-Iron Age of Indonesia. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Landen Volkenkunde. 22.) (4), 108, (2)pp. 59 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1958.

1112

HEEKEREN, H.R. VAN. The Stone Age of Indonesia. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 21.) (4), 141, (5)pp. 47 illus. hors texte. 24 text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1957.

1113

HEILER, FRIEDRICH. Die Mystik in den Upanishaden. (Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus und verwandter Gebiete. 14./ Sonderdruck aus der “Zeitschrift für Buddhismus.”) 46, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), 1925.

1114

HEIN, NORVIN. The Miracle Plays of Mathura. xi, (1), 313pp., 6 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1972.

1115

HEINE-GELDERN, ROBERT. Die Megalithen Südostasiens und ihre Bedeutung für die Klärung der Megalithenfrage in Europa und Polynesien. (Tirage à part “Anthropos,” tome 23.) (40)pp., 7 plates with 25 illus. 3 text figs. 4to. Wraps. St. Gabriel-Mödling (Anthropos), 1928.

1116

HEINZE, RUTH-INGE. Tham Khwan: How To Contain the Essence of Life. A socio-psychological comparison of a Thai custom. xviii, 172pp. 20 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Singapore (Singapore University Press), 1982.

1117

HEINZE, RUTH-INGE. Trance and Healing in Southeast Asia Today. ix, (1), 406pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok/Berkeley (White Lotus Co./ Independent Scholars of Asia), 1988.

1118

HEJZLAR, JOSEF. Vietnamesische Kunst. Fotografien von W. und B. Forman. 291pp. 243 illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Hanau (Dausien), [1973].

1119

HELD, G.J. The Mahabharata: An Ethnological Study. vii, (1), 348, (4)pp. 4to. Cloth. London/Amsterdam (Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co./ Uitgeversmaatschappij Holland), 1935.

1120

HEMACANDRA. Ausgewählte Erzählungen aus Hemacandras Parisistaparvan. Deutsch mit Einleitung und Anmerkungen von Johannes Hertel. (Bibliothek morgenländischer Erzähler. 1.) xi, (1), 271, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (Wilhelm Heims), 1908.

1121

HEMAVIJAYAGANI. Katharatnakara: Das Märchenmeer. Eine Sammlung indischer Erzählungen von Hemavijaya. Deutsch von Johannes Hertel. (Meisterwerke orientalischer Literaturen. 4-5.) 2 vols. in 1. xxi, (1), 284, (2)pp.; 303, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München (Georg Müller), 1920.

1122

HEMMET, CHRISTINE. Montagnards des pays d’Indochine dans les collections du Musée de l’Homme. 135pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Centre Culturel de Boulogne-Bilancourt, Feb.May 1995. Boulogne-Bilancourt (Éditions Sépia), 1995.

1123

HEMPOEH SEDAH. Baratayudda kakawin. / Bhârata-yudda, Oudjavaansch heldendicht. Uitgegeven door J.G.H. Gunning. (Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsche Indië.) iv, (112), 21, (3)pp. Sm. folio. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1903.

1124

HENDERSON, JOHN W., ET AL. Area Handbook for Thailand. Coauthors: John W. Henderson, Helen A. Barth, Judith M. Heimann, Philip M. Moeller, Rinn-Sup Shinn, Francisco S. Soriano, John O. Weaver, Eston T. White. Fourth edition. xiv, 414pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

67

Washington, D.C. (Government Printing Office), 1971. 1125

HENDRIKSEN, HANS. Himachali Studies. (Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Historisk-filosofiske Meddelelser. 48.) 3 vols. I: Vocabulary. xxiii, (1), 227pp. II: Texts. 132pp. III: Grammar. viii, 228pp. 4to. Wraps. Copenhagen (Munksgaard), 1976-1986.

1126

HENDRY, JAMES B. The Small World of Khanh Hau. xi, (1), 312pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Chicago (Aldine Publishing Company), 1967.

1127

HERAS, HENRY. South India Under the Vijayanagara Empire: The Aravidu Dynasty. 2 vols. xliv, xii, 680pp., 31 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1927. New Delhi (Cosmo Publications), 1980.

1128

HERBERT, PATRICIA M. The Life of the Buddha. 95, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (The British Library), [1993].

1129

HERBERT, PATRICIA & MILNER, ANTHONY (EDITORS). South-East Asia: Languages and Literatures. A select guide. (South-East Asia Library Group.) x, 182pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Whiting Bay, Arran (Kiscadale Publications), n.d.

1130

HERMAN, A.L. An Introduction to Indian Thought. xv, (3), 301pp. 4to. Wraps. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey (Prentice-Hall), 1976.

1131

HERMANNS, MATTHIAS. Die religiös-magische Weltanschauung der Primitivstämme Indiens. 3 vols. I: Die Bhagoria Bhil. xvi, 543, (3)pp., 26 plates. II: Die Bhilala, Korku, Gond, Baiga. xii, 571pp., 36 plates with 70 illus., 1 map. III: Die Oraon. x, 420, (4)pp., 32 plates with 49 illus., 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1964-1973.

1132

HERRENSCHMIDT, OLIVIER. Le cycle de Lingal. Essai d’étude textuelle de mythologies: Les mythologies des tribus de langue gondi (Inde Centrale). 3, (1), 351, (3)pp., 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Pratique des Hautes Études, VIe Section), 1966.

1133

HERRFURTH, HANS. Djawanisch-deutsches Wörterbuch. 574pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1972.

1134

HERRFURTH, HANS. Lehrbuch des modernen Djawanisch. (Lehrbücher für das Studium der orientalischen und afrikanischen Sprachen. 9.) 259, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1964.

1135

HERTZ, H.F. A Practical Handbook of the Kachin or Chingpaw Language. Containing the grammatical principles and peculiarities of the language, colloquial exercises, and a vocabulary with an appendix on Kachin customs, law and religion. vi, 173pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1954.

1136

HESKE, FRANZ. Im heiligen Lande der Gangesquellen. 352pp., 48 plates with 104 illus. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Neudamm (Verlag von J. Neumann), 1937.

1137

HESS, PETER. Bangladesh. Tragödie einer Staatsgründung. 227pp., 7 plates. 5 maps, 4 figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Frauenfeld/Stuttgart (Verlag Huber), 1972.

1138

HICKEY, GERALD CANNON. Free in the Forest. Ethnohistory of the Vietnamese Central Highlands, 1954-1976. xxi, (1), 350pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1982.

1139

HICKEY, GERALD CANNON. Sons of the Mountains. Ethnohistory of the Vietnamese Central Highlands to 1954. xxi, (1), 488pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1982.

1140

HICKEY, GERALD CANNON. Village in Vietnam. xxviii, 325pp. 1 map, 25 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1967.

1141

HICKMANN, REGINA, ET AL. Miniaturen, Volks- und Gegenwartskunst Indiens. [Von] Regina Hickmann, Heinz Mode, Siegfried Mahn. (Die indische Kunstkreis in Gesamtschau und Einzeldarstellungen.) 361, (1)pp. 289 illus., text figs. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB E.A. Seemann), 1975.

1142

HIEBER, WOLFGANG. Alltag in Indien. 372, (4)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

68

Düsseldorf/Wien (Econ Verlag), 1986. 1143

HIEBERT, PAUL G. Konduru. Structure and integration in a South Indian village. xi, (5), 192pp., 4 plates. Figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Minneapolis (University of Minnesota Press), 1971.

1144

HIGHAM, CHARLES. The Archaeology of Mainland Southeast Asia. From 10,000 B.C. to the fall of Angkor. (Cambridge World Archaeology.) xvi, 387pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1989.

1145

HIGHAM, CHARLES. The Bronze Age of Southeast Asia. (Cambridge World Archaeology.) xvi, 381pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1996.

1146

HIKAYAT HANG TUAH: DIE GESCHICHTE VON HANG TUAH. Aus dem Malayischen übersetzt von H. Overbeck. (Meisterwerke orientalischer Literatur. 7-8.) 2 vols. bound in 1. xv, (1), 334 , (2)pp.; 318, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (Georg Müller), 1922.

1147

HILDESHEIM. ROEMER- UND PELIZAEUS-MUSEUM. Versunkene Königreiche Indonesiens. Catalogue edited by Arne and Eva Eggebrecht. Aug.-Nov. 1995. xii, 688pp. 521 illus. (491 color). Sq. 4to. Boards. Mainz (Verlag Philipp von Zabern), 1995.

1148

HILGERS-HESSE, IRENE. Beiträge zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Bahasa Indonesia unter besonderer Berücksichtigung einiger syntaktischer Fragen. 115pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Heidelberg (Julius Groos Verlag), 1965.

1149

HILLEBRANDT, ALFRED. Ritual-Litteratur, vedische Opfer und Zauber. (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. III. Band, 2. Heft.) 199pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Strassburg 1897 edition. Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1981.

1150

HILLEBRANDT, ALFRED. Vedische Mythologie. Kleine Ausgabe. viii, 200pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Breslau (Verlag von M. & H. Marcus), 1910.

1151

HILLEBRANDT, ALFRED (TRANSLATOR). Lieder des Rgveda. (Quellen der Religions-Geschichte. 5./ Gruppe 7.) xii, 152pp. 4to. Cloth. Göttingen/Leipzig (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht/ J.C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung), 1913.

1152

HILTEBEITEL, ALF. The Cult of Draupadi. 2 vols. I: Mythologies, From Gingee to Kuruksetra. xxvii, (3), 487pp. 34 illus. II: On Hindu Ritual and the Goddess. xxi, (1), 533pp. 38 illus., 15 figs. 4to. Wraps. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1988.

1153

HINDERLING, PAUL. Volkstümliche Medizin in Thailand. Interviews mit traditionellen Ärzten über Erklärungssysteme und Therapien. Aspekte der Interaktion zwischen Ärzten und Patienten. (Sozialpsychologische Forschungsstelle für Entwicklungsplanung, Universität des Saarlandes. Sonderforschungsbereich 16 “Südasien” der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft. Forschungsprojekt “Kommunikation zwischen Ärzten und Patienten in Thailand.” 3.) v, (1), 140pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Saarbrücken (Universität des Saarlandes), 1972.

1154

HINDI VISVAKOSA. 12 vols. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Mixed editions. Varanasi (Nagaripracarini Sabha), 1963-1973.

1155

HINLOOPEN LABBERTON, D. VAN. Dictionnaire de termes de droit coutumier indonésien. (Union Académique Internationale.) viii, 782pp., 6 maps (2 folding). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Amsterdam (Académie Royale des Sciences), [1934].

1156

HIRIYANNA, M. The Essentials of Indian Philosophy. 215, (1)pp. 4to. Boards. D.j. London (George Allen & Unwin), 1951.

1157

HIRO, DILIP. Inside India Today. xiii, (3), 331pp. 4to. Cloth. London/Henley (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1976.

1158

HITCHCOCK, JOHN T. The Magars of Banyan Hill. (Case Studies in Cultural Anthropology.) 115pp., 2 plates. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. New York (Holt, Rinehart and Winston), 1966.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

69

1159

HITCHCOCK, JOHN T. & JONES, REX L. (EDITORS). Spirit Possession in the Nepal Himalayas. xxviii, 401pp. 21 plates. 4to. Cloth. Warminster (Aris and Phillips), 1976.

1160

HO, WING MENG. Straits Chinese Silver: A Collector’s Guide. 191pp. 135 color illus. 4to. Cloth. Singapore (Times Books International), 1984.

1161

HO-GIA-HUONG, ET AL. Deutsch-vietnamesisches Wörterbuch. Herausgegeben von Ho-gia-Huong, Do-Ngoan und Winfried Boscher. 4. Auflage. xxxi, (1), 324pp. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1970.

1162

THE HOANG SA AND TRUONG SA ARCHIPELAGOES (PARACELS AND SPRATLY): DOSSIER. I [all published?] 59pp. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Vietnam Courier), 1981.

1163

HOÀNG THI CHÂU. Grundkurs Vietnamesisch. 212pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1982.

1164

[HOÀNG, TUE, ET AL. (EDITORS).] Materialy Sovetsko-V’etnamskoi Lingvisticheskoi Ekspeditsii 1979 goda: Iazyk Plakha. 406, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1986.

1165

[HOÀNG, TUE, ET AL. (EDITORS).] Materialy Sovetsko-V’etnamskoi Lingvisticheskoi Ekspeditsii 1979 goda: Iazyk Myong. 518, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1987.

1166

HOCKINGS, PAUL. Counsel from the Ancients. A study of Badaga proverbs, prayers, omens and curses. With an outline of the Badaga language by Christiane Pilot-Raichoor. (Trends in Linguistics: Documentation 4.) xii, (2), 796, (2)pp. 33 figs. 4to. Cloth. Berlin/New York (Mouton de Gruyter), 1988.

1167

HOCKINGS, PAUL (EDITOR). Blue Mountains. The ethnography and biogeography of a South Indian region. vii, (7), 406pp., 22 plates. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1989.

1168

HOCKLY, T.W. The Two Thousand Isles. A short account of the people, history and customs of the Maldive Archipelago. 191pp., 7 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (H.F. & W. Witherby), 1935.

1169

HÖFER, ANDRÁS. Tamang Ritual Texts. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 6566.) 2 vols. I: Preliminary Studies in the Folk-Religion of an Ethnic Minority in Nepal. (4), 184pp. 14 illus. hors texte. Text figs. II: Ethnographic Studies in the Oral Tradition and Folk-Religion of an Ethnic Minority. xxii, 217, (3)pp., 5 plates with 12 illus. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden/Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1981-1997.

1170

HÖPFNER, GERD. Masken aus Ceylon. (Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde, Berlin. Neue Folge. 19./ Abteilung Südasien. I.) (40)pp., 168 plates (12 color). Sq. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Museum für Völkerkunde), 1969.

1171

HÖRHAGER, HERBERT. Die Volkstumsgrundlagen der indischen Nordwest-Grenzprovinz. (Indien-Arbeiten. 1.) viii, 130pp., 1 map. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth. Heidelberg (Kurt Vowinckel Verlag), 1943.

1172

HOERSCHELMANN, WERNER. Christliche Gurus. Darstellung von Selbstverständnis und Funktion indigenen Christseins durch unabhängige, charismatisch geführte Gruppen in Südindien. Mit einem Vorwort von Bischoff Lesslie Newbigin. (Studien zur interkulturellen Geschichte des Christentums. 12.) 589pp. 1 plate. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Edition limited to 300 copies. Frankfurt/Bern (Peter Lang), 1977.

1173

HOFFMANN, J. Mundari Grammar. ii, lix, (1), 222, xiv, xi pp. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Bengal Secretariat Press), 1903.

1174

HOFFMANN, JOHN & EMELEN, ARTHUR VAN. Encyclopaedia Mundarica. 13 vols. + 1 vol. plates. 4to. Orig. wraps. Vol. 9 supplied in photocopy. Patna (Superintendent, Government Printing, Bihar and Orissa), 1930-1941.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

70

1175

HOFMANN, NORBERT. Der islamische Festkalender in Java und Sumatra unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Fastenmonats und Fastenbruchfests in Jakarta und Medan. ix, (1), 214pp. 13 illus., 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bad Honnef (Bock + Herchen), 1978.

1176

HOFSTETTER, ERICH. Der Herr der Tiere im Alten Indien. (Freiburger Beiträge zur Indologie. 14.) (6), 153pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1980.

1177

HOHNHOLZ, JÜRGEN (EDITOR). Thailand. Geographie, Geschichte, Kultur, Religion, Staat, Gesellschaft, Politik, Wirtschaft. Unter Mitwirkung von Karl-Heinz Bechtold. (Ländermonographien. 13.) viii, 518pp. 52 illus. hors texte. 19 text figs. 4to. Cloth. Tübingen (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1980.

1178

HOLLAND, BARRON. Popular Hinduism and Hindu Mythology: An Annotated Bibliography. xxiv, (6), 394pp. 4to. Cloth. Westport, Connecticut/London (Greenwood Press), 1979.

1179

HOLROYDE, PEGGY. Indian Music. A vast ocean of promise. Foreword by Ravi Shankar. 291pp. 28 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen and Unwin), 1972.

1180

HONEY, P.J. (EDITOR). North Vietnam Today. Profile of a communist satellite. vi, (2), 166pp. Cloth. New York (Frederick A. Praeger), 1962.

1181

HONG KONG. HONG KONG MUSEUM OF HISTORY. Taiguo li dai tao ci gong yi: Di san jie ya zhou yi shu jie. / Thai Ceramics Through the Ages. Text by B.A.V. Peacock. 79pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Chinese and English. Xianggang (Xianggang shi zheng ju), 1978.

1182

HONG KONG. HONG KONG MUSEUM OF HISTORY. Yindu yue qi. / Musical Instruments of India. Text by B.C. Deva. Edited by B.A.V. Peacock. (4th Festival of Asian Arts.) 94, (4)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Chinese and English. Xianggang (Xianggang shi zheng fu), 1979.

1183

HOOVER, THOMAS. Der Mogul. 543pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bergisch Gladbach (Gustav Lübbe Verlag), 1984.

1184

HOOYKAAS, C. Balinese Bauddha Brahmans. (Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde. N.S. 80.) 251pp., 1 folding chart, 4 plates. Numerous text figs. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Amsterdam/London (North-Holland Publishing Company), 1973.

1185

HOOYKAAS, C. The Balinese Poem Basur. An introduction to magic. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Bibliotheca Indonesica. 17.) xii, 106, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1978.

1186

HOOYKAAS, C. A Balinese Temple Festival. (Bibliotheca Indonesica, Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 15.) ix, (5), 105, (1), 24pp., 48 plates. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1977.

1187

HOOYKAAS, C. Cosmogony and Creation in Balinese Tradition. (Bibliotheca Indonesica. 9.) vii, (1), 177, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1974.

1188

HOOYKAAS, C. Drawings of Balinese Sorcery. Published with a commentary. (Iconography of Religions. Supplement I.) xiv, 209pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1980.

1189

HOOYKAAS-VAN LEEUWEN BOOMKAMP, JACOBA. Ritual Purification of a Balinese Temple. (Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen. Afd. Letterkunde. N.S. Vol. 68#4.) 81pp. 122 illus. 4to. Wraps. Amsterdam (N.V. Noord-Hollandsche Uitgevers Maatschappij), 1961.

1190

HOPKINS, E. WASHBURN. Epic Mythology. (2), 274, (4)pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the edition originally published as “Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. III. Band, Heft B,” Strassburg 1915. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1986.

1191

HOPKINS, E. WASHBURN. The Great Epic of India. Its character and origin. xvi, 485pp. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

71

Calcutta (Punthi Pustak), 1969. 1192

HOPKINS, EDWARD WASHBURN. The Religions of India. (Handbooks on the History of Religions.) xiii, (3), 612pp., 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Boston/New York (Ginn & Company), 1895.

1193

HORNE, ELINOR C. Beginning Javanese. (Yale Linguistic Series. 3.) xxxiii, (1), 560pp. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1961.

1194

HORNELL, JAMES. The Origins and Ethnological Significance of Indian Boat Designs. (Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. VII#3.) (118)pp., 6 plates. 34 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth, 1/4 leather; orig. wraps. bound in. Calcutta (The Captist Mission Press/ The Asiatic Society), 1920.

1195

HORNER, I.B. (TRANSLATOR). The Book of the Discipline (Vinaya-pitaka). (Sacred Books of the Buddhists. 10-11, 1314, 20, 25.) 6 vols. I-III: Suttavibhanga. IV: Mahavahgga. V: Cullavagga. VI: Parivara. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (The Pali Text Society/ Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1975-1986.

1196

HORRIDGE, ADRIAN. The Prahu. Traditional sailing boat of Indonesia. With drawings by Chris Snoek. xvii, (1), 112pp., 40 plates (16 color). Text figs. 4to. Boards. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1985.

1197

HORTEN, M. Indische Strömungen in der islamischen Mystik. (Materialien zur Kunde des Buddhismus. 12-13.) 2 vols. I: Zur Geschichte und Kritik. 32pp. II: Lexikon wichtigster Termini der islamischen Mystik. Terminologische Untersuchungen zu grundlegenden Texten islamischer Frühmystik in Persien um 900. x, 141pp. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig/ Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1927-1928.

1198

HOSHINO, TATSUO. Basic Lao. 141pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Bangkok?] (Siam Communications), 1973.

1199

HOSHINO, TATSUO & MARCUS, RUSSELL. Lao for Beginners. An introduction to the spoken and written language of Laos. 209pp. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1981.

1200

HOSKEN, FRAN P. The Kathmandu Valley Towns. A record of life and change in Nepal. viii, 327, (1)pp. 505 illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth. New York/Tokyo (Weatherhill), 1974.

1201

HOSKIN, JOHN. The Mekong: A River and Its People. Photographed by Allen W. Hopkins. 232pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (New Holland Publishers), 1992.

1202

HOSKINS, JANET. The Play of Time. Kodi perspectives on calendars, history, and exchange. xx, 414pp. 15 illus., 3 maps, 9 tables. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1993.

1203

HOSPITALIER, J.-J. Grammaire laotienne. (12), viii, (2), 270pp. Wraps. Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner), 1937.

1204

HOTTINGER, ARNOLD. Akbar der Grosse (1542-1605). Herrscher über Indien durch Versöhnung der Religionen. 216pp., 16 color plates. Maps. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Verlag Neue Zürcher Zeitung), 1998.

1205

HOWARD, ANGELA FALCO. The Imagery of the Cosmological Buddha. (Studies in South Asian Culture. 13.) xviii, 194pp., 59 plates with 67 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1986.

1206

HOWARD, WAYNE. Samavedic Chant. xxv, (1), 572pp. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1977.

1207

HTIN AUNG, U. Folk Elements in Burmese Buddhism. xiii, (1), 140pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Rangoon (U Hla Maung/ Buddha Sasana Council Press), [1959].

1208

HTUN HMAT WIN, SAO. Mran` ma’ rui” ra patima sippam panna chuin` ra lak` ne lak` tha” han` pan` `a mu `a ra kho`: Mudra mya”. / [Burmese Buddhist Iconography]. 134pp., 64 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Ran` kun` (Prann` thon` cu Chuirhay`lac` Sammata Mran` ma nuin` nam to` Sasana re” O” Ci” Thana), 1977.

1209

HUARD, PIERRE & DURAND, MAURICE. Conaissance du Viêt-Nam. iv, 356, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 132 illus. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

72

Paris/Hanoi (Imprimerie Nationale d’École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1954. 1210

HUDSON, D.F. Teach Yourself Bengali. ix, (1), 134pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. London (The English Universities Press), 1965.

1211

HÜLSEWIEDE, BRIGITTE. Indiens heilige Kühe in religiöser, ökologischer und entwicklungspolitischer Perspektive. Ergebnisse einer aktuellen ethnologischen Kontroverse. (Ethnologische Studien. 1.) 152, (2)pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Münster (Lit Verlag), 1986.

1212

HUFFMAN, FRANKLIN E., ET AL. Cambodian System of Writing and Beginning Reader with Drills and Glossary. With the assistance of Chhom-Rak Thong Lambert and Im Proum. xii, 365pp. 4to. Wraps. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1970.

1213

HUFFMAN, FRANKLIN E. & IM PROUM. Cambodian Literary Reader and Glossary. (Yale Linguistic Series.) vi, (2), 325, (5), vi, (2), 152pp. 4to. Wraps. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1977.

1214

HUFFMAN, FRANKLIN E. & IM PROUM. English-Khmer Dictionary. / Vacananukram qángles-khmaer. (Yale Linguistic Series.) xix, (1), 690pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1978.

1215

HUFFMAN, FRANKLIN E. & IM PROUM (EDITORS). Intermediate Cambodian Reader. viii, (2), 502pp. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1972.

1216

HUMMEL, REINHART. Indische Mission und neue Frömmigkeit im Westen. Religiöse Bewegungen Indiens in westlichen Kulturen. 312pp. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1980.

1217

HUNTER, G.R. The Script of Harappa and Mohenjodaro and Its Connection With Other Scripts. With an introduction by S. Langdon. (Studies in the History of Culture. 1.) xii, 210pp., 37 plates. 4to. Cloth. London (Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.), 1934.

1218

HUNTINGTON, SUSAN L. The Art of Ancient India: Buddhist, Hindu, Jain. With contributions by John C. Huntington. 786pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New York/Tokyo (Weatherhill), 1985.

1219

HUSAIN, AGHA MAHDI. Tughluq Dynasty. Containing a revised and enlarged edition of the “Rise & Fall of Muhammad ibn Tughluq....” (12), xl, 675, (1)pp. Illus. Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published Calcutta 1963. New Delhi (S. Chand & Co.), 1976.

1220

HUSSAIN, SALEH BIN. A History of Malaysia, 1945 to 1981. British military administration to Datuk Seri Dr. Mahathir Muhammad. (6), 127pp. 2 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. [Penang] (Malaysian-German Society), [1986].

1221

HUT’ CIN’, U”. A mya” sum” Mram` Ma An` Ga Lip` Pa Li a bhi dhan`. / The Universal Burmese-English-Pali Dictionary. 11, (1), 1064, (2)pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Ran` kun` Mrui’ (The Author), 1978.

1222

HUTHEESING, OTOME KLEIN. Emerging Sexual Inequality Among the Lisu of Northern Thailand. The waning of dog and elephant repute. xi, (1), 217, (5)pp., 12 plates. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1990.

1223

HUTT, MICHAEL J. Modern Literary Nepali. An introductory reader. (SOAS Studies on South Asia.) xv, (1), 286pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Oxford University Press), 199.

1224

HUTTON, J.H. The Sema Nagas. With...a foreword by Henry Balfour. xviii, (2), 463, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Orig. dec. cloth. London (Macmillan and Co.), 1921.

1225

HUYLER, STEPHEN P. Painted Prayers: Women’s Art in Village India. 203, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. London (Thames and Hudson), 1994.

1226

HYDERABAD. JAGDISH AND KAMLA MITTAL MUSEUM OF INDIAN ART. Jagdish and Kamla Mittal Museum of Indian Art, Hyderabad. 13, (45)pp. 4to. Wraps. Hyderabad, n.d.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

73

1227

IBN HASDAI, ABRAHAM BEN SAMUEL, HA-LEVI. Prinz und Derwisch/ Ben ha-melekh veha-nazir, oder die Makamen Ibn-Chisdais. Von W.A. Meisel. xii, (2), 288, (2)pp. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Stettin (Druck und Verlag von H.G. Effenbarts Erbinn [J.T. Bagmihl]), 1847.

1228

ICKE-SCHWALBE, LYDIA. Die Munda und Oraon in Chota Nagpur. Geschichte, Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. (Abhandlungen und Berichte des Staatlichen Museums für Völkerkunde, Dresden. Forschungsstelle. 40./ Monographien 6.) 200pp., 2 maps (1 folding). Frontis., 130 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1983.

1229

ICKE-SCHWALBE, LYDIA (EDITOR). Die Erzählungen von Visnu. Indische Mythen und Legenden aus dem Bhagavata Purana und Überlieferungen aus Tamilnadu und Orissa. (Orientalische Bibliothek.) 134pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1990.

1230

IGNATENKO, B.A. Karmannyi birmansko-russkii slovar’. 382pp. 12mo. Cloth. Moskva (Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo Inostrannykh i Natsional’nykh Slovarei), 1961.

1231

IKEDA, DAISAKU. Buddhismus. Das erste Jahrtausend. 256pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München (Nymphenburger), 1986.

1232

IKUNO, ZENNO. Biruma Bukkyo: Sono Jittai to shugyo. (Daizo sensho. 14.) 304pp., 3 folding maps. Prof. illus. Cloth. Tokyo (Daizo shuppan), 1975.

1233

ILANKOVATIKAL. The Cilappatikaram of Ilanko Atikal: An Epic of South India. Translated, with an introduction and postscript, by R. Parthasarathy. (Translations from the Asian Classics.) xix, (1), 426pp. Frontis., 1 map. 4to. Cloth. New York (Columbia University Press), 1992.

1234

IMANISHI, J. Das Pañcavastukam und die Pañcavastukavibhasa. (Abhidharmatexte in Sanskrit aus den Turfanfunden I). (Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen. I. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Jahrgang 1969, Nr. 1.) 31pp. 4to. Wraps. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1969.

1235

INDEN, RONALD B. Marriage and Rank in Bengali Culture. A history of caste and clan in Middle Period Bengal. (Publications of the Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies.) x, 161pp. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1976.

1236

INDISCHE MINIATUREN: DIE BHAGAVAD GITA. 47, (1)pp. 12 tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to. Boards. [Lausanne (“Astra-Klub”), 1968].

1237

INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOUTH ASIAN ARCHAEOLOGISTS (1ST : 1971 : CAMBRIDGE, ENG.) South Asian Archaeology. Papers from the first International Conference of South Asian Archaeologists held in the University of Cambridge. Edited by Norman Hammond. Foreword by Sir Mortimer Wheeler. xii, 308pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Park Ridge, N.J. (Noyes Press), 1973.

1238

INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOUTH ASIAN ARCHAEOLOGISTS (6TH : 1981 : CAMBRIDGE, ENG.) South Asian Archaeology 1981. Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference of the Association of South Asian Archaeologists in Western Europe held in Cambridge University, 5-10 July 1981. Edited by Bridget Allchin (with assistance from Raymond Allchin and Miriam Sidell). ix, (1), 346, (2)pp. Numerous text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1984.

1239

INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON BUDDHISM AND JAINISM (1976 : CUTTACK, INDIA). Souvenir: International Seminar on Buddhism and Jainism, January 1976. (20), 112pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Cuttack (Reception Committee, International Seminar on Buddhism and Jainism), 1976.

1240

INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON FOLK CULTURE (1978 : CUTTACK, ORISSA, INDIA). Souvenir: International Seminar on Folk Culture, [Cuttack, Orissa, India, 19th to 23rd] December, 1978. 34, (2), 62, (46), iv pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Orissa] (The Council of Cultural Growth and Cultural Relations/ Institute of Oriental and Orissan Studies), [1978].

1241

INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON FOLK CULTURE (1978 : CUTTACK, ORISSA, INDIA). Synopses of Papers to be Presented at the International Seminar on Folk Culture 19th to 22nd December, 1978. (113)pp. 4to. Wraps. [Orissa] (The Council of Cultural Growth and Cultural Relations/ Institute of Oriental and Orissan Studies), [1978].

1242

IONS, VERONICA. Indian Mythology. 139, (1)pp. 125 illus. (24 color). 4to. Cloth. London (Paul Hamlyn), 1967.

1243

IRVING, ROBERT GRANT. Indian Summer. Lutyens, Baker, and Imperial Delhi. x, 406pp. 273 illus. (numerous color). 4to. Wraps. Third printing.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

74

New Haven/ London (Yale University Press), 1984. 1244

ISAACS, RALPH & BLURTON, T. RICHARD. Visions from the Golden Land: Burma and the Art of Lacquer. 240pp. 185 illus. 4to. Wraps. London (British Museum Press), 2000.

1245

ISHERWOOD, CHRISTOPHER. Ramakrishna and His Disciples. (8), 348pp. 33 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. New York (Simon and Schuster), [1965].

1246

ISHII, YONEO, ET AL. An Index of Officials in Traditional Thai Governments. Volume I, Part 1: The Law of Civil Hierachy [sic] and The Law of Military & Provincial Hierachies [sic]. By Yoneo Ishii, Osamu Akagu, Shigeharu Tanabe. (The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University. Discussion Paper No. 76.) v, 179pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Kyoto (The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University), 1974.

1247

ISRAELI, RAPHAEL (EDITOR). The Crescent in the East: Islam in Asia Major. (2), 245pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. London/Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey (Curzon Press/ Humanities Press), 1982.

1248

IVANOV, L.G. Tseilon. 2 parts. I: Text. 16pp. Wraps. II: Map. 1 Lrg. folding map. Boards. Lrg. 8vo. Moskva (Glavnoe Upravlenie Geodezii i Kartografii pri Sovete Ministrov SSSR), 1971.

1249

IZIKOWITZ, KARL GUSTAV. Lamet: Hill Peasants in French Indochina. (Etnologiska Studier. 17.) 375, (1)pp. 129 illus. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Göteborg (Etnografiska Museet), 1951.

1250

JACOB, JUDITH M. A Concise Cambodian-English Dictionary. xxxiv, 242pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1974.

1251

JACOB, JUDITH M. Introduction to Cambodian. xii, 341pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1968.

1252

JACOB, JUDITH M. The Traditional Literature of Cambodia. A preliminary guide. (London Oriental Series. 40.) vii, (7), 282pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1996.

1253

JACOB, JUDITH M. & HAKSREA, KUOCH (TRANSLATORS). Reamker (Ramakerti), the Cambodian version of the Ramayana. (The Royal Asiatic Society: Oriental Translation Fund. N.S. 45.) xxxii, (2), 320pp. 4to. Cloth. London (The Royal Asiatic Society), [1986].

1254

JACOBS, JULIAN, ET AL. The Nagas: Society, Culture and the Colonial Encounter. [By] Julian Jacobs with Alan Macfarlane, Sarah Harrison and Anita Herle. (Hill Peoples of Northeast India.) 359pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth. London (Thams and Hudson), 1990.

1255

JACOBS, PETER. Bengalisches Feuer. Fotos: Thomas Billhardt. 184pp., 80 plates (32 color). Sm. 4to. Boards. Berlin (Berlag Neues Leben), 1973.

1256

JADHAV, C.G. Textile Dyeing and Hand-Printing in Madhya Pradesh. Foreword: A. Mitra. (Census of India 1961. Monograph Series Vol. I, Part VII-A [III], Monograph No. 3.) vi, v, (1), 129, (1)pp., 78 plates, 4 maps. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), [1970].

1257

JA‘FAR SHARIF. Islam in India, or, the Qanun-i-Islam. The Customs of the Musalmans of India. Comprising a full and exact account of their various rites and ceremonies from the moment of birth to the hour of death. Composed under the direction of, and translated by G.A. Herklots. New edition, revised and rearranged, with additions by William Crooke. xl, 374pp., 26 plates. Cloth. London (Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press), 1921.

1258

JAGAD-DEVA, SON OF DURLABHA-RAJA. Der Traumschlüssel des Jagaddeva. Ein Beitrag zur indischen Mantik von Julius von Negelein. (Religionsgeschichtliche Versuche und Vorarbeiten. Vol. XI#4.) xxiv, 428pp. 4to. Wraps. Giessen (Verlag von Alfred Töpelmann), 1912.

1259

JAGANNATHAN, SHAKUNTHALA. Hinduism: An Introduction. 84pp. 90 illus. (partly tipped-in color). 4to. Wraps. Bombay (Vakils, Feffer and Simons Ltd.), 1984.

1260

JAGGI, O.P. History of Science and Technology in India. Vols. 1 - 8, as follows: I: Dawn of Indian Technology (Pre- and Proto-historic Period). Foreword by D.S. Kothari. 12, (4), 144pp., 27 plates. 10 figs., 1 map. II. Dawn of Indian Science (Vedic and Upanishadic Period). Foreword by D.S. Kothari. xiii, (2), 248pp. Prof. illus. III: Folk Medicine. xxxii, 228pp., 20 plates.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

75

IV: Indian System of Medicine. (10), 260pp., 37 plates. V: Yogic and Tantric Medicine. xvi, 176pp., 50 plates. VI: Indian Astronomy and Mathematics. With the technical assistance of Vikram Jaggi. xiii, (3), 272pp., 8 plates. Text figs. VII: Science and Technology in Medieval India. (8), 258pp., 11 plates. VIII: Medicine in Medieval India. (8), 244pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi/Lucknow (Atma Ram & Sons), 1969-1981. 1261

JAIN, JYOTINDRA. Bavaji und Devi. Besessenheitskult und Verbrechen in Indien. 187, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Wien (Europaverlag), 1973.

1262

JAIN, JYOTINDRA. Kalighat Painting. Images from a changing world. 232pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Ahmedabad (Mapin Publishing), 1999.

1263

JAIN, KAILASH CHAND. Malwa Through the Ages: From the Earliest Time to 1305 A.D. xxvi, 555, (1)pp., 51 plates with 100 illus., 4 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1972.

1264

JAIN, S.K. Dictionary of Indian Folk Medicine and Ethnobotany. A reference manual of man-plant relationships, ethnic groups & ethnobotanists in India. Foreword by Richard Evans Schultes. xviii, 311pp., 16 color plates with 51 illus. 382 figs. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette. New Delhi (Deep Publications), 1991.

1265

JAINA, JYOTIPRASAD. Religion and Culture of the Jains. (Jñanapitha Murtidevi granthamala: English Series. 6.) xi, (1), 196pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. New Delhi (Bharatiya Jnanpith Publications), 1975.

1266

JAKARTA. LEMBAGA KEBUDAJAAN INDONESIA. MUSEUM. Short Guide to the Museum. Second revised edition. 43pp. 10 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Jakarta, 1954.

1267

JAMIESON, NEIL L. Understanding Vietnam. xv, (1), 428pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1993.

1268

JANSE, OLOV R.T. Archaeological Research in Indo-China. (Harvard-Yenching Institute. Monographie Series. Vols. VII & X./ Institut Belge des Hautes Études Chinoises [for Vol. III].) 3 vols. I: The District of Chiu-Chên During the Han Dynasty: Central Considerations and Plates. xl, 73, (3)pp., 169 plates with facing commentary. 58 text figs. II: The District of ChiuChên During the Han Dynasty: Description and Comparative Study of the Finds. viii, (4), 300, (2)pp., 43 plates with facing commentary (3 color with overlays). 144 text figs., 1 map. III: The Ancient Dwelling-site of Ðông-So'n (Thanh-Hoá, Annam): General Description and Plates. 114, (2)pp., 86 plates with facing commentary. 44 figs. Sm. folio. Cloth. Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1947-1951; Bruges (St.-Catherine Press), 1958.

1269

JANSE, OLOV. Ljusmannens gåta. Arkehologiska upplevelser i Sydöstasien. 253, (1)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Stockholm (Rabén & Sjögren), 1959.

1270

[JANSEN, F.C.] Bahasa Indonesia für Anfänger. Von Guru Ferdinand. (140)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Amsterdam (Modjopahit), 1984.

1271

JANSEN, MICHAEL. Die Indus-Zivilisation. Wiederentdeckung einer frühen Hochkultur. Mit einem Beitrag von Alexandra Ardeleanu. (DuMont Dokumente.) 304, (8)pp. 148 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1986.

1272

JANSEN, ROLAND. Die Bhavani von Tuljapur. Religionsgeschichtliche Studien des Kultes einer Göttin der indischen Volksreligion. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 168.) xv, (1), 304, (2)pp. 2 maps. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1995.

1273

JANSZ, P. Javaansche spraakkunst. Geheel omgewerkte, vermeerderde en verbeterde uitgave van de kleine Javaansche spraakkunst. xxxi, (1), 510pp. Wraps. Samarang (G.C.T. van Dorp & Co.), 1893.

1274

JAPANESE STUDIES IN ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL INDIAN HISTORY. (Acta Asiatica. Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture. 43.) vi, (2), 114pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo (The Toho Gakkai), 1982.

1275

JAPANESE STUDIES IN INDIAN PHILOSOPHY. (Acta Asiatica. Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture. 57.) v, (3), 105pp. Figs. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

76

Tokyo (The Toho Gakkai), 1989. 1276

JASPAN, M.A. Folk Literature of South Sumatra: Redjang Ka-Ga-Nga Texts. 92pp. 8 plates. 4to. Wraps. Canberra (The Australian National University), 1964.

1277

JASPER, J.E. & PIRNGADIE, MAS. De inlandsche kunstnijverheid in Nederlandsch Indië. I [all published]: Het vlechtwerk. 240, xl pp., 82 plates. 369 text illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Reprint, limited to 1000 numbered copies, of the The Hague 1912 edition. Amsterdam (Drukkerij Bevrijding), 1998.

1278

JAVAANSCHE ALMANAK./ SERAT PANANGGALAN. Year: 1908 [=Vol. 55]. Orig. wraps. Semarang, Soerabaia (G.C.T. van Dorp & Co.), 1908.

1279

JAYAGOPALA. Sampurna sacitra adarsa Valmikiya Ramayana bhasha. Racayita, Kaviraja Pam. Jayagopala 'Vidya Bandara'. 519pp. 4to. Plastic covers. Dilli (Hinda Pustaka Bhandara), [197_?].

1280

JAYAKAR, PUPUL. The Earthen Drum. An introduction to the ritual arts of rural India. xv, (3), 304pp. 299 illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (National Museum), n.d.

1281

JAYANAMA, DIRECK. Thailand im Zweiten Weltkrieg. Vom Kriegsausbruch in Europa bis zu Hiroshima. Ein Dokument der Zeitgeschichte Asiens. 311, (1)pp., 8 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Tübingen/Basel (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1970.

1282

JAYAWARDENA-MOSER, PREMALATHA. Aufbauwortschatz Singhalesisch-Deutsch. xvii, (3), 229pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Harrassowitz Verlag), 1996.

1283

JAYAWARDENA-MOSER, PREMALATHA. Grundwortschatz Singhalesisch-Deutsch. Mit einer grammatischen Übersicht./ Simhala-Jarman sabda kosaya: Mulika vacana malava. xiv, 210, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Harrassowitz Verlag), 1993.

1284

JEFFERY, PATRICIA. Purdah: Muslimische Frauen in Indien. 195, (5)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Berlin (EXpress Edition), 1985.

1285

JENNER, PHILIP N., ET AL. (EDITORS). Austroasiatic Studies. Edited by Philip N. Jenner, Laurence C. Thompson, Stanley Starosta. (Oceanic Linguistics Special Publications. 13.) 2 vols. xii, 1343pp. 4to. Wraps. Honolulu (The Univerity Press of Hawaii), 1976.

1286

JENSEN, AD. E. Die drei Ströme. Züge aus dem geistigen und religiösen Leben der Wemale, einem Primitiv-Volk in den Molukken. (Ergebnisse der Frobenius-Expedition 1937-38 in die Molukken und nach Holländisch Neu-Guinea. 2.) xi, (1), 319, (1)pp., 28 plates, 1 folding map. 33 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (Otto Harrassowitz), 1948.

1287

JENSEN, HANS. Grammatik der Kanaresischen Schriftsprache. (Lehrbücher für das Studium der orientalischen und afrikanischen Sprachen. 17.) 187pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1969.

1288

JENSEN, HERMAN. A Classified Collection of Tamil Proverbs. xxiv, 499pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the London 1897 edition. New Delhi Asian Educational Services (1986).

1289

JESSUP, HELEN IBBETSON. Court Arts of Indonesia. 288pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at The Asia Society, New York, Sept.-Dec. 1990. New York (Harry N. Abrams), 1990.

1290

JEST, CORNEILLE. Tarap, une vallée dans l’Himalaya. Postface d’André Leroi-Gourhan. (Les Jours de l’Homme.) 157pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Stiff wraps. Paris (Éditions du Seuil), 1974.

1291

JETTMAR, GABRIELE. Die Holztempel des Oberen Kulutales in ihren historischen, religiösen und kunstgeschichtlichen Zusammenhängen. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 2.) 133, (1)pp., 48 plates. 27 text figs. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1974.

1292

JEYA SANKHAYA. Rvhe bhum nidan`”. Lha Sa min` taññ`” phrat` saññ`./ Shwe bon nidun, by Jeya Thingaya. 16, 214pp. Illus. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

77

Ran` kun` (Hamsavati Pum nhip` tuik`), 1963. 1293

JINDEL, RAJENDRA. Culture of a Sacred Town. A sociological study of Nathdwara. ix, (3), 233pp., 5 plates (1 color) with 9 illus. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Popular Prakashan), 1976.

1294

JODOIN, CLAUDE (EDITOR). Gaya mahatmya. Édition critique, traduction française et introduction par Claude Jacques. (Publications de l’Institut Français d’Indologie. 20.) lxvi, 432, (2)pp., 18 plates (1 folding), 1 double-page folding map. 4to. Wraps. (detached). Pondichéry (Institut Français d’Indologie), 1962.

1295

JØRGENSEN, HANS. A Dictionary of the Classical Newari. (Det. Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Historiskfilologiske Meddelelser. XXIII, 1.) 178pp. 4to. Wraps. Copenhagen (Levin & Munksgaard), 1936.

1296

JØRGENSEN, HANS. Batisaputrikakatha: The Tales of the Thirty-Two Statuettes. A Newari recension of the Simhasanadvatrimsatika. Edited and translated with explanatory notes. (Det Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Historisk-filologiske Meddelelser. XXIV, 2.) 372pp. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Copenhagen (Ejnar Munksgaard), 1939.

1297

JOHARI, HARISH. Lila, das kosmische Spiel. Vorwort: Claudio Naranjo. 133pp. 1 lrg. folding color plate, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Sm. oblong 4to. Boards. Basel (Sphinx Verlag), 1976.

1298

JOHARI, HARISH. Wege zum Tantra. Vorbereitung und Durchführung tantrischer Rituale. 153, (3)pp., 17 color plates. 94 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Freiburg i.Br. (Verlag Hermann Bauer), 1987.

1299

JOHNSON, GORDON. Indien und Pakistan, Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka. (Weltatlas der alten Kulturen.) 240pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. München (Christian Verlag), 1995.

1300

JONES, JOHN R. Vietnam Now. 143pp. Most prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Bourne End, Bucks. (Aston Publications), 1989.

1301

JONES, ROBERT B., ET AL. Pramuan khwamriang bettalet. / Thai Cultural Reader. 2 vols. I: [By] Robert B. Jones, Ruchira C. Mendiones, Craig J. Reynolds. Second revised edition. viii, 517pp. II: [By] Robert B. Jones, Ruchira C. Mendiones. viii, 791pp. 4to. Wraps. Ithaca (Cornell University, Southeast Asia Program), 1976; 1969.

1302

JONES, ROBERT B., JR. & HUYNH, SANH THÔNG. Introduction to Spoken Vietnamese. (American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications Series B: Aids. 8.) xiv, 258pp. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (American Council of Learned Societies), 1957.

1303

JONES, ROBERT B. & MENDIONES, RUCHIRA C. Pramuan wannakam Thai bang ru’ang. / Introduction to Thai Literature. vii, (1), 563pp. 4to. Wraps. Ithaca (Cornell University, Southeast Asia Program), 1970.

1304

JOSHI, N.P. Iconography of Balarama. xii, (2), 135, (3)pp., 37 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1979.

1305

JOSHI, O.P. Painted Folklore and Folklore Painters of India. A study with reference to Rajasthan. xi, (3),119pp., 5 color plates. 29 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Concept Publishing Company), 1976.

1306

JOSSELIN DE JONG, P.E. DE. Minangkabau and Negri Sembilan. Socio-political structure in Indonesia. viii, 208pp., 1 plate. 6 maps, text figs. 4to. Boards. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1952.

1307

JOTI KALYANAMITRA. Photchananukrom sathapattayakam læ sinlapa kieonu’ang. 842pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. [Bangkok] (Kanfaifa Fai Phalit hæng Prathet Thai), 1975.

1308

JOTIMUTTU, P. A Guide to Tamil by the Direct Method. xx, 264pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Madras (The Christian Literature Society), 1965.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

78

1309

JOUIN, BERNARD Y. La mort et la tombe. L’abandon de la tombe. Les cérémonies, prières et sacrifices se rapportant à ces très importantes manifestations de la vie des autochtones du Darlac. (Université de Paris. Travaux et Mémoires de l’Institut d’Éthnologie. 52.) viii, 260, (6)pp. 43 illus. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Institut d’Éthnologie), 1949.

1310

JOUSTRA, M. Batakspiegel. Tweede, vermeerderde druk. (Uitgaven van het Bataksch Instituut. 21.) xvi, (2), 382pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 1 map in text. 4to. Wraps. Leiden (S.C. van Doesburgh), 1926.

1311

JOUSTRA, M. Karo-Bataksch woordenboek. xi, (1), 232pp. 4to. New cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1907.

1312

JOUVEAU-DUBREUIL, G. Iconography of Southern India. 135, (7)pp., 78 plates. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Paul Geuthner), 1937.

1313

JUDAH, J. STILLSON. Hare Krishna and the Counterculture. xviii, 301pp. Frontis., 7 figs. 4to. Cloth. New York/London (John Wiley & Sons), 1974.

1314

JUDSON, A. A Grammar of the Burmese Language. Revised. 66pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. Rangoon (Baptist Board of Publications), 1951.

1315

JUDSON, ADONIRAM. Judson’s Burmese-English Dictionary. Unabridged centenary edition as revised and enlarged by Robert C. Stevenson and F.H. Eveleth./ Yudasan` Mran` ma Angalip` abhidhan`. (4), 1123pp. 4to. Cloth. Rangoon (Baptist Board of Publications), 1953.

1316

JUERGENSMEYER, MARK. Radhasoami Reality: The Logic of a Modern Faith. xii, 271pp. 19 illus. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1991.

1317

JUYNBOLL, H.H. Kawi-Balineesch-Nederlandsch glossarium op het Oudjavaansche Râmâyana. (Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië.) vi, 644pp. Lrg. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1902.

1318

JUYNBOLL, H.H. Oudjavaansch-Nederlandsche woordenlijst. x, 685pp. 4to. Buckram. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1923.

1319

KAB KE PAM TUAG. 335pp. Illus. Wraps. Hmong “Ritual for the Dead.” Vees Cas, 1973.

1320

KAB TSHOOB KEV KOS. 150pp. Illus. Wraps. Hmong “Wedding Ceremonial, Rules and Songs.” Vees Cas, 1974.

1321

KACHRU, YAMUNA & PANDHARIPANDE, RAJESHWARI. Intermediate Hindi. / Madhyamika Hindi. (12), 78, (2), 83pp. 4to. Boards. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1988.

1322

KÄHLER, HANS. Grammatik der Bahasa Indonésia. Mit Chrestomathie und Wörterverzeichnis. Zweite, revidierte Auflage. (Porta Linguarum Orientalium. N.S. 2.) vii, (1), 325pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1965.

1323

KAHLO, GERHARD & SIMON-BÄRWINKEL, ROSEMARIE. Wörterbuch Deutsch-Indonesisch. Third edition. xxiv, 400pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1978.

1324

KAHN, ED. Nauthars of Nepal. (HRAFlex Books, AK 1-002. Ethnocentrism Series.) 3 vols. viii, 643 ff. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files), 1972.

1325

KALE, B.D. A Survey of Handicrafts in South Mysore. A study of the economics of twelve crafts being pursued at certain important centres in eleven Southern districts of Mysore State. Foreword by D.R. Gadgil. (Institute of Economic Research. Publication No. 1.) (16), 501pp. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Institute of Economic Research/ Bhatkal Books International), 1963.

1326

KALHANA. Rajatarangini; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir. Edited by M.A. Stein. 3 vols. I: Introduction. Books IVII. xxxi, (1), 402pp. II: Book VIII. Notes. Geographical memoir. Index. Maps. iv, 555pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. III: Sanskrit Text With Critical Notes. xxi, (3), 296pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1900. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1988-1989.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

79

1327

KALHANA. Rajatarangini: The Saga of the Kings of Kasmir. Translated from the original Samskrta and entitled “The River of Kings,” with an introduction, annotations, appendices, index, etc. by Ranjit Sitaram Pandit. Foreword: Jawaharlal Nehru. xli, (1), 783pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Sahitya Akademi), 1968.

1328

KALIDASA. Abhijñana-Sakuntala. Translated from the Bengali recension by M.B. Emeneau. xii, 115pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1962.

1329

KALIDASA. The Abhijñanasakuntalam of Kalidasa With the Commentary of Râghavabhatta, various readings, introduction, literal translation, exhaustive notes and appendices. Edited by M.R. Kale. Sixth edition, revised and enlarged. 67, (1), 220, 83, (1), 210pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Bombal (Gopal Narayan & Co.), 1925.

1330

KALIDASA. Kâlidâsa’s Çakuntalâ. The Bengâlî recension. With critical notes edited by Richard Pischel. xi, (1), 209pp. 4to. Orig. cloth. Kiel (Schwers), 1877.

1331

KALIDASA. The Kreis der Jahreszeiten (Rtusamhara). Nach der metrischen Übersetzung P. von Bohlens neu herausgegeben, mit Anmerkungen und einem Nachwort versehen von Herman Kreyenborg. (Insel-Bücherei. 282.) 60, (4)pp. Boards. Leipzig (Insel-Verlag), n.d.

1332

KALIDASA. Meghaduta, das ist Der Wolkenbote. Ein Gedicht von Kalidasa. Aus dem Sanskrit metrisch übersetzt von Ludwig Fritze. 77pp. 12mo. Orig. cloth. Chemnitz (Verlag von Ernst Schmeitzner), 1879.

1333

KALIDASA. The Meghadûta of Kâlidâsa With the Commentary (Sanjîvinî) of Mallinâtha. Edited with explanatory English notes and various readings by Nârâyana Bâlakrishna Godabole and Vâsudev Laxman Shâstrî Panasîkar./ Mahakavisrikalidasaviracitam meghadutam: Mallinathakrtasamjivinisametam. (2), 87, (1), 40pp. Wraps., 1/4 cloth. Bombay (Tukârâm Jâvajî), 1911.

1334

KALIDASA. Meghadûtam, “Die Wolke als Botin.” Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Herbert Günther. v, 55 ff. 4to. Wraps. Mimeograph. N.p. (Privately Printed), 1935.

1335

KAMBAR, CHANDRASEKHARA. Kannada janapada visvakosa. 2 vols. viii, 1906pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Bengaluru (Kannada Sahitya Parisattu), 1985.

1336

KAMMERER, CORNELIA ANN & TANNENBAUM, NICOLA (EDITORS). Merit and Blessing in Mainland Southeast Asia in Comparative Perspective. (Yale Southeast Asia Studies. Monograph 45.) xi, (1), 263pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Haven (Yale University Southeast Asia Studies), 1996.

1337

KAMUS BESAR BAHASA INDONESIA. Tim penyusun kamus, Pusat Pembinaan dan Pengembangan Bahasa. Second edition. xix, (1), 1090pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Jakarta (Departemen Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan/ Balai Pustaka), 1989.

1338

KANADA. Kanadamunipranitam Vaisesikadarsanam: Tarkarnava Panditaratna (Uttamur) Sriviraraghavacaryaviracita-Rasayanakhya-vyakhyopetam. / Kanãda’s Vaiseshika darsana with Rasayana-Commentary. By...Sri Uttamur T. Viraraghavacharya. 18, 32, 309pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Madras (Privately Printed), 1958.

1339

KANE, PANDURANGA VAMANA. History of Dharmasastra (Ancient and Medieval Religious and Civil Law in India). [Second Edition], revised and enlarged. (Government Oriental Series. Class B, No. 6.) 5 vols. in 8 parts. 4to. Buckram. Poona (Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute), 1968-1977.

1340

KANO, HIROYOSHI. Land Tenure System and the Desa Community in Nineteenth-Century Java. (Institute of Developing Economies, Tokyo. Special Paper No. 5.) 40pp. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo (Institute of Developing Economies), 1977.

1341

KANO, KATSUHIKO. Roruwarin-Sherupa no keizai to shakai. / Economy and Society of the Rolwaling Sherpas. (Ritoru warudo kenkyu hokoku. 3.) xviii, 43, (1)pp. 17 illus., 2 maps. 4to. Wraps. English-language summary. Nagoya (Ningen Hakubutsukan Ritory Warudo), 1979.

1342

KANO, TADAO. Tonan Ajia minzokugaku senshigaku kenkyu. [Dai 1-kan]. 424, 4, 9, (1)pp., 32 plates, 1 folding chart. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Tokyo (Yajima Shobo), 1946.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

80

1343

KANO, TADAO. Tonan Ajia minzokugaku senshigaku kenkyu. / Studies in the Ethnology and Prehistory of Southeast Asia. Vol. II. viii, 170pp., 32 plates. 24 text figs. Cloth. Tokyo (Yajima Shobo), 1952.

1344

KANT-ACHILLES, MALLY, ET AL. Wayang beber. Das wiederentdeckte Bildrollen-Drama Zentral-Javas. [Von] Mally KantAchilles, Friedrich Seltmann, Rüdiger Schumacher. 262, (2)pp. 213 illus. hors texte. 79 text illus. ( 55 color). Sm. folio. Cloth. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1990.

1345

KANTOWSKY, DETLEF. Bilder und Briefe aus einem indischen Dorf. Rameshvar 1965-1985. 255, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Frankfurt/New York (Edition Qumran im Campus Verlag), 1986.

1346

KANTOWSKY, DETLEF. Von Südasien lernen. Erfahrungen in Indien und Sri Lanka. 206, (2)pp. Wraps. Frankfurt/New York (Edition Qumran im Campus Verlag), 1985.

1347

KAPP, DIETER B. Ein Menschenschöpfungsmythos der Mundas und seine Parallelen. (Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes. Vol. 43#2.) (6), 67pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft/ Franz Steiner), 1977.

1348

KAPUR, DARYAI LAL. Call of the Great Master. Third edition, revised. xlv, (1), 268, (4)pp., 3 plates (1 color). 4to. Cloth. Beas, Punjab (Radha Soami Satsang), 1972.

1349

KAPUR, PROMILLA. The Life and World of Call-Girls in India. A socio-psychological study of the aristocratic prostitute. x, (2), 368pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1978.

1350

KAR, CHINTAMONI. Indian Metal Sculpture. viii, 46pp., 61 plates. Cloth. London (Alec Tiranti), 1952.

1351

KARMA LEKSHE TSOMO, BHIKSUNI (EDITOR). Töchter des Buddha. Leben und Alltag spiritueller Frauen im Buddhismus heute. 326, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. München (Diederichs), 1991.

1352

KARNOW, STANLEY. Vietnam: A History. xiii, (1), 752pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. London (Century Publishing), 1984.

1353

KAROW, OTTO. Burmese Buddhist Sculpture: The Johan Möger Collection. (2), 158pp. 127 illus. 4to. Buckram. Bangkok (White Lotus), 1991.

1354

KAROW, OTTO. Vietnamesisch-deutsches Wörterbuch. / Tu’-dien Viet-Ðu’c. xv, (1), 1086pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1972.

1355

KAROW, OTTO. (EDITOR). Märchen aus Vietnam. 278, (2)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Düsseldorf/Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1972.

1356

KAROW, OTTO & HILGERS-HESSE, IRENE. Indonesisch-deutsches Wörterbuch. / Kamus Bahasa Indonesia-Djerman. Zweite, verbesserte und ergänzte Auflage. xx, 491pp. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1978.

1357

KATHIRAIVER PILLAI, NA. N. Kathiraiver Pillai's Tamil Moli Akarathi: Tamil-Tamil Dictionary. / Na. Kathiraiver Pillayin Tamil Moliyakarati: Tamil-Tamil akarathi. Tiruttiyadu Kanci Nagalinga Mudaliyar. Sixth revised & enlarged edition. x, 1336, 368pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1918. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1981.

1358

KATS, JACOB. Poespa warni: Pepetikan serat djawi, ingkang mawi sekar. xi, (3), 274pp. 4to. Wraps. Title on spine: Bloemlezing uit Javaansche poëzie. [Weltevreden] (Visser & Co.), 1926.

1359

KATS, J. Het Râmâyana op Javaansche tempel reliefs. / The Ramayana As Sculptured in Reliefs in Javanese Temples. 20, (2)pp. 93 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Dutch and English. Batavia/Leiden (G. Kolff & Co.), n.d.

1360

KAUFFMANN, HANS E. Deutsch-Thai: Wörterliste im Auszug. (206)pp. 27pp. Addenda loosely inserted, as issued. Sm. 4to. Wraps. München (Privately Printed), 1966.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

81

1361

KAUFFMANN, HANS E. Some Social and Religious Institutions of the Lawa (N.W.-Thailand). Part I. (Reprinted from Journal of the Siam Society, Vol. 60, Part 1& 65, Part 1.) 2 vols. (70)pp., 1 folding map. 12 illus.; (62)pp. 34 figs. 4to. Wraps. [Bangkok] (The Siam Society), 1972-1977.

1362

KAUFFMANN, HANS E. & SCHNEIDER, MARIUS. Lieder aus den Naga-Bergen (Assam). (Extrait d’Ethnomusicologie II [Colloques du Wégimont] 1960.) 109pp. 4to. Wraps. Liège (Imprimerie George Michiels), 1960.

1363

KAUFFMANN, HANS-EBERHARD. Die Feldbauriten der Sema-Naga in Assam. (Anthropos. Sonderabdruck, Band 61.) (76)pp., 1 plate, 1 folding plan. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Fribourg (Anthropos), 1966.

1364

KAUFMAN, HOWARD KEVA. Bangkhuad. A community study in Thailand. (Monographs of the Association for Asian Studies. 10.) viii, 251pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1977.

1365

KAUFMANN, WALTER. Altindien. Unter Mitarbeit von Joep Bor, Wim van der Merr und Emmie te Nijenhuis. (Musikgeschichte in Bildern. Band II: Musik des Altertums. Lieferung 8.) 207pp. 140 illus. Folio. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Deutscher Verlag für Musik), 1981.

1366

KAUTALYA. Das altindische Buch vom Welt- und Staatsleben: Das Arthaçastra des Kautilya. Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt und mit Einleitung und Anmerkungen versehen von Johann Jakob Meyer. lxxxviii, 983pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth. Leipzig (Otto Harrassowitz), 1926.

1367

(KAUTALYA) KANGLE, R.P. The Kautiliya Arthasastra. (University of Bombay Studies. Sanskrit, Prakrit and Pali. 1-3.) Part I: A Critical Edition with a Glossary. Second edition. 20, 283, (1), 59pp. II: An English Translation with Critical and Explanatory notes. Second edition. 519, (1)pp. Part III: A Study. 2, (4), 302, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (University of Bombay), 1969-1972; 1965.

1368

KAVIRAJ, GOPI NATH. Gleanings from the History and Bibliography of the Nyaya-Vaisesika Literature. (Reprinted from Indian Studies: Past & Present, vol. 2#4, and vol. 3#1.) (2), 85pp. 4to. Boards. Calcutta (Indian Studies: Past & Present), 1961.

1369

KAVISVARA. Mayúra sandésa, or Peacock Message. Being a Sinhalese poem in high classics by an unknown author. Edited with a commentary by W.F. Gunawardhana. xxxvi, ii, (2), 206pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 3/4 cloth. English-language preface; Sinhalese-language text. Colombo (B. Charles Fernando/ Maha-Bodhi Press), 1928.

1370

KAWAKITA, JIRO. Choso no kuni: Hikyo Himaraya tankenki. (Kappa bukkusu.) 277, (1), 18pp., 8 plates, 1 double-page map. Numerous text illus. Wraps. D.j. Tokyo (Kobunsha), 1960.

1371

KAWAKITA, JIRO. Neparu okoku tankenki: Nihonjin sekai no yane o yuku. (Kappa bukkusu.) 320, (2), 20, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Wraps. D.j. Tokyo (Kobunsha), 1960.

1372

KEAY, JOHN. India Discovered: The Achievement of the British Raj. Photographed by Clive Friend. 288pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. [London] (Windward), [1981].

1373

KEAY, JOHN. Into India. Third edition. 202pp., 8 plates, 2 maps. Figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. London (John Murray), 1975.

1374

KEESEE, ALLEN P.K. An English-Spoken Khmer Dictionary. With romanized writing system, usage and idioms and notes on Khmer speech and grammar. (2), 291pp. 4to. Cloth. London/New York (Kegan Paul International), 1996.

1375

KEILHAUER, ANNELIESE. Buddhismus. (Die Religionen Indiens. 2.) 208pp. 26 illus., 52 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Indoculture Verlag), 1980.

1376

KEILHAUER, ANNELIESE. Hinduismus. Eine Einführung in die Welt des Hinduismus. Zweite verbesserte und erweiterte Auflage. (Die Religionen Indiens. 1.) 232pp. 39 illus., 15 figs. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Indoculture Verlag), 1981.

1377

KEILHAUER, ANNELIESE & KEILHAUER, PETER. Die Bildsprache des Hinduismus. Die indische Götterwelt und ihre Symbolik. 267, (5)pp. 206 illus. (2 color). Stiff wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

82

Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1983. 1378

KEILHAUER, ANNELIESE & KEILHAUER, PETER. Ladakh und Zanskar. Lamaistische Klosterkultur im Land zwischen Indien und Tibet. (DuMont Dokumente: Kunst-Reiseführer.) 414, (4)pp. 106 illus., figs. Lrg. 8vo. Stiff wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1980.

1379

KEILHAUER, A. & KEILHAUER, P. Rajasthan, Indiens Königsland. 159, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Wels (Verlag Welsermühl), 1983.

1380

KEITH, A. BERRIEDALE. A History of Sanskrit Literature. xxxvi, 575, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Oxford/ London (Oxford University Press), 1956.

1381

KEITH, ARTHUR BERRIEDALE. The Veda of the Black Yajus School, Entitled Taittiriya Sanhita. Translated from the original Sanskrit prose and verse. (Harvard Oriental Series. 18-19.) 2 vols. I: Kandas I-III. II: Kandas IV-VII. clxxv, (1), 658pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Cambridge 1914 edition. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1967.

1382

KEITH, A. BERRIEDALE (TRANSLATOR). Rigveda Brahmanas: The Aitareya and Kausitaki Brahmanas of the Rigveda. Translated from the original Sanskrit. (Harvard Oriental Studies. 25.) xii, 555pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Cambridge 1920 edition. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1981.

1383

KELKAR, D.G. Lamps of India. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad. (64)pp. 123 illus. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (The Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting), 1961.

1384

KELLNER, HERMANN CAMILLO. Sâvitrî, oder der Triumph ehelicher Treue. Eine brahmanische Legende aus dem Mahâbhârata. Übersetzt, eingeleitet und mit Anmerkungen versehen. 63pp. 12mo. Wraps. Leipzig (Philipp Reclam jun.), n.d.

1385

KELLNER, HERMANN CAMILLO (EDITOR). Das Lied vom Könige Nala. Erstes Lehrbuch für Anfänger im Sanskrit. Nach didaktischen Grundzügen bearbeitet und in transkribiertem Texte mit Wörterbuch herausgegeben. x, (2), 251, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1885.

1386

KELLY, KRISTIN. The Extraordinary Museums of Southeast Asia. 224pp. Prof illus. 4to. Wraps. New York (Harry N. Abrams), 2001.

1387

KEMLIN, J.E. Alliances chez les Reungao. (Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Vol. 17#4.) 119pp. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1917.

1388

KENNEDY, J. A History of Malaya. Second edition. xi, (1), 364pp., 8 plates. 16 maps. 4to. Cloth. Ex-library. London (Macmillan, St. Martin’s Press), 1970.

1389

KERN, FRITZ. Asoka: Kaiser und Missionar. Herausgegeben von Willibald Kirfel. 207, (1)pp., 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bern (Francke Verlag), 1956.

1390

KERN, H. Eene Indische sage in Javaansch gewaad. Met Javaanschen tekst. (Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam.) 32, 13pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Amsterdam (C.G. van der Post), 1876.

1391

KERN, H. Wrtta-sañc’aya. Oudjavaansch leerdicht over versbouw in Kawi-tekst en Nederlandsche vertaling. (2), 207pp. 4to. Orig. wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1875.

1392

KERN, H. (EDITOR). Ramayana kakawin. ./ Râmâyana, Oudjavaansch heldendicht. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Landen Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Indië.) (2), vii, (1), 316, 20pp. Folio. Boards, 1/4 cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1900.

1393

KERR, ALLEN D. Lao-English Dictionary. Assisted by Sing Bourommavong, Samreung Singhavara, Houmpheng Phetmongkhonh, Somsangouane Luongsisomkham. (Publications in the Languages of Asia. 2.) 2 vols. xxiv, (2), 1223pp. 4to. Cloth. Washington, D.C. (Consortium Press/ The Catholic University of America Press), 1972.

1394

KETKAR, SHRIDHAR VENKATESH. Maharashtriya jñanakosa. Yathamula 2. avrtti. 23 vols. 4to. Buckram. Mumbai (Jñanakosakara Da. Ketakara Smrti Mandala), 1920-1929.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

83

1395

KEYES, CHARLES F. (EDITOR). Ethnic Adaptation and Identity. The Karen on the Thai frontier with Burma. ix, (1), 278pp., 4 plates. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Philadelphia (Institute for the Study of Human Issues), 1979.

1396

KHAN MAJLIS, BRIGITTE. Gewebte Botschaften: Indonesische Traditionen im Wandel. / Indonesian Textile Tradition in Course of Time. With contributions by Christiane Brauer; edited by Manfred Boetzkes and Johann Borwin Lüth. 432pp. 418 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Roemer-Museum, Hildesheim. Parallel texts in German and English. Hildesheim (Roemer-Museum), n.d.

1397

KHAN MAJLIS, BRIGITTE. Indonesische Textilien: Wege zu Göttern und Ahnen. Bestandskatalog der Museen in Nordrhein-Westfalen. 373pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Köln (Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museum für Völkerkunde), 1984.

1398

KHANNA, MADHU. Das grosse Yantra-Buch. Das Tantra-Symbol der kosmischen Einheit. Mit einem Vorwort von Ajit Mookerjee. 176pp. 95 plates (38 color), 86 text figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Freiburg i.Br. (Aurum Verlag), 1980.

1399

KHANOLKAR, GANGADHAR DEORAO. The New Standard Dictionary. Marathi-English-Marathi. / [Di nyu stêndarda diksanari. Marathi-ingraji-marathi.] Vols. II-III. pp. (10), 1281-2526. 4to. Cloth. Mumbai (Kesava Bhikaji Dhavale), 1977-1985.

1400

KHAUNDABHATTA. The Sphotanirnaya (Chapter XIV of the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara). Edited with introduction, translation, and critical and exegetical notes by S.D. Joshi. (Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class C. No. 2.) v, (1), 244pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Pune (University of Poona), 1967.

1401

KHIN MYO CHI, DAW. Anawrahta of Burma. Cover design by U Ba Kyi. 217pp., 2 plates. 4to. Stiff wraps. Rangoon (The Author/ Maung Thein Tan, Thihayatana Press), 1979.

1402

KHIN MYO CHI, DAW. Burmese Scenes & Sketches. 240pp. Figs. Wraps. Rangoon (Nilar Publications), 1977.

1403

KHIN MYO CHI, DAW. Colourful Burma. A collection of stories & sketches. Enlarged edition. (2), 444pp. Wraps. Rangoon (Nilar Publications), 1978.

1404

KHIN SOK. La grammaire du khmer moderne. Préface de Claude Hagège, iv, (2), 620pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions You-feng), 1999.

1405

KHIN SOK. Manuel de khmer. Volume I [all published to date]./ Siavbhau rian Khmaer. Riaprian toy Ghin Sukh. xii, (2), 305pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions You-feng), 2000.

1406

KHING, HOC DY. Contribution à l’histoire de la littérature khmère. (Collection “Recherches Asiatiques.” Travaux du Centre d’Histoire et Civilisations de la Péninsule Indochinoise.) 2 vols. I: Littérature de l’époque “Classique” (XVe-XIXe siècles). vi, 272, (8)pp. II: Écrivains et expressions littéraires du Cambodge au XXème siècle. vi, 275, (7)pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions L’Harmattan), 1990-1993.

1407

KHOO, JOO EE. The Straits Chinese: A Cultural History. 288pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Amsterdam/Kuala Lumpur (The Pepin Press), 1996.

1408

KHRU’ANGRU’AN RATTANAKOSIN. / Rattanakosin Home Furnitures. 224pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Englishlanguage captions. [Bangkok] (Ko. Samphan chatchamnai), 1981.

1409

KHUSHWANT SINGH. A History of the Sikhs. 2 vols. I: 1469-1839. xiii, (3), 419pp., 4 plates. 4 maps. II: 1839-1964. xi, (1), 395pp., 10 plates. 4 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1963-1966.

1410

KHUSHWANT SINGH. Die Sikhs. Fotos: Raghu Rai. 144, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Sachsenheim (Burg Verlag), 1986.

1411

KHUSHWANT SINGH. The Sikhs Today. Their religion, history, culture, customs and way of life. Edited by Rahul Singh. 94pp., 16 plates. Wraps. New Delhi (Sangam Books), 1976.

1412

KIELHORN, FRANZ. Grammatik der Sanskrit-Sprache. xiii, (1), 238pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Berlin 1888 edition.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

84

Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1965. 1413

KIELHORN, FRANZ & BÜHLER, GEORG (EDITORS). Das Pañchatantra. (Bombay Sanskrit Series. 4, 3, 1.) 5 parts in 3 vols., bound in 1. Pañchatantra I: Sixth edition. 94, 39, 3pp. Pañchatantra II-III: Fourth edition. 89, (3)pp. Pañchatantra IV-V: Fourth edition. 83, (3)pp. Sm 4to. Marbled boards. Bombay (Government Central Book Depôt), 1896; 1891.

1414

KIHARA, H. Peoples of Nepal Himalaya. Scientific results of the Japanese expeditions to Nepal Himalaya, 1952-1953. Vol. III. (4), iv, (2), 425, (3), vii, (1), 38, 4pp., 1 lrg. folding map. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Kyoto (Fauna and Flora Research Society, Kyoto University), 1957.

1415

KILGOUR, R., ET AL. Rev. R. Kilgour’s Dictionary English-Nepali. With useful vocabulary. [By] H.C. Duncan, G.P. Pradhan. (2), 2, 295, (15)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Cosmo Publicvations), 1987.

1416

KILIAAN, H.N. Madoereesche spraakkunst. Eerste stuk: Inleiding en klankleer. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Batavia (Landsdrukkerij), 1897.

1417

KING, VICTOR T. The Peoples of Borneo. (The Peoples of South-East Asia and The Pacific.) xii, 339pp. 43 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Oxford/Cambridge (Blackwell), 1993.

1418

KINGDON-WARD, FRANK. Return to the Irrawaddy. 224pp., 1 folding map. 46 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. London (Andrew Melrose), 1956.

1419

KINGKÆO `ATTHAKON. The Folk Religion of Ban Nai. A hamlet in Central Thailand. By Kingkeo Attagara. (6), 597pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. [Bangkok? (Kurusapha Press), 1968].

1420

KINGSHILL, KONRAD. Ku Daeng - The Red Tomb. A village study in Northern Thailand. Third edition revised. xx, 404pp. 29 illus. hors texte. 3 maps. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Suribayan Publishers), 1976.

1421

KINGSHIP IN SOUTH INDIAN HISTORY. (Acta Asiatica. Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture. 74.) vii, (3), 133pp. Figs. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo (The Toho Gakkai), 1998.

1422

KINSLEY, DAVID R. Flöte und Schwert: Krisna und Kali. Visionen des Schönen und Schrecklichen in der altindischen Mythologie. 211pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. N.p. (Otto Wilhelm Barth Verlag), 1979.

1423

KINSLEY, DAVID. Indische Göttinnen. Weibliche Gottheiten im Hinduismus. 367, (1)pp., 12 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), 1990.

1424

KINSLEY, DAVID R. The Sword and the Flute. Kali and Krsna, dark visions of the terrible and the sublime in Hindu mythology. (Hermeneutics. Studies in the History of Religions. 3.) viii, 167, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1975.

1425

KIPARSKY, PAUL. Panini as a Variationist. Edited by S.D. Joshi. (Current Studies in Linguistics Series. 7./ Current Studies in Sanskrit Grammar. 12./ Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class B. No. 6.) x, (4), 304pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Cambridge/Pune (The MIT Press/ Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit, Unidersity of Poona), 1979.

1426

KIRFEL, W. Die Kosmographie der Inder nach Quellen dargestellt. viii, 401, (1)pp., 18 plates. Lrg. 4to. Orig. wraps. Bonn/Leipzig (Kurt Schroeder), 1920.

1427

KIRFEL, WILLIBALD. Das Purana Pañcalaksana: Versuch einer Textgeschichte. il, (1), 598, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. [Bonn]/Leiden ([Kurt Schroeder Verlag]/ E.J. Brill), 1927.

1428

KIRFEL, W. Die Religion der Jaina’s. (Bilderatlas zur Religionsgeschichte. 12.) xxv, (7)pp. 77 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (A. Deichertsche Verlagsbuchhandlung D. Werner Scholl), 1928.

1429

KIRFEL, WILLIBALD. Symbolik des Hinduismus und des Jinismus. (Symbolik der Religionen. 4.) 167pp. With: Tafelband. Von Volker Moeller. (Symbolik der Religionen. XIX.) 174, (4)pp. 121 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Anton Hiersemann), 1959-1974.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

85

1430

KIRFEL, WILLIBALD. Zur Eschatologie von Welt und Leben. Ein puranischer Text nebst Übertragung in textgeschichtlicher Darstellung. (Bonner Orientalistische Studien. N.S. 5.) vii, (1), 70pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bonn (Selbstverlag des Orientalischen Seminars der Universität Bonn), 1959.

1431

KIRFEL, WILLIBALD & KAROW, OTTO. Symbolik des Buddhismus. (Symbolik der Religionen. 5 & 22.) 2 vols. 128pp.; (2), 372, (2)pp. 220 illus. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Anton Hiersemann), 1959-1989.

1432

KIRKLAND, EDWIN CAPERS. A Bibliography of South Asian Folklore. (Indiana University Folklore Series. 21./ Asian Folklore Studies Monographs. 4.) xxiv, 291pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Signed by the author on the title-page. Bloomington/The Hague (Indiana University Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and Linguistics/ Mouton & Co.), 1966.

1433

KIRSCH, A. THOMAS. Feasting and Social Oscillation: A Working Paper on Religion and Society in Upland Southeast Asia. (Data Paper: Number 92. Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University.) vii, (1), 49, (11)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Ithaca (Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University), 1973.

1434

KIRSCH, PETER. Die Reise nach Batavia. Deutsche Abenteurer in Ostindien, 1609 bis 1695. (Menschen & Schiffe.) 440pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Boards. Hamburg (Ernst Kabel Verlag), 1994.

1435

KIRSCHEY, PETER. Das Geflüster des Buddha. (Ereignisse, Tatsachen, Zusammenhänge.) 257, (1)pp., 32 plates. Cloth. [Berlin] (Militärverlag der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik), [1979].

1436

KITTEL, F. Kittel’s Kannada-English Dictionary. Revised and enlarged by M. Mariappa Bhat. 4 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Mangalore 1894. Madras (University of Madras), 1968.

1437

KLAR, HELMUT. Deutsch-Pali Wörterbuch. 364pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Wien (Octopus Verlag), 1982.

1438

KLAUSNER, WILLIAM J. Reflections in a Log Pond: Collected Writings. Second edition. (6), 138pp., 18 plates (1 color). Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Bangkok (Suksit Siam), 1974.

1439

KLEIN, WILHELM. Burma. Herausgegeben und entworfen von Hans Höfer; fotografiert von Günter Pfannmüller; redigiert von John Gottberg Anderson. (APA Guides.) 332pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. München (Nelles Verlag), 1982.

1440

KLEMM, ERIKA. Hindi-Deutsches Wörterbuch. 418pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1971.

1441

KLERCK, E.S. DE. History of the Netherlands East Indies. 2 vols. xii, 448pp.; vi, 672pp., 5 lrg. folding maps. Frontis. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Rotterdam 1938 edition. Amsterdam (N.M. Israël), 1975.

1442

KLIMKEIT, HANS-JOACHIM. Der Buddha. Leben und Lehre. 244pp. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1990.

1443

KLIMKEIT, HANS-JOACHIM. Der politische Hinduismus. Indische Denker zwischen religiöser Reform und politischem Erwachen. 325pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1981.

1444

KLINKERT, H.C. Facsimilés van eenige Maleische brieven met Arabisch-Maleisch karakter. (2)pp., 15 lrg. folding facsimile plates. Sm. folio. New cloth; orig. front cover mounted. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1903.

1445

KLINKERT, H.C. Nieuw Nederlandsch-Maleisch woordenboek. Tweede vermeerderde en verbeterde druk. ii, (2), 868pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1901.

1446

KLINKERT, H.C. Nieuw Nederlandsch-Maleisch woordenboek. Met Arabisch karakter naar de beste en laatste bronnen bewerkt. Vierde druk. viii, 1047pp. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1930.

1447

KLOSTERMAIER, KLAUS. Hinduismus. 467pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

86

Köln (Verlag J.P. Bachem), 1965. 1448

KNABE, WOLFGANG. Auf den Spuren der ersten deutschen Kaufleute in Indien. Forschungsexpedition mit der Mercator entlag der Westküste und zu den Aminen. Mit Beiträgen von H.J. de Albuquerque, Michael Gorgas und K.S. Mathew. 476pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Anhausen (Verlag Moderne Medien), 1993.

1449

KOCH, KLAUS. Vietnam. 159pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth. Erlangen (Karl Müller Verlag), 1994.

1450

KOCH, PITT & STEGMÜLLER, HENNING. Geheimnisvolles Nepal. Buddhistische und hinduistische Feste. 189pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. München (List Verlag), 1983.

1451

KÖLN. MUSEUM FÜR OSTASIATISCHE KUNST. Legende und Wirklichkeit: Frühe Keramiken aus Südostasien. [By] Roxanna M. Brown, Otto Karow, Peter W. Meister, Hans W. Siegel. March-April 1977. 262pp. 219 illus. 4to. Wraps. Köln, 1977.

1452

KÖLN. WALLRAF-RICHARTZ-MUSEUM. Schätze aus Thailand. Kunst eines buddhistischen Königreiches. Feb.-April 1963. Preface by W. Frölich. Texts by J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw and Elizabeth Lyons. 152pp., 79 plates (8 color). Sm. 4to. Wraps. Köln (Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museum), 1963.

1453

KÖMMERLING-FITZLER, HEDWIG. Der Nürnberger Kaufmann Georg Pock (+ 1528/29) in Portugiesisch-Indien und im Edelsteinland Vijanyanagara. (Sonderdruck aus “Mitteilungen des Vereins für Geschichte der Stadt Nürnberg,” 55. Band.) (48)pp. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Nürnberg, 1967/1968.

1454

KÖNIG, DITTE. Das Tor zur Unterwelt. Mythologie und Kult des Termitenhügels in der schriftlichen und mündlichen Tradition Indiens. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 97.) xii, 389, (1)pp., 1 plate. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1984.

1455

KOEPPEN, CARL FRIEDRICH. Die Religion des Buddha und ihre Entstehung. Zweite, unveränderte Auflage. 2 vols. viii, 614, (2)pp.; xi, (3), 407, (1)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3// cloth. Vol. II has separate title-page: Die lamaische Hierarchie und Kirche. Berlin (W. Barsdorf), 1906.

1456

KOESTLER, ARTHUR. The Lotus and the Robot. 296pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. London (Hutchinson), 1960.

1457

KÖTTER, HERBERT, ET AL. Indonesien. Geographie, Geschichte, Kultur, Religion, Staat, Gesellschaft, Bildwungswesen, Politik. Herausgegeben von Herbert Kötter, Rolf O.G. Roeder, Kurt Heinz Junghans. (Ländermonographien. 11.) ix, (1), 591, (1)pp. 82 illus. hors texte. 24 maps, text figs. Stout 4to. Cloth. Tübingen/Basel (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1979.

1458

KOLB, EDUARD & WELTMANN, JULIUS (TRANSLATORS). Liebe im Orient. Das Kamasutram des Vatsyayana. Ungekürzte, vollständig deutsche Ausgabe. Geleitwort von Rolf Italiaander. Mit einem Anhang: Das Erotische in der indischen Kunst. xxiii, (2), 266, (2)pp., 8 color plates. 72 illus. 4to. Cloth. Hanau/Main (Verlag Karl Schustek), 1964.

1459

KOLB, EDUARD & WELTMANN, JULIUS (TRANSLATORS). Liebe im Orient. Der Ananga Ranga des Kalyana Malla. Der duftene Garten des Scheich Nefzaui. Ungekürzte, vollständig deutsche Ausgabe. 349pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Hanau/Main (Verlag Karl Schustek), n.d.

1460

KOMATSU, CHIKO. The Way to Peace. The life and teachings of the Buddha. xxvi, 641, (1)pp. 24 illus. (3 color) hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Kyoto (Hozokan Publishing Co.), 1989.

1461

KONRAD, PAUL. Im Lande der Bhagoria-Bhils. Vierte verbesserte Auflage. 291, (1)pp. 74 illus. hors texte. Wraps. D.j. Kaldenkirchen (Steyler Verlagsbuchhandlung), 1962.

1462

KOPF, DAVID. The Brahmo Samaj and the Shaping of the Modern Indian Mind. xxiii, (3), 399pp. 4 illus., 4 tables. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1979.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

87

1463

KOPPAD, K.B. Koraga, a Scheduled Tribe in Karnataka. (Census of India 1971. Series I: India. Ethnographic Study No. 3 [No. 22 of 1961 Series]./ Monograph Series Part V.) xxiv, 89pp., 21 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), [1975].

1464

KOPPERS, WILHELM. Die Bhil in Zentralindien. (Wiener Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte und Linguistik. 7.) xx, 353, (3)pp., 16 plates with 64 illus. 20 figs., 5 maps. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Horn-Wien (Verlag Ferdinand Berger), 1948.

1465

KOPPERS, W. Monuments to the Dead of the Bhils and Other Primitive Tribes in Central India. A contribution to the study of the megalith-problem. (Annali Lateranensi. Vol. VI, Estratto.) (88)pp. 61 illus. 4to. Wraps. Città del Vaticano (Tipografia Poliglotta Vaticana), 1942.

1466

KORETSKY, ELAINE & KORETSKY, DONNA. The Goldbeaters of Mandalay. An account of hand papermaking in Burma today. 113, (3)pp. 90 illus. 1 tipped-in sample of bamboo paper. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Edition limited to 1700 copies. Brookline, Massachusetts (Carriage House Press), 1991.

1467

KOSAMBI, D.D. The Culture and Civilisation of Ancient India in Historical Outline. xi, (1), 243pp. 98 illus. hors texte. 16 figs., 6 maps. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Vikas Publications), 1970.

1468

KOSKENNIEMI, SEPPO, ET AL. Materials for the Study of the Indus Script. I [all published]: A Concordance to the Indus Inscriptions. By Seppo Koskenniemi, Asko Parpola and Simo Parpola. (Suomalaisen Tiedeakatemian toimituksia. Series B: Vol. 185.) xxviii, 528, 55pp. 4to. Wraps. Helsinki (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia), 1973.

1469

KOUL, OMKAR N. An Intensive Course in Kashmiri. Dialogues, drills, exercises, vocabulary, notes on grammar and work index. (Central Institute of Indian Languages. Intensive Course Series. 7.) xxv, (1), 462pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Mysore (Central Institute of Indian Languages), 1985.

1470

KRABUAN PHAYUHAYATRA CHONLAMAK. / The Royal Barge Procession: On the Occasion of The Rattanakosin Bicentennial, 1982. (40)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Stiff wraps. Bangkok, 1982.

1471

KRAMRISCH, STELLA., ET AL. The Arts and Crafts of Kerala. By Stella Kramrisch, J.H. Cousins, R. Vasudeva Poduval. 227pp., 116 plates. 4to. Cloth. Cochin (Paico Publishing House), [1970].

1472

KRÁSA, MILOSLAV. Das Lächeln von Angkor. Fotografien von Ján Cifra. 215, (11)pp. 169 illus. hors texte. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Praha (Artia), 1963.

1473

KRAUSE, ERICH-DIETER. Lehrbuch der indonesischen Sprache. 367pp. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1978.

1474

KREEMER, J. Atjèh. Algemeen samenvattend overzicht van land en volk van Atjèh en onderhoorigheden. 2 vols. xvi, 602pp., 18 plates. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued; xii, 705pp., 10 plates. Numerous text illus. Lrg. 4to. Orig. cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1922-1923.

1475

KRENGEL, MONIKA. Sozialstrukturen im Kumaon, Bergbauern im Himalaya. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 124.) xiv, 315, (9)pp., 6 plates. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1989.

1476

KRICK, HERTHA. Das Ritual der Feuergründung (Agnyadheya). Herausgegeben von Gerhard Oberhammer. (Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Philosophisch-historische Klasse. Sitzungsberichte. 399./ Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Sprachen und Kulturen Südasiens. 16.) xvii, (1), 682pp. Stout 4to. Wraps. Wien (Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften), 1982.

1477

KRISHNA DEVA. Khajuraho. (2), 44pp., 20 plates, 1 folding plan. Wraps. New Delhi (Director General of Archaeology in India), 1965.

1478

KRISHNA DEVA. Temples of North India. (India: The Land and People.) vi, (2), 87, (9)pp., 28 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. New Delhi (National Book Trust), 1969.

1479

KRISHNA, NANDITHA. The Art and Iconography of Vishnu-Narayana. xiv, 122pp., 47 plates. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Taraporevala), 1980.

1480

KRISHNA RAO, M.V.N. Indus Script Deciphered. xv, (1), 203pp., 34 plates. 108 figs. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

88

Delhi (Agam Kala Prakashan), 1982. 1481

KRISHNAMACHARIAR, MADABHUSHI. History of Classical Sanskrit Literature. Being an elaborate account of all branches of classical Sanskrit literature, with full epigraphical and archaological notes and references, an introduction dealing with language, philology and chronology and index of authors and works. (4), viii, cxix, (5), 1120pp. Stout 4to. Buckram. Originally published in 1937. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1970.

1482

KRISHNAMURTI, BH. & SIVANANDA SARMA, P. A Basic Course in Modern Telugu. xxix, (3), 287, (5)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Hyderabad (Privately Printed), 1968.

1483

KRISHNAMURTI, BH. & GWYNN, J.P.L. A Grammar of Modern Telugu. xxii, (2), 459pp. 1 plate. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1985.

1484

KRISHNASWAMI, S. Musical Instruments of India. Revised edition. 55, (1)pp., 12 plates. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1971.

1485

KRSNADASA KAVIRAJA GOSVAMI. Sri Caitanya-caritamrta of Krsnadasa Kaviraja Gosvami. Adi-lila. Volume One: “Krsnadasa Kaviraja Glorifies the Lord and His Associates.” With the original Bengali text, Roman transliterations, synonyms, translation and elaborate purports by...A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. xii, 615, (3)pp. 4to. Cloth. New York (The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust), 1974.

1486

KRUNG THEP 2 SATAWAT. 45pp., 10 color plates. 4to. Wraps. [Krungthep?] (Rongphim Samnak Lekhathikan Khana Ratthamontri), 1981.

1487

KRUSE, WILHELM. Denkmäler indischer Kunst. Second edition. (Indien. 8.) 18pp., 48 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg/Berlin (Kurt Vowinckel Verlag), 1943.

1488

KRUYT, ALB. C. De West-Toradjas op Midden-Celebes. (Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam. Afdeeling Letterkunde. N.S. 40.) 4 vols. + Album of Plates. 4to. Orig. wraps. Amsterdam (N.V. Noord-Hollandsche Uitgevers-Maatschappij), 1938.

1489

KSEMARAJA. Sivasutra et Vimarsini de Ksemaraja. Traduction et introduction par Lilian Silburn. (Publications de l’Institut de Civilisation Indienne. Série in-8°. Fasc. 47./ Études sur le Sivaïsme du Cachemire, École Spanda.) viii, 192, (2)pp., 1 plate. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Institut de Civilisation Indienne/ E. de Boccard), 1980.

1490

KUALA LUMPUR. MUSEUMS DEPARTMENT, FEDERATION OF MALAYA. Guide to Ancient Monuments and Historic Sites. Part One. 18pp. 3 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Kuala Lumpur, 1959.

1491

KUBITSCHEK, HANS-DIETER. Südostasien: Völker und Kulturen. 319pp. 90 illus. (30 color) hors texte. 40 figs. 2 maps (1 lrg. folding, loose in rear pocket, as issued). Boards. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1984.

1492

KUBITSCHEK, HANS DIETER & WESSEL, INGRID. Geschichte Indonesiens. Vom Altertum bis zur Gegenwart. xii, (2), 266pp. 47 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Boards. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1981.

1493

KÜCHLER, JOHANNES. Penang. Kulturlandschaftswandel und ethnisch-soziale Struktur einer Insel Malaysias. (Giessener geographische Schriften. 13.) ix, (1), 165, (1)pp. 27 illus. hors texte. 24 maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 4to. Wraps. English-language summary. Giessen (Selbstverlag des Geographischen Instituts, Justus Liebig-Universität), 1968.

1494

KÜHN, HERBERT. Das Antlitz Indiens. 222pp., 12 plates. Cloth. Basel/Stuttgart (Benno Schwabe & Co.), 1963.

1495

KÜHNEL, ERNST (INTRODUCTION). Indische Miniaturen aus dem Besitz der Staatlichen Museen zu Berlin. (72)pp. 19 tipped-in color plates with facing commentary. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Gebr. Mann), 1937.

1496

KUHN, ISOBEL. Ascent to the Tribes. Pioneering in North Thailand. 157pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. First published 1956. Singapore (OMF Books), 1984.

1497

KULKE, ECKEHARD. The Parsees in India. A minority as agent of social change. 300, vi, (2)pp. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

89

New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), [1978]. 1498

KULKE, HERMANN. Cidambaramahatmya. Eine Untersuchung der religionsgeschichtlichen und historischen Hintergründe für die Entstehung der Tradition einer südindischen Tempelstadt. (Freiburger Beiträge zur Indologie. 3.) xvi, 241, (3)pp. 28 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1970.

1499

KULKE, HERMANN. Jagannatha-Kult und Gajapati-Königtum. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte religiöser Legitimation hinduistischer Herrscher. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg. 23.) x, (2), 263, (3)pp. 27 illus. & 2 maps hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1979.

1500

KULKE, HERMANN & ROTHERMUND, DIETMAR. Geschichte Indiens. 416pp. 11 maps. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1982.

1501

KUMAR, ANN & MCGLYNN, JOHN H. Illuminations: The Writing Traditions of Indonesia. Featuring manuscripts from the National Library of Indonesia. With essays and other contributions by Mastini Hardjoprakoso, Thomas M. Hunter Jr., Supomo Suryohudoyo, A.H. Johns, Henri Chambert-Loir, Ian Proudfoot, Virginia Hooker, Mark Durie, Annabel Teh Gallop, Edi S. Ekadjati, Raechelle Rubinstein, Th.C. van der Meij, T.E. Behrend, Bernard Arps, Roger Tol, Uli Kozok, Alan Feinstein. xxii, 297pp. 294 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Jakarta/New York (The Lontar Foundation/ Weatherhill, Inc.), 1996.

1502

KUMAR, NITA. The Artisans of Banaras. Popular culture and identity, 1880-1986. xix, (1), 279pp. 15 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1988.

1503

KUMAR, NITA. Friends, Brothers, and Informants. Fieldwork memoirs of Banaras. viii, (4), 260pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1992.

1504

KUMMER, MANFRED. Grundlagen einer kommunikativen Grammatik für das Thailändische. ix, (3), 128pp. 3 plates. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1984.

1505

KUNST, J. Music in Java. Its history, its theory and its technique. Third, enlarged edition. Edited by E.L. Heins. 2 vols. xviii, 660pp. 165 illus. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1973.

1506

KUNSTADTER, PETER (EDITOR). Southeast Asian Tribes, Minorities, and Nations. (Princeton Center of International Studies.) 2 vols. xii, (2), 902, (2)pp., 32 plates, 15 maps. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1967.

1507

KUO, WILLIAM. Teaching Grammar of Thai. / Phasa Thai rian sanuk chang. xiv, 469pp. Lrg. 4to. Plastic covers, GBCbound. Berkeley (Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California), 1982.

1508

KURUP, A.M. Cire Perdue Casting in Swamimalai (Madras State). Edited by Ruth Reeves and B.K. Roy Burman. (Census of India 1961. Monograph Series Vol. I, Part VII-A, Monograph No. 4.) vii, (3), 76pp., 30 plates, 16 maps. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), [1967].

1509

KUSCH, EUGEN. Indien im Bild. 48, (2)pp., 154 plates (4 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Nürnberg (Verlag Hans Carl), 1959.

1510

LA LOUBÈRE, SIMON DE. The Kingdom of Siam. With an introduction by David K. Wyatt. (Oxford in Asia Historical Reprints.) 2 vols. in 1. ix, (3), 260pp., 12 plates. Sm. folio. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1693 edition. Kuala Lumpur/Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1969.

1511

LAFONT, PIERRE BERNARD. Lexique Jarai, français, vietnamien (parler de la province de Plei Ku). Avec le concours de Nguyên-Van-Trong. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 63.) ix, (1), 296, (2)pp., 3 maps. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1968.

1512

LAFONT, PIERRE BERNARD. Prières Jarai. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 8.) xxxiv, (4), 458pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1963.

1513

LAFONT, PIERRE BERNARD & CHAPUIS, JACQUES. Bibliographie du Laos. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 50.) 2 vols. 267, (3)pp.; 411, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

90

Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1964-1978. 1514

LAFONT, PIERRE BERNARD, ET AL. Catalogue des manuscrits Cam des bibliothèques françaises. Par P.-B. Lafont, Po Dharma et Nara Vija. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 114.) 161, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1977.

1515

LAIDLAW, JAMES. Riches and Renunciation. Religion, economy, and society among the Jains. (Oxford Studies in Social and Cultural Anthropology.) vi, (6), 436pp., 22 plates. 2 maps, 2 figs. 4to. Wraps. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1995.

1516

LAJOUX, JEAN-DOMINIQUE. Le tambour du déluge. Villages des montagnes d’Indochine. (Collection “Les Jours de l’Homme.”) 125, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions du Seuil), [1977].

1517

LAJPAT RAI, LALA. The Arya Samaj. An account of its origin, doctrines, and activities, with a biographical sketch of the founder. With a preface by Sidney Webb. xxvi, (4), 305, (1)pp., 10 plates. Cloth. London (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1915.

1518

LAKSMIDHARABHATTA. Krtyakalpataru of Bhatta Laksmidhara. Vol. I: Brahmacarikanda. Edited by K.V. Rangaswami Aiyangar. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 106.) xvi, 100, 328pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Baroda (Oriental Institute), 1948.

1519

LAKSMIDHARABHATTA. Krtyakalpataru of Bhatta Laksmidhara. Vol. IV: Sraddhakanda. Edited by K.V. Rangaswami Aiyangar. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 110.) xviii, 51, (1), 348pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Baroda (Oriental Institute), 1950.

1520

LAL, KISHORI SARAN. History of the Khaljis, A.D. 1290-1320. (8), 388pp. 2 maps, 1 plate. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Karachi (Union Book Stall), [1966].

1521

LAL, MUNI. Shah Jahan. xvi, 452pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1986.

1522

(LALDYADA) TEMPLE, RICHARD CARNAC. The Word of Lalla the Prophetess. Being the Sayings of Lal Ded or Lal Diddi of Kashmir (Granny Lal) Known also as Laleshwari, Lalla Yogishwari & Lalishri, between 1300 & 1400 A.D. Done into English verse from the Lalla-Vakyani or Lal-Wakhi and annotated by Richard Carnac Temple. xiii, (3), 292pp. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1924.

1523

LALWANI, K.C. Sramana Bhagavan Mahavira: Life & Doctrine. xi, (5), 206pp. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Minerva Associates), 1975.

1524

LALWANI, K.C. (EDITOR). Arya Sayyambhava’s Dasavaikalika sutra (Dasaveyalia sutta). Translated and notes by Kastur Chand Lalwani. xx, 268pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1973.

1525

LALWANI, K.C. (EDITOR). Sudharma Svami’s Bhagavati sutra. Prakrit text with English translation and notes based on the Commentary of Abhayadeva Suri. Vols. 1 - 2. xv, (3), 334, (2)pp.; xv, (3), 403pp., 1 plate. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Jain Bhawan), 1973-1974.

1526

LAMBERT, H.M. Gujarati Language Course. xvi, 309pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1971.

1527

LAMBERT, H.M. Marathi Language Course. xiv, (6), 301pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press), 1943.

1528

LAMOTTE, ÉTIENNE. Histoire du bouddhisme indien: Des origines à l’ère Saka. (Publications de l’Institut Orientaliste de Louvain. 14.) xii, 862pp., 30 plates, 5 maps & plans. Text figs. Stout 4to. Wraps. Originally published Louvain 1958. Louvain-la-Neuve (Université de Louvain, Institut Orientaliste), 1976.

1529

LAMOTTE, ÉTIENNE (EDITOR). L’enseignement de Vimalakirti (Vimalakirtinirdesa). Traduit et annoté par Étienne Lamotte. (Université de Louvain, Institut Orientaliste. Bibliothèque du Muséon. 51.) xv, (1), 488pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Louvain (Publications Universitaires/ Institut Orientaliste), 1962.

1530

LAN PHU’O’NG & STIEFEL, MATTHIAS. Ramakien. Der Kampf der Götter, Helden und Dämonen. (Orbis Pictus. 64.) 77pp. Prof. illus. Boards. Bern/Stuttgart (Hallwag Verlag), 1977.

1531

LANEROLLE, S.D. DE. Origins of Sinhala Culture. xv, (3), 76pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

91

Colombo (Lake House Investments Ltd. Publishers), 1976. 1532

LANGEN, K.F.H. VAN. Handleiding voor de beoefening der Atjehsche taal. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië.) ix, (3), 158pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1889.

1533

LANGEN, K.F.H. VAN. Woordenboek der Atjehsche taal. vi, 288pp. 4to. Orig. wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1889.

1534

LANGLET, PHILIPPE & QUÁCH, THANH TÂM. Atlas historique des six provinces du sud du Vietnam du milieu du XIXe au début du XXe siècle. 287, (1)pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Paris (Les Indes Savantes), 2001.

1535

LANMAN, CHARLES ROCKWELL. Sanskrit Reader: Text and Vocabulary and Notes. xx, 405, (1), 16pp. 4to. Cloth (disbound). Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1920.

1536

LANMAN, CHARLES ROCKWELL. Sanskrit Reader: With Vocabulary and Notes. First Edition, fifth issue. xx, (4), 405, (1), 7, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Boston (Ginn and Company), 1906.

1537

LANNOY, RICHARD. The Speaking Tree. A study of Indian culture and society. xxvi, (2), 466pp. 56 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Wraps. London/New York (Oxford University Press), 1974.

1538

LANYON-ORGILL, PETER A. An Introduction to the Thai (Siamese) Language for European Students. xii, 91pp. 4to. Wraps. Victoria, B.C. (The Curlew Press), 1955.

1539

LAPIERRE, DOMINIQUE. Stadt der Freude. 540, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Gütersloh (C. Bertelsmann), 1985.

1540

LATIF, SYAD MUHAMMAD. History of the Punjab: From the Remotest Antiquity to the Present Time. xix, (1), 652pp. 4to. Boards. Reprint, limited to 250 copies, of the Calcutta 1891 edition. Lahore (Progressive Books), 1984.

1541

LAUF, DETLEF-I. Das Bild als Symbol im Tantrismus. Die indischen Tantras als praktische Führer zur seelischen Ganzheit des Menschen. (Welt der Bilder. 3.) 76pp. 72 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. München (Heinz Moos Verlag), 1973.

1542

LAW, BIMALA CHURN. Geography of Early Buddhism. With a foreword by F.W. Thomas. xxi, (3), 88, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth. London (Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.), 1932.

1543

LAW, BIMALA CHARAN. Historical Gleanings. With a foreword by B.M. Barua. (Calcutta Oriental Series. No. 6.E.2.) x, 101, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Calcutta/Simla (Thacker, Spink & Co.), 1922.

1544

LAYMAN, EMMA MCCLOY. Buddhism in America. xvii, (3), 342pp., 10 plates. 4to. Wraps. Chicago (Nelson-Hall), 1976.

1545

LAZZERI, RICCARDO & MARTINELLI, ANTONIO. Kanch Mandir: Le temple des miroirs. (Iconographia.) 93pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Paris/Milano (Éditions du Chêne/ F.M. Ricci), 1979.

1546

LÊ, THÀNH KHÔI. 3000 Jahre Vietnam. Schicksal und Kultur eines Landes. Bearbeitet und ergänzt von Otto Karow. 579pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München (Kindler), 1969.

1547

LEACH, E.R. Political Systems of Highland Burma. A study of Kachin social structure. With a foreword by Raymond Firth. With a new introductory note by the author. xx, 324pp. 6 maps. Wraps. Boston (Beacon Press), 1965.

1548

LEACH, E.R. Pul Eliya. A village in Ceylon. A study of land tenure and kinship. xiv, (2), 343, (1)pp, 5 plates, 9 charts. 7 maps, 7 diagrams, 8 tables. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1961.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

92

1549

LEAF, MURRAY J. Information and Behavior in a Sikh Village. Social organization reconsidered. xi, (1), 296pp., 4 plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1972.

1550

LEBAR, FRANK M. (EDITOR). Ethnic Groups of Insular Southeast Asia. 2 vols. 1: Indonesia, Andaman Islands, and Madagascar. vi, (2), 226pp., 10 maps. 2: Philippines and Formosa. iv, (4), 167pp., 7 maps. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files Press), 1972-1975.

1551

LEBAR, FRANK M., ET AL. Ethnic Groups of Mainland Southeast Asia. [By] F.M. Lebar, Gerald C. Hickey, John K. Musgrave. x, (4), 288pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files Press), 1964.

1552

LE BONHEUR, ALBERT. Cambodge: Angkor. Temples en péril. 263pp. 154 color plates, 82 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. N.p. (Édition Herscher), 1989.

1553

LE BONHEUR, ALBERT. Von Göttern, Königen und Menschen. Flachreliefs von Angkor Vat und dem Bayon (Kambodscha, 12. Jahrhundert). Fotos: Jaroslav Poncar. Hommage à George Coedès (1886-1969). 112pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. [Wuppertal] (Peter Hammer Verlag), 1995.

1554

LECLÈRE, ADHÉMAR. Cambodge: Fêtes civiles et religieuses. (Annales du Musée Guimet. Bibliothèque de Vulgarisation. 42.) xii, 660, (2)pp., 13 plates. Orig. wraps. Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Hachette et Cie.), 1917.

1555

LECLÈRE, ADHÉMAR. Contes laotiens et contes cambodgiens. Recueillis, traduits et annotés. (Collection de Contes et Chansons Populaires. 25.) 272pp. 12mo. New wraps. Paris (Ernest Leroux), 1903.

1556

LEE, SHERMAN E. Ancient Cambodian Sculpture. 115, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Asia House Gallery, New York, Fall 1969. New York (The Asia Society Inc.), 1969.

1557

LEE, SHERMAN E. & CHANDRA, PRAMOD. A Newly Discovered Tuti-Nama and the Continuity of the Indian Tradition of Manuscript Painting. (32)pp. 13 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Cleveland (The Cleveland Museum of Art), n.d.

1558

LEEMANN, ALBERT. Thailand, Land der Freien. 195pp. 103 color illus. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette. Bern (Kümmerly & Frey), 1974.

1559

LEFÈVRE-PONTALIS, PIERRE. Notes sur des amulettes siamoises. (Annales du Musée Guimet. Bibliothèque de Vulgarisation. 45.) 49, (3)pp., 27 plates with 107 illus. Wraps. Paris (Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner), 1926.

1560

LEHMAN, F.K. The Structure of Chin Society. A tribal people of Burma adapted to non-western civilization. (Illinois Studies in Anthropology. 3.) xx, 244pp. 40 illus., 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Urbana (The University of Illinois Press), 1963.

1561

LEHMANN, JOHANNES. Buddha: Leben, Lehre, Wirkung. Der östliche Weg zur Selbsterlösung. 347, (5)pp., 8 plates (6 color). Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (C. Bertelsmann Verlag), 1980.

1562

LEHMANN, THOMAS. A Grammar of Modern Tamil. (Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics and Culture. Publication No. 1.) xxi, (1), 387pp. 4to. Wraps. Pondicherry (Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics and Culture), 1989.

1563

LEIDEN. RIJKSMUSEUM VOOR VOLKENKUNDE. Het leven van Buddha in de kunst. Second printing. 23, (1)pp., 32 plates. Wraps. Leiden, [1967].

1564

LEIFER, WALTER. Indien und die Deutschen. 500 Jahre Begegnung und Partnerschaft. (Schriftenreihe des Instituts für Auslandsbeziehungen, Stuttgart. Reihe: Deutsch-ausländische Beziehungen. 10.) 469, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Tübingen/Basel (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1969.

1565

LEINFELDEN-ECHTERDINGEN. DEUTSCHES SPIELKARTEN-MUSEUM. Indische Spielkarten. Inventarkatalog der indischen Sammlung des Deutschen Spielkarten-Museums. [Von] Rudolf von Leyden. 155pp. 128 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Leinfelden-Echterdingen, 1977.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

93

1566

LE MAY, REGINALD. An Asian Arcady. The land and peoples of Northern Siam. xiv, 274pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 99 illus. hors texte. 4to. Orig. dec. cloth. Cambridge (W. Heffer & Sons), 1926.

1567

LE MAY, REGINALD. The Coinage of Siam. Second edition. ([Selected Articles from The Siam Society Journal]. 9.) xi, (1), 134, (4)pp., 32 plates with facing commentary. Text illus. 4to. Wraps. Reprint of the Bangkok 1932 edition. Manila (USIS), 1961.

1568

LE MAY, REGINALD. A Concise History of Buddhist Art in Siam. xxiii, (1), 169, (3)pp., 2 folding maps. 206 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Cambridge 1938 Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1963.

1569

LE MAY, REGINALD. Südostasien. Das Erbe Indiens. (Kindlers Kulturgeschichte.) 406pp., 18 plates (2 color), 1 map. Cloth. München (Kindler), 1967.

1570

LEMOINE, JACQUES. Khoi tan seou: A Yao Manuscript. (2), 231pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Chinese-language title on front cover: “Kai tan shu quan ji.” [Vientiane, 1975].

1571

LEMOINE, JACQUES. Un village Hmong Vert du haut Laos. (Centre de Documentation et de Recherches sur l’Asie du Sud-Est et le Monde Insulindien: Atlas Ethno-Linguistique. Recherche coopérative sur programme. 61./ Deuxième série: Monographies.) 219pp. 37 illus., 39 figs., 8 maps. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique), 1972.

1572

LENINGRAD. MUZEI ANTROPOLOGII I ETNOGRAFII IM. PETRA VELIKOGO (AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR). Indiia. Kratkii putevoditel’ po ekspozitsii. 16, (4)pp. 5 plates, 1 plan. 12mo. Wraps. Moskva/Leningrad (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka”), 1964.

1573

LEOSHKO, JANET (EDITOR). Bodhgaya: the Site of Enlightenment. Foreword by Pratapaditya Pal. viii, 156pp. Prof. illus. (numerous color). Sm. folio. Cloth. Bombay (Marg Publications), 1988.

1574

LESTER, ROBERT C. Theravada Buddhism in Southeast Asia. vii, (3), 201, (1)pp. 1 map. Cloth. Ann Arbor (The University of Michigan Press), 1973.

1575

LEUBA, JEANNE. Un royaume disparu. Les Chams et leur art. Avec une préface de Louis Finot. 203, (5)pp., 28 collotype plates. 4to. Orig. wraps. Paris/Bruxelles (G. Van Oest et Cie.), 1923.

1576

LEUENBERGER, HANS. Die Burmastrasse. Gestern-heute-morgen. Westchina, Indochina, Thailand, Burma, Ostindien. 208pp., 4 maps. 63 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Orig. boards. Starnberg am See (Karl Specht Verlag), 1943.

1577

LEUMANN, ERNST. Maitreya-samiti, das Zukunftsideal der Buddhisten. Die nordarische Schilderung in Text und Übersetzung nebst sieben andern Schilderungen in Text oder Übersetzung. Mit einer Begründung der indogermanischen Metrik. (2), 282pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth. Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J. Trübner), 1919.

1578

LEUPOL, L. Spécimen des Purânas. Texte, transcription, traduction et commentaire des principaux passages du Bhramhâvævarta purâna. xii, (2), 57pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Paris (Maisonneuve et Cie.), 1868.

1579

LÉVÊQUE, JEAN-JACQUES & MÉNANT, NICOLE. Islamic and Indian Painting. 207, (1)pp. Numerous color illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. London (Heron Books), 1970.

1580

LÉVY, PAUL. Recherches préhistoriques dans la région de Mlu Prei [Cambodge]. Accompagnées de comparaisons archéologiques et suivies d’un vocabulaire français-kuy. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 30.) 122, (4)pp., 65 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1943.

1581

LEVY, ROBERT I. Mesocosm: Hinduism and the Organisation of a Traditional Newar City in Nepal. With the collaboration of Kedar Raj Rajopadhyaya. xxii, 829pp. 36 illus., 14 maps. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1990.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

94

1582

LEWIS, E. DOUGLAS. People of the Source. The social and ceremonial orders of Tana Wai Brama on Flores. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 135.) xx, 370pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Dordrecht/Providence (Foris Publications), 1988.

1583

LEWIS, IVOR. Sahibs, Nabobs and Boxwallahs. A dictionary of the words of Anglo India. x, 266pp. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Oxford University Press), 1991.

1584

LEWIS, PAUL & LEWIS, ELAINE. Völker im Goldenen Dreieck. Sechs Bergstämme in Thailand. 300pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart/London (Edition Hansjörg Mayer), 1984.

1585

LEWIS, PAUL W. Ethnographic Notes on the Akhas of Burma. (HRAFlex Book A04-001.) 4 vols. Illus. Plastic covers. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files), 1969.

1586

LEYDEN, RUDOLF VON. Die Welt der indischen Spielkarten. Geschichte, Systematik und Herstellung mit einem Katalog der Sammlung des Museums für Völkerkunde, Wien. (Veröffentlichungen zum Archiv für Völkerkunde. 8.) 159pp. 82 illus. 4to. Wraps. Wien (Wilhelm Braumüller), 1981.

1587

LHA, LU THU U”. Folktales of Burma. Second edition. 210p. Illus. 12mo. Wraps. Mandalay (The Author/ Kyipwayay Press), 1979.

1588

LHA, LU THU U”. The Victim. Translated by Than Thun & Kathleen Forbes. 282, (2)pp. Boards. Mandalay (The Author/ Kyipwayay Press), [1976].

1589

L’HERNAULT, FRANÇOISE. L’iconographie du Subrahmanya au Tamilnad. (Publications de l’Institut Français d’Indologie. 59.) 272, (8)pp., 4 maps (1 lrg. folding), 8 plans (partly folding). 246 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Pondichéry (Institut Français d’Indologie), 1978.

1590

LI, YIYUAN. Yi ge yi zhi de shi zhen: Malaiya Hua ren shi zhen sheng huo de diao cha yan jiu. (Zhong yang yan jiu yuan min zu xue yan jiu suo zhuan kan. Yi zhong. 1.) 260, (2)pp., 6 plates. Figs. Wraps. English-language title-page and list of contents, “An Immigrant Town: Life in an Overseas Chinese Community in Southern Malaya.” Taibei (Zhongyang yan jiu yuan min zu xue yan jiu suo), 1970.

1591

LIEBERT, GÖSTA. Iconographic Dictionary of the Indian Religions: Hinduism - Buddhism - Jainism. (Studies in South Asian Culture. 5.) xviii, (2), 377pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1976.

1592

LIM HAK KHEANG, ET AL. Contemporary Cambodian: The Social Institutions. [By] Lim Hack Kheang, Madeline E. Ehrman, Kem Sos. xii, 379pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1974.

1593

LIM HAK KHEANG & PURTLE, DALE. Contemporary Cambodian: Introduction. Edited, annotated, and supplemented by Madeline Ehrman and Kem Sos. xxi, (1), 649pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1972.

1594

LIN, LI-KUANG. Introduction au Compendium de la loi (Dharma-Samuccaya). L'aide-mémoire de la vraie loi (Saddharma-Smrtyupasthana-sutra). Recherches sur un sutra développé du Petit Véhicule. Introduction de P. Demiéville. (Publications du Musée Guimet. Bibliothèque d’Études. 54.) xv, (1), 384pp., 1 plate. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Adrien-Maisonneuve), 1949.

1595

LINDE, GERD. Bangla Desh. Indien und die Grossmächte im Pakistanischen Konflikt. 153, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1972.

1596

LING, BING. Zhong Mian Tai Yin bian min zhi. 179pp. Illus. Wraps. Xingzhou (Xingzhou shi jie shu ju), 1961.

1597

THE LINGA-PURANA. Translated by a board of scholars. (Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 5-6./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 2 vols. xxiv, 809pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1973.

1598

LINGAT, ROBERT. Les régimes matrimoniaux du Sud-Est de l’Asie. Essai de droit comparé indochinois. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 34.) 2 vols. I: Les régimes traditionnels. 176pp. II: Les droits codifiés. 195pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris/Hanoi (E. de Boccard/ École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1952-1955.

1599

LINTNER, BERTIL. Land of Jade. A journey through insurgent Burma. xvii, (1), 315pp., 54 plates (8 color). 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

95

Edinburgh/Bangkok (Kiscadale/ White Lotus), 1990. 1600

LINTNER, BERTIL. Outrage: Burma’s Struggle for Democracy. / Do man` hun` bama praññ` dimuikareci tuik` pvai. 268pp., 16 plates (8 color). Sm. 4to. Wraps. Burmese-language edition. Edinburgh (Peacock Press), 1990.

1601

LINTNER, BERTIL. Outrage: Burma’s Struggle for Democracy. vii, (1), 208pp., 16 plates (8 color). Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (White Lotus), 1990.

1602

LISBOA. MUSEU DE ETNOLOGIA. Povos de Timor, povo de Timor: Vida, aliança, morte. 167, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Stiff wraps. "Exhibition inaugurated on 89/12/14 at the Museu de Etnologia, Lisbon, in connection with the International Conference 'Timorese Anthropology: Productions, Languages.'" Parallel texts in Portuguese, French, and English. Lisboa (Fundação Oriente), 1992.

1603

LISKER, LEIGH. Introduction to Spoken Telugu. (American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publication Series B: Aids. 18.) xxvii, (1), 345, (1)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. New York (American Council of Learned Societies), 1963.

1604

LITHAI, KING OF SUKHOTHAI. Three Worlds According to King Ruang. A Thai Buddhist cosmology. Translation with introduction and notes by Frank E. Reynolds & Mani B. Reynolds. (Berkeley Buddhist Studies Series. 4.) (8), 383pp., 15 color plates. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley (Regents of the University of California), 1982.

1605

LOBO, WIBKE. The Sun-Temple at Modhera. A monograph on architecture and iconography. (Forschungen zur Allgemeinen und Vergleichenden Archäologie. Bd. 2.) xiii, 176, (2)pp., 161 plates with 357 illus. 52 text figs. 4to. Cloth. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1982.

1606

LOCKE, JOHN K. Buddhist Monasteries of Nepal. A survey of the Bahas and Bahis of the Kathmandu Valley. v, (3), 542pp., 3 folding maps. 334 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Kathmandu (Sahayogi Press), 1985.

1607

LOCKE, JOHN K. Karunamaya. The cult of Avalokitesvara-Matsyendranath in the Valley of Nepal. xvi, 524pp. 74 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Kathmandu (Sahayogi Prakashan/ Research Centre for Nepal and Asian Studies, Tribhuvan University), 1980.

1608

LOEB, EDWIN M. & HEINE-GELDERN, ROBERT. Sumatra. Its History and People, by E.M. Loeb. The Archaeology and Art of Sumatra, by R. Heine-Geldern. (Wiener Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte und Linguistik. 3.) ix, (1), 350, (4)pp., 40 plates, 2 maps, 1 chart. 4to. Wraps. Wien (Verlag des Institutes für Völkerkunde der Universität Wien), 1935.

1609

LOKESH CHANDRA (COMPILER). Sanskrit Texts from the Imperial Palace at Peking in the Manchurian, Chinese, Mongolian and Tibetan Scripts. Edited by Lokesh Chandra, from the collection of Raghu Vira. (Satapitaka Series: IndoAsian Literatures. Vol. 71, 1-4.) 4 vols. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. “Reproduced in original scripts and languages. Translated, annotated and critically evaluated by specialists of the East and the West in a Series of Collectanea. Founded by Raghu Vira.” New Delhi (Institute for the Advancement of Science and Culture), 1966.

1610

LOMBARD, DENYS. Le carrefour javanais: Essai d’histoire globale. (Civilisations et Sociétés. 79.) 3 vols. I: Les limites de l’occidentalisation. 263, (3)pp. II: Les réseaux asiatiques. 420, (4)pp. III: L’héritage des royaumes concentriques. 337pp. 88 illus., 50 maps and plans. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions de l’École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales), 1990.

1611

LOMBARD, SYLVIA J. Yao-English Dictionary. Edited by Herbert C. Purnell, Jr. (Data Paper No. 69. Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University.) xvi, 363pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Ithaca (Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University), 1968.

1612

LOMMEL, ANDREAS. Kunst des Buddhismus aus der Sammlung des Staatlichen Museums für Völkerkunde in München. 250pp. 135 plates, 1 lrg. folding color plate, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Zürich/Freiburg (Atlantis Verlag), 1974.

1613

LOMMEL, ANDREAS (POSTSCRIPT). Thailand: Plastik aus vier Jahrhunderten. 63, (1)pp. 44 plates. Sm. 8vo. Boards. München (R. Piper & Co. Verlag), 1964.

1614

LONDON. BEURDELEY, MATTHEWS & CO., LTD. Burmese Art and its Influences. April 1981. Introduction by Simon Matthews. 59, (1)pp. 81 illus. 4to. Wraps. London, 1981.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

96

1615

LONDON. BRITISH MUSEUM. Catalogue of the Coins of the Andhra Dynasty, the Western Ksatrapas, the Raikutaka Dynasty and the “Bodhi” Dynasty. By Edward James Rapson. ccviii, 268pp., 21 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth. London, 1908.

1616

LONDON. SHIRLEY DAY LTD. The Ancient Art of South East Asia. Part Two. In association with Alexander Götz. (42)pp. 19 color plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. London, n.d.

1617

LONDON. HAYWARD GALLERY. In the Image of Man. The Indian perception of the universe through 2,000 years of painting and sculpture. March-June 1982. Texts by George Michell and Linda Leach. 231, (1)pp. Prof. illus. (numerous color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps. London, 1982.

1618

LONDON. INDIA OFFICE. LIBRARY. Catalogue of Burmese Printed Books in the India Office Library. [By] Kenneth Whitbread. xi, (3), 231pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Her Majesty’s Stationery Office), 1969.

1619

LONDON. SPINK & SON LTD. Indian Influence on Art in South-East Asia. Catalogue of an exhibition. Nov. 1970. Introduction by Douglas Barrett. ix, (1), 77, (1)pp. 38 plates. Cloth. London, 1970.

1620

LONDON. VICTORIA AND ALBERT MUSEUM. Ganjifa: The Playing Cards of India. A general survey, with a catalogue of the Victoria and Albert Museum collection. By Rudolf von Leyden. With contributions by Michael Dummett. xiv, 128pp. Prof. illus. (partly color). Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps. London, 1982.

1621

LONDON. VICTORIA AND ALBERT MUSEUM. Indian Embroidery. Text by John Irwin. (Large Picture Book No. 7.) 9, (1)pp., 28 plates. 4to. Wraps. London, 1951.

1622

LONDON. VICTORIA AND ALBERT MUSEUM. The Indian Heritage. Court life & arts under Mughal rule. April-Aug. 1982. [By] Robert Skelton and the Indian Department. 176pp. Prof. illus. (partly color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. London, 1982.

1623

LONDON. WHITECHAPEL GALLERY. Arts of Bengal. The Heritage of Bangladesh and Eastern India. Nov.-Dec. 1979. Texts by Robert Skelton, John Lowry, Andrew Topsfield, Veronica Murphy, Susan Stronge. 80pp. Text illus. (11 color). 4to. Wraps. London, 1979.

1624

LOOFS, HELMUT H. Südost Asiens Fundamente. Hochkulturen und Primitivstämme, Geisterglauben, Religionen, Grosse Politik. 352pp., 1 folding map, 4 color plates. 121 illus., 23 figs., 5 maps. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Safari-Verlag), 1964.

1625

LOPEZ, DONALD S., JR. (EDITOR). Buddhism in Practice. (Princeton Readings in Religions.) xvi, 608pp. 4to. Wraps. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1995.

1626

LORD, JOHN. Die Maharadschas. 296, (2)pp., 16 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Frankfurt/Berlin (Ullstein Verlag), 1973.

1627

LORENZEN, DAVID N. The Kapalikas and Kalamukhas: Two Lost Saivite Sects. (Australian National University Center of Oriental Studies. Oriental Monograph Series. 12.) xiv, 214pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Thomson Press [India] Limited), 1972.

1628

LORRAIN, J. HERBERT & SAVIDGE, FRED W. A Grammar and Dictionary of the Lushai Language (Dulien Dialect). (4), 346pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Shillong 1898. Calcutta/Aizawl, Mizoram (Firma KLM Private Limited/ Tribal Research Institute), 1976.

1629

LU PE WIN, U. Historic Sites and Monuments of Mandalay and Environs. 8pp., 15 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. N.p., n.d.

1630

LU PE WIN, U. Pagodas of Pagan. 7, (1)pp., 13 plates. Lrg. sq. 8vo. Wraps. N.p., n.d.

1631

LU PE WIN, U. Pictorial Guide to Pagan. 76pp., 1 lrg. folding plan. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Rangoon (Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), 1955.

1632

LUCE, G.H. A Comparative Word-List of Old Burmese, Chinese and Tibetan. xi, (1), 88pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

97

London (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London), 1983. 1633

LUCE, GORDON H. Old Burma-Early Pagán. Assisted by Bo-Hmu Ba Shin, U Tin Oo, the staff of the Burma Historical Commission, the Burma Archaeological Department, and many other friends. (Artibus Asiae. Supplementum 25.) 3 vols. I: Text. xviii, 422pp. II: Catalogue of Plates, Indexes. 337, (1)pp., 3 folding maps & 2 tables loosely inserted inside rear cover, as issued. III: Plates. 455 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New York (J.J. Augustin for Artibus Asiae and The Institute of Fine Arts), 1969-1970.

1634

LUCE, G.H. Phases of pre-Pagán Burma. Languages and History. (School of Oriental and African Studies.) 2 vols. I: xv, (1), 185pp. Sm. 4to. II: 137, (1)pp., 100 plates. 2 maps. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1985.

1635

LUDOWYK, E.F.C. The Modern History of Ceylon. (Asia-Africa Series of Modern Histories.) ix, (3), 308pp. 29 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Weidenfeld and Nicolson), 1966.

1636

LÜDERS, HEINRICH. Bharhut und die buddhistische Literatur. (Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes. XXVI, 3.) (2), 182pp. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1941.

1637

LÜDERS, HEINRICH. Varuna. Aus dem Nachlass herausgegeben von Ludwig Alsdorf. 2 vols. I: Varuna und die Wasser. II: Varuna und das Rta. viii, xxiii, (1), 764pp. 4to. Wraps. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1951-1959.

1638

LUIZ, A.A.D. Tribes of Kerala. (8), ii, 257pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Bharatiya Adimjati Sevak Sangh), 1962.

1639

LUNET DE LAJONQUIÈRE, E. Ethnographie des territoires militaires, rédigée sur l'ordre du Gal Coronnat.... Par le Ct Lunet de Lajonquière, d'après les travaux de MM. le Lt-Cl Diguet, le Ct Bonifacy, le Ct Révérony, la Capitaine Fesch, etc. (2), 258, vi pp. Illus. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Title-page supplied in manuscript. Hanoi (F.H. Schneider), 1904.

1640

LUO, XIANGLIN. Liu xing yu Gan Min Yue ji Malaiya zhi zhen kong jiao. 6, 284pp., 28 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. With English-language title-page “The Spread of the Chen K’ung Chiao in South China and Malaya,” by Lo Hsiang-lin. Edition limited to 1000 copies. Xianggang (Zhongguo xue she/ Institute of Chinese Culture), 1962.

1641

LUO, XIANGLIN. Xi Poluozhou Luo Fangbo deng suo jian gongheguo kao. 6, 165, (1), 8, (4)pp., 31 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. English-language summary “A Historical Survey of the Lan-fang Presidential System in Western Borneo, Established by Lo Fang-peiu and Other Overseas Chinese,” by Lo Hsiang-lin. Xianggang (Zhongguo xue she/ Institute of Chinese Culture), 1961.

1642

LUONG, HY V. Revolution in the Village. Tradition and transformation in North Vietnam, 1925-1955. With the collaboration of Nguyen Dac Bang. xxiii, (1), 272pp. 11 illus., 2 figs., 5 maps, 7 tables. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Honolulu (University of Hawaii Press), 1992.

1643

LUTZE, LOTHAR. Zwölf Lektionen Hindi. Arbeitsheft für Anfänger. 44pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Zweigstelle des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg), 1966.

1644

LYMAN, THOMAS AMIS. Dictionary of Mong Njua. A Miao (Meo) language of Southeast Asia. (Janua Linguarum. Studia memoriae Nicolai van Wijk dedicata. Series practica. 123.) 403pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. The Hague/Paris (Mouton), 1974.

1645

LYMAN, THOMAS AMIS. English/Meo Dictionary. Second edition. (2), 131 ff. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (The German Cultural Institute, Goethe-Institute), 1973.

1646

LYMAN, THOMAS AMIS. Grammar of Mong Njua (Green Miao). A descriptive linguistic study. ix, (1), 100pp. 4to. Wraps. N.p. (Privately Printed), 1979.

1647

LYNCH, OWEN M. The Politics of Untouchability. Social mobility and social change in a city of India. xiv, (6), 251pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York/London (Columbia University Press), 1969.

1648

LYNTON, LINDA. The Sari: Styles - Patterns - History - Techniques. Photographs by Sanjay K. Singh. 208pp. Over 470 illus. (206 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (Thames and Hudson), 1995.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

98

1649

LYONS, ELIZABETH. Thai Traditional Painting. Second edition. (Thai Culture. 20.) 16pp. 19 illus. hors texte. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1968.

1650

LYONS, ELIZABETH. The Tosachat in Thai Painting. Second edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 22.) 28pp. 22 illus. hors texte. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1969.

1651

MA, HUAN. Ying-yai sheng-lan. “The Overall Survey of the Ocean’s Shores” [1433]. Translated from the Chinese text, edited by Feng Ch’eng-Chün with introduction, notes and appendices by J.V.G. Mills. (Hakluyt Society. Extra Series. 42.) xix, (1), 393pp. 12 plates and maps (1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued). Sm. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1970.

1652

MABBETT, IAN & CHANDLER, DAVID. The Khmers. (The Peoples of South-East Asia and the Pacific.) x, (4), 289pp. 47 illus., 8 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Oxford/Cambridge (Blackwell), 1995.

1653

MABUCHI, TOICHI. Tales Concerning the Origin of Grains in the Insular Area of Eastern and Southeastern Asia. (Reprinted from Asian Folklore Studies, XXIII#1.) 92pp. 4 maps. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. [Nagoya] (Asian Folklore Studies), 1964.

1654

MCCARTHY, MARY. Vietnam. (4), 106pp. 4to. Wraps. New York (Harcourt, Brace & World), 1967.

1655

MCCORMACK, WILLIAM. Kannada. A cultural introduction to the spoken styles of the language. With the assistance of M.G. Krishnamurthi. xi, (3), 203, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Madison/Milwaukee (The University of Wisconsin Press), 1966.

1656

MACDONALD, MALCOLM. Angkor and the Khmers. 158, (4)pp. 112 illus. hors texte. 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1987.

1657

MACDONELL, ARTHUR ANTHONY. A Practical Sanskrit Dictionary. With transliteration, accentuation, and etymological analysis throughout. xii, 382, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London 1929. Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1954/1958.

1658

MACDONELL, ARTHUR A. A Sanskrit Grammar for Beginners. Second edition, revised and enlarged. xiv, (2), 264pp. Cloth (discolored). London (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1911.

1659

MACDONELL, ARTHUR A. A Sanskrit Grammar for Students. Third edition. xviii, (2), 264pp. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1955.

1660

MACDONELL, ARTHUR ANTHONY. A Vedic Grammar for Students. x, (2), 508pp. Cloth. Bombay (Oxford University Press), 1958.

1661

MACDONELL, ARTHUR ANTHONY. A Vedic Reader for Students. xxxi, (1), 263, (1)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1965.

1662

MACDONELL, ARTHUR A. & KEITH, ARTHUR BERRIEDALE. Vedic Index of Names and Subjects. With a foreword by Dr. Sampurnanand. (Indian Texts Series.) 2 vols. xvi, 544pp.; 592pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1912 edition. Varanasi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1967.

1663

MACDOUGALL, BONNIE GRAHAM & DE ABREW, KAMINI. Sinhala: Basic Course. 3 vols. I: Beginning Signs and Letters. viii, 110pp. II: General Conversation. xvi, 319pp. III: Sinhala Structures. vii, (1), 103pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1979.

1664

MCFARLAND, GEORGE BRADLEY. Thai-English Dictionary. xxi, (1), 1019, (3), 39pp. 4to. Cloth. Stanford (Stanford University Press), 1974.

1665

MCGREGOR, R.S. Outline of Hindi Grammar with Exercises. xxxiii, (1), 229, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1972.

1666

MCGREGOR, R.S. (EDITOR). The Oxford Hindi-English Dictionary. xx, 1083pp. 4to. Cloth. Oxford/Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1993.

1667

MACKAY, ERNEST. Die Induskultur. Ausgrabungen in Mohenjo-daro und Harappa. 151pp. 78 illus. hors texte. 1 map. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

99

Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1938. 1668

MACKIE, J.A.C. (EDITOR). The Chinese in Indonesia: Five Essays. x, (2), 282, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Honolulu (The University Press of Hawaii), 1976.

1669

MACLAGAN, EDWARD. The Jesuits and the Great Mogul. xxi, (1), 433, (1)pp., 12 plates. 2 maps. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. London (Burns Oates & Washbourne), 1932.

1670

MCLEOD, W.H. Early Sikh Tradition. A study of the Janam-sakhis. xiv, 317pp. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1980.

1671

MCLEOD, W.H. (EDITOR). Textual Sources for the Study of Sikhism. (Textual Sources for the Study of Religion.) vi, (4), 166pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Manchester (Manchester University Press), 1984.

1672

MADHAVANANDA, SWAMI (TRANSLATOR). The Brhadãranyaka Upanisad, With the Commentary of Sankaracarya. With an introduction by...S. Kuppuswami Sastri. Third edition. xxii, (4), 959pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth. Mayavati, Almora (Advaita Ashrama), 1950.

1673

MADRAS. MADRAS GOVERNMENT MUSEUM. Catalogue of Music Instruments Exhibited in the Government Museum, Madras. By P. Sambamoorthy. Revised edition. (8), 27, (3)pp., 14 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Madras, 1976.

1674

MADRAS. MADRAS GOVERNMENT MUSEUM. Guide to the Anthropological Exhibits. By C.J. Jayadev. (2), 47pp. 37 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Madras, 1964.

1675

MÄDING, KLAUS. Südindische Bauern: Orientierungschancen im Klassen- und Kastensystem. (Bochumer Materialien zur Entwicklungsforschung und Entwicklungspolitik. 14.) (2), 267pp. 4to. Wraps. Tübingen (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1980.

1676

MÄNNER, A. Tulu-English Dictionary. vi, (2), 687, (1)pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Mangalore 1886 edition. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1983.

1677

MAFFEI, ANGELUS FRANCIS XAVIER. An English-Konkani Dictionary. [And]: Konkani-English Dictionary. 2 parts in 1 vol. xi, (1), 545pp.; xii, 156, (2)pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Mangalore 1883 edition. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1983.

1678

MAFFEI, ANGELUS FRANCIS XAVIER. A Konkani Grammar. xiv, (2), 439pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Mangalore 1882 edition. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services ), 1986.

1679

MAGHA. The Sisupâlavadha of Mâgha with the Commentary (Sarvankashâ) of Mallinâtha. Edited by Pandit Durgâprasâd and Pandit S’ivadatta. Fifth edition. Revised by Wâsudev Laxman Shâstrî Panasîkar./ Sisupalavadham. Srimaghapranitam; Kolacalamallinathasurikrtaya Sarvankasakhyaya vyakhyaya samullasitam; Panditadurgaprasadaena Dagicapanditaívadattena ca samsodhitam. (10), 523, 17pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Mumbai (Tukaram Javaji), 1910.

1680

DAS MAHABHARATA: EIN ALTINDISCHES EPOS. Nach dem Sanskrit-Text übersetzt und zusammengefasst von Biren Roy; aus dem Englischen übertragen von E. Roemer. (Diederichs Taschenausgaben. 26.) 332, (4)pp. Cloth. Düsseldorf/Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1961.

1681

THE MAHABHARATA OF KRISHNA-DWAIPAYANA VYASA. Translated into English prose from the original Sanskrit text by Kisari Mohan Ganguli. Fourth edition. 12 vols. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1981.

1682

MAHADEVA SASTRI, A. (EDITOR). The S’aiva Upanisads with the Commentary of S’ri Upanisad-brahma-yogin. (The Adyar Library Series. 9.) 25, (1), 243pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Adyar, Madras (The Adyar Library), 1950.

1683

MAHADEVAN, IRAVATHAM. The Indus Script: Texts, Concordance and Tables. (Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of India. 77.) viii, 829pp. Prof. illus. Sm. stout folio. Cloth. New Delhi (The Director General, Archaeological Survey of India), 1977.

1684

MAHADEVASASTRI, KORADA. Descriptive Grammar and Handbook of Modern Telugu. With key. Edited by Klaus Ludwig Janert in collaboration with Mulakaluri Srimannarayana Murti Pakalapati (Vegunta) Rani (Gandhi). (Koel Sarasvati Series. 7.) 493pp. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

100

Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden), 1985. 1685

MAHALINGAM, T.V. Administration and Social Life Under Vijayanagar. Second edition, revised. 2 vols. I: Administration. (10), 317pp., 4 plates. II: Social Life. viii, 436pp., 9 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Cloth. Madras (University of Madras), 1969-1975.

1686

MAHANAMA. The Mahavamsa, or, The Great Chronicle of Ceylon. Translated into English by Wilhelm Geiger assisted by Mabel Haynes Bode. With an addendum by G.C. Mendis. lxiii, (1), 327pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London 1912. Colombo (Ceylon Government Information Department), 1950.

1687

MAHAPATRA, PIYUSHKANTI. The Folk Cults of Bengal. Foreword by Satyendranath Sen. 160pp. 4to. Boards. Calcutta (Indian Publications), 1972.

1688

MAHAPATRA, SITAKANT. Modernization and Ritual: Identity and Change in Santal Society. ix, (1), 170pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Oxford University Press), 1986.

1689

MAHAVIRA. Uttaradhyayana sutra: The Last Testament of Bhagavan Mahavira. Text, translation, notes [by] K.C. Lalwani. vi, (2), 488pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Prajñanam), 1977.

1690

MAHENDRAKUMARA, MUNI. Jaina Stories (As Gleaned from Cononical [sic] Texts). As retold in Hindi by Adhyatma Yogi Muni Sri Mahendra Kumarji ‘Prtham.’ Foreword by Sri Rajaram Shastri. English translation by K.C. Lalwani. 3 vols. xix, (1), 184pp.; xvii, (3), 182pp.; v, (3), 164pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards. Calcutta (Arhat Prakashan), 1976-1978.

1691

MAHIPATI. Stories of Indian Saints. Translation of Mahipati’s Marathi Bkaktavijaya by Justin E. Abbott and Narhar R. Godbole. Introduction by G.V. Tagare. 2 vols. in 1. xxxvii, (1), 507pp.; xxxiv, 499pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth. Reprint of the Poona 1933 edition. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1982.

1692

MAINWARING, G.B. Dictionary of the Lepcha-Language. Compiled by the late G.B. Mainwaring, revised and completed by Albert Grünwedel. xvi, 552pp. 4to. Orig. cloth. Berlin (Unger Brothers), 1898.

1693

MAINWARING, G.B. A Grammar of the Lepcha Language. (Bibliotheca Hiamalayica. Series II, Vol. 5.) xxi, (1), 146pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint, limited to 500 numbered copies, of the Calcutta 1876 edition. New Delhi (Manjusri Publishing House), 1971.

1694

MAIRE, J. Étude sur la race Man du Haut Tonkin. (Annales de l’Institut Colonial de Marseille. 2e série, II.) (228)pp., 12 plates. Text illus. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth. Marseille (Institut Colonial), 1904.

1695

MAITHRIMURTHI, MUDAGAMUWE. Das Verhalten der ceylonesischen Buddhisten gegenüber Tieren und Pflanzen. (1), 110, (2)ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. M.A. thesis, Universität Hamburg. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Hamburg, 1986.

1696

MAITRA, ASIM. A Guide Book to Lisu Language. x, (2), 99pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Mittal Publications), 1988.

1697

MAÎTRE, HENRI. Les régions Moï du Sud indo-chinois: Le plateau du Darlac. (2), 335pp., 1 folding map. Frontis. New boards, 1/4 cloth. Paris (Plon-Nourrit et Cie.), 1909.

1698

MAJUMDAR, D.N. Caste and Communication in an Indian Village. (6), 358pp. 20 figs. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Asia Publishing House), 1962.

1699

MAJUMDAR, R.C. Champa. History & culture of an Indian colonial kingdom in the Far East, 2nd.-16th century A.D. xxiv, 274, (2), 6, (2), v, (1), 227pp., 21 plates. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1927. Delhi (Gian Publishing House), 1985.

1700

MAJUMDAR, R.C. The Classical Accounts of India. Being a compilation of the English translations of the accounts left by Herodotus, Megasthenes, Arrian, Strabo, Quintus, Diodorus Siculus, Justin, Plutarch, Frontinus, Nearchus, Apollonius, Pliny, Ptolemy, Aeolian and others with maps, editorial notes, comments, analysis and introduction. xxvi, 504pp. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Firma KLM), 1981.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

101

1701

MAJUMDAR, R.C. Kambuja-Desá, or, An Ancient Hindu Colony in Cambodia. (Sir William Meyer Lectures 1942-43.) viii, (2), 165pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Madras 1944. Philadelphia (Institute for the Study of Human Issues), 1980.

1702

MAJUMDAR, R.C. Suvarnadvipa: Ancient Indian Colonies in the Far East. Volume I: Political History. 2 vols. I: xviii, (2), 436, 16pp., 1 folding map. II: Cultural History. xiv, (2), 354, 10, (2)pp., 74 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Reprint of the Lahore 1927 edition. Delhi (Gian Publishing House), 1986.

1703

MAJUMDAR, R.C. & PUSALKER, A.D. (EDITORS). The Vedic Age. (The Bharatiya Itihasa Samiti’s History and Culture of the Indian People. 1.) 565, (3)pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (Georg Allen & Unwin), 1957.

1704

MAK, LAU FONG. The Sociology of Secret Societies. A study of Chinese secret societies in Singapore and Peninsular Malaysia. ix, (1), 178pp. 7 figs. 4to. Cloth. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1981.

1705

MAK PHOEUN. Chroniques royales du Cambodge. Traduction française avec comparaison des différentes versions et introduction. (École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 13.) 3 vols. I: Des origines légendaires jusqu’à Paramaraja 1er. (4), 465, (3)pp. 1 double-page map. II: De Baña Yat à la prise de Lanvaek (de 1417 à 1595). 471, (3)pp. 1 map, 1 plan. III: De 1594 à 1677. (2), 524, (2)pp., 1 double-page map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient/ Adrien-Maisonneuve), 1981-1988.

1706

MAKULLOLUWA, W.B. Dances of Sri Lanka. (The Culture of Sri Lanka. 8.) 24pp., 25 color plates. Wraps. [Colombo] (Ministry of Cultural Affairs), n.d.

1707

MALALASEKERA, G.P. Dictionary of Pali Proper Names. 2 vols. xvii, (1), 1163pp.; xi, (1), 1370pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. London (Pali Text Society/ Luzac & Company), 1960.

1708

MALALASEKERA, G.P., ET AL. (EDITORS). Encyclopaedia of Buddhism. Vol. I, fasc. 1-4, vol. II, fasc. 1-4, vol. III, fasc. 1-4, vol. IV, fasc. 1-4, vol. V, fasc. 1-4, vol. VI, fasc. 1-2. 4to. Wraps. Colombo (Government of Ceylon), 1961-1999.

1709

MALALGODA, KITSIRI. Buddhism in Sinhalese Society, 1750-1900. A study of religious revival and change. xiii, (1), 300pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1976.

1710

MALAYSIA AT A GLANCE. 106pp. Illus. Oblong 8vo. Wraps. [Kuala Lumpur] (Publications Section, External Information Division, Department of Information Services), 1968.

1711

MALIK, ADITYA. Das Puskara-Mahatmya. Ein religionswissenschaftlicher Beitrag zum Wallfahrtsbegriff in Indien. Erörterung, Text, Übersetzung. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 155.) xiii, (1), 408, (16)pp., 2 maps. 12 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1993.

1712

MALIK, JAMAL. Islamische Gelehrtenkultur in Nordindien. Entwicklungsgeschichte und Tendenzen am Beispiel von Lucknow. (Islamic History and Civilization: Studies and Texts. 19.) xviii, 609, (1)pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Leiden/New York (E.J. Brill), 1997.

1713

MALLEBREIN, CORNELIA. Die anderen Götter: Volks- und Stammesbronzen aus Indien. Mit Beiträgen von Heidrun Brückner, Gudrun Bühnemann, Elizabeth Chalier-Visuvalingam, M.K. Dhavalikar, Rainer Hörig, Monika Horstmann, Lydia Icke-Schwalbe, Gerd Kreisel, Hermann Kulke, Eveline Masilamani-Meyer, Madhukar Shripad Mate, Georg Pfeffer, Josef Riederer, Cornelia Vogelsanger, Paul Yule. Herausgegeben von Gisela Völger. 559pp. 576 illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museum, Köln. Köln (Edition Braus), 1993.

1714

MALONEY, CLARENCE. Peoples of South Asia. xix, (3), 584pp. Illus. 4to. Boards. New York (Holt, Rinehart and Winston), 1974.

1715

MALONEY, CLARENCE (EDITOR). South Asia: Seven Community Profiles. xiv, (2), 304pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. New York (Holt, Rinehart and Winston), 1974.

1716

MAN, EDWARD HORACE. A Dictionary of the Central Nicobarese Language (English-Nicobarese and NicobareseEnglish), with appendices containing a comparison of synonymous works in the remaining Nicobarese forms and other matters, preceded by notes on the grammar of the central form. lx, 243pp. 4to. Cloth. First published 1888-1889. Delhi (Sanskara Prakashak), 1975.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

102

1717

MAN`” NUIN`, U”. Ku hto bo. (6), 37, (48)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Yan kon (Shei Haung Thu Tei Tha Na Htana), 1962.

1718

MAN`” NUIN`, U”. "Ma no". Praññ` thon` cu mrok` phya” desa mha sve” khyan`” tui’ e* rui” ra yañ` kye” mhu. (Tuin`” ran`” sa” yañ` kye” mhu ca cañ`. 3.) 29, (1)pp., 48 plates. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Ran` kun` (Praññ` thon` cu Yañ` kye” mhu Van` kri’ Thana a tvak` Mran` ma Nuin` nam to` A cui” ra pum nhip` re” nhan`’ Ca re” Kiriya Thana Van` ka ruik` nhip` thut` ve saññ), 1961.

1719

MAN`” NUIN`, U”. Pyi htaung su ka pa dei tha. 16, 115, (2)pp., 144 plates. 4to. Buckram. D.j. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Ran` kun` (Sa Pei Beik Man Pon Hneik Taik), 1959.

1720

MAN`” NUIN`, U”. Tui’ tuin`” ran`” bhu’a” Praññ` Thon` Cu sa”. xi, (1), 21, (3)pp., 80 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Ran` Kun` (Yañ` Kye” Mhu Van` Kri” Thana), 1960.

1721

MANDALAY (AND ITS ENVIRONS). 83, (5)pp. Illus. 1 folding plan, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Wraps. [Rangoon] (Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), n.d.

1722

MANDELBAUM, DAVID G. Society in India. 2 vols. I: Continuity and Change. xi, (1), 323, (1), 37, (1), 14, (4)pp. II: Change and Continuity. ix, (3)pp., pp. 324-665, 37, (1), 14, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1972.

1723

MANICH JUMSAI, M.L. History of Laos. Second edition, revised and enlarged. (6), 325pp. Illus. 4to. Buckram. Bangkok (Chalermnit), 1971.

1724

MANICH JUMSAI, M.L. History of Thai Literature (Including Laos, Shans, Khamti, Ahom, and Yunnan-Nanchao). 9, (1), 287pp. Wraps. Bangkok (Chalermnit Press), 1973.

1725

MANICH JUMSAI, M.L. History of Thai Literature (Including Laos, Shans, Khamti, Ahom, and Yunnan-Nanchao). 9, (1), 287pp. Wraps. Bangkok (Chalermnit Press), 1973.

1726

[MANICH JUMSAI, M.L.] Ramayana. Masterpiece of Thai literature retold from the original version written by Ring Rama I of Thailand. (2), 101pp., 2 plates. Cloth. Bangkok (Chalermnit Bookshop), 1965.

1727

MANICH JUMSAI, M.L. Thai Sprachführer. Second edition. (6), 209, (3)pp. Wraps. Bangkok (Chalermnit), 1976.

1728

MANIKKAVACAKAR. Die Hymnen des Manikka-Vasaga (Tiruvasaga). Aus dem Tamil übersetzt von H.W. Schomerus. (Religiöse Stimmen der Völker. Texte zur Gottesmystik des Hinduismus. 1.) li, (1), 213, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. Jena (Eugen Diederichs), 1923.

1729

MANLEY, TIMOTHY M. Outline of Sre Structure. (Oceanic Linguistics. Special Publication No. 12.) (10), 239, (3)pp. 10 illus. 4to. Wraps. Honolulu (University of Hawaii Press), 1972.

1730

MANMOHAN SINGH (TRANSLATOR). Sri Guru Granth Sahib: English & Punjabi Translation. Second edition. 8 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Amritsar (Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee), 1981-1983.

1731

MANN, MICHAEL. Flottenbau und Forstbetrieb in Indien, 1794-1823. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, SüdasienInstitut, Universität Heidelberg. 175.) xii, 203, (1)pp. 4 maps. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1996.

1732

MANNIN, ETHEL. Land of the Crested Lion. A journey through modern Burma. 256pp. 23 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth (stained). London (Jarrolds), 1955.

1733

MANSUY, H. Stations préhistoriques de Somron-Seng et de Longprao (Cambodge). 29, (1)pp., 15 plates, 1 folding map. 12 text illus. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (F.-H. Schneider), 1902.

1734

[MANU.] Mánavadharmasástra [or,] Manusamhitá. 299pp. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. With Kullúka Bhatta commentary called Manvarthamuktávalí. The text revised by Maithila and edited with an index by Bábú Ráma. Entirely in Sanskrit, without titlepage. Only 1 copy listed in OCLC (Cornell University).

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

103

[Calcutta, 1813]. 1735

MARCHAL, HENRI. Nouveau guide d’Angkor. (4), 245, (5)pp. , 1 folding map. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. [Phnom Penh (Office National du Tourisme), 1964].

1736

MARCUS, RUSSELL. English-Lao, Lao-English Dictionary. / Vatchananukom `Angkit-Lao, Lao-`Angkit (4), 416pp. 12mo. Plastic covers. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Co.), 1970.

1737

MARING, JOEL M. & MARING, ESTER G. Historical and Cultural Dictionary of Burma. (Historical and Cultural Dictionaries of Asia. 4.) vi, 290pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Metuchen, New Jersey (The Scarcrow Press), 1973.

1738

MARJAY, FREDERIC P. Portugal im Orient: Ein historischer Überblick. 56, (6)pp. 80 illus. hors texte. Numerous text figs. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Lisboa (Livraria Bertrand), 1959.

1739

MARKOVÁ-ANSARI, DAGMAR & ANSARI, AHMED. Gesprächsbuch Deutsch-Hindi. / Jarmana-Hindi batacita. 266, (6)pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1981.

1740

MARLIÈRE, MICHEL. Étude d’un groupe de trois monastères bouddhiques sis à Thonburi (Thailande): Essai de sociographie bouddhique. (Centre de Recherches d’Histoire et de Philologie de la IVe Section de l’École Pratique des Hautes Études. II: Hautes Études Orientales. 7.) vii, (1), v, (1), 252pp. 3 plans. 4to. Wraps. Genève/Paris (Librairie Droz), 1977.

1741

MAROLD, GERFRIED. Der Zustand der Schiffahrt bei den Völkern am Indischen Ozean. iv, 85pp. Wraps. Würzburg-Aumühle (Konrad Triltsch), 1940.

1742

MARR, DAVID G. & MILNER, A.C. (EDITORS). Southeast Asia in the 9th to 14th Centuries. Introduction by Wang Gungwu. xviii, 416pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Singapore/Canberra (Institute of Southeast Asian Studies/ Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University), 1986.

1743

MARSDEN, WILLIAM. A Dictionary and Grammar of the Malayan Language. With an introduction by Russell Jones. (Oxford in Asia Historical Reprints.) 2 vols. xxv, (3), xv, (1), 589, (3)pp.; xlix, 225pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1812 edition. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1984.

1744

MARSHALL, HARRY IGNATIUS. The Karen People of Burma: A Study in Anthropology and Ethnology. (The Ohio State University Bulletin. Vol. 26#13./ Contributions in History and Political Science. 8.) xv, (1), 329pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Columbus (Ohio State University), 1922.

1745

MARSHALL, HARRY I. The Karens of Burma. (Burma Pamphlets. 8.) 40pp. 8 illus. 12mo. Boards. London (Burma Research Society/ Longmans, Green & Co.), 1945.

1746

MARTIN, MARIE ALEXANDRINE. Cambodia, a Shattered Society. xxi, (1), 398pp. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1994.

1747

MASKARINEC, GREGORY G. Nepalese Shaman Oral Texts. (Harvard Oriental Series. 55.) xii, 695, 391pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Department of Sanskrit and Indian Studies, Harvard University/ Harvard University Press), 1998.

1748

MASKARINEC, GREGORY G. The Rulings of the Night. An ethnography of Nepalese shaman oral texts. xi, (3), 276pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Madison (The University of Wisconsin Press), 1995.

1749

MASPÉRO, GEORGES. Grammaire de la langue khmère (cambodgien). (École Française d’Extrême-Orient.) viii, 489pp. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth. Paris (Imprimerie Nationale), 1915.

1750

MASPÉRO, GEORGES. Le royaume de Champa. vi, 278pp., 40 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Paris/Bruxelles (Les Éditions G. van Oest), 1928.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

104

1751

MASSARD, JOSIANE. Nous, gens de Ganchong. Environnement et échanges dans un village malais. Préface: P.E. Josselin de Jong. (Centre de Documentation et de Recherches sur l’Asie du Sud-Est et le Monde Insulindien.) (2), 443pp. 20 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique), 1983.

1752

MASSON, ANDRÉ. Histoire du Vietnam. (“Que sais-je?” 398.) 128pp. 6 maps and plans. Wraps. Paris (Presses Universitaires de France), 1960.

1753

MASTER, ALFRED. A Grammar of Old Marathi. xiv, (2), 172pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1964.

1754

MATHESON, SYLVIA A. Rajasthan, Land of Kings. Design and photography by Roloff Beny. 200pp. 103 plates. Sm. folio. Cloth. London (Frederick Muller Limited), 1984.

1755

MATHUR, AGAM PRASAD. Radhasoami Faith. A historical study. xi, (1), 189pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1974.

1756

MATHUR, J.C. Drama in Rural India. (6), 121, (3)pp., 6 plates. 4to. Cloth. London (Indian Council for Cultural Relations/ Asia Publishing House), [1963].

1757

MATHUR, K.S. Caste and Ritual in a Malwa Village. viii, (4), 215pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Asia Publishing House), 1964.

1758

MATHUR, P.R.G. The Mappila Fisherfolk of Kerala. A study in inter-relationship between habitat, technology, economy, society and culture. xii, (2), 434, (2)pp., 21 plates. 3 maps., 17 figs. 4to. Cloth. Trivandrum (Kerala Historical Society), 1978.

1759

MATHUR, U.B. Folkways in Rajasthan. (Focus on Folkways in India: Rajasthan.) (10), 202, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Jaipur (The Folklorists), 1986.

1760

MATICS, K.I. Introduction to the Thai Temple. 141pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Bangkok (White Lotus), 1992.

1761

MATISOFF, JAMES A. The Dictionary of Lahu. (University of California Publications in Linguistics. 111.) xxv, (1), 1436, (2)pp. 80 illus. hors texte. 1 map, 12 text illus. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Berkeles/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1988.

1762

MATISOFF, JAMES A. The Grammar of Lahu. (University of California Publications: Linguistics. 75.) lvi, 693pp. 3 plates, 1 map, 57 figs. Stout 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1982.

1763

MATSUDA, KAZUNOBU. Indo-sho Toshokan shozo Chuo Ajia shutsudo Daijo nehangyo Bonbun dankanshu: Sutain Herunre korekushon. / Sanskrit Fragments of the Mahayana Mahaparinirvanasutra. A study of the Central Asian documents in the Stein/Hoernle Collection of the India Office Library, London. (Studia Tibetica. 14.) xiv, 78pp., 24 plates (1 color). Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo (Toyo Bunko), 1988.

1764

THE MATSYA PURANA. Translated by a Taluqdar of Oudh. 2 vols. in 1. xv, (3), 360, cvi, (4), iii, (1), 370, xvii pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Allahabad 1916 edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1980.

1765

MATTANI MOJDARA RUTNIN (EDITOR). The Siamese Theatre. A collection of reprints from the Journals of the Siam Society. v, (5), 291pp., 57 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Siam Society), 1975.

1766

MATTHES, B.F. Eenige proeven van Boegineesche en Makassaarsche poëzie. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Indië.) 62pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1883.

1767

MATTHES, B.F. Makassaarsch-Hollandsch woordenboek, met Hollandsch-Makassarsche woordenlijst, opgave van Makassaarsche plantennamen, en verklaring van een tot opheldering bijgevoegden ethnographischen atlas. viii, 943pp. 4to. Cloth. Without the Ethnographic atlas. Amsterdam (Nederlandsch Bijbelgenootschap/ Frederik Muller), 1859.

1768

MATTHES, B.F. Makassaarsche spraakkunst. xvi, 135pp., 1 folding plate. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

105

Amsterdam (Nederlandsch Bijbelgenootschap/ Frederick Muller), 1858. 1769

MATZEL, KLAUS. Einführung in die singhalesische Sprache. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg. 5.) xiv, 208pp. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1966.

1770

MAUNG MAUNG PYE, U. The Last of the Konbaung Kings. ii, 80pp. 12mo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Rangoon (Khittaya Publishing House), [1948].

1771

MAUNG MAUNG, U. Burma’s Constitution. x, (2), 325, (1)pp., 16 plates. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1959.

1772

MAUNG N’UN, MAUNG, ET AL. Birmanskii iazyk. [By] Maun Maun N’un, I.A. Orlova, E.V. Puzitskii, I.M. Tagunova. (Iazyki Zarubezhnogo Vostoka i Afriki.) 122, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo Vostochnoi Literatury), 1963.

1773

MAURICE, ALBERT & PROUX, GEORGES MARIE. L’âme du riz. (Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises. Nouvelle Série. XXIX#2-3.) 134, 6pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 22 plates (partly hors texte). 4to. Wraps. Saigon (Société des Études Indochinoises), 1954.

1774

MAURICE, ALBERT-MARIE. Les Mnong des Hauts-Plateaux (Centre-Vietnam). Préface de Georges Condominas. (Collection “Recherches Asiatiques.”) 2 vols. I: Vie matérielle. 456, (8)pp. II: Vie sociale et coutumière. 745, (1), 5, (5)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions L’Harmattan), 1993.

1775

MAURY, CURT. Folk Origins of Indian Art. (8), 245, (1)pp. 241 illus. (42 color illus. hors texte). Oblong 4to. Cloth. New York/ London (Columbia University Press), 1969.

1776

MAXWELL, WILLIAM EDWARD. A Manual of the Malay Language. With an introductory sketch of the Sanskrit element in Malay. Sixth edition. viii, 182pp. Orig. cloth. London (Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner, & Co.), 1902.

1777

MAYER, ADRIAN C. Caste and Kinship in Central India. A village and its region. xvi, 295pp., 16 plates. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1970.

1778

MAYER, ADRIAN C. Land and Society in Malabar. With a preface by Raymond Firth. (The Institute of Pacific Relations.) vii, (3), 158pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1952.

1779

MAYER, L.TH. Practisch Maleisch-Hollandsch en Hollandsch-Maleisch handwoordenboek. Benevens een “Kort begrip der Maleische woordvorming en spraakleer.” Fourth edition. xix, (1), 622pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. The Hague (G.C.T. van Dorp & Co.), [1906].

1780

MAYO, KATHERINE. Mother India. xii, 440pp. Illus. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth. New York (Blue Ribbon Books), 1930.

1781

MAYRHOFER, MANFRED. Handbuch des Pali. Mit Texten und Glossar. Eine Einführung in das sprachwissenschaftliche Studium des Mittelindischen. (Indogermanische Bibliothek. Erste Reihe: Lehr- und Handbücher.) 2 vols I: Grammatik. xxvi, (2), 214, (2)pp. II: Texte und Glossar. Mit einem Anhang: Einige Proben buddhistischer Sanskrit-Texte. (2), 83pp. Cloth. Heidelberg (Carl Winter Universitätsverlag), 1951.

1782

MAYRHOFER, MANFRED. Kurzgefasstes etymologisches Wörterbuch des Altindischen. / A Concise Etymological Sanskrit Dictionary. (Indogermanische Bibliothek. 2. Reihe: Wörterbücher.) 4 vols. Cloth. Heidelberg (Carl Winter), 1956-1980.

1783

MAYURAPADA, THERA. Sitiyam sahita Pujavaliya. vi, 14, (2), 704pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. New boards, 1/4 cloth. Kolamba (Gunasena), 1932.

1784

MAZUMDAR, B.C. The Aborigines of the Highlands of Central India. 84, iii pp. Wraps. Calcutta (University of Calcutta), 1927.

1785

MAZZEO, DONATELLA & SILVI ANTONINI, CHIARA. Angkor. Foreword by Han Suyin. (Monumente grosser Kulturen.) 191, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Ebeling Verlag), 1974.

1786

MEERWARTH, A. Les Kathakalis du Malabar. (Extrait du Journal Asiatique, octobre-décembre 1926.) (92)pp., 16 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Orig. wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

106

Paris (Imprimerie Nationale), 1926. 1787

MEHLIG, JOHANNES (EDITOR). Weisheit des alten Indien. 2 vols. I: Vorbuddhistische und nichtbuddhistische Texte. 580pp. II: Buddhistische Texte. 801, (1)pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1987.

1788

MEHROTRA, R.R. Sociolinguistics in Hindi Contexts. ix, (1), 152, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.), 1985.

1789

MEHROTRA, R.R. Sociology of Secret Languages. vii, (3), 102, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Simla (Indian Institute of Advanced Study), 1977.

1790

MEIK, VIVIAN. The People of the Leaves. (6), 194pp., 16 plates. 4to. Cloth. London (Philip Allan), 1931.

1791

MEINCK, WILLI. Die gefangene Sonne. Indische Impressionen. Third edition. 259, (1)pp., 48 plates. Cloth. Halle/Saale (Mitteldeutscher Verlag), 1973.

1792

MEISTER, GEORGE. Der Orientalisch-Indianische Kunst- und Lust-Gärtner. Herausgegeben von Friedemann Berger und Wilfried Bonsack. 225, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Dresden 1692. Weimar (Gustav Kiepenheuer Verlag), n.d.

1793

MELBOURNE. NATIONAL GALLERY OF VICTORIA. Palm-leaf and Paper. Illustrated manuscripts of India and Southeast Asia. By John Guy. With an essay by O.P. Agrawal. May-July 1982. 96pp. 76 illus. (partly color). 4to. Wraps. Melbourne, 1982.

1794

MELLEMA, R.L. Modern Javaansch proza. Ten dienste van het onderwijs of middelbare scholen./ Serat gancaran warniwarni ing jaman sapunika: Kangge ing wulangan ing pamulangan tengahan. vii, (1), 272pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Groningen (J.B. Wolters), 1933.

1795

MENDELSON, E. MICHAEL. Sangha and State in Burma. A study of monastic sectarianism and leadership. Edited by John P. Ferguson. 400pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Ithaca/London (Cornell University Press), 1975.

1796

MENDIS, G.C. The Early History of Ceylon and Its Relations With India and Other Foreign Countries. Foreword by Wilhelm Geiger. (The Heritage and Life of Ceylon Series.) xiv, (2), 142pp., 20 plates, 10 maps. Cloth. Calcutta (Y.M.C.A. Publishing House), 1935.

1797

MENON, NARAYANA & DOSHI, SARYU (EDITORS). The Performing Arts. 156pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Marg Publications), 1982.

1798

MENSCHING, GUSTAV. Buddhistische Symbolik. vii, (1), 52, (2)pp., 68 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Gotha (Leopold Klotz Verlag), 1929.

1799

MERTIN, JOACHIM. Das Dorfentwicklungsprogramm als Methode des Wirtschaftsausbaus für das ländliche Indien. (Forschungen zur Sozial- und Wirtschaftsgeschichte. 4.) ix, (1), 151pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Gustav Fischer Verlag), 1962.

1800

MESSING, MARCEL. Der Buddhismus im Westen: Von der Antike bis heute. 229, (3)pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München (Kösel-Verlag), 1997.

1801

METCALF, BARBARA DALY. Islamic Revival in British India: Deoband, 1860-1900. xiv, 386, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1982.

1802

MEWARAM, PARMANAND. A New English-Sindhi Dictionary. (Institute of Sindhology. Publication No. 58.) (2), 3, (3), 460, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Hyderabad 1933. Jamshoro (Institute of Sindhology, University of Sind), n.d.

1803

MEY, WOLFGANG. Vielleicht sind diese Dinge die einzige Spur, die wir hinterlassen. Die bedrohte Zukunft der Bergvölker in Bangladesh. (Hintergründe & Materialien. 13.) 168pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Museumspädagogischer Dienst/ Galgenberg), 1991.

1804

MEYER, EVELINE. Ankalaparamecuvari. A goddess of Tamilnadu, her myths and cult. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 107.) xii, 339pp. 25 illus. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1986.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

107

1805

MEYER, J.J. Trilogie altindischer Mächte und Feste der Vegetation. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Religions- und Kulturgeschichte, Fest- und Volkskunde. 3 parts in 1 vol. (8), 238, (6), 267, (5), 339pp. Stout 4to. Wraps. Zürich/Leipzig (Max Niehans Verlag), [1937].

1806

MEYER, JOHANN JAKOB. Das Weib im altindischen Epos. Ein Beitrag zur indischen und zur vergleichenden Kulturgeschichte. xviii, 440pp. Lrg. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth. Leipzig (Verlag von Wilhelm Heims), 1915.

1807

MEYER, ROLAND. Cours de langue laotienne. (4), 303pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Vientiane (Imprimerie du Gouvernement), 1924.

1808

MEYER-BENFEY, HEINRICH. Rabindranath Tagore. (Die Literatur Sammlung Brandus. 39.) 92, (4)pp., 8 plates. Boards. Berlin (Brandussche Verlagsbuchhandlung), n.d.

1809

MI MI KHAING. Burmese Family. Illustrated by E.G.N. Kinch. 140pp. Illus. Wraps. Bombay/Calcutta (Orient Longmans), 1956.

1810

MIALARET, JEAN-PIERRE. Hinduism in Singapore. A guide to the Hindu temples of Singapore. 72pp., 1 folding map. Illus. Sm. 8vo. Boards. Singapore (Donald Moore for Asia Pacific Press), 1969.

1811

MICHAELS, AXEL. Der Cire-perdue-Guss in Nepal. iii, 57, (6)ff., 28 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Hamburgisches Museum für Völkerkunde), 1985.

1812

MICHAELS, AXEL. Der Hinduismus. Geschichte und Gegenwart. 458, (4)pp. 31 illus., 35 tables. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1998.

1813

MICHAELS, AXEL. The Making of a Statue: Lost-Wax Casting in Nepal. (Nepal Research Centre Publications. 6.) 78pp. 29 plates. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden), 1988.

1814

MICHAELS, AXEL. Ritual und Gesellschaft in Indien. Ein Essay. Mit Photos von Niels Gutschow. 142pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Frankfurt (Neue Kritik), 1986.

1815

MICHELL, GEORGE. The Hindu Temple. An introduction to its meaning and forms. 192pp. 106 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Paul Elek), 1977.

1816

MICHELL, GEORGE (EDITOR). Temple Towns of Tamil Nadu. Photographed by Bharath Ramamrutham. viii, 128pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Bombay (Marg Publications), 1993.

1817

MICHELL, GEORGE & SHAH, SNEHAL (EDITORS). Ahmadabad. Guest author: John Burton-Page. iv, 187pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth. Bombay (Marg Publications), 1988.

1818

MIKSIC, JOHN. Borobodur: Golden Tales of the Buddhas. Photographs by Marcello Tranchini. 157pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth. London/Singapore (Bamboo Publishing/ Periplus Editions), 1990.

1819

MILDENBERGER, MICHAEL. Heil aus Asien? Hinduistische und buddhistische Bewegungen im Westen. Mit einem Vorwort von Kurt Hutten. 102, (2)pp. Wraps. Stuttgart (Quell Verlag), 1974.

1820

MILIN. Xi tan ru men. Chisong ji. (64)pp., printed on folding leaves. 25.5. cm. 4to. Orig. printed wraps. Partly interleaved. Some staining. Beijing (Fo xue shu ju), 1928.

1821

MILLER, DAVID C. & WERTZ, DOROTHY C. Hindu Monastic Life: The Monks and Monasteries of Bhubaneswar. xv, (5), 228pp. 25 plates, 4 figs. 4to. Wraps. Montreal/London (McGill-Queen’s University Press), 1976.

1822

MILLER, HARRY. Prince and Premier. A biography of Tunku Abdul Rahman Putra Al-Haj, first Prime Minister of the Federation of Malaya. With a foreword by Tunku Abdul Rahman. 224pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth. London/Singapore (George G. Harrap & Co./ Donald Moore Limited), 1959.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

108

1823

MILLS, LAURENCE-KHANTIPALO. Buddhism Explained. An introduction to the teachings of Lord Buddha with reference to the belief in and practice of those teachings and their realization. [By] Bhikku Khantipalo. Third revised edition. xvi, 200pp., 23 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (Thai Watana Panich Press), 1970.

1824

MILNE, LESLIE, MRS. The Home of an Eastern Clan. A study of the Palaungs of the Shan States. vi, (2), 428pp., 20 plates. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1924.

1825

MÎNN LATT YÊKHÁUN. Modernization of Burmese. (Dissertationes Orientales. 11.) 349pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Prague (Oriental Institute in Academia), 1966.

1826

MINOT, GEORGES. Dialecte thay blanc. iii, 101 ff. With: Dictionnaire français-thay blanc. iii, 92 ff. And: Appendice. Notation des consonnes et voyelles du ‘tai d’après le système Martini. (7)ff. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth, with printed cover: “Vocabulaire français-thay blanc, et éléments de grammaire, Volume I, par Georges Minot, E.F.E.O., 1949.” Mimeograph. Muong-Te [Viet-Nam], 1932/1933 - Hanoi (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1949.

1827

MIR HASAN ‘ALI, B., MRS. Observations on the Mussulmauns of India. By Mrs. Meer Hassan Ali. Edited with notes and an introduction by W. Crooke. (Oxford in Asia Historical Reprints.) xxviii, 442pp. Frontis. Cloth. Karachi (Oxford University Press), 1978.

1828

MISCHUNG, ROLAND. Religion und Wirklichkeitsvorstellung in einem Karen-Dorf Nordwest-Thailands. (Studien zur Kulturkunde. Veröffentlichungen des Frobenius-Instituts an der Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität, Frankfurt/Main. 69.) xii, (2), 362, (4)pp. 24 illus. hors texte. 4 maps, numerous text figs. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1984.

1829

MISHRA, K.C. The Cult of Jagannatha. xiv, (2), 251, (1)pp., 1 folding map. 61 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Firma K.L. Mukhopadhyay), 1971.

1830

MISHRA, NARAYAN. Cultural Persistence and Change: A Rural Profile of Anjan. xiv, 210, (2)pp., 7 plates. 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Classical Publications), 1978.

1831

MISRA, BINAYAK. Indian Culture and Cult of Jagannatha. (Orissa Studies Project No. 26.) v, (3), 448pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Punthi Pustak), 1986.

1832

MISRA, PROMODE KUMAR. The Nomadic Gadulia Lohar of Eastern Rajasthan. (Anthropological Survey of India: Memoir No. 41.) vii, (3), 218pp., 17 plates, 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India, Government of India), 1977.

1833

MISRA, P.K., ET AL. Nomads in the Mysore City. [By] P.K. Misra, C.R. Rajalakshmi, I. Verghese. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 22.) (2), 86, (2)pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India), 1971.

1834

MISRA, RAJALAKSHMI. Mullukurumbas of Kappala. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 30.) (6), 111, (1)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India, Government of India, Indian Museum), 1971.

1835

MITCHINER, JOHN E. Studies in the Indus Valley Inscriptions. vi, (6), 86pp. Figs. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. New Delhi (Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.), 1978.

1836

MITRA, ASHOK. Calcutta Diary. xiii, (3), 206pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Frank Cass & Co.), 1977.

1837

MITRA, DEBALA. Bhubaneswar. (2), 67pp., 20 plates. 5 figs. Wraps. New Delhi (Director General of Archaeology in India), 1958.

1838

MITRA, DEBALA. Konarak. (4), 113pp., 24 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. New Delhi (Archaeological Survey of India), 1968.

1839

MITRA, DEBALA. Udayagiri & Khandagiri. (Archaeological Survey of India.) vi, 65pp., 19 plates (1 folding). Sm. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Director General, Archaeological Survey of India), 1960.

1840

MITRA, RAJENDRALALA. Buddha Gaya, the Great Buddhist Temple. The hermitage of Sakya Muni. xiii, (3), 257, (1)pp., 51 plates (1 folding). 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

109

Delhi (Indological Book House), 1972. 1841

MITTAL, JAGDISH. Andhra Paintings of the Ramayana. 69, (3)pp., 54 plates (10 tipped-in color). 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Hyderabad (Andhra Pradesh Lalit Kala Akademi), 1969.

1842

MITTER, PARTHA. Much Maligned Monsters. History of European reactions to Indian art. With a new preface. xxiii, (1), 351pp. 123 illus. 4to. Wraps. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1992.

1843

MNACKO, LADISLAV. Hanoi-Report. Vietnam leidet und siegt. 189, (3)pp., 16 plates with 21 illus. Wraps. Hamburg (Holsten Verlag), 1971.

1844

MODE, HEINZ. Die buddhistische Plastik auf Ceylon. (Der indische Kunstkreis in Gesamtschau und Einzeldarstellungen.) 145, (3)pp. 175 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (E.A. Seemann), 1963.

1845

MODE, HEINZ. Das frühe Indien. 2. Auflage. (Grosse Kulturen der Frühzeit.) 267, (7)pp., 96 plates. 52 figs., 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (J.G. Cotta’sche Buchhandlung Nachfolger), 1963.

1846

MODE, HEINZ. Kunst in Süd- und Südostasien. (Kleine Geschichte der Kunst.) 374pp. 239 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Dresden/Moskau (VEB Verlag der Kunst Dresden/ Verlag Iskusstwo), 1979.

1847

MODE, HEINZ & CHANDRA, SUBODH. Indische Volkskunst. 312pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (Müller & Kiepenheuer), 1984.

1848

[MODE, HEINZ (EDITOR).] Kalkutta. (Weltstädte der Kunst.) 75, (3)pp., 168 plates. Sm. folio. Cloth. Leipzig (Edition Leipzig), 1973.

1849

[MODE, HEINZ (EDITOR).] Sri Lanka: Aus Legende, Märchen, historischer Überlieferung und Bericht. 2500 Jahre Reisen nach Ceylon. 318, (2)pp. 100 plates, numerous text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Hanau/Main (Müller & Kiepenheuer Verlag), 1981.

1850

MODE, HEINZ & RAY, ARUN (EDITORS). Bengalische Märchen. 506pp. Cloth. Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), [1969].

1851

MODI, JIVANJI JAMSHEDJI. The Religious Ceremonies and Customs of the Parsees. xxv, (3), 484, lii, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Photocopy. Bombay (British India Press), 1922.

1852

MÖCKEL, ALJONNA & MÖCKEL, KLAUS (EDITORS). Der Uhrmacher von Dien Bien Phu. Vietnamesische Erzähler. (Kleine Arbeiterbibliothek. 33.) 292, (2)pp. Wraps. Berlin (Damnitz Verlag), 1977.

1853

MOERMAN, MICHAEL. Agricultural Change and Peasant Choice in a Thai Village. vii, 227, (1)pp., 8 plates. Figs. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1968.

1854

MOFFAT, ABBOT LOW. Mongkut, the King of Siam. xvii, (1), 254pp., 5 plates. 4to. Cloth. Ithaca (Cornell University Press), 1961.

1855

MOHAPATRA, GOPINATH. The Land of Visnu: A Study on Jagannatha Cult. xv, (5), 508pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corporation), 1979.

1856

MOISY, CLAUDE. Birma. 214pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards. Lausanne (Éditions Rencontre), 1964.

1857

MOLE, ROBERT L. The Montagnards of South Vietnam. A study of nine tribes. (4), vii, (1), 277pp. 22 illus. Cloth. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1970.

1858

MOLE, ROBERT L. Thai Values and Behavior Patterns. (6), 182pp., 8 plates. Cloth. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1973.

1859

MOLEN, S. VAN DER. Bahasa Indonesia. An elementary textbook of the Indonesian language. Adapted for the use of English speaking students by Harry P. Cemach. Second, revised edition. 119pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. The Hague/Bandung (V. van Hoeve), 1952.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

110

1860

MOLESWORTH, J.T. Molesworth’s Marathi-English Dictionary. Corrected reprint. Preface: N.G. Kalelkar./ Molsvarthakrta Marathi-Ingraji sabdakosa.... 20, xxx, (2), 920pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Reprint of the Bombay 1857 edition. Poona (Shubhada-Saraswat), 1982.

1861

MON` MON` TAN`, U”. Kun`” bhon` chak` maha ra ja van` to` kri”. 3 vols. xii, 564pp., 2 plates; xvi, 616pp., 2 plates; xvi, 758pp., 2 plates. 4to. Boards (covers of vol. III detached). Ran`kun` (Lay` Ti Manduin` Pum Nhip` Tuik), 1967-1968.

1862

MON-KHMER STUDIES. [A journal of Southeast-Asian languages]. Vols. 2 - 6, 9/10-11, 13/14. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Saigon, etc., 1966-1984/1985.

1863

MONIER-WILLIAMS, MONIER. A Dictionary English and Sanskrit. (4), xii, 859pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1982.

1864

MONIER-WILLIAMS, MONIER. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Etymologically and philologically arranged with special reference to cognate Indo-European languages. New edition, greatly enlarged and improved with the collaboration of E. Leumann, C. Cappeller, and other scholars. xxxiv, (2), 1333pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1964.

1865

MONTEIL, VINCENT. Indonésie. (Hommes et Civilisations.) 287pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. N.p. (Horizons de France), 1970.

1866

MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Folk Art of Bengal. A study of an art for, and of, the people. With a foreword by William Rothenstein. Revised edition. (4), 70, (2)pp., 42 plates. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (University of Calcutta), 1946.

1867

MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Folk Toys of India. 30, (4)pp., 60 plates. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta/New Delhi (Oxford Book & Stationery Co.), 1956.

1868

MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Indian Primitive Art. 79pp. 56 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta/ New Delhi (Oxford Book & Stationery Co.), 1959.

1869

MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Kali. The feminine force. 112pp. 104 illus. (18 color). 4to. Wraps. London (Thames and Hudson), 1988.

1870

MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Rituelle Kunst Indiens. 176pp. 135 illus. (101 color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. München (Kösel-Verlag), 1987.

1871

MOOKERJEE, AJIT & KHANNA, MADHU. The Tantric Way. Art, science, ritual. 208pp. 148 illus. (18 color). 80 line drawings. 4to. Wraps. London (Thames and Hudson), 1977.

1872

MOOKERJEE, PRIYA. Pathway Icons. The wayside art of India. 80pp. 76 color illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps. London (Thames and Hudson), 1987.

1873

MOOKERJI, BHUDEB. Rasa-jala-nidhi, or, Ocean of Indian Chemistry, Medicine & Alchemy. Second edition. (Srigokul Mudranalaya Ayurveda Series. 1.) 5 vols. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (Srigokul Mudranalaya), 1984.

1874

MOOKERJI, RADHAKUMUD. Indian Shipping. A history of the sea-borne trade and maritime activity of the Indians from the earliest times. With an introductory note by Brajendranath Seal. xxvii, (1), 283pp. 23 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Longmans, Green and Co), 1912.

1875

MOORE, ELIZABETH., ET AL. Ancient Capitals of Thailand. [By] Elizabeth Moore, Philip Stott, Suriyavudh Sukhasvasti. Photography by Michael Freeman. 365pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth. London (Thames and Hudson), 1996.

1876

MOORE, ELIZABETH H. Moated Sites in Early North East Thailand. (BAR International Series. 400.) x, (2), 388pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Oxford (B.A.R.), 1988.

1877

MOORE, FRANK J. Peasants of Kathmandu Valley. A descriptive and exploratory study of a society at the threshold of change. (HRAFlex Books, AK 1-001. Ethnography Series.) 2 vols. xxi, 371 ff. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files), 1972.

1878

MOORHEAD, F.J. A History of Malaya and Her Neighbours. 2 vols. x, 245pp., 3 folding charts; x, 237pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

111

London (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1957 - Kuala Lumpur (Longmans of Malaya), 1963. 1879

MORAB, S.G. The Killekyatha: Nomadic Folk Artists of Northern Mysore. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 46.) (4), 91, (1)pp., 11 plates. Figs. 4to. Wraps. Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India), 1977.

1880

MORAES, DOM. Bombay. (Die grossen Städte.) 200pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Amsterdam (Time-Life), 1979.

1881

MORAES, FRANK. Jawaharlal Nehru. 385, (3)pp., 24 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Wien/München (Verlag Kurt Desch), 1957.

1882

MOREV, L.N. Pathanukom Latsia-Lao singlap nakrian khanbialung. / Russko-laosskii uchebnyi slovar’ (dlia prodvinutogo etapa): 5000 slov. 560pp. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (“Russkii Iazyk”), 1985.

1883

MOREV, L.N. Taisko-russkii slovar’. Pod redaktsiei: S. Semsampana. S prilozheniem kratkogo grammaticheskogo ocherka taiskogo iazyka./ Phacananukram Thaiy-Raschia.... 985pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Sovetskaia Ensiklopediia”), 1964.

1884

MOREV, L.N., ET AL. The Lao Language. [By] L.N. Morev, A.A. Moskalev, Iu.Ia. Plam. (Languages of Asia and Africa.) 128, (4)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1979.

1885

MOREV, L.N., ET AL. Laossko-russkii slovar’: Okolo 25,000 slov. / Vatchananukom Lao-Latsia. [By] L.N. Morev, V.Kh. Vasil’eva, Iu.Ia. Plam. 951pp. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (“Russkii Iazyk”), 1982.

1886

MORGENROTH, WOLFGANG. Lehrbuch des Sanskrit. Grammatik, Lektionen, Glossar. 365pp. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1979.

1887

MORINIS, E. ALAN. Pilgrimage in the Hindu Tradition. A case study of West Bengal. (Oxford University South Asian Studies Series.) viii, (2), 346pp., 8 plates. 1 map, text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1984.

1888

MORRIS, JAN. Stones of Empire: The Buildings of the Raj. Photographs and captions by Simon Winchester. (2), 234pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Oxford/New York (Oxford University Press), 1983.

1889

[MORRIS, JOHN CARNAC]. Telugu Selections Compiled From the Several Text Books in That Language.... Second edition. (6), 607pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Earlier edition published by the Christian Knowledge Society, Madras, 1858. Edited by K. Ramanujacharyar. Includes a revised edition of “Teloogoo Selections ... [and] Glossary of Revenue Terms,” compiled by John C. Morris (Madras, 1823); a revised edition of the “Vikramárka Tales,” compiled by R. Gurumúrti Sástri (also published separately) and selections from the “Verses of Vémana,” with an English prose translation by C.P. Brown. Madras (Higginbotham and Co.), 1881.

1890

MORRISON, W.S. Henzada District. Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) v, (1), 259pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lacking the map. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1963.

1891

MORTON, DAVID. The Traditional Music of Thailand. xv, (1), 258pp. 117 illus., 38 charts. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1976.

1892

MOTTIN, JEAN. Allons faire le tour du ciel et de la terre. Le chamanisme des Hmong vu dans les textes. ix, (1), 559pp., 12 plates with 24 color illus. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (White Lotus Co.), 1982.

1893

MOTTIN, JEAN. 55 chants d'amour Hmong Blanc./ 55 zaj kwv txhiaj hmoob clawb [i.e. dawb]. (6), 173pp. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Bangkok (Siam Society), 1980.

1894

MOTTIN, JEAN. Contes et légendes Hmong Blanc. (4), 385, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. [Thailand] (Don Bosco Press), [1980].

1895

MOTTIN, JEAN. Elements de grammaire Hmong Blanc. (8), 212pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

112

[Thailand] (Don Bosco Press), n.d. 1896

MOTTIN, JEAN. History of the Hmong. (4), 62, (2)pp., 12 plates with 24 color illus. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (Odeon Store Ltd.), 1980.

1897

MOULTON, JAMES HOPE. The Treasure of the Magi: A Study of Modern Zoroastrianism. (The Religious Quest of India.) xiii, (3), 273pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth. London (Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press), 1917.

1898

MOUSSAY, GERARD. Dictionnaire cam-vietnamien-français. / Tu-'diên Chàm-Viêt-Pháp. xli, (3), 498, (2), 95pp. 1 map, numerous text illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Phan Rang (Centre Culturel Cam, Trung-tâm van-hóa Chàm), 1971.

1899

MOVIUS, HALLAM L., JR. The Lower Palaeolithic Cultures of Southern and Eastern Asia. (Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. N.S. Vol. 38, Part 4.) (92)pp. 43 figs., 4 maps. 4to. Wraps. Philadelphia (The American Philosophical Society), 1948.

1900

MOZHEIKO, I.V. & UZIANOV, A.N. Istoriia Birmy. Kratkii ocherk. 381, (1)pp. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1973.

1901

MÜHLMANN, W.E. Mahatma Gandhi. Der Mann, sein Werk und seine Wirkung. Eine Untersuchung zur Religionssoziologie und politischen Ethik. viii, 298pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Tübingen (Verlag J.C.B. Mohr [Paul Siebeck]), 1950.

1902

MÜLLER, REINHOLD F.G. Eigenwertungen in altindischer Medizin. (Nova Acta Leopoldina. Abhandlungen der Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina. Neue Folge. Nummer 138, Band 20.) 132pp. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (Johann Ambrosius Barth Verlag), 1958.

1903

MÜLLER, REINHOLD F.G. Grundsätze altindischer Medizin. (Acta Historica Scientiarum Naturalium et Medicinalium edidit Bibliotheca Universitatis Hauniensis. 8.) 163pp., 1 folding chart. 4to. Wraps. Copenhagen (Ejnar Munksgaard), 1951.

1904

MÜNCHEN. BAYERISCHE STAATSBIBLIOTHEK. Botschaften an die Götter: Religiöse Handschriften der Yao. Südchina, Vietnam, Laos, Thailand, Myanmar. Herausgegeben von Thomas O. Höllmann und Michael Friedrich. Mit Beiträgen von Lucia Obi, Shing Müller, Xaver Götzfried. Nov.-Dec. 1999. (Ausstellungskataloge. 71./ Asiatische Forschungen. 138.) 96pp. 59 color illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. München, 1999.

1905

MÜNCHEN. PUPPENTHEATERMUSEUM & MÜNCHEN. STAATLICHES MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Rukada: Puppenspiel in Sri Lanka. Das Ähälepola Nadagama - das Spiel vom Sturz des letzten Königs von Kandy 1816. Herausgegeben von Rose Schubert. Feb.-June 1986. 143pp., 16 color plates. 87 illus. 4to. Wraps. München, 1986.

1906

MÜNCHEN. STAATLICHES MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Buddhistische Kunst. Herausgegeben von Andreas Lommel. 159, (11)pp. 43 plates, text figs., 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. München, 1968.

1907

MÜNCHEN. STAATLICHES MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Buddhistische Kunst. Herausgegeben von Andreas Lommel. 2. Auflage. 159, (11)pp. 43 plates, text figs., 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. München, 1974.

1908

MÜNCHEN. STAATLICHES MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Zur Ausstellung Buddhistische Kunst. (16)pp. 1 plate. Sm. 4to. Wraps. München, n.d.

1909

MUIR, J. Original Sanskrit Texts On the Origin and History of the People of India, Their Religion and Institutions. Collected, translated into English, and illustrated by remarks... (Trübner’s Oriental Series.) Vol. I: Mythical and Legendary Accounts of the Origin in Caste, With an Enquiry Into Its Existence in the Vedic Age. Third edition. xx, 532pp. Vol. II: Inquiry Whether the Hindus Are of Trans-Himalayan Origin, and Akin to the Western Branches of the Indo-European Race. Third edition. xxxii, 512pp. Vol. III: The Vedas: Opinions of Their Authors, And of Later Indian Writers, in Regard to Their Origin, Inspiration, and Authority. xxvii, (1), 240pp. Vol. IV: Comparison of the Vedic With the Later Representations of the Principal Indian Deities. Second edition, revised. xv, (3), 524pp. Vol. V: Contribution to a Knowledge of the Cosmogony, Mythology, Religious Ideas, Life and Manners, of the Indians in the Vedic Age. Third edition. xiv, (2), 491pp. 4to. Orig. cloth. Mixed editions. London (Williams and Norgate/ Trübner & Co.), 1861-1890.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

113

1910

MUKHERJEE, B., ET AL. The Chero of Palamau. [By] B. Mukherjee, B.C. Roy Choudhury, Deepali Ghosh. 88, (8)pp., 8 plates. 12 figs. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India, Government of India), 1973.

1911

MUKHERJEE, PRABHAT. History of the Jagannath Temple in the 19th Century. xiii, (1), 449, (1)pp., 2 plates. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Firma KLM Private Limited), 1977.

1912

MUKHERJEE, RAMKRISHNA. The Rise and Fall of the East India Company. A sociological appraisal. Second edition, revised and enlarged. xviii, 445pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften), 1958.

1913

MUKHERJI, RAMARANJAN. Literary Criticism in Ancient India. (4), iii, (1), ii, 554, vi pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Calcutta (Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar), 1966.

1914

MUKHOPADHYAY, SOMNATH. Candi in Art and Iconography. xvi, 150, (2)pp., 16 plates with 25 illus. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Agam Kala Prakashan), 1984.

1915

MUKTANANDA, SWAMI. Spiel des Bewusstseins. Chitshakti Vilkas. Die geheime Kundalini-Praxis. 306, (2)pp., 8 plates (1 color). Sm. 4to. Cloth. Freiburg i.Br. (Aurum Verlag), 1975.

1916

MULDER, NIELS. Everyday Life in Thailand: An Interpretation. xiv, 223pp. Wraps. Bangkok (Duang Kamol), 1979.

1917

MULGAOKAR, B.D. The Handy English-Sanskrit Dictionary. Second edition, revised and enlarged. With two appendices on foreign words and phrases and synonymous proper nouns. (4), 787pp. Buckram. Bombay (Gopal Narayen & Co.), 1936.

1918

MURAYAMA, CHIJUN. Shakuten, Kiu, Antaku. (Chosen no kyodo shinshi. Dai 2-bu./ Chosa shriyo. Dai 45-shu.) (560)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Keijo (Chosen Sotokufu), Showa 13 [1938]. Tokyo (Kokusho Kankokai), 1972.

1919

MURPHY, VERONICA & CRILL, ROSEMARY. Tie-dyed Textiles of India: Tradition and Trade. (Victoria and Albert Museum: Indian Art Series.) 206pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New York (Rizzoli), 1991.

1920

MURRAY, ALISON J. No Money, No Honey. A study of street traders and prostitutes in Jakarta. xxi, (1), 159pp., 1 map. 16 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1992.

1921

MURTI, T.R.V. The Central Philosophy of Buddhism: A Study of the Madhyamika System. xiii, (3), 372, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen and Unwin), 1970.

1922

MUS, PAUL. L'Inde vue de l'Est: Cultes indiens et indigènes au Champa. 44pp. Frontis., 10 text illus. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1934.

1923

MYLIUS, KLAUS. Chrestomathie der Sanskritliteratur. 287pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1978.

1924

MYLIUS, KLAUS. Geschichte der altindischen Literatur. Die 3000jährige Entwicklung der religiös-philosophischen, belletristischen und wissenschaftlichen Literatur Indiens von den Veden bis zur Etablierung des Islam. 448pp. 4to. Cloth. Bern/München (Scherz), 1988.

1925

MYLIUS, KLAUS. Wörterbuch Deutsch-Sanskrit. 322pp. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1988.

1926

MYLIUS, KLAUS. Wörterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch. 583pp. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1980.

1927

MYLIUS, NORBERT. Indonesien. Ein kulturhistorischer Überblick. 46, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Loosely inserted: Indonesien in seiner Kunst. Text by Norbert Mylius. pp. 34-59. Lrg. 8vo. Self-wraps. Wien (Verein “Freunde der Völkerkunde”), 1960.

1928

MYRDAL, JAN. Kunst und Imperialismus am Beispiel Angkor. Ein Essay mit 120 Fotos von Gun Kessle. 180pp. 120 illus. Boards.

3 March, 2016

114

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

München (Nymphenburger Verlagshandlung), 1973. 1929

NAGARJUNA. Die Mittlere Lehre (Madhyamika-sastra) des Nagarjuna. Nach der tibetischen Version übertragen von Max Walleser. (Die buddhistische Philosophie in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 2. Teil.) viii, 188pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1911.

1930

NAGARJUNA. Dpal-mgon Phags-pa Klu-sgrub kyis mdzad pai ro lans gser gyur gyi chos sgrun ñer gcig pa rgyas par phye ba. (4), 275pp. Wraps. Chinese-language title in colophon: “Shi yu gu shi.” Lha-sa (Bod ljons mi dmans dpe skrun khan), 1980.

1931

NAGARJUNA. Die Mittlere Lehre des Nagarjuna. Nach der chinesischen Version übertragen von Max Walleser. (Die buddhistische Philosophie in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 3. Teil.) xiii, (3), 191pp. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1912.

1932

(NAGARJUNA) VENKATA RAMANAN, KRISHNIA. Nagarjuna’s Philosophy As prajñaparamitra-sastra. 409pp. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Tokyo 1966. New York (Samuel Weiser, Inc.), 1978.

1933

NAGASWAMY, R. Tantric Cult of South India. xv, (1), 250, (2)pp. 102 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Agam Kala Prakashan), 1982.

1934

NAIK, T.B. The Bhils: A Study. xiv, (2), 367, (1)pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Bharatiya Adimjati Sevak Sangh), [1956].

1935

NAKAMURA, ZUIRYU, ET AL. Bonji jiten. Nakamura Zuiryu, Ishimura Kiei, Mitomo Ken’yo hencho. 15, (1), 443, (1), 49pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Tokyo (Yuzankaku), 1977.

1936

NAKANE, CHIE. Mikai no kao, bunmei no kao. 256pp. Illus. Wraps. D.j. Tokyo (Chuo Koronsha), 1962.

1937

NAKHSHABI, SHAYKH DIYA’ AL-DIN. Tales of a Parrot. By Ziya’ u’d-Din Nakhshabi. The Cleveland Museum of Art’s Tutinama. Translated and edited by Muhammed A. Simsar. xxiii, (3), 338, (2)pp., 48 color plates. 4to. Cloth. Cleveland/Graz (The Cleveland Museum of Art/ Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1978.

1938

NAM THIEO MU’ANG BORAN. / In the Ancient City. Third edition. 193, (3)pp. 75 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Parallel texts in Thai and English. [Krung Thep] (Warasan Mu’ang Boran), 1979.

1939

NAMANUKROM PHIPHITTHAPHANTHASATHAN NAI PRATHET THAI. / Museum Directory in Thailand. 8, 286pp. Wraps. [Krungthep?] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1974.

1940

ÑANA, LEDI CHA RA TO`. The Manuals of Buddhism (The Exposition of the Buddha-Dhamma). By Mahathera Ledi Sayadaw, Aggamahapandita. xi, (3), 280, (2)pp., 2 plates. 4to. Cloth. Rangoon (Union Buddha Sasana Council), 1965.

1941

NANAVUTTY, PILOO. The Parsis. viii, (4), 195pp., 13 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. New Delhi (National Book Trust), 1977.

1942

NANDA, B.R. The Nehrus, Motilal and Jawaharlal. 357, (3)pp., 7 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen & Unwin), 1962.

1943

NANDI, RAMENDRA NATH. Religious Institutions and Cults in the Deccan (c. A.D. 600-A.D. 1000). xviii, 203, (3)pp., 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1973.

1944

NANDIYA MATHER`, A RHAN`. Maha Satipatthana Vipassana-Insight Meditation. Promulagated by the Most Venerable Taungpulu-tawya Kaba-Aye Sayadaw; translated by U Chit Tin (Kaba-Aye); edited by U Sao Htun Hmat Win. 48pp. 12mo. Wraps. Rangoon (Department of Religious Affairs), 1979.

1945

NANJI, AZIM. The Nizari Isma‘ili Tradition in the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent. (Monographs in Islamic Religion and Theology.) xii, 216pp. 1 map. 4to. Boards. Delmar, New York (Caravan Books), 1978.

1946

NANTHANA DANWIWAT. The Thai Writing System. [Von] Nantana Danvivathana. (Forum Phoneticum. 39.) xx, 345, (3)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

Presented

in

the Maha-

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

115

Hamburg (Helmut Buske Verlag), 1987. 1947

NARADA THERA & BHIKKU KASSAPA. The Mirror of the Dhamma. Fifth edition. (Vajirarama Publication Series.) (2), 44pp. 12mo. Wraps. Colombo (The Lanka Bauddha Mandalaya), [1956].

1948

NARAVANE, VISVANATHA DINAKARA. Bharatiya kahavata samgraha (Proverbs of India). 3 vols. (106), 720pp.; (10), 792pp.; (6), 788pp;. 4to. Cloth. Pune (Triveni Samgama-Bhasa Vibhaga), 1978-1983.

1949

NARAYAN, R.K. A Vendor of Sweets. 192pp. Wraps. Mysore (Indian Thought Publications), 1967.

1950

NASH, MANNING. The Golden Road to Modernity. Village life in contemporary Burma. viii, (2), 333pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York (John Wiley & Sons), 1965.

1951

NATARAJAN, B. The City of the Cosmic Dance: Chidambaram. (Southern Art Series. 2.) 164pp., 16 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Orient Longman), 1974.

1952

NATH, AMAN & WACZIARG, FRANCIS. Arts and Crafts of Rajasthan. 228pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. London (Thames and Hudson), 1987.

1953

(NATH, MADHU NATISAR) GOLD, ANN GRODZINS (EDITOR). A Carnival of Parting. The tales of King Bharthari and King Gopi Chand as sung and told by Madhu Natisar Nath of Ghatiyali, Rajasthan. Translated with an introduction and afterword by Ann Grodzins Gold. xx, (2), 368pp. 9 illus. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1992.

1954

NATH, Y.V.S. Bhils of Ratanmal. An analysis of social structure of a Western Indian community. Foreword by Christoph von Fürer-Haimendorf. (The M.S. University Sociological Monograph Series. 1.) x, (4), 229, (1)pp., 14 plates. 13 figs. & maps. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Baroda (The Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda), 1960.

1955

NAUDOU, JEAN. Buddha. (Die grossen Religionsstifter.) 287pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Köln (Edition Bernd von Nottbeck), n.d.

1956

NAUTIYAL, K.C. Brass and Copper Artwares of Delhi. Under the guidance of Ruth Reeves and Baldev Raj. (Census of India 1961. Vol. XIX, Part VII [1].) 206pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Delhi (Superintendent of Census Operations), [1966].

1957

NAWAB, SARABHAI MANILAL. The Life of Lord Shri Mahavira As Represented in the Kalpasutra Paintings. 168 paintings with their significance and description in Gujarati and English./ Srikalpasutranam varnana ane citranusara Prabhu Srimahavira. 168 soneri, ruperi rangina ane ekarangi citro ane tenam vivecana sahita. (Shree Jain kala-sahitya samshodhan Series. 18.) 96pp., 68 plates with 168 illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Ahmedabad (The Author), 1978.

1958

NEOG, DIMBESWAR. Introduction to Assam. 226pp. Cloth. Bombay (Vora & Co.), 1947.

1959

NEPALI, GOPAL SINGH. The Newars. An ethno-sociological study of a Himalayan community. xi, (1), 476pp., 12 plates with 24 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (United Asia Publications), 1965.

1960

NEUMAN, DANIEL M. The Life of Music in North India. The organization of an artistic tradition. 296pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Chicago/London (University of Chicago Press), 1990.

1961

NEUMANN, J.H. Karo-Bataks - Nederlands woordenboek. / Kamus Bahasa Karo-Batak - Belanda. (Lembaga Kebudajaan Indonesia. “Koninklijk Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen.”) 343pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Medan (Varekamp & Co.), 1951.

1962

NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN. Die Lieder der Mönche und Nonnen Gotamo Buddhos. Aus den Theragatha und Therigatha zum erstenmal übersetzt. viii, 392pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. München (R. Piper & Co.), 1918.

1963

NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN (TRANSLATOR). Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos aus der Längeren Sammlung Dighanikayo des Pali-Kanons übersetzt. 3 vols. xix, (1), 478, (2)pp.; xxi, (1), 871, (5)pp.; xi, (1), 452, (4)pp. Boards.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

116

München (R. Piper & Co.), 1927-1928. 1964

NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN (TRANSLATOR). Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos aus der Mittleren Sammlung Majjhimanikayo des Pali-Kanons zum ersten Mal übersetzt. Zweite Auflage. 3 vols. xxxiii, (1), 670, (2)pp.; xii, (2), 742, (4)pp.; x, (1), 635, (3)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. München (R. Piper & Co.), 1921.

1965

NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN (TRANSLATOR). Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos, aus der Sammlung der Bruchstuecke, Suttanipato, des Pali-Kanons uebersetzt. Second edition. xxi, (1), 599, (3)pp. Cloth. München (R. Piper & Co.), 1924.

1966

NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN (TRANSLATOR). Der Wahrheitspfad, Dhammapadam: Ein buddhistisches Denkmal. Aus dem Pali übersetzt. Second edition. xi, (3), 156, (2)pp. Boards. München (R. Piper & Co.), 1921.

1967

NEVEN, ARMAND. Peintures des Indes: Mythologies et légendes. 136pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Studio du Passage 44, Bruxelles, Sept. 1976. Bruxelles (Crédit Communal de Belgique), 1976.

1968

NEW DELHI. LALIT KALA AKADEMI. Miniature Painting. A catalogue of the exhibition of the Sri Motichand Khajanchi Collection. [By] Karl Khandalavala, Moti Chandra, Pramod Chandra. 68pp., 8 tipped-in color plates. 117 illus. hors texte. 4to. Boards. D.j. New Delhi, 1960.

1969

NEW DELHI. NATIONAL MUSEUM. National Museum: An Introduction. 18, (2)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi, 1960.

1970

NEW YORK. ASIA SOCIETY. Southeast Asian Ceramics. Ninth through seventeenth centuries. [By] Dean F. Frasché. Fall 1976. 144pp. 109 plates (partly color). Sq. 4to. Cloth. New York, 1976.

1971

NEW YORK. THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART. India. Art and culture, 1300-1900. [By] Stuart Cary Welch. Sept. 1985-Jan. 1986. 478pp. 383 illus. (193 color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps. New York, 1985.

1972

NEWMAN, THELMA R. Contemporary Southeast Asian Arts and Crafts. ix, (3), 306pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. New York (Crown), 1977.

1973

NGEN, YOS. Gesprächsbuch Deutsch-Khmer. 563pp. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1987.

1974

NGHIÊM, THÊ GI, ET AL. Tù’ diên Pháp Viêt. [By] Nghiêm Thê Gi, Pham Duy Yên, Bùi Thi Tuyêt Nhung./ [Français Vietnamien Dictionnaire]. 1181pp. Stout 8vo. Wraps. Ðà Nang (Nhà xuât ban Ðà Nang), 2000.

1975

NGÔ, SI LIÊN. Ðai Viet su’ ký toàn thu’. Cao Huy Giu phiên dich; Ðào Duy Anh hieu dính, chú giai và khao chu’ng. Vols. 1 - 2. 353, (3)pp.; 341, (1)pp. Wraps. Hà Noi (Khoa hoc xã hoi), 1967.

1976

NGUYEN, DU. Kim Vân Kiêu. (Collection Unesco d’Oeuvres Représentatives: Connaissance de l’Orient.) 190, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Gallimard), 1961.

1977

NGUYEN, DU. Kim-Vân-Kieu. Traduction en français par Nguyen-Van-Vinh. Avec hors-texte et culs de lampe de ManhQuynh. 2 vols. iii, (1), 778pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Éditions Alexandre de Rhodes), 1942-1943.

1978

NGUYEN, DU. Das Mädchen Kiêu. Übertragen von Irene und Franz Faber. 294, (2)pp. Tall 8vo. Cloth. Berlin (Rütten & Loening), 1964.

1979

NGUYEN, ÐÌNH HOÀ. Read Vietnamese. A graded course in written Vietnamese. Book One (all published). (6), 189pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Saigon (Vietnamese-American Association), 1963.

1980

NGUYEN, ÐÌNH HOÀ. Speak Vietnamese. Revised edition. 307, (1), lxxiv pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Co.), 1966.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

117

1981

NGUYEN, ÐÌNH HOÀ. Vietnamese-English Dictionary. xiv, 568pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Co.), 1966.

1982

NGUYEN, JOSEPH HUY LAI. La tradition religieuse, spirituelle et sociale au Vietnam. Sa confrontation avec le christianisme. (Beauchesne Religions. 11.) 525, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Beauchesne), 1981.

1983

NGUYEN, KHAC KHAM. Introduction to Vietnamese Culture. (Vietnam Culture Series. 1.) 32pp. Illus. Wraps. N.p. (Department of National Education, Republic of Vietnam), 1961.

1984

NGUYEN, KHAC VIEN (EDITOR). Ethnographical Data. Vol. I [all published?] (Vietnamese Studies. 32.) 196pp., 1 folding map, 4 plates, 5 figs. Wraps. Hanoi, 1972.

1985

NGUYEN, KHAC VIEN (EDITOR). Régions montagneuses et minorités nationales. (Études Vietnamiennes. 15.) 242, (6)pp. Illus. Wraps. Hanoi, 1967.

1986

NGUYEN, KHAC VIEN, ET AL. Anthologie de la littérature vietnamienne. Introduction et notes de Nguyen Khac Vien, Nguyen Van Hoah, Huu Ngoc. Avec la collaboration de Françoise Corrèze. Vols. 1-2. I: Des origines au XVIIe siècle. 335pp. Illus. II: XVIIIe siècle. Première moitié du XIXe siècle. 381, (3)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Éditions en Langues Étrangères), 1972 - Paris (L’Harmattan), 2000.

1987

NGUYEN, LU’O’NG BÍCH. Nguyen Trãi: Dánh giac c u’u nu’o’c. xiv, 677, (7)pp., 1 plate. Wraps. D.j. Hà Noi (Nhà xuat ban Quân doi nhân dân), 1973.

1988

[NGUYÊN, LUYÊN, ET AL.] Bildwörterbuch Deutsch und Vietnamesisch.... / Tù di'ên bang tranh Ðúc và Viet.... 2 vols. 464pp.; 200 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth & wraps. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1971.

1989

NGUYEN, QUANG XY & VU, VAN KÍNH. Tú-diên chu Nôm. xiii, (3), 863pp. 4to. Boards. [Saigon] (Bô giáo-duc, Trung-tâm hoc-liêu xuat-ban), 1971.

1990

NGUYEN, THANH HUNG. Einführung in die vietnamesische Sprache. (Frankfurter Ostasien-Studien. 1.) 199pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Frankfurt (Verlag Haag + Herchen), 1979.

1991

NGUYEN, TRIEU DAN. A Vietnamese Family Chronicle. Twelve generations on the banks of the Hat River. ix, (1), 390pp. Frontis., 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Jefferson, North Carolina/London (McFarland & Company), 1991.

1992

NGUYÊN, VAN HUYÊN. Le culte des immortels en Annam. Bois tirés du Hói Chân Biên. Préface de G. Coèdes. (2), 204pp., 7 plates (partly folding). Numerous text illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Hanoi (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1944.

1993

NGUYÊN, VAN HUYÊN. Les fêtes de Phu-Dông. Une bataille céleste dans la tradition annamite. (Cahiers de la Société de Géographie de Hanoi. 34.) 22pp., 4 plates with 7 illus. 3 text figs. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Société de Géographie de Hanoi), 1938.

1994

NGUYÊN, VAN HUYÊN. Introduction à l’étude de l’habitation sur pilotis dans l’Asie du Sud-Est. (Austro-Asiatica: Documents et Travaux. 4.) 222pp., 16 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. 87 figs. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner), 1934.

1995

NGUYÊN, VAN HUYÊN. Recueil des chants de mariage Thô de Lang-So’n et Ca’o-Bàng (précédé d’une introduction à l’étude du chû-nôm-thô). (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 5.) xxviii, (2), 181, (97)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1941.

1996

NGUYEN, VAN MENH. Aufbaukurs Vietnamesisch. Unter Mitarbeit von Winfried Boscher. 253pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1990.

1997

NGUYEN-TIEN-HUU. Dörfliche Kulte im traditionellen Vietnam. viii, 271pp. Figs. Wraps. München (Verlag UNI-Druck), 1970.

1998

NIEHOFF, ARTHUR. Factory Workers in India. (Milwaukee Public Museum: Publications in Anthropology. 5.) 115pp. 11 illus. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

118

Milwaukee (Milwaukee Public Museum), 1959. 1999

NIEHOFF, ARTHUR & NIEHOFF, JUANITA. East Indians in the West Indies. (Milwaukee Public Museum: Publications in Anthropology. 6.) 192pp. 45 illus. 4to. Wraps. Milwaukee (Milwaukee Public Museum), 1960.

2000

NIELSEN, AAGE KRARUP. De gyldne pagoders land. 135pp., 38 plates. 4to. Wraps. Copenhagen (Gyldendal), 1958.

2001

NIELSEN, AAGE KRARUP. Landet med de lykkelige smil. En karavanefærd gennem Burma. 176pp., 40 plates. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Copenhagen (Gyldendalske Boghandel, Nordisk Forlag), 1942.

2002

NIEMEIJER, ALBERT CHRISTIAAN. The Khilafat Movement in India, 1919-1924. Dissertation...Universiteit van Amsterdam. vii, (1), 263, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (N.V. De Nederlandsche Boek- en Steendrukkerij V/H H.L. Smits), [1972].

2003

NIGGEMEYER, HERMANN. Kuttia Kond. Dschungel-Bauern in Orissa. (Ergebnisse der Frobenius-Expedition nach Indien 1955/56.) 257, (1)pp., 32 plates, 1 folding chart, 1 folding map. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. English-language summary. Haar bei München (Klaus Renner Verlag), 1964.

2004

NIKULIN, N.I. V’etnamskaia literatura. Kratkii ocherk. (Literatura Vostoka.) 343, (1)pp. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1971.

2005

NILAKANTA SASTRI, K.A. The Colas. (Madras University Historical Series. 9.) xv, (1), 812pp., xxxvii plates with over 100 illus. 4to. Cloth. Madras (The University of Madras), 1975.

2006

NISBET, JOHN. Burma Under British Rule - And Before. 2 vols. viii, (2), 459, (1)pp., 1 plate, 1 plan, 1 lrg. folding map; viii, 452pp., 1 plate, 2 folding maps. Sm. 4to. Orig. cloth. Westminster (Archibald Constable & Co.), 1901.

2007

NIZAMI, KHALIQ AHMAD. The Life and Times of Shaikh Farid-u’d-din Ganj-i-Shakar. With a foreword by Hamilton Gibb. x, (2), 144pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Aligarh 1955 edition. Lahore (Universal Books), 1976.

2008

NJAMMASCH, MARLENE. Untersuchung zur Genesis des Feudalismus in Indien. (Schriften zur Geschichte und Kultur des Alten Orients. 17.) 166, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1984.

2009

NO NA PAKNAM. Photchananukrom sinlapa: Kaekhai prapprung. (4), 392pp., 6 plates. Numerous text illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Krung Sayam Kanphim), 1979.

2010

NO NA PAKNAM. Sinlapa bon bai sema. / The Buddhist Boundary Markers of Thailand. 280pp. 241 illus., text figs. 4to. Wraps. Krungthep (Mu’ang Boran), 1981.

2011

NOBLE, MARGARET E. The Web of Indian Life. By the Sister Nivedita (Magaret E. Noble) of Ramakrishna-Vivekananda. With an introduction by Rabidranath Tagore. New edition. viii, 276pp. New cloth. Bombay (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1918.

2012

NOORDUYN, J. A Critical Survey of Studies on the Languages of Sulawesi. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Bibliographical Series. 18.) x, 245pp., 4 maps. 4to. Wraps. Leiden (KITLV Press), 1991.

2013

NOOY-PALM, HETTY. The Sa’dan-Toraka. A study of their social life and religion. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 87 & 118.) 2 vols. I: Organization, Symbols and Beliefs. xii, 338, (2)pp., 16 plates, 1 folding chart. 2 maps. II: Rituals of the East and West. x, 380pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1979 - Dordrecht (Foris Publications), 1986.

2014

NORODOM SIHANOUK, PRINCE. Indochina von Peking aus gesehen. Gespräche mit Jean Lacouture in Peking. Mit einem Vorwort von Klaus Mehnert. 168, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt), 1972.

2015

NORTHEY, W. BROOK. The Land of the Gurkhas, or, The Himalayan Kingdom of Nepal. With a chapter by C.G. Bruce. x, 248pp., 1 lrg. folding map. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

119

Cambridge (W. Heffer & Sons), n.d. 2016

NOSS, RICHARD B. Thai Reference Grammar. iv, 253, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1964.

2017

NOTI, SEVERIN. Land und Volk des Königlichen Astronomen Dschaisingh II, Maharadscha von Dschaipur. vii, (1), 104pp., 8 heliogravure plates, 2 folding maps. 28 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Dietrich Reimer [Ernst Vohsen]), 1911.

2018

NOTTINGHAM, ELIZABETH K. Buddhist Meditation in Burma. 16, (2)pp. Sm. 8vo. Wraps. Rangoon (Vipassana Association), 1964.

2019

NOTTON, CAMILLE (TRANSLATOR). Annales du Siam. Vols. 1 - 3, as follows: I: Chroniques de Suvanna Khamdëng. Suvanna K’ôm Kham. Sinhanavati. xxv, (9), 216, (4)pp., 10 plates. II: Chronique de La:p’un. Histoire de la dynastie Chamt’evi. (14), 68pp., 7 plates. III: Chronique de Xieng Mãi. xii, (4), 287pp., 10 plates. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Imprimeries Charles-Lavauzelle et Cie.), 1926-Paris (Paul Geuthner), 1932.

2020

NOU, JEAN-LOUIS. Inde: Hommes, rites et dieux. Texte de Indira Gandhi. 258pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Lausanne (Edita - Vilo), 1978.

2021

NOU, JEAN-LOUIS, ET AL. Ajanta: Frühbuddhistische Höhlentempel. Fotografien: Jean-Louis Nou. Einführung: André Bareau. Texte: Amina Okada. 219, (5)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. München (Metamorphosis Verlag), 1993.

2022

[NOVIKOV, N.N., ET AL.] Birmansko-russkii slovar’: Okolo 29,000 slov. / Myanma-yusha abidan. [By] N.N. Novikov, L.A. Davydov, K.P. Shan’gin, B.Ia. Nadtochenko. 783pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Russkii Iazyk”), 1976.

2023

NOVIKOV, N.N. & KOLOBKOV, V.P. Russko-birmanskii slovar’: Okolo 23,000 slov. / Yusha-myanma abidan. 880pp. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Sovetskaia Entsiklopediia”), 1966.

2024

NOVIKOVA, V.A. Khrestomatiia po bengal’skoi proze XIX veka. 189, (3)pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo Vostochnoi Literatury), 1960.

2025

NOWOTNY, FAUSTA. Eine durch Miniaturen erläuterte Doctrina mystica aus Srinagar. (Indo-Iranian Monographs. 3.) 65, (1)pp., 3 plates (1 lrg. folding). 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1958.

2026

NÜRNBERG. BAYERISCHES GEWERBEMUSEUM. Altindische Metall-Gefaesse aus der Sammlung des Bayerischen Gewerbemuseums. iv, 68pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Islamic metallwork from Kashmir and Turkestan. Introduction signed “Stockbauer.” Very rare; no copy listed in OCLC. Nürnberg (Verlagsanstalt des Bayerischen Gewerbemuseums [C. Schrag]), 1889.

2027

NUIN` THVAN`” VE. Mvan` Mran` ma abhidhan`: Anga lip` Mran` ma nhut` thvat` sam pa. Kyam`” pru su Nuin` Thvan`” Ve; Bhaddanta Kosalla nhan`’ Lu Phe Van`” tui’ ka krap` mat` taññ`” phrat` pran` chan` pa saññ`. Vol. 1 (all published). 54, (2), 890pp., 2 plates. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Title on spine and back-cover: “The Mon-Burmese Dictionary.” Ran` kun` (The Author), 1977.

2028

NUSIT CHINDARSI. The Religion of the Hmong Njua. (12), 197pp., 15 plates 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1976.

2029

NUTZ, WALTER. Eine Kulturanalyse von Kei. Beiträge zur vergleichenden Völkerkunde Ostindonesiens. (Ethnologica. Beiheft 2.) 166pp. Wraps. Düsseldof (Michael Triltsch Verlag), 1959.

2030

NYANATILOKA, BHIKKU [PSEUD. ANTON GUETH]. Buddhistisches Wörterbuch. Kurzgefasstes Handbuch der buddhistischen Lehren und Begriffe in alphabetischer Anordnung. 277, (3)pp., 2 tables. Boards. Konstanz (Verlag Christiani), [1952?].

2031

NYANATILOKA, BHIKKU [PSEUD. ANTON GUETH]. Die Reden des Buddha aus dem “Angútarra-nikaya.” Aus dem Pali zum ersten Male übersetzt und erläutert. 2. Auflage. 11 parts in 5 vols. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), 1922-1923.

2032

NYANATILOKA, BHIKKU [PSUED. ANTON GUETH] (TRANSLATOR). Die Fragen des Milindo. Ein historischer Roman enthaltend Zwiegespräche zwischen einem Griechenkönige und einem buddhistischen Mönche über die wichtigsten Punkte

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

120

der buddhistischen Lehre. Aus dem Pali zum erstenmale vollständig ins Deutsche übersetzt. 2 vols. xvi, (6), 340pp.; viii, 268pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), [1919]-1924. 2033

OBEYESEKERE, GANANATH. The Cult of the Goddess Pattini. xvii, (1), 629pp., 26 plates. 18 figs. 4to. Cloth. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1984.

2034

OBEYESEKERE, GANANATH. Medusa’s Hair. An essay on personal symbols and religious experience. xiii, (1), 217pp., 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Chicago/London (University of Chicago Press), 1981.

2035

O’CONNOR, STANLEY J., JR. Hindu Gods of Peninsular Siam. (Artibus Asiae. Supplementum XXVIII.) 76pp., 34 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Ascona (Artibus Asiae), 1972.

2036

O’CONNOR, V.C. SCOTT. Mandalay and Other Cities of the Past in Burma. xx, 435, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Reprint of the London 1907 edition. Bangkok (White Lotus Co.), 1986.

2037

ÖSTÖR, AKOS. The Play of the Gods. Locality, ideology, structure, and time in the festivals of a Bengali town. x, 241pp. 12 figs. 4to. Cloth. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1980.

2038

O’FLAHERTY, WENDY DONIGER. Asceticism and Eroticism in the Mythology of Siva. xii, (2), 386pp., 1 folding chart. 16 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1973.

2039

OKADA, AMINA. Imperial Mughal Painters. Indian miniatures from the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. 239, (1)pp. 264 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Paris (Flammarion), [1992].

2040

OKELL, JOHN. A Reference Grammar of Colloquial Burmese. (School of Oriental and African Studies.) 2 vols. xviii, 482pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1969.

2041

OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Buddha. Sein Leben, seine Lehre, seine Gemeinde. Herausgegeben von Helmuth von Glasenapp. xii, 535pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth. Stuttgart (Cotta Verlag), 1959.

2042

OLDENBERG, HERMANN. The Dîpavamsa: An Ancient Buddhist Historical Record. 227pp. Sm. 4to. Leatherette. Reprint of the London 1879 edition. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1982.

2043

OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Die Lehre der Upanishaden und die Anfänge des Buddhismus. viii, 366pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1915.

2044

OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Das Mahabaratha. Seine Entstehung, sein Inhalt, seine Form. (2), 178, (2)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1922.

2045

OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Die Religion des Veda. x, 608pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Stuttgart/Berlin 1917 edition. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1977.

2046

OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Die Weltanschauung der Brahmana-Texte. (Vorwissenschaftliche Wissenschaft.) vi, 249, (1)pp. 4to. Boards. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1919.

2047

OLDENBERG, HERMANN (EDITOR). The Vinaya Pitakam: One of the Principal Buddhist Holy Scriptures in the Pâli Language. (Pali Text Society.) 5 vols. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1879-1883 edition. London (Luzac & Company), 1969-London (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1977/1984.

2048

OLIVELLE, PATRICK. The Asrama System. The history and hermeneutics of a religious institution. xiii, (1), 274pp. 4to. Cloth. New York/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1993.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

121

2049

OLIVER, VICTOR L. Caodai Spiritism. A study of religion in Vietnamese society. With a preface by Pierre Rondot. (Studies in the History of Religions. [Supplements to Numen]. 34.) x, (2), 145pp. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1976.

2050

OLNEY, DOUGLAS P. A Bibliography of the Hmong (Miao) of Southeast Asia and the Hmong Refugees in the United States. Second edition. (Southeast Asia Refugee Studies. Occasional Papers. 1.) (2), 75 ff. Lrg. 4to. Loose sheets, as issued. Minneapolis (Southeast Asian Refugee Studies Project, Center for Urban and Regional Affairs, University of Minnesota), 1983.

2051

OLSCHAK, BLANCHE CHRISTINE. Sikkim. Himalajastaat zwischen Gletschern und Dschungeln. 219, (5)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Schweizer Verlagshaus AG), 1965.

2052

OLVEDI, ULLI. Buddhismus, Religion der Zukunft? 144pp., 12 plates. Wraps. München (Wilhelm Heyne Verlag), 1973.

2053

ON` SO`, U”. Historical Sites in Burma. [By] Aung Thaw. (2), i, (1), 157pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Rangoon (The Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), 1972.

2054

ON` SO`, U”. Report on the Excavations at Beikhtano. By Aung Thaw. viii, 152pp., 65 plates. 85 figs. 4to. Wraps. Rangoon (Revolutionary Government of the Union of Burma, Ministry of Union Culture), 1968.

2055

ONE THOUSAND HEARTS AND OTHER MODERN BURMESE SHORT STORIES. (4), 166pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Rangoon (U Htin Gyi/ Sarpay Beikman), 1973.

2056

ONVLEE, L., ET AL. Kamberaas (Oost-Soembaas)-Nederlands woordenboek met Nederlands-Kamberaas register. [Door] L. Onvlee in samenwerking met Oe.H. Kapita en met medewerking van P.J. Luijendijk. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xxii, (2), 628pp. 4to. Cloth. Dordrecht (Foris Publications Holland), 1984.

2057

OPHUIJSEN, CH. A. VAN. Bataksche teksten (Mandailingsch dialekt). Erste reeks [all published]. vii, (1), 264pp. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth. Leiden (S.C. van Doesburgh), 1914.

2058

OPPITZ, MICHAEL. Onkels Tochter, keine sonst. Heiratsbündnis und Denkweise in einer Lokalkultur des Himalaya. Tuschzeichnungen von Robert Powell. 516pp. 87 illus., 45 figs. 4to. Cloth. Frankfurt (Suhrkamp), 1991.

2059

OPPITZ, MICHAEL. Schamanen im Blinden Land. Ein Bilderbuch aus dem Himalaya. 285pp. 120 plates, text illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Frankfurt (Syndikat), 1981.

2060

ORANS, MARTIN. The Santal. A tribe in search of a great tradition. xiv, 154, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Detroit (Wayne State University Press), 1965.

2061

ORGAN, TROY WILSON. Hinduism: Its Historical Development. iv, (2), 425pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Woodbury, New York (Barron’s Educational Series), 1974.

2062

ORR, W.G. A Sixteenth-Century Indian Mystic. [Dadu and his followers]. With a foreword by Nicol Macnicol. 238pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London/Redhill (Lutterworth Press), 1947.

2063

ORTNER, SHERRY B. High Religion. A cultural and political history of Sherpa Buddhism. (Princeton Studies in Culture/Power/History.) xxi, (5), 245pp. 2 illus., 3 maps. 4to. Wraps. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1989.

2064

ORTNER, SHERRY B. Sherpas Through Their Ritual. (Cambridge Studies in Cultural Systems. 2.) xii, 195pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1978.

2065

OSBORNE, MILTON. Sihanouk. Prince of light, prince of darkness. xi, (1), 283pp., 16 plates. 4to. Wraps. Honolulu (University of Hawaii Press), 1994.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

122

2066

OSLO. UNIVERSITETET. ETNOGRAFISKE MUSEUM. Buddhismen: Kunst og ritualer. (14)pp., 4 plates. Text figs. Wraps. Oslo, 1964.

2067

OTTO, RUDOLF. Die Urgestalt der Bhagavad-gita. (Sammlung gemeinverständlicher Vorträge und Schriften aus dem Gebiet der Theologie und Religionsgeschichte. 176.) 46, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Tübingen (Verlag von J.C.B. Mohr [Paul Siebeck]), 1934.

2068

OZHEGOVA, N.I. & OZHEGOV, S.S. Kunst in Burma. 2000 Jahre Architektur, Malerei und Plastik im Zeichen des Buddhismus and Animismus. 337pp. 154 illus., text figs. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (E.A. Seemann Verlag), 1988.

2069

PADMANABHA, P. Indian Census and Anthropological Investigations. (Xth International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences.) (6), 184pp. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Registrar General and Census Commissioner), 1978.

2070

PADMANABHA, P. Special Study: Report on Bhuta Cult in South Kanara District. (Census of India, 1971: Mysore. Series 14.) xiii, (1), 239pp., 83 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. D.j. [Delhi (Manager, Government of India Press), 1977].

2071

PAGE, A.J. Pegu District. Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) (2), iii, (1), 131, (1), vii, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lacking the map. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1962.

2072

PAI, C.C.A. Konkni huminyo./ Konkani huminyo./ Konknni huminnyom. Konkany Riddles. An anthropologcal analysis of the Konkany riddles of Mangalore catholics. (4), 340pp. 4to. Cloth. Bangalore (Satabdi Prakasan), 1981.

2073

PAI, D.A. Religious Sects of the Hindus. vi, 104pp., 5 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. First published 1928. New Delhi (Cosmo Publications), 1983.

2074

PAL, M.K. Tribal Wood-Carving in India. (Census of India 1971. Series I: India. Paper 1 of 1973.) xi, (1), 22, (2)pp., 27 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General-India, Ministry of Home Affairs), [1974].

2075

PAL, PRATAPADITYA. Bronzes of Kashmir. 255pp. 120 plates. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth. Graz (Akademische Druck-u. Verlagsanstalt), 1975.

2076

PAL, PRATAPADITYA. The Divine Presence. Asian sculptures from the collection of Mr. and Mrs. Harry Lenart. 58pp. 41 illus. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, Aug.-Oct. 1978. Los Angeles, 1978.

2077

PAL, PRATAPADITYA. Krishna: The Cowherd King. With a technical report by Ben B. Johnson. (Los Angeles County Museum of Art. Monograph Series. 1.) 61pp. 32 illus. 4to. Wraps. Los Angeles (Los Angeles County Museum of Art), 1972.

2078

PAL, PRATAPADITYA. Vaisnava Iconology in Nepal. A study in art and religion. (12), 186, xxxiii, (1) pp., 110 plates. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (The Asiatic Society), n.d.

2079

PAL, PRATAPADITYA (EDITOR). Changing Visions, Lasting Images: Calcutta Through 300 Years. xvi, 172pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Bombay (Marg Publications), 1990.

2080

PALANIYAPPAN, KI. The Great Temple of Madurai. English version of the book “Koilmanagar.” 141, (1)pp., 34 plates (2 color). Wraps. D.j. Madurai (Sri Meenakshisundareswarar Temple Renovation Committee), 1970.

2081

PALLEGOIX, D.J.B. Sappha phachana phasa Thai: Dictionarium linguae Thai sive Siamensis interpretatione Latina, Gallica et Anglica. 894pp. Folio. Cloth, 3/4 calf. Parisiis (Jussu Imperatoris Impressum in Typographeo Imperatorio), 1854.

2082

PANDEY, RAJBALI. Indian Palaeography. Part I (all published). Second edition. xii, 249, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (Motilal Banarasi Das), 1957.

2083

PANDEY, SHYAM MANOHAR. The Hindi Oral Epic Canaini: The Tale of Lorik and Canda. (Istituto Universitario Orientale, Napoli.) 82, 627pp., 1 plate. Stout 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

123

Allahabad (Sahitya Bhawan Private Limited), 1982. 2084

PANI, JIWAN. Living Dolls: Story of Indian Puppets. 58pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1986.

2085

PANI, JIWAN. World of Other Faces: Indian Masks. vii, (3), 53, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1986.

2086

PANIKKAR, KAVALAM MADHAVA. Geschichte Indiens. 336pp., 24 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Düsseldorf (Progress-Verlag Johann Fladung), 1957.

2087

PANINI. Ashtadhyayi of Panini. Edited & translated into English by Srisa Chandra Vasu. 2 vols. (4), 2, 1681, (1), 106pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1962.

2088

PANINI. The Astadhyayi of Panini. With translation and explanatory notes by S.D. Joshi and J.A.F. Roodbergen. Vols. I III. 4to. Buckram. D.j. New Delhi (Sahitya Akademi), 1991-1994.

2089

PAÑÑA DIPA, U. The Buddha’s Way to Happiness. A handbook of buddhist meditation presenting the essence of the Buddhadhamma for attainment of ultimate peaceful happiness. (6), 87pp. 12mo. Wraps. Rangoon (U Thaung Lwin/ Zwe Press), 1963.

2090

PANNIER, FRANÇOIS & MANGIN, STEPHANE. Masques de l’Himalaya du primitif au classique. 143, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at Studio 6, Feb.-April 1989. [Bayonne] (Éditions Raymond Chabaud), [1989].

2091

PANT, G.N. Horse & Elephant Armour. xxix, 279, (1)pp., 12 color plates. 123 illus. hors texte. 231 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Agam Kala Prakashan), 1997.

2092

PANT, G.N. Indian Archery. Foreword: W.F. Paterson. xxii, (2), 416pp., 110 plates. 398 figs. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Agam Kala Prakashan), 1978.

2093

PANT, G.N. Indian Arms and Armour. 3 vols. I: Pre- and Protohistoric Weapons and Archery. Foreword by M.N. Deshpande. xxiv, 184pp., 88 plates. 246 figs. II: Swords and Daggers. Foreword by N.R. Banerjee. xxiv, 255, (1)pp., 246 plates. 621 figs. III: Human Armour and Shield. Foreword by Kapila Vatsyayan. xiv, 204pp., 122 plates (7 color). 453 figs. Folio. Buckram. Vol. III inscribed by the author. New Delhi (S. Attar Singh, Army Educational Stores), 1978-1983.

2094

PANT, G.N. Indian Shield. Foreword: R.N. Mehta. (8), 219pp. 73 plates (5 color), 112 figs. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette. New Delhi (Army Educational Stores), 1982.

2095

PANTHARI, RAGHAVENDRA PRASADA. Pracina Bharata mem samajika parivartana, 700 I. se 1000 I. taka. 328pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. boards. Nayi Dilli (Vani Prakasana), 1987.

2096

PAPIN, PHILIPPE. Histoire de Hanoi. (Histoire des Grandes Villes du Monde.) 404pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Fayard), 2001.

2097

PARAMESVARA. Haricarita by Parames’vara Bhatta (of Payyur). Edited by V. Krishnamacharya. (The Adyar Library Series. 63.) liv, 86, (2), 6pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Adyar, Madras (The Adyar Library), 1948.

2098

PARAMESWARAN PILLAI, MEKKOLLA N. Assissi Malayalam-English Dictionary. xv, (1), 1056, ii pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Buckram. Changanacherry (Assissi Printing and Publishing House), 1978.

2099

PARANAVITANA, S. The Shrine of Upulvan at Devundara. (Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of Ceylon. 6.) iv, (4), 89, (3)pp., 24 plates. 1 text fig. Folio. Cloth. Colombo (The Ceylon Government, Archaeological Department), 1953.

2100

PAREEK, R.N. Tribal Culture in Flux: The Jatapus of Eastern Ghats. xi, (3), 288pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corporation), 1977.

2101

PAREKUNNEL, A. (EDITOR). Russko-malaialam slovar’. / Rasyan-malayalam nighantu. 809, (3)pp. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (“Russkii Iazyk”), 1984.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

124

2102

PARGITER, F. EDEN (TRANSLATOR). The Markandeya Purana. Translated with notes. (Bibliotheca Indica: A Collection of Oriental Works, Published by The Asiatic Society of Bengal. N.S. 700, 706, 810, 872, 890, 947, 1058, 1076, 1104.) xxxv, (1), 730pp. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1904 edition. Varanasi/Delhi (Indological Book House), 1981.

2103

PARIS. MUSÉE DE L’HOMME. Le bétel. I [all published]: Inde et Asie du Sud-Est. Par Solange Thierry. (Catalogue du Musée de l’Homme. Série K: Asie. I./ Supplément au tome IX, 3, d’Objets et Mondes, Revue du Musée de l’Homme.) 304pp. 342 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris, 1969.

2104

PARIS. MUSÉE DE L’HOMME. Népal, hommes et dieux. Dec. 1969-March 1970. 40pp. 53 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris, 1969.

2105

PARIS. MUSÉE NATIONAL DES ARTS ASIATIQUES GUIMET. Art ésoterique de l’Himâlaya. Catalogue de la donation Lionel Fournier. Par Gilles Béguin. Oct. 1990-Jan. 1991. 198, (6)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris, 1990.

2106

PARIS. MUSÉE GUIMET. Guide-catalogue du Musée Guimet: Les collections bouddhiques (exposé historique et iconographique). Inde centrale et Gandhâra, Turkestan, Chine septentrionale, Tibet. 175, (3)pp., 24 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris/Bruxelles (G. van Oest & Cie.), 1923.

2107

PARIS, PIERRE. Esquisse d’une ethnographie navale des peuples annamites. Deuxième édition. (Publicaties van het Museum voor Land- en Volkenkunde en het Maritiem Museum "Prins Hendrik.” 3.) 86pp., 2 folding maps, 1 folding chart. 234 illus. hors texte. Frontis. 4to. Wraps. Amsterdam (Museum voor Land- en Volkenkunde en het Maritiem Museum "Prins Hendrik” ), 1955.

2108

PARKER, H. Village Folk Tales of Ceylon. Vols. I & III. iii, (1), 371pp.; iv, 445pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Originally published London 1910-1914. Dehiwala (Tisara Prakasakayo), 1971.

2109

PARKIN, ROBERT. The Munda of Central India. An account of their social organization. xv, (1), 310pp. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1992.

2110

PARMANAND MEWARAM. Sindhi-Inglish dikshanari. Second edition. (Institiyut af Sindhalajia je isha’ati silsile jo kitabu. 37.) 664, xxvi pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1910. Jamu Shoro/Haidarabad (Institiyut af Sindhalaji, Sindhu Yunivarsit/ Milana ja handha, Adabiyati), 1976.

2111

PARPOLA, ASKO. Deciphering the Indus Script. xxii, 374pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1994.

2112

PARRY, N.E. The Lakhers. With an introduction and supplementary notes by J.H. Hutton. xx, 640pp., 1 folding map, 1 folding chart. 29 illus. hors texte. Text illus. Sm. stout 4to. Leatherette. Reprint of the London 1932 edition. Calcutta/Aizawl, Mizoram (Firma KLM/ Tribal Research Institute), 1976.

2113

PARRY, N.E. Lushai Custom. A monograph on Lushai customs and ceremonies. (4), iv, 130pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Shillong 1928 edition. Calcutta/ Aizawl, Mizoram (Firma KLM Private Limited/ Tribal Research Institute), 1976.

2114

PASADENA. PASADENA ART MUSEUM. Indian and South-East Asian Stone Sculptures from the Avery Brundage Collection. [By] René-Yvon Lefebvre d’Argencé and Terese Tse. Fall 1969. 116pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Pasadena, 1969.

2115

PATAÑJALI. Patañjali’s Vyakarana-mahabhasya: Anabhihitahnika (P. 2.3.1--2.3.17). Introduction, text, translation and notes by S.D. Joshi and J.A.F. Roodbergen. (Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class C. No. 11.) (4), 3, (1), lii, (4), 45, (1), 141, (1), 4pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. D.j. Poona (University of Poona), 1976.

2116

PATAÑJALI. Patañjali’s Vyakarana-mahabhasya: Samarthahnika (P. 2.1.1). Edited with translation and explanatory notes by S.D. Joshi. (Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class C. No. 3.) xix, (1), 32, 223, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Poona (University of Poona), 1968.

2117

PATHAK, G. (EDITOR). Indian Alphabets Abroad. 3 vols. I: South India, Ceylon. II: South India, Vietnam, Burma, Malaya, Jawa, Borneo. III: North India, E. Turkistan, Tibet, Nepal. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers. New Delhi (All India Educational Supply Co.), 1980-1986?.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

125

2118

PATHAK, R.C. Bhargava’s Standard Illustrated Dictionary of the Hindi Language. Hindi-English edition. Revised and enlarged. (2), 1280pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (Bhargava Book Depot), 1968.

2119

PATHAK, RAJENDRA (TRANSLATOR). Die Logik der Narren und andere Volksgeschichten aus dem KumaonHimalaya. xx, 138, (4)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Wiesbaden (B. Heymann), 1978.

2120

PATKÓ, IMRE & RÉV, MIKLÓS. Die Kunst Vietnams. 53, (3)pp., 180 plates. 18 text illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (E.A. Seemann Verlag), 1967.

2121

PATNAIK, N. Cultural Tradition in Puri. Structure and organization of a pilgrim centre. (2), 97pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Simla (Indian Institute of Advanced Study), 1977.

2122

PAULUS, J., ET AL. (EDITORS). Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. Tweede druk. 8 vols. [=4 vols. + 4 vols. Supplement]. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Vol. 1 edited by J. Paulus; v. 2, by S. de Graaff and D.G. Stibbe; v. 3-4 by D.G. Stibbe; v. 5 by D.G. Stibbe and C. Spat; v. 6 by D.G. Stibbe and J. Stroomberg; v. 7-8 by D.G. Stibbe and F.J.W.H. Sandbergen. The Hague/Leiden (Martinus Nijhoff/ E.J. Brill), 1917-1939.

2123

PAVIE, AUGUSTE. Eine friedliche Eroberung. Indochina 1888. 448pp., 11 plates. Cloth. Wien (Buchgemeinschaft), n.d.

2124

PAYNE, ERNEST A. The Saktas. An introductory and comparative study. (The Religious Life of India./ Oriental Religions. Collection of Basic Works and Classics. 8.) (8), 153, (3)pp. Illus. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1933 edition. New York/London (Garland Publishing), 1979.

2125

PAYNE, ROBERT. The Life and Death of Mahatma Gandhi. 703pp., 32 plates. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. New York (E.P. Dutton & Co.), 1969.

2126

PE, HLA. Burma. Literature, historiography, scholarship, language, life, and Buddhism. (6), 214pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Singapore (Institute of Southeast Asian Studies), 1985.

2127

PE MAUNG TIN, U. & LUCE, G.H. (TRANSLATORS). The Glass Palace Chronicle of the Kings of Burma. (Burma Research Society. Text Publication Fund.) xxiii, (1), 227pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Rangoon (Rangoon University Press), 1960.

2128

PEACOCK, JAMES L. Indonesia: An Anthropological Perspective. (Goodyear Regional Anthropological Series.) (6), 168pp. 4to. Cloth. Pacific Palisades (Goodyear Publishing Company), 1973.

2129

PEISSEL, MICHEL. Mustang, the Forbidden Kingdom. Exploring a lost Himalayan land. 318pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. New York (E.P. Dutton & Co.), 1967.

2130

PEISSEL, MICHEL. Zanskar. Ein Königreich auf dem Dach der Welt. 297, (3)pp., 24 plates. Boards. Düsseldorf/Wien (Econ Verlag), 1981.

2131

PELLIOT, PAUL. Mémoires sur les coutumes du Cambodge de Tcheo Ta-kouan. Version nouvelle suivie d’un commentaire inachevé. (Oeuvres Posthumes de Paul Pelliot. 3.) 178, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Adrien-Maisonneuve), 1951.

2132

PELRAS, CHRISTIAN. The Bugis. (The Peoples of South-East Asia and the Pacific.) xiii, (3), 386pp. 61 plates, 4 maps, 3 figs. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Blackwell), 1996.

2133

PELTIER, ANATOLE-ROGER. Introduction à la connaissance des hlvn ba1 Luang pho de Thaïlande. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 115.) 214pp., 3 plates with 6 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1977.

2134

PELTIER, ANATOLE-ROGER. Un texte classique Lao: Le Syvsvat. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 10.) xx, 191pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1971.

2135

PENTH, HANS. Khamcharu’k thi than Phraphuttharup nai Nakhon Chiang Mai. 2, 236pp., 97 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Bangkok] (Khana Kammakan Chatphim ‘Ekkasan thang Prawattisat, Samnak Nayok Ratthamontri), 1976.

2136

PERCHERON, MAURICE. Buddha in Selbstzeugnissen und Bilddokumenten. (Rowohlts Monographien) 172, (4)pp. Illus. 12mo. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

126

Reinbek bei Hamburg (Rowohlt), 1958. 2137

PERTOLD, OT. The Ceremonial Dances of the Sinhalese. An inquiry into the Sinhalese folk-religion. (Reprinted from “Archiv Orientální,” vol. 2#1, 2, 3.) 4 parts in 3 vols. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Praha (Orientální Ustav), 1930.

2138

PERTOLD, OTAKAR. Príspevky ke studiu lidových nábozenství ceylonských. Cást první [all published]: Simhalské amulety, talismany a rikadla./ Inquiries Into the Popular Religions of Ceylon. Part first: Singhalese Amulets, Talismans and Spells. (Facultas Philosophica Universitatis Carolinae Pragensis. Sbírka Pojednání a Rozpra. 6.) 80, (2)pp. 27 illus. 4to. Wraps. Praha (Nákladem Filosofické Fakulty University Karlovy/ Fr. Rivnáce), 1925.

2139

PETERSON, INDIRA VISWANATHAN. Poems to Siva. The hymns of the Tamil saints. (Princeton Library of Asian Translations.) xvi, 382pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1989.

2140

PFANNER, DAVID EUGENE. Rice and Religion in a Burmese Village. viii, (2), 439 ff. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Ph.D. thesis, Cornell University, 1962, in microfilm photocopy. Ann Arbor (University Microfilms International), 1980.

2141

PFEFFER, GEORG. Pariagruppen des Pandschab. Inaugural-Dissertation...Albert-Ludwigs-Universität, Freiburg i.Br. (4), 211, (15)pp. 16 illus., 8 figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Freiburg i.Br., 1970.

2142

PHAM, CÔNG TAC, HÔ-PHÁP. Phap-Chanh-Truyen, la constitution religieuse du Caodaïsme. Lois constitutionnelles religieuses expliquées et commentées par sa sainteté Ho-Phap, chef du “Hiep-Thien-Dai.”.... (La Caodaisme, 3e Amnistie de Dieu en Orient.) 191, (7)pp., 33 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Paris (Éditions Dervy), 1953.

2143

PHAM DUY. Musics of Vietnam. Edited by Dale R. Whiteside. xviii, (2), 161pp., 1 folding chart. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Carbondale/London (Southern Illinois University Press/ Feffer & Simons), 1975.

2144

PHAM, HUY THÔNG (GENERAL EDITOR). Dong Son Drums in Viet Nam. 282pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth. [Hanoi?] (The Viet Nam Social Science Publishing House), 1990.

2145

PHAN KÊ BÍNH. Viêt-nam phong-tuc (Moeurs et coutumes du Vietnam). Présentation et traduction annotée par Nicole Louis-Hénard. (École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 11.) 2 vols. xli, (1), 431pp. 2 frontis.; 408, (4)pp., 2 maps. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Adrien Maisonneuve), 1975-1980.

2146

PHILADELPHIA. PHILADELPHIA MUSEUM OF ART. Manifestations of Shiva. March-June 1981. [By] Stella Kramrisch. 245, (1)pp. 191 plates (partly color). 4to. Wraps. Philadelphia, 1981.

2147

PHILADELPHIA. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUM. Ban Chiang: Discovery of a Lost Bronze Age. By Joyce C. White. With contributions from Pisit Charoenwongsa. 96pp. 238 illus. (partly in color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Philadelphia, 1982.

2148

PHILLIPS, HERBERT P. Thai Peasant Personality. The patterning of interpersonal behavior in the village of Bang Chan. xii, (2), 231pp. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1965.

2149

PHISIT CHAROENWONG. Ban Chiang. / Ban Chieng. (10), 144, 31pp. 17 plates, 1 folding map. Wraps. Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Phitkhanet), 1973.

2150

PHISIT CHAROENWONG & SUBHADRADIS DISKUL, M.C. Thaïlande. (Archaeologia Mundi.) 269, (3)pp. 261 illus. (93 color). Sm. 4to. Leatherette. Genève (Les Éditions Nagel), 1976.

2151

PHITTHAYALAPPHRU’TTHIYAKON, PRINCE, GRANDSON OF MONGKUT, KING OF SIAM & DHANIT YUPHO. The Khon. By Dhaninivat Kromamün Bidyalabh Bridhyakorn and Dhanit Yupho. Fourth edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 6.) 19, (1)pp., 12 plates (4 color). Text figs. Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1968.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

127

2152

PHITTHAYALAPPHRU’TTHIYAKON, PRINCE, GRANDSON OF MONGKUT, KING OF SIAM. Shadow Play: The Nang. By Prince Dhaninivat Kromamün Bidyalabh Bridhyakorn. Fourth edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 3.) 16pp., 16 plates (2 color). Wraps. Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1968.

2153

PHRA THEPWISUTTHIMETHI. Siamesische Illustrationen der Buddhalehre. Erläuterungen zu einem traditionellen buddhistischen Manuskript aus Siam von dem ehrwürdigen Buddhadasa Bhikkhu. (4), 107pp. 47 color plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Tübingen/Basel (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1969.

2154

PHRAMAHAKASAT NAI PHRABOROMRATCHAKKRIWONG KAP PRACHACHON. / The Chakri Monarchs and the Thai People: A Special Relationship. 286pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. [Bangkok] (Khana `Anukammakan Pramuan `Ekkasan nai Khana Kammakan Chat Ngan Somphot Krung Rattanakosin 200 Pi mop hai Samnak Ratchalekhathikan chatphim), 1982.

2155

PHUTTHALOETLA NAPHALAI, KING OF SIAM. Nang Loi: The Floating Maiden. A recitation from an episode of the Ramakien (a Thai version of the Indian epic Ramayana). [By] Rama II, King of Thailand, 1809-1824. English translation and vocabulary: Pensak Chagsuchinda. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies. Monograph Series. 18.) 68pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Lund (Studentlitteratur), 1973.

2156

[PHUTTHAYOTFA CHULALOK, KING OF SIAM]. Ramayana. Masterpiece of Thai literature retold from the original version written by King Rama I of Siam [by M.L. Manich Jumsai].... Third edition. 98pp., 8 color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (Chalermnit Bookshop), 1977.

2157

PICHARD, PIERRE. Inventory of Monuments at Pagan. / Inventaire des monuments, Pagan./ Pugam rhe” hon`” a chok a um mya” a kron`” a ra cac` tam`”. Vols. 1 - 7. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Paris/Gartmore, Stirlingshire (Unesco/ Kiscadale), 1992-2000.

2158

PICHARD, PIERRE. The Pentagonal Monuments of Pagan. (4), 157pp. 117 illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Bangkok (White Lotus), 1991.

2159

PIEPER, JAN. Die anglo-indische Station oder die Kolonialisierung des Götterberges. Hindustadtkultur und Kolonialstadtwesen im 19. Jahrhundert als Konfrontation östlicher und westlicher Geisteswelten. (Veröffentlichungen des Seminars für Orientalische Kunstgeschichte an der Universität Bonn. Reihe B: Antiquitates Orientales. 1.) 263, (1)pp. 6 maps, 43 plans, 67 illus., 48 figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Bonn (Rudolf Habelt Verlag), 1977.

2160

PIGEAUD, TH. Javaans-Nederlands handwoordenboek. xii, 624pp. Cloth. Groningen/Batavia (J.B. Wolters’ Uitgeversmaatschappij), n.d.

2161

PIGEAUD, THEODOR G.TH. Literature of Java. Catalogue raisonné of Javanese manuscripts in the library of the University of Leiden and other public collections in the Netherlands. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, Leiden.) Vols. I-II. I: Synopsis of Javanese Literature, 900-1900 A.D. xix, (1), 325pp. II: Descriptive Lists of Javanese Manuscripts. xv, (1), 972pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nyhoff [sic]), 1967-1968.

2162

PIGEAUD, THEODOR G.TH. Java in the 14th Century. A study in cultural history. The Nagara-Kertagama by Rakawi Prapañca of Majapahit, 1365 A.D. Third edition, revised and enlarged by some contemporaneous texts, with notes, translations, commentaries and a glossary. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 4.) 5 vols. I: Javanese Texts in Transcription. xvi, 125pp. II: Notes on the Texts and the Translations. xvi, 153pp. III: Translations. xiii, (3), 177pp. IV: Commentaries and Recapitulation. x, (2), 552pp. V: Glossary, General Index. viii, 451pp. 2 folding plates, 2 folding plans, 2 folding maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Illus. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1960-1963.

2163

PIGGOTT, STUART. Some Ancient Cities of India. iv, (2), 102pp., 8 plates. 14 plans and maps. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1945.

2164

PIKE, J.G. & WILKINS, GORDON S. A Comprehensive English-Oriya Dictionary. 2 vols. in 1. (2), 684, ii pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Cuttack 1916 edition. New Delhi/Madras (Asian Educational Services), 1988.

2165

PINDBORG, J.J. Strejftog i tidlig Indisk boghistorie. 34, (2)pp. 17 plates. 4to. Wraps. One of 49 numbered copies, signed by the author. Copenhagen (Privately Printed), 1967.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

128

2166

PINGREE, DAVID. Census of the Exact Sciences in Sanskrit. Series A, Volume I. (Memoirs of the American Philosophical Society. 81.) vii, (1), 60pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Philadelphia (American Philosophical Society), 1970.

2167

PINK, PETER WILHELM. Gathutkaca nagih janji = Gathutkaca fordert die Einlösung eines Versprechens: Lakon des javanischen Wayang Purwa, aufgeführt von Raden Soetrisno. (Veröffentlichungen des Seminars für Indonesische und Südseesprachen der Universität Hamburg. 12.) vi, 516pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Verlag von Dietrich Reimer), 1977.

2168

PINK-WILPERT, CLARA B. Bali. Eine Einführung. (Wegweiser zur Völkerkunde. 20.) 105pp. 55 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Hamburg (Hamburgisches Museum für Völkerkunde), 1977.

2169

PINK-WILPERT, CLARA B. Das indonesische Schattentheater. (Holle Kunstbibliothek.) 107, (1)pp. 36 color plates, 23 figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Baden-Baden (Holle Verlag), 1976.

2170

PIPER, JACQUELINE M. Bamboo and Rattan. Traditional uses and beliefs. (Images of Asia.) xi, (1), 88pp. 30 plates. Boards. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1992.

2171

PIRIYA KRAIROEK. Khokhithen kieokap bæp sinlapa nai Prathet Thai. Khatlu’ak chak Phiphitthaphanthasathan hæng Chat, Sakha Suan Phumiphak./ Art Styles in Thailand. A selection from national provincial museums, and an essay in conceptualization. 236, (2), x pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Bangkok] (Krom Sinlapakon, Krasuang Su’ksathikan), 1977.

2172

PIRIYA KRAIROEK. The Sacred Image: Sculptures from Thailand. / Das heilige Bildnis: Skulpturen aus Thailand. Text: Piriya Krairiksh. Photographs: Brian Brake. 247pp. 71 plates, text figs. 4to. Boards. Exhibition organized by the Museum for East-Asian Art of the City of Cologne in collaboration with the Department of Fine Arts and the National Museum, Bangkok, 1979-1980. Köln (Museum für Ostasiatische Kunst), 1979.

2173

PLAESCHKE, HERBERT. Buddhistische Kunst. Das Erbe Indiens. 193, (1)pp., 1 folding map. 74 plates, text figs. Sm. sq. 4to. Boards. Wien/Graz (Verlag Hermann Böhlaus Nachf.), 1972.

2174

PLAESCHKE, HERBERT & PLAESCHKE, INGEBORG. Hinduistische Kunst: Das indische Mittelalter. 177, (3)pp. 72 plates. Sq. 4to. Boards. Wien/Köln (Verlag Hermann Böhlaus Nachf.), 1978.

2175

PLAESCHKE, HERBERT & PLAESCHKE, INGEBORG. Indische Felsentempel und Höhlenklöster: Ajanta und Elura. 235, (1)pp., 1 folding map. 146 illus. (26 color), 61 figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Wien/Köln (Hermann Böhlaus Nachf.), 1983.

2176

PLATTS, JOHN T. A Dictionary of Urdu, Classical Hindi, and English. viii, 1259pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1884. Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1965.

2177

PLAYFAIR, A. The Garos. With an introduction by J. Bampfylde Fuller and a new introduction by Parimal Chandra Kar. xxxiii, 172pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1909. Gauhati/Calcutta (United Publishers), 1975.

2178

PLION, RAYMOND. Fêtes et cérémonies de Thaïlande. 194, (4)pp., 40 plates. Cloth. [Bangkok (Assumption Press, Charles Barbier), 1969].

2179

POCHHAMMER, WILHELM. VON. Indiens Weg zur Nation. Die politische Geschichte eines Subkontinents. 919pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth. Bremen (Schünemann Universitätsverlag), 1973.

2180

PODIPARA, PLACID J. Die Thomas-Christen. (Das östlichen Christentum. Abhandlungen, im Auftrag des Ostkirchlichen Instituts der deutschen Augustiner. N.S. 18.) 201pp., 4 plates. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Würzburg (Augustinus-Verlag), 1966.

2181

PONDER, H.W. Javanese Panorama. More impressions of the 1930s. 263, (1)pp. Illus. Wraps. Originally published London 1942. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1990.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

129

2182

POPE, G.U. Munivar arulicceyta Nalatiyar. The Naladiyar, Or, Four Hundred Quatrains in Tamil. With introduction, translation, and notes critical, philological and explanatory to which is added a concordance and lexicon with authorities from the oldest Tamil writers. (50), 440, 8pp. 4to. Cloth. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author to Heinrich Lüders. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1893.

2183

PORÉE, GUY & MASPERO, ÉVELINE. Moeurs et coutumes des Khmèrs. Origines. Histoire. Religions. Croyances. Rites. Évolution. Préface de Georges Coedès. (Collection de Documents et de Témoignages pour Servir à l’Histoire de Nôtre Temps.) 270, (2)pp. 48 illus. hors texte. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Payot), 1938.

2184

[PORÉE-MASPERO, ÉVELINE, ET AL.] La vie du paysan khmer. 102, (2)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Phnom-Penh (Éditions de l’Institut Bouddhique/ Commission des Moeurs et Coutumes du Cambodge), 1969.

2185

[PORÉE-MASPERO, ÉVELINE, ET AL.] Bidhi knun gruasar Khmaer. / Cérémonies privées des cambodgiens. 81, (7)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Phnom-Penh (Éditions de l’Institut Bouddhique/ Commission des Moeurs et Coutumes du Cambodge), 1958.

2186

[PORÉE-MASPERO, ÉVELINE, ET AL.] Cérémonies des douze mois: Fêtes annuelles cambodgiennes. 84, (2)pp., 1 folding chart. Illus. 4to. Wraps. [Phnom-Penh] (Commission des Moeurs et Coutumes du Cambodge), n.d.

2187

PORÍZKA, VINCENC. Hindstina Hindi Language Course. Cást I [all published]. 534, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. Praha (Státní Pedagogické Nakladatelství), 1963.

2188

POSSEHL, GREGORY L. (EDITOR). Harappan Civilization: A Contemporary Perspective. ix, (7), 440pp. Most prof. illus. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Warminster (Aris & Phillips/ American Institute of Indian Studies), 1982.

2189

POSTEL, M., ET AL. Antiquities of Himachal. [By] M. Postel, A. Neven, K. Mankodi. (Project for Indian Cultural Studies. Vol. I. ) vii, (1), 327, (1)pp. 441 illus. (some color). Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Franco-Indian Pharmaceutical Private Ltd.), 1985.

2190

POTTER, JACK M. Thai Peasant Social Structure. x, (2), 249pp., 10 plates. Figs. 4to. Cloth. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1976.

2191

POTTER, SULAMITH HEINS. Family Life in a Northern Thai Village. A study in the structural significance of women. xv, (1), 137pp. 26 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1977.

2192

POWELL, ANTHONY. Living Buddhism. Photographs by Graham Harrison; foreword by His Holiness the Dalai Lama. 208pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. London (British Museum Publications), 1989.

2193

PRAHA. NÁPRSTEK MUSEUM. Indické lidové obrázky z Purí. 23, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Czech and English. Praha, 1967.

2194

PRAKAI NONTAWASEE. Changes in Northern Thailand and the Shan States, 1886-1940. (Southeast Asian Studies Program. Comparative Research Award. Report No. 1.) xiii, (1), 378pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Pasir Panjang, Singapore (Southeast Asian Studies Program, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies), 1988.

2195

PRAMAR, V.S. Haveli: Wooden Houses and Mansions of Gujarat. Photographs by Anand Patel, V.S. Pramar. 238, (2)pp. 160 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Ahmedabad (Mapin Publishing), 1989.

2196

PRANATHA VIDYALANKARA. Inscriptions of Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro. (Studies in Egyptian and Ancient Middle East Epigraphy. Part I [A]./ Contributions to the History and Antiquities of Egypt and of the Ancient Middle East. 1.) 2 parts. I: [Text]. 4, (2)pp. Wraps. II: [Plates]. 6 lrg. folding plates, loose in portfolio, as issued. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Ties. Edition limited to 100 copies. Benares (The Indian Book-Shop, Theosophical Society), 1939.

2197

PRASAD, RAJENDRA. The Asif Jahs of Hyderabad: Their Rise and Decline. xiv, 446pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1984.

2198

PRASAD, SAILESWAR. Craft Survey Report on Stoneware Craft of Patharkatti Village (District Gaya). Edited by S.D. Prasad. (Census of India 1961. Vol. IV: Bihar. Part VII-A, No. 1.) vii, (5), 49, (1), vi pp. 27 illus. hors texte. 1 map, figs. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

130

[Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1969]. 2199

PRASAD, SAILESWAR & PAL, M.K. Ritual Terracottas and Terracotta Toys of Darbhanga. (Census of India 1971. Series 1: India. Miscellaneous Studies. Monograph No. 1./ No. 7 of 1961 Series.) viii, 79, (3)pp., 33 plates. Boards, 1/4 cloth. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), [1975].

2200

PRASIT CHAWALITTHAMRONG. Pathanukrom Chin-Thai. [Xiao Yuanchuan bian zhu]. 62, 26, 1700pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Buckram. Title in colophon: “Zhong Tai da ci dian.” Tai jing (Nan mei you xian gong si), 1962.

2201

PRAWDIN, MICHAEL. Das Reich aus dem Nichts. Die ersten Grossmogulen. 217, (3)pp., 16 plates (1 color). 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt), 1965.

2202

PREECHA CHATURABHAWD. People of the Hills. v, (1), 200pp. Illus. Wraps. Bangkok (Duang Kamol), 1980.

2203

PRESCHEZ, PHILIPPE. Les relations entre la France et la Birmanie au XVIIIe et au XIXe siècles. (France-Asie. Asia. 189/190.) (148), 7pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (France-Asie/Asia), 1967.

2204

PRESLER, FRANKLIN A. Religion Under Bureaucracy. Policy and administration for Hindu temples in South India. (Cambridge South Asian Studies.) ix, (1), 179pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1987.

2205

PRESSMAR, EMMA. Indische Ringe. 105, (3)pp. 55 illus. 4to. Cloth. Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), 1982.

2206

PRESTON, JAMES J. Cult of the Goddess: Social and Religious Change in a Hindu Temple. x, (2), 109pp., 8 plates. 6 maps, 2 figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1980.

2207

PRICHA PHINTHONG. Wetsandon khamkhlong ‘Isan. 480pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Ubonratchathani (Siritham), 1982.

2208

PULLEY, SANDE. A Yankee in the Yellow Robe. An American buddhist monk’s role in east-west cultural exchange. 130pp. Frontis. Cloth. D.j. New York (Exposition Press), 1967.

2209

PUNYAVIJAYA, MUNI (EDITOR). Angavijja: Science of Divination Through Physical Signs & Symbols. / Puvvayariyaviraiya angavijja. [Manussavivihacettainirikkhanadarena bhavissaiphalananavinnanaruva.] Parisitthaivibhusiya. Samsodhakah sampadakasca muni Punyavijayah. (Prakrtagranthaparisad/Prakrit Text Society Series. 1.) viii, 94, 372pp., 1 plate. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Banaras (Prakrit Text Society), 1957.

2210

PURCELL, VICTOR. The Chinese in Southeast Asia. (The Royal Institute of International Affairs.) xxxvii, (1), 801, (1)pp., 2 folding maps. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. London (Geoffrey Cumberledge, Oxford University Press), 1952.

2211

PURI, L.R. Teachings of the Gurus. xv, (3), 234pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. [Beas], Punjab (Radha Soami Satsang, Beas), 1973.

2212

PURUSARTHA. Recherches de sciences sociales sur l’Asie du Sud. Vols. 1 - 2. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Centre d’Études de l’Inde et de l’Asie du Sud), 1975.

2213

PUSPADANTA. Harivamsapurana. Ein Abschnitt aus der Apabhramsa-Welthistoire “Mahapurana Tisatthimahapurisagunalamkarta” von Puspadanta. Als Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Apabhramsa nach der Universalgeschichte der Jainas herausgegeben von Ludwig Alsdorf. (Alt- und Neu-Indische Studien herausgegeben vom Seminar für Kultur und Geschichte Indiens an der Hansischen Universität. 5.) xii, 515, (1)pp., 3 plates. Lrg. 4to. Orig. wraps. Hamburg (Friederichsen, de Gruyter & Co.), 1936.

2214

PUZITSKII, E.V. Kachinskii iazyk (iazyk Chzhingpkho). (Iazyki Narodov Azii i Afriki.) 110, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1968.

2215

QUIGLY, E.P. Some Observations on Libraries, Manuscripts and Books of Burma. From the 3rd century A.D. to 1886 (with special reference to the royal library of the last kings of Burma). Foreword by Than Tun. 34pp. 17 illus. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

131

London (Arthur Probsthain), 1956. 2216

RABINOVICH, I.S., ET AL. Nepal’sko-russkii slovar’: 38 000 slov. Sostavili: I.S. Rabinovich, N.I. Korolev, L.A. Aganina.... 1328pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Sovetskaia Entsiklopediia”), 1968.

2217

RABINOVICH, I.S. & SEREBRIAKOV, I.D. Pandzhabsko-russkii slovar’. / Pañjabi-Rusi shabada-kosha. 1039pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo Inostrannykh i Natsional’nykh Slovarei), 1961.

2218

RADCLIFFE-BROWN, A.R. The Andaman Islanders. xiv, 510, (2)pp., 2 maps. 46 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. New York (The Free Press of Glencoe), 1964.

2219

RADHAKANTADEV, RAJA. Sabdakalpadrumah. Samaparivardhitah, Varada Prasada Vasu, Haricarana Vasu. 3. samskarana./ Shabda-Kalpadrum. (Caukhamba Samskrta granthmala. 93.) 5 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (Caukhamba Samskrta Sirija Aphisa), 1967.

2220

RADHAKRISHNAN, S. Die Bhagavadgita. Sanskrittext mit Einleitung und Kommentar. Mit dem indischen Urtext verglichen und ins Deutsche übersetzt von Siegfried Lienhard. 448pp. 4to. Cloth. Baden-Baden (Holle Verlag), 1958.

2221

RADHAKRISHNAN, S. Indian Philosophy. Revised edition. (Library of Philosophy.) 2 vols. 738, (2)pp.; 807, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London/New York (George Allen & Unwin/ The Macmillan Company), 1929-1931.

2222

RADHAKRISHNAN, S. Indische Philosophie. 2 vols. I: Von den Veden bis zum Buddhismus. 593pp. II: Die Systeme des Brahmanismus. 658pp. 4to. Cloth. Darmstadt (Holle Verlag), n.d.-1956.

2223

RAGHAVAN, V. Some Old Lost Rama Plays. Lectures delivered in the Annamalai University. xiv, 126, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Stiff wraps. Annamalainagar (Annamalai University), 1961.

2224

RAGHU VIRA & LOKESH CHANDRA. Gilgit Buddhist Manuscripts: Facsimile Edition. / Gilgita-Bauddha-granthavalih. (Sata-pitaka Series. Indo-Asian Literatures. 10.) Vols. 5 - 10. Prof. illus. Oblong folio. Cloth. New Delhi (International Academy of Indian Culture), 1970-1974.

2225

RAHA, MANIS KUMAR (EDITOR). The Himalayan Heritage. xxvi, 468, (4)pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Gian Publishing House), 1987.

2226

RÁHULA. The Selalihini sandesa, with a paraphrase. By Sangharaja Sri Rahula Maha Sthavira. Revised and edited by...Dharmakirti Sri Dharmarama Nayaka Sthavira. Fifth edition. 71pp. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth; orig. wraps. bound in. Sinhalese-language text. Peliyagoda, Kelaniya (R. Amarasinha/ The Srilankodaya Press), 1925.

2227

RAHULA, TOTAGAMUVE. The Parevi sandesaya. By Sri Rahula Sangharaja...Sri Sanghabodhi Sri Vijayabahu Pirivena, Totagamuwa. With a discriptive [sic] paraphrase by T. Sirisunandasabha Maha Thero, viharadhipathi (incumbent). iv, 124pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth; orig. wraps. bound in. Sinhalese-language text. Tangalla/Matara (D.S.W. Muniweera/ The Matara Printing Works), 1925.

2228

RAHULA, WALPOLA. Was der Buddha lehrt. Vorwort von Paul Demiéville. 223pp. Frontis. Cloth. Zürich (Origo Verlag), 1963.

2229

RAINGAN KANSAMRUAT LÆ KHUTTÆNG BURANA BORANNAWATTHUSATHAN MU’ANG KAO SUKHOTHAI, PHO. SO. 2508-2512. 2, 2, 106pp., 32 lrg. folding plans. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Bangkok] (Khana Kammakan Prapprung Burana Borannasathan Changwat Sukhothai læ Changwat Kamphæng Phet), 1969.

2230

RAMA SHARMA, M.H. The History of the Vijayanagar Empire. 2 vols. I: Beginnings and Expansion (1308-1559). xxv, (1), 246, (2)pp., 7 plates. 1 map. II: The Last Phase: Decline and Disappearance (1569-1679). xi, (1), 611pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Popular Prakashan), 1978-1980.

2231

RAMA VARMA. Kartaviryavijayaprabandha of Sri Asvati Tirunal Rama Varma. (Reprint from the Journal of the Travancore University Oriental Manuscripts Library. 4.) ii, 9, (1), 2pp. 4to. Wraps. (chipped). Trivandrum (Superintendent, Government Press), 1947.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

132

2232

RAMA VARMA. Srngarasudhakarabhana of Sri Asvati Tirunal Rama Varma. (Reprint from the Journal of the Travancore University Oriental Manuscripts Library. 3.) iv, 28pp. 4to. Wraps. Trivandrum (The University Manuscripts Library/ Superintendent, Government Press), 1945.

2233

RAMAKRISHNA, G., ET AL. An Encyclopaedia of South Indian Culture. [By] G. Ramakrishna, N. Gayathri, Debiprasad Chattopadhyaya. (4), 544pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta/Delhi (K.P. Bagchi & Co.), 1983.

2234

RAMAMURTI, G.V. A Manual of the So:ra: (or Savara) Language. xxxi, (3), 254pp. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. Madras (Superintendent, Government Press), 1931.

2235

RAMAN, B.V. Hindu Astrologie. 308pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. München-Planegg (Otto Wilhelm Barth-Verlag), 1938.

2236

RAMAN, BANGALORE VENKATA. A Manual of Hindu Astrology: Correct Casting of Horoscopes. Foreword by B. Suryanarain Rao. Seventh edition. xv, (1), 177pp. Cloth. Bangalore (Raman Publications), 1962.

2237

RAMAN, K.V. Sri Varadarajaswami Temple-Kañchi. A study of its history, art and architecture. x, (6)pp., 206pp., 40 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1975.

2238

RAMANUJA. Siddhanta des Ramanuja. Ein Text zur indischen Gottesmystik. Aus dem Sanskrit von Otto Rudolf. Zweite Auflage. iv, 177pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Tübingen (Verlag von J.C.B. Mohr [Paul Siebeck]), 1923.

2239

RAMARAJU, BI. Folklore of Andhra Pradesh. (2), 176pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. New Delhi (National Book Trust, India), 1978.

2240

RAMBLE, CHARLES, ET AL. (EDITORS). Proceedings of the International Seminar on the Anthropology of Tibet and the Himalaya. September 21-28, 1990 at the Ethnographic Museum of the University of Zurich. Editors: Charles Ramble, Martin Brauen. Co-editors: Beatrice Miller, Gérard Toffin. (Ethnologische Schriften Zürich. 12.) 441pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Zürich (Ethnological Museum of the University of Zurich), 1993.

2241

RAMM-BONWITT, INGRID. Figurentheater. Lebendige Tradition des Puppen- und Schattenspiels in Asien. 160pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart/Zürich (Belser Verlag), 1991.

2242

RAMSEYER, URS. Kultur und Volkskunst in Bali. 276pp. 405 illus. (partly color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Atlantis Verlag), 1977.

2243

RAMSUKHDAS, SWAMI. Art of Living. iii, (1), 124pp., 1 color plate. Wraps. Gorakhpur (Govind Bhawan Gita Press), 1985.

2244

RAMSUKHDAS, SWAMI. Benedictory Discourses. (3), 185pp. 1 color plate. Boards. Gorakhpur (Govind Bhawan Karyalaya, Gita Press), 1985.

2245

RANADE, G.H. Music in Maharashtra. ii, 58pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. New Delhi (Maharashtra Information Centre), 1967.

2246

RANDHAWA, M.S. Basohli Painting. 125pp. 38 tipped-in color plates. 5 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Government of India, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting), 1959.

2247

RANDHAWA, M.S. Kangra Paintings of the Bhagavata Purana. 99pp. 15 tipped-in color plates, 10 tipped-in text illus. Folio. Cloth. New Delhi (National Museum of India), 1960.

2248

RANDHAWA, M.S. Travels in the Western Himalayas: In Search of Paintings. xv, (1), 240pp. 77 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Thomson Press), 1974.

2249

RANDHAWA, MOHINDER SINGH & GALBRAITH, JOHN KENNETH. Indian Painting: The Scene, Themes and Legends. xiii, (5), 142pp. 34 tipped-in color plates, 14 figs., 2 maps. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Boston (Houghton Mifflin Company), 1968.

2250

RANDHAWA, M.S. (INTRODUCTION). Kangra Valley Painting. (8), 17, (1)pp., 40 color plates with titled tissue guards. Map. Sm. folio. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

133

New Delhi (Government of India, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting), 1954. 2251

RANGA IYER, C.S. Father India. A reply to Mother India. 207pp. Cloth. London (Selwyn & Blount Ltd,), 1927.

2252

RANGOON. BURMA RESEARCH SOCIETY. Fiftieth Anniversary Publications. Nos. 1-2. I: Some of the Papers Read at the Fiftieth Anniversary Conference. 543pp. Numerous plates hors texte. II: Selection of Articles from the Journal of the Burma Research Society. (4), 544, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. & cloth. Rangoon, 1960-1961.

2253

RANGOON. DIRECTOR OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Pictorial Guide to Pagan. (8), 58, (6)pp., 1 lrg. folding plan. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Rangoon, 1971.

2254

RANGOON (SIGHTS AND INSTITUTIONS). 158pp. Prof. illus. Wraps. [Rangoon] (Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), n.d.

2255

RANGOONWALLA, FIROZE. A Pictorial History of Indian Cinema. 123, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (Hamlyn), 1979.

2256

RAO, S.R. Lothal and the Indus Civilization. With a foreword by Mortimer Wheeler. xix, (1), 215pp., 44 plates. 41 text figs. 4to. Cloth. London (Asia Publishing House), 1973.

2257

RAO, S.R. & SASTRY, B.V.K. Traditional Paintings of Karnataka. xvi, (6), 102pp., 104 plates (41 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bangalore (Karnataka Chitrakala Parishath), 1980.

2258

RAPSON, E.J. Indian Coins. (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. II. Band, 3. Heft, B.) 56pp. 5 plates, loose in rear, as issued. 4to. Wraps. Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J. Trübner), 1897.

2259

RAQUEZ, A. Pages laotiennes. Le Haut-Laos, le Moyen-Laos, le Bas-Laos. Préface par Somdet Pra Chao Zakarine, roi du Luang-Prabang. (2), ii, (2), ii, 537, (1), iii, vi, viii pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 312 illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Hanoi (F.-H. Schneider), 1902.

2260

RATH, B.K. Cultural History of Orissa (A.D. 855-1110). xii, (4), 208pp., 3 lrg. folding charts, 70 plates. 4to. Leatherette. Delhi (Sundeep Prakashan), 1983.

2261

RATNA POTH PRAKASAKAYO: EDITORIAL BOARD. Ratna Eng[lish]-Sin[halese] Pocket Dictionary. / Ratna IngrisiSimhala Sanksipta sabdakosayo. 503, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards. Colombo (Ratna Poth Prakasakayo), 1970.

2262

RATNACHANDRAJI. An Illustrated Ardha-Magadhi Dictionary. Literary, philosophic and scientific with Sanskrit, Gujrati, Hindi and English equivalents, references to the texts & copious quotations by Shatavdhani The Jaina Muni Shri Ratnachandraji Maharaj.... With an introduction by A.C. Woolner. 5 vols. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Ajmer 19231938. Tokyo (Meicho-fukyu-kai), 1977.

2263

RATNAGAR, SHEREEN. Encounters: The Westerly Trade of the Harappa Civilization. xxi, (3), 294pp. 30 illus., 1 double-page map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1981.

2264

RATTANAYAPT; (SANGOP), LUANG. Dikchannari phasa `Angkrit plæ pen Thai. Doi Luang rattanayapti (Sangop)./ English-Siamese Dictionary. Compiled by Luang Ratanayatti (Sngob.). (2), 557pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Krung Thep (Rongphim Luang), 1901.

2265

RAU, HEIMO. Indien. Kunst- und Reiseführer mit Landeskunde. (Kohlhammer Kunst- und Reiseführer.) 496pp. Prof. illus. Boards. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1978.

2266

RAU, HEIMO. Nepal. Kunst- und Reiseführer. 316pp., 24 plates. 29 plans, 2 maps. Boards. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1984.

2267

RAU, HEIMO. Stilgeschichte der indischen Kunst. 2 vols. 494pp. 235 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1986.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

134

2268

RAU, WILHELM. Weben und Flechten im Vedischen Indien. (Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz. Abhandlungen der geistes- und sozialwissenschaftlichen Klasse. Jahrgang 1970, Nr. 11.) 40, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps. Mainz/Wiesbaden (Verlag der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz/ Franz Steiner Verlag), 1970.

2269

RAUCHWETTER, GERHARD. Malaysia. 167, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. München (Süddeutscher Verlag), 1990.

2270

RAUCHWETTER, GERHARD. Traumziel Königreich Thailand. 192pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. München (Süddeutscher Verlag), 1988.

2271

RAVIER, H. Dictionarium latino-annamiticum completum et novo ordine dispositum, cui accedit appendix praecipuas voces proprias cum brevi explicatione continens. xii, 1270, 72pp. Lrg. 4to. New cloth. Ninh Phú (Ex typis Missionis Tunquini Occidentalis), 1880.

2272

RAVIGUPTA. The Siddhasara of Ravigupta. Edited by R.E. Emmerick. (Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland. Supplementband 23.) 2 vols. I: The Sanskrit Text. ix, (1), 199pp. II: The Tibetan Version With Facing English Translation. viii, 482pp. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1980-1982.

2273

RAWSON, P.S. The Indian Sword. (Arms and Armour Series.) xii, 108pp., 48 plates. 4to. Cloth. London (Herbert Jenkins), 1968.

2274

RAWSON, PHILIP. The Art of Tantra. 216pp. 176 illus. (25 color). 4to. Cloth. London (Thames and Hudson), 1973.

2275

RAWSON, PHILIP. Indian Painting. 169, (2)pp., 4 plates. 62 tipped-in color illus., figs. 4to. Cloth. Paris/ New York (Pierre Tisné/ Universe Books), 1961.

2276

RAWSON, PHILIP. Tantra. Le culte indien de l’extase. 128pp. 190 illus. (32 color). 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions du Seuil), 1973.

2277

RAWSON, PHILIP. The Art of Southeast Asia. Cambodia, Vietnam, Thailand, Laos, Burma, Java, Bali. (The World of Art Series.) 288pp. 251 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. New York/Washington (Frederick A. Praeger), 1967.

2278

RAY, BENOY GOPAL. Religious Movements in Modern Bengal. (Visna-Bharati Research Publications.) vi, (2), 244pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Santiniketan (Visva-Bharati), 1965.

2279

RAY, NIHARRANJAN. Sanskrit Buddhism in Burma. Proefschrift...Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden. xii, (2), 101, (3)pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Amsterdam (H.J. Paris), 1936.

2280

RAY, PRAPHULLA CHANDRA. A History of Hindu Chemistry. From the earliest times to the middle of the sixteenth century A.D. With Sanskrit texts, variants, translation and illustrations. Vol. I. Second edition, revised and enlarged. 2 parts in 1 vol. cxxxii, 312pp., 7 plates. Sanskrit Texts. 70pp. Vol. II: 2 parts. (20), xcvi, 289, 151, xxi pp. Cloth, 3/4 leather (spine torn). Vol. II in photocopy. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Calcutta (The Bengal Chemical & Pharmaceutical Works), 1903-Calcutta (Chuckervertty, Chatterjee & Co.), 1925.

2281

RAY, SUDHANSU KUMAR. The Ritual Art of the Bratas of Bengal. With a foreword by M.S. Randhawa. vi, (2), 68pp., 25 plates. 14 text figs. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Firma K.L. Mukhopadhyay), 1961.

2282

REBLING, EBERHARD. Die Tanzkunst Indiens. 263pp.153 illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Wilhelmshaven (Heinrichshofen’s Verlag), 1982.

2283

REBLING, EBERHARD. Die Tanzkunst Indonesiens. 156pp., 93 plates. 52 figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Wilhelmshaven (Florian Noetzel Verlag, Heinrichshofen-Bücher), 1989.

2284

REEVES, RUTH. Cire Perdue Casting in India. With a foreword by Kamaladevi Chattopadhyay. (Crafts Museum Series.) 124pp. 74 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Crafts Museum), 1962.

2285

REFUGE, B. Swankalok, de export-ceramiek van Siam. 146pp. 213 illus. 4to. Wraps. Lochem (De Tijdstroom), 1976.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

135

2286

REGAMEY, CONSTANTIN. Der Buddhismus Indiens. (Der Christ in der Welt. Eine Enzyklopädie. XVII. Reihe: Die nichtchristlichen Religionen. 6.) 103, (3)pp. Wraps. Aschaffenburg (Paul Pattloch Verlag), 1964.

2287

REGMI, M.P. Anglo-Nepali-Dictionary. Fourth edition. (4), 1358pp., 9 plates. Stout 8vo. Cloth. Kathmandu (M.P. Sharma), 1979.

2288

REIGNER, JANINE. Religions minoritaires et cultes marginaux de l’Inde. 74, (6)pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Editions Publisud), 1991.

2289

REINHARD, KURT. Die Musik Birmas. (Schriftenreihe des Musikwissenschaftlichen Seminars der Universität München: Studien zur musikalischen Kultur- und Stilgeschichte. 5.) (6), 106, 40pp. 4to. Wraps. Würzburg-Aumühle (Konrad Triltsch Verlag), 1939.

2290

REINHORN, MARC. Dictionnaire laotien-français. 2 vols. xlix, (1), 2150, (2)pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Buckram. Paris (Éditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique), 1970.

2291

REINICHE, MARIE-LOUISE. Les dieux et les hommes. Étude des cultes d’un village du Tirunelveli, Inde du Sud. (Cahiers de l’Homme: Ethnologie - Géographie - Linguistique. N.S. 18.) xii, 283pp., 8 plates. Figs. 4to. Wraps. Paris/The Hague (Mouton), 1979.

2292

RENOU, LOUIS. Der Hinduismus. (Grosse Religionen der Welt.) 296, (6)pp. 23 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Leatherette. Genf (Editio-Service), 1972.

2293

REUTHER, OSCAR. Indische Paläste und Wohnhäuser. Mit Beiträgen von Conrad Preusser und Friedrich Wetzel. (2), 104, (2)pp., 176 heliotype plates with over 350 illus.. 36 text figs. Folio. Orig. dec. cloth. Berlin (Leonhard Preiss Verlag), 1925.

2294

REYNOLDS, C.H.B. Sinhalese: An Introductory Course. (4), 319pp. 4to. Wraps. London (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London), 1980.

2295

REYNOLDS, CHRISTOPHER. Sri Lanka: Die heilige Insel des Buddhismus. Photographien von Hitoshi Tamura. 138, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Freiburg (Herder), 1982.

2296

REYNOLDS, H.O. Some Notes on Colloquial Burmese Syntax. ii, (2), 104pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Rangoon (British Burma Press), 1931.

2297

RHEMREV, J.L.TH. Serat gurma lelana. Ri ngéngga ing gambar 4 lembar. Tuwan I. Él. Rémrép’ murubasa ing Betawi kang angangget. 92pp., 4 double-page color lithographic places. Orig. wraps. OCLC lists only one copy in an American library (Cornell University). [Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1884].

2298

RHODIUS, HANS & DARLING, JOHN. WALTER SPIES and Balinese Art. Edited by John Stowell. 96pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Amsterdam/Zutphen (Tropenmuseum/ Terra), 1980.

2299

RICHTER, ANNE. Arts and Crafts of Indonesia. Special photography by John Storey. 160pp. 199 illus. (156 color). 4to. Wraps. London (Thames and Hudson), 1993.

2300

RICHTER, EBERHARDT. Lehrbuch des modernen Burmesisch (Umgangssprache). xvi, 405pp. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1983.

2301

RICHTER, EBERHARDT & THAN ZAW, MAUNG. Deutsch-burmesisches Gesprächsbuch. 306pp. 12mo. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1969.

2302

RICHTER-USHANAS, EGBERT. The Symbolic Conception of the Indus Script. A symbolic and phonetic decipherment. Second revised edition. 64pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bremen (Privately Printed), 1992.

2303

RICHTER-USHANAS, EGBERT. Der kosmische Mensch und die Indus-Kultur. Dreizehn Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte Indiens und des Vorderen Orient. 210, (2)pp. Wraps. Bremen (Privately Printed), 1992.

2304

RICHTER-USHANAS, EGBERT. Der fünfte Veda. Die Indus-Schrift im Vergleich zum Rig-veda. xviii, 87, (2)ff. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps., GBC-bound.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

136

Bremen (Privately Printed), 1989. 2305

RINDL, PETER. Malaienreport. Maos verlorene Territorien. 222pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Wien (Europaverlag), 1973.

2306

RINGIS, RITA. Thai Temples and Temple Murals. xxix, (1), 163pp. 25 color illus. hors texte. 113 text illus. 4to. Boards. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1990.

2307

RIVERS, W.H.R. The Todas. 755, (1)pp., 71 folding charts, 1 folding map. 76 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Macmillan and Co.), 1906.

2308

RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. A History of Sufism in India. 2 vols. I: Early Sufism and Its History in India to AD 1600. (6), 467, (1)pp., 4 plates, 2 maps. II: From Sixteenth Century to Modern Century. xi, (1), 535, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1986; 1983.

2309

RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. Religious and Intellectual History of the Muslims in Akbar’s Reign, With Special Reference to Abu’l Fazl (1556-1605). xiv, 564pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers), 1975.

2310

RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. Shah ’Abd al-’Aziz: Puritanism, Sectarian Polemics and Jihad. (8), 609pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Cloth. Canberra (Ma’rifat Publishing House), 1982.

2311

RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. Shah Wali-Allah and His Times. A study of eighteenth century Islam, politics and society in India. (6), 452pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth. Canberra (Ma’rifat Publishing House), 1980.

2312

RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. A Socio-Intellectual History of the Isna ’Ashari Shi’is in India. With an analysis of early Shi’ism. 2 vols. I: 7th to 16th Century A.D., with an analysis of early Shi’ism. (6), 455pp., 3 plates. II: 16th to 19th Century A.D. xiv, 480pp., 2 plates. 4to. Cloth. Canberra (Ma’arifat Publishing House), 1986.

2313

ROAD ATLAS OF THAILAND. 56pp. 35 maps, plans. 4to. Wraps. [Bangkok?] (The Shell Company of Thailand), n.d.

2314

ROBEQUAIN, CHARLES. Le Thanh Hoá. Étude géographique d’une province annamite. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 23-24.) 2 vols. 636pp., 48 plates, 7 folding maps, 4 tables. 33 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris/Bruxelles (Les Éditions G. van Oest), 1929.

2315

ROBERT, R. Notes sur les Tay Dèng de Lang Chánh (Thanh-hoé - Annam). (Institut Indochinois pour l’Étude de l’Homme. Mémoire no. 1.) (2), 182, (4)pp., 53 plates, 10 charts and maps (mostly folding). Lrg. 4to. New cloth. Ex-libris A.B. Griswold. Hanoi (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1941.

2316

ROBERTSON, RICHARD G. Robertson’s Practical English-Thai Dictionary. xii, (2), 319pp. 12mo. Plastic. Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1978.

2317

ROBINNE, FRANÇOIS. Fils et maîtres du lac. Relations interethniques dans l’État Shan de Birmanie. Préface de Charles Macdonald. (Chemins de l’Ethnologie.) 364pp., 8 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Paris (CNRS Éditions/ Éditions de la Maison des Sciences de l’Homme de Paris), 2000.

2318

ROBINNE, FRANÇOIS. Savoirs et saveurs. L’identité culinaire des birmans. (École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Monographies. 175.) 272pp. 83 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1994.

2319

ROBINSON, FRANCIS (EDITOR). The Cambridge Encyclopedia of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan and the Maldives. 520pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1989.

2320

ROBINSON, M. & SHAW, L.A. The Coins and Banknotes of Burma. xi, (5), 160, (2)pp., 14 plates. Numerous text illus. 4to. Wraps. Manchester (Privately Printed), 1980.

2321

ROBSON, S.O. (EDITOR). Hikajat Andakén Penurat. Edited and translated by S.O. Robson. (Bibliotheca Indonesica. 2.) (4), 147pp. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1969.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

137

2322

RODRIGUE, YVES. Nat-Pwe. Burma’s supernatural sub-culture. 80, (40)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Gartmore, Stirlingshire (Paul Strachan, Kiscadale), 1992.

2323

RÖDER, J. Alahatala, die Religion der Inlandstämme Mittelcerams. (Ergebnisse der Frobenius-Expedition 1937-38 in die Molukken und nach Holländisch Neu-Guinea. 3.) viii, 142, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 15 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Bamberg (Bamberger Verlagshaus Meisenbach & Co.), 1948.

2324

RÖSEL, JAKOB. Entwicklung und Dynamik des Tamilen-Konflikts auf Sri Lanka. (Aktuelle Informationspapiere zu Entwicklung und Politik. 12.) (2), 57, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Freiburg i.Br. (Arnold-Bergstraesser-Institut), 1987.

2325

RÖSEL, JAKOB. Der Palast des Herrn der Welt. Entstehungsgeschichte und Organisation der indischen Tempel- und Pilgerstadt Puri. (Arnold-Bergstraesser-Institut: Materialien zu Entwicklung und Politik. 18.) xxxviii, 378, (4)pp. 4to. Cloth. München (Weltforum Verlag), 1980.

2326

ROGHAIR, GENE H. The Epic of Palnadu. A study and translation of Palnati Virula Katha, a Telugu oral tradition from Andhra Pradesh, India. xix, (1), 399pp., 9 plates. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1982.

2327

ROH TWAH: SU’U-TAM. So dac biet ve ngôn ngu’ Chàm, Noi-san nghiên-cu’u cua Thanh Van Suong. 28ff. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Phan-rang (Trung-tâm van-hóa Chàm), n.d.

2328

ROLAND, JOAN G. Jews in British India. Identity in a colonial era. xiii, (3), 355pp. 12 illus., 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Hanover/London (Brandeis University Press/ University Press of New England), 1989.

2329

ROLLAND, ROMAIN. The Life of Ramakrishna. (Ramakrishna, the Man-Gods and the Universal Gospel of Vivekananda. 1.) x, (4), 325pp., 1 plate. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Mayavati, Almora (Advaita Ashrama), 1954.

2330

ROLLAND, ROMAIN. Mahatma Gandhi. 146, (6)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth. Erlenbach-Zürich/München (Rotapfel-Verlag), 1923.

2331

RONG SYAMANANDA. A History of Thailand. Third edition. (6), 208pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Chulalongkorn University/ Thai Watana Panich Co.), 1977.

2332

ROOP, D. HAIGH. An Introduction to the Burmese Writing System. xiii, (1), 122pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1972.

2333

ROORDA, T. Javaansch brievenboek. Naar handschriften uitgegeven. 3e druk vermeerderd met een verzameling brieven uit den nieuweren tijd door A.C. Vreede. iv, 530pp. 4to. Wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1904.

2334

ROORDA, T. Javaansche grammatica, benevens een leesboek tot oefening in de Javaansche taal. Tweede deel: Leesboek. vii, (1), 369, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 buckram. Amsterdam (Johannes Müller), 1855.

2335

ROORDA, T. Javaansche wetten; namelijk de Nawålå-pradåtå, de Angger-sadåså, de Angger-ageng, de Anggergoenoeng en de Angger-aroebiroe. viii, (2), 262pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth. Amsterdam (Johannes Müller), 1844.

2336

ROORDA, TACO & VREEDE, ALBERT CORNELIS. Beknopte Javaansche grammatica, benevens een leesboek tot oefening in de Javaansche taal. Fourth edition. xii, 342pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Lacking title-page. Zwolle (Tjeenk Willink), 1893.

2337

ROORDA VAN EYSINGA, P.P. Geschiedenis van Sultan Ibrahim, Vorst van Eirak. Uit het Maleisch in Javaansche poëzy met Javaansch karakter overgebragt, voor eerstbeginnenden, door P.P. Roorda van Eysinga. Mitsgaders Niti sastra, of Zedespreuken, in het Kawi met roode letters en de Javaansche vertaling achter iedere spreuk met zwarte letters voor vergevorderen, uitgegeven door denzelfden schrijver. iv, 30, 43pp. Lrg. 8vo. Orig. printed boards (rebacked). Amsterdam (L. van Bakkenes), 1843.

2338

ROSENFIELD, JOHN M. The Dynastic Arts of the Kushans. (California Studies in the History of Art. 6.) xliii, (1), 377pp. 166 illus. hors texte. 30 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1967.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

138

2339

ROSENKRANZ, GERHARD. Der Weg des Buddha. Werden und Wesen des Buddhismus als Weltreligion. 356pp. 15 illus. hors texte. 1 fig. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Evang. Missionsverlag), 1960.

2340

ROSINY, TONNY. Birma. Das Glück des einfachen Lebens. Eine Länderkunde. 280pp. Illus. Cloth. Tübingen/Basel (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1979.

2341

ROSS, THOMAS. Der Tod des Heiligen Baumes. Ein Bericht aus dem innersten Indien. 353, (5)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München/Wien (Carl Hanser Verlag), 1991.

2342

ROTHERMUND, DIETMAR. 5mal Indien. 459, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München/Zürich (R. Piper & Co.), 1979.

2343

ROTHERMUND, DIETMAR. Mahatma Gandhi. Der Revolutionär der Gewaltlosigkeit. Eine politische Biographie. 454, (2)pp., 12 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München/Zürich (Piper), 1989.

2344

ROTHERMUND, DIETMAR (EDITOR). Indien. Kultur, Geschichte, Politik, Wirtschaft, Umwelt. Ein Handbuch. 682, (2)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1995.

2345

ROTTERDAM. MUSEUM VOOR LAND- EN VOLKENKUNDE. Indo-aziatische sculpturen. Collectie Gedon (München). May-Oct. 1963. Text by J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. 71, (1)pp. 44 plates. 4to. Wraps. Rotterdam, 1963.

2346

ROTTLER, J.P. A Dictionary of the Tamil and English Languages. [Parts III-IV: Revised by W. Taylor and T. Vencatachala Moodelly]. 4 vols. bound in 1. Sm. stout folio. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Madras (Printed at the Vepery Mission Press), 1834-1841.

2347

ROUILLARD, HENRIETTE. Nord-Indien. (Richtig reisen.) 287, (1), 40, iv pp., 36 color plates. Numerous text illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1981.

2348

ROUILLARD, HENRIETTE & RÉGNIER, FABIEN. Süd-Indien. (Richtig reisen.) 304, (2), 47, (1), v pp. 43 color illus. hors texte. Numerous text illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1982.

2349

ROUX, HENRI. Quelques minorités ethniques du Nord-Indochine. Avec la collaboration de Tran-Van-Chu. (France-Asie. No. 92/93.) (288)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Saigon, 1954.

2350

ROUX, HENRI. Les Tsa Khmu. (Extrait du Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient, t. 27.) 54, (2)pp., 9 plates. 7 figs. 4to. Wraps. [Hanoi], 1927.

2351

ROXBURGH, WILLIAM. Flora Indica, or, Descriptions of Indian Plants. With additions and observations by Nathaniel Wallich. Edited with William Carey. Facsimile reprint of the first edition with an introduction by D.H. Nicolson. 2 vols. ix, (1), 7, (1), 493pp.; v, (1), 588pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Serampore 1820-1824 edition. New York (Oriole Editions), 1975.

2352

ROY, ASHIM KUMAR & GIDWANI, N.N. A Dictionary of Indology. 4 vols. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.), 1983-1986.

2353

ROY, ASIM. The Islamic Syncretistic Tradition in Bengal. xxii, (4), 310pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1983.

2354

ROY CHOUDHURY, MAKHAN LAL. The Din-I-Ilahi, or, The Religion of Akbar. xxxii, 222pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1952 (second) edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1985.

2355

ROY, NILIMA & PAL, M.K. Basketry and Mat-Weaving in India. Foreword: A. Chandra Sekhar. (Census of India. Series No. 2. Paper No. 2.) vii, (1), 6pp., 25 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India, Ministry of Home Affairs), 1970.

2356

ROY, SACHIN. Anthropologists in India: Short-Biography, Bibliography and Current Projects. xx, (4), 218pp. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

139

New Delhi (Indian Anthropological Association), 1970. 2357

ROY, SACHIN. Aspects of Padam-Minyong Culture. Foreword by Verrier Elwin. xviii, (2), 315pp., 18 plates. Text illus. 4to. Dec. boards, 1/4 buckram. Shillong (North-East Frontier Agency), 1960.

2358

ROY, SARAT CHANDRA. Oraon Religion & Customs. With an introduction by T.C. Hodson; foreword by Nirmal Kumar Bose. xiii, (3), 303pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Ranchi 1928 edition. Calcutta (Editions Indian), 1972.

2359

ROY, SARAT CHANDRA. The Oraons of Chota Nagpur: Their History, Economic Life, and Social Organization. With...an introduction by A.C. Haddon. xix, (1), 491, (1), 3, (1)pp., 33 plates, 1 folding map. Stout 8vo. Buckram. Ranchi (The Brahmo Mission Press), 1915.

2360

ROY, T.N. The Ganges Civilization. A critical archaeological study of the Painted Grey Ware and Northern Black Polished Ware periods of the Ganga Plains of India. x, (2), 293, (1)pp., 12 plates, 7 folding tables. 3 figs. 4to. Leatherette. New Delhi (Ramanand Vidya Bhawan), 1983.

2361

RUBEN, WALTER. Einführung in die Indienkunde. Ein Überblick über die historische Entwicklung Indiens. ix, (1), 390, (2)pp., 5 maps (1 folding). 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften), 1954.

2362

RUBEN, WALTER. Eisenschmiede und Dämonen in Indien. Ergebnisse einer Reise.... (Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. Band 37, Supplement.) xx, 306, (2)pp., 33 plates with 60 illus. Folio. Wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1939.

2363

RUBEN, WALTER. Geschichte der indischen Philosophie. x, 351pp. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften), 1954.

2364

RUBEN, WALTER. Die gesellschaftliche Entwicklung im alten Indien. (Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für Orientforschung. 67.) Vols. I - IV & VI. I: Die Entwicklung der Produktionsverhältnisse. ix, (3), 242pp. II: Die Entwicklung von Staat und Recht. viii, 292pp. III: Die Entwicklung der Religion. ix, (3), 277pp. IV: Die Entwicklung der Philosophie. ix, (1), 311, (3)pp. VI: Die Entwicklung der Gangesgesellschaft. xiii, (1), 365pp. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1967-1973.

2365

RUBEN, WALTER. Indische Romane. Eine ideologische Untersuchung. (Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Institut für Orientforschung. Veröffentlichung Nr. 60.) Vols. II-III. II: Probleme der Liebe und des Freiheitskampfes in indischen Romanen aus den Jahren 1937-1961. v, (3), 353pp. III: iv, (2), 286pp. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1967.

2366

RUBEN, WALTER. Kalidasa. Die menschliche Bedeutung seiner Werke. 111pp. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1956.

2367

RUBEN, WALTER. Die Philosophen der Upanischaden. 338pp. 4to. Cloth. Bern (A. Francke Verlag), 1947.

2368

RUBEN, WALTER (EDITOR). Die ökonomische und soziale Entwicklung Indiens. Sowjetische Beiträge zur indischen Geschichte. 2 vols. x, 308pp.; (2), 239pp. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1959.

2369

RUNCIMAN, STEVEN. The White Rajahs. A history of Sarawak from 1841 to 1946. xii, 319, (1)pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1960.

2370

RUPAGOSVAMI. Sri Rupa Gosvami’s Bhakti-rasamrta-Sindhuh. Sanskrta text with Devanagari script with transliteration in English and English translation with comments. Translated by Tridandi Swami Bhakti Hrdaya Bon Maharaj.... Vol. I. xliii, (1), 426pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Edition limited to 1100 copies. Vrindaban, Uttar Pradesh (Institute of Oriental Philosophy), 1965.

2371

RUSSEK, RENÉ. Hinduismus: Bilderkanon und Deutung. 237, (3)pp. 272 illus. 4to. Wraps. München (Battenberg Verlag), 1986.

2372

RUSTOMJI, NARI. Bhutan: The Dragon Kingdom in Crisis. (6), 150pp. 22 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1978.

2373

RVHE KUIN`” SA”. Chan` ran` thum” phvai’ mhu. xvi, (2), 106pp., 35 plates (partly in color). Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Slightly stained.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

140

Mantale” Mrui’ (Kri” pva” re” Pum nhip` tuik`), 1951. 2374

RYAN, N.J. The Cultural Heritage of Malaya. xiii, (1), 184pp. Prof. illus. Wraps. Kuala Lumpur (Longman Malaysia), 1973.

2375

RYAN, N.J. Malaya Through Four Centuries. An anthology 1500-1900. x, 162pp., 8 plates. 3 maps. Wraps. London/Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1959.

2376

SABATIER, LÉOPOLD. La chanson de Damsan. Légende radé du XVIe siècle (tribu malaïo-polynésienne du Darlac) transmise par la tradition orale, recueillie et transcrite en français. Préfaces de MM. C. Pasquier et O. Roland Dorgelès. Compisitions de Maurice de Becque. 152, (4)pp., 16 etchings with tissue guards. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. One of 180 numbered copies on papier vélin des papeteries d’Arches (from the edition limited to 225 numbered copies). Signed by L. Sabatier on the title-page. Paris (Leblanc et Trautmann), 1927.

2377

SABATIER, L. Recueil des coutumes rhadées du Darlac (Hdruôm hra klei duê klei bhian du’m). Recueillis par L. Sabatier...traduites et annotées par D. Antomarchi. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 4.) 301pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1940.

2378

SÁCH CÔNG-VU CÁC SÚ-DO. Translated by W.C. Cadman, et al. 82pp. Wraps. Shanghai (Société Biblique Britannique et Étrangère), 1922.

2379

SÁCH TIN-LÀNH THEO THÁNH GIANG. Translated by W.C. Cadman, et al. 67pp. Wraps. Shanghai (Société Biblique Britannique et Étrangère), 1922.

2380

SÁCH TIN-LÀNH THEO THÁNH MÁC. Translated by W.C. Cadman, et al. 51pp. Wraps. Shanghai (Société Biblique Britannique et Étrangère), 1922.

2381

SACHER, RUTH. A Chej. Ein kambodschanischer Schelmenroman. 70, (2)pp. Tipped-in color frontis. 12mo. Cloth. Leipzig/Weimar (Gustav Kiepenheuer Verlag), 1981.

2382

SACHER, RUTH & NGUON PHAN. Lehrbuch des Khmer. 211pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1985.

2383

SACHER, RUTH (EDITOR). Märchen der Khmer. 438pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. [Wiesbaden] (Drei Lilien Verlag), 1979.

2384

THE SACRED BOOKS OF THE JAINAS. Original texts and commentaries with introduction, translation, notes, etc., edited with the co-operation of various scholars by Sarat Chandra Ghoshal. 11 vols., as follows: 1: Davva-Samgaha (Darvya-Samgraha) by Nemichandra Siddhânta-Chakravartî with a Commentary by Brahama-Deva. Edited by Sarat Chandra Ghoshal. 2: Tattvarthadhigama sutra (A Treatise on the Essential Principles of Jainism) by Sri Umasvami Acharya. Edited...by J.L. Jaini. 3: The Building of the Cosmos, or, Pañchîstikâyasâra (The Five Cosmic Constituents) by Svami Sri Kundakundacharya. Edited...by A. Chakravartinayanar. 4: Purushartha-Siddhyupaya (Jaina-Pravachana-Rahasya-Kosha) by Shrimat Amrit Chandra Suri. Edited...by Ajit Prasada. 5: Gommatsara Jiva-Kanda (The Soul) by Shri Nemichandra Siddhanta Chakravarti. Edited...by Rai Bahadur J.L. Jaini. 6: Gommatsara Karma-Kanda (Part I) by Shri Nemichandra Siddhanta Chakravarti. Edited...by Rai Bahadur J.L. Jaini.... 7: Atmanushasana (Discourse to the Soul) by Shri Guna-Bhadra Acharya. Edited...by Rai Bahadur J.L. Jaini. 8: Samayasara (The Soul-Essence) by Shri Kunda Kunda Acharya. [Edited by] Rai Bahadur J.L. Jaini.... 9: Niyamsara (The Perfect Law) by Shri Kunda Kunda Acharya. [Edited by] Uggar Sain.... 10. Gommatsara Karma-Kanda (Part II). Edited...by Jaina-Dharma Bhushana Brahmachari Sital Prasada Ji assisted by Pandit Ajit Prasada. 11. Pariksamukham by Manikyanandi (With Prameya-Ratnamala by Anantavirya). Edited...by Sarat Chandra Ghoshal. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the 1917-1940 edition. New York (AMS Press), 1974.

2385

SADANANDA YOGINDRA. Vedanta-sara: A Work on Vedanta Philosophy. By Sadananda. Edited with introduction, translation and explanatory notes by M. Hiriyanna. Second edition. (Poona Oriental Series. 14.) xx, 62pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Poona (Oriental Book Agency), 1962.

2386

SADDHATISSA, H. Buddhist Ethics: Essence of Buddhism. Foreword by M. O’C. Walshe. 202, (6)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen & Unwin), 1970.

2387

SAGANT, PHILIPPE. Le paysan limbu: Sa maison et ses champs. (Le Monde d’Outre-Mer Passé et Présent. Première série: Études. 41.) 404pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

141

Paris/The Hague (Mouton), 1976. 2388

SAGER, PETER. Moskaus Hand in Indien. Untersuchung über die sowjetische Propaganda in Indien. 232pp., 44 plates. Boards. Bern (Verlag Schweizerisches Ost-Institut), 1966.

2389

[SAHAI, RAMA NATH (EDITOR).] Hindi pathamala (bhaga 1-4). / Hindi Primer (Books 1-4). [Sampadaka] Rama Natha Sahaya.... xxiv, 760pp. Sm. stout 4to. Wraps. D.j. New Delhi (Central Hindi Directorate, Ministry of Education and Social Welfare), [1974].

2390

SAHAI, SACHCHIDANAND. Ramayana in Laos. A study in the Gvay dvórahbi. Foreword by Suniti Kumar Chatterji. xix, (1), 148pp. 33 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corporation), 1976.

2391

SAHAI, SACHCHIDANAND. The Krsna Saga in Laos. A study in the Brah Ku’td Brah Ban, or The Story of Banasura. 124pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corporation), 1978.

2392

SAHI, JYOTI. The Child and the Serpent. Reflections on popular Indian symbols. xiv, 218pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. London/Boston (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1980.

2393

SAIKIA, PABAN CHANDRA. The Dibongiyas. Social and religious life of a priestly community. (2), 109pp. 17 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corporation), 1976.

2394

ST. JOHN, RICHARD FLEMING ST. ANDREW. A Burmese Reader. Being an easy introduction to the written language and companion to Judson’s Grammar.... (The Oxford Oriental Series.) xxxii, 256, (4), 16pp., 2 plates. Cloth. Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1894.

2395

SAKSENA, P.N., ET AL. Moharram in Two Cities: Lucknow and Delhi. [By] P.N. Saksena, S. Bhatia, S.P. Thkral, S. Suri, K.A. Gupta. Foreword: Asok Mitra. (Census of India 1961. Monograph Series Vol. I, Part VII-B, No. 3.) (6), 124pp. 60 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General India, Ministry of Home Affairs), [1966].

2396

SALENTINY, FERNAND. Die Gewürzroute. Die Entdeckung des Seewegs nach Asien. Portugals Aufstieg zur ersten europäischen See- und Handelsmacht. (DuMont Dokumente.) 166, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Stiff wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1991.

2397

SALES, ANNE DE. Je suis né de vos jeux de tambours. La religion chamanique des Magar du Nord. (Recherches sur la Haute Asie. 2.) 339pp., 8 plates with 14 illus. Figs. 4to. Wraps. Nanterre (Société d’Ethnologie), 1991.

2398

SALETORE, BHASKER ANAND. Mediaeval Jainism. With special reference to the Vijayanagara Empire. ii, (4), 426pp. Frontis. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Bombay (Karnatak Publishing House), [1938].

2399

SALETORE, R.N. Encyclopaedia of Indian Culture. 5 vols. Illus. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Sterling Publishers), 1981-1985.

2400

SALETORE, R.N. Indian Witchcraft. (4), 216pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1981.

2401

SALMON, CLAUDINE & LOMBARD, DENYS. Les chinois de Jakarta: Temples et vie collective. / The Chinese of Jakarta: Temples and Communal Life. (Études Insulindiennes-Archipel. 1.) lxxxviii, (2), 358pp. 34 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Éditions de la Maison des Sciences de l’Homme), 1980.

2402

SALMONY, ALFRED. Die Plastik in Siam. ix, (1), 61, (3)pp., 70 plates (3 color) with 95 illus., 1 map. Sm. folio. Cloth. Hellerau (Avalun-Verlag), 1926.

2403

SAMADDAR, SIVAPRASAD. Calcutta Is. xxi, (3), 324pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Calcutta (The Corporation of Calcutta), 1978.

2404

SAMSON, LEELA. Der klassische indische Tanz: Bharata Natyam, Manipuri, Kathak, Odissi, Kathakali. Fotos: Avinash Pasricha. 142, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart/Bonn (Burg Verlag), 1987.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

142

2405

SAND, KLEMENS VAN DE. Grundlagen und Probleme der ländlichen Lokalverwaltung in Indien. (Mitteilungen des Instituts für Asienkunde Hamburg. 54.) 202, (8)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Institut für Asienkunde), 1973.

2406

SANDHU, KERNIAL SINGH & WHEATLEY, PAUL (EDITORS). Melaka: The Transformation of a Malay Capital c. 14001980. 2 vols. xxix, (1), 816pp.; xxix, (1), 784pp. 56 illus. hors texte. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1983.

2407

SÁNG-THÊ KY. Translated by W.C. Cadman, et al. 129pp. Wraps. Shanghai (Société Biblique Britannique et Étrangère), 1922.

2408

SANGHARAKSHITA, BHIKSHU. Die drei Kleinode. Eine Einführung in den Buddhismus. 294, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München (Delp), 1971.

2409

SANGHARAKSHITA, BHIKSHU. A Survey of Buddhism. Third edition. x, (2), 527pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bandalore (The Indian Institute of World Culture), 1966.

2410

SANGSRI WIGAYATIPAT. Die nonverbalen Aspekte des traditionellen Thai-Theaters. vii, 271, (1)pp. 30 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. M.A. thesis, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität, München. München, 1981.

2411

SANKAR. Subarna sujog. 241pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. Calcutta (Dey’s Publishing), 1989.

2412

SANKARACARYA. Saundarya-lahari (The Ocean of Beauty) of Sri Samkara-Bhagavatpada. With transliteration, English translation, commentary, diagrams and an appendix on Grayoga by S. Subarhmanya Sastri and T.R. Srinivasa Ayyangar. xix, (1), 285pp. Figs. Boards. Adyar, Madras (The Theosophical Publishing House), 1977.

2413

SANKARACARYA. Upadesasahasri: gadyapadyabhagadvayam / A Thousand Teachings: In Two Parts - Prose and Poetry - of Sri Sankarâchârya. Translated into English with explanatory notes by Swâmi Jagadânanda. Second edition. viii, 315pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. D.j. Mylapore, Madras (Sri Ramakrishna Math), 1949.

2414

SANKARACARYA. Upadeshasahasri. Unterweisung in der All-Einheits-Lehre der Inder von Meister Shankara: Gadyaprabandha oder das Buch in Prosa. Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt und erläutert von Paul Hacker. (Religionsgeschichtliche Texte. 2.) 57, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Bonn (Ludwig Röhrscheid Verlag), 1949.

2415

SANKARANARAYANA, P. A Telugu-English Dictionary. v, (1), 50, 901pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth (rebacked). Madras (V. Ramaswamy Stastrulu & Sons), 1927.

2416

SANTI LEKSUKHUM. Temples of Gold: Seven Centuries of Thai Buddhist Paintings. Photographs by Gilles Mermet. 263pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth. London (Thames & Hudson), 2001.

2417

SANTIDEVA. Eintritt in das Leben zur Erleuchtung (Bodhicaryavatara). Lehrgedicht des Mahayana aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt von Ernst Steinkellner. 158, (2)pp. Wraps. Düsseldorf/Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1981.

2418

SANYAL, CHARU CHANDRA. The Rajbansis of North Bengal. (The Asiatic Society. Monograph Series. 11.) (4), 272, vii pp., 22 plates. Sm. folio. Wraps. Calcutta (The Asiatic Society), 1965.

2419

SAPARAMADU, S.D. (EDITOR). The Polonnaruva Period. Third edition. (The Ceylon Historical Journal. 4.) 206pp., 33 plates. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Dehiwala (Tisara Prakasakayo), 1973.

2420

SARAF, D.N Indian Crafts: Development & Potential. (4), 279pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1982.

2421

SARKAR, BENOY KUMAR. The Political Institutions and Theories of the Hindus. A study in comparative politics. xxiv, 242pp. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Leipzig (Verlag von Markert & Petters), 1922.

2422

SARKAR, JADUNATH. A History of Jaipur, c. 1503-1938. Revised and edited by Raghubir Sinh. xvi, 416pp. 9 plates (1 color). 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

143

Hyderabad (Orient Longman), 1984. 2423

SARKAR, NIKHIL, ET AL. Woodcut Prints of Nineteenth Century Calcutta. Texts by Nikhil Sarkar, Purnendu Pattrea, Pranabranjan Ray, B.N. Mukherjee. 128pp. 130 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Calcutta (Seagull Books), 1983.

2424

SARKAR, SASANKA SEKHER. The Malérs of the Rajmahal Hills. vii, (3), 129, (5), iii pp., 13 charts & tables (partly folding), 1 folding map. 34 figs. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Calcutta (The Book Company), 1938.

2425

SARKISYANZ, EMANUEL. Die Kulturen Kontinental-Südostasiens. Kambodscha, Birma, Thailand, Laos, Vietnam, Malaya. (Handbuch der Kulturgeschichte. 2. Abteilung: Kulturen der Völker.) 160pp. 69 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Athenaion), 1979.

2426

SARKISYANZ, EMANUEL. Südostasien seit 1945. (Forschungsinstitut der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Auswärtige Politik.) 179, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. München (R. Oldenbourg Verlag), 1961.

2427

SARMA, A.C. Tai Ahom System of Government. vii, (5), 372pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corporation), 1986.

2428

SARMA, A.V.N. Adivasis of Kodiakkarai. (Bulletin of the Madras Government Museum. N.S.-General Section. Vol. 13#1.) iv, 67pp., 8 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Madras (The Director of Stationery and Printing, Government of Tamil Nadu), 1976.

2429

SARMA, NILAKAMALA. Pracina Bharata mem Sakti-puja. / Sakti Worship in Ancient India. xix, (1), 483, (3)pp. 37 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Jodhapura (Saintiphika Pablisarsa), 1986.

2430

SASTRI, KESAVARAMA KASIRAMA. Brhad Gujarati kosa./ Comprehensive Gujarati Dictionary. 2 vols. 1. Svaro ane ka-ca-ta varga. 2. Vyañjano, ta-pa varga, antahstha, ane ushmaksharo. 41, (3), 2327pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Amadavada/Gujarata Rajya (Yunivarsiti Granthanirmana Borda/ Vitaraka, Balagovinda Bukaselarsa), 1976-1981.

2431

SASTRI, VISVABANDHU. Atharvavediya-brhatsarvanukramanika. pathavimasaumpayikena pathabhedaditippanena samyojita sati bhimadevah, pitambaradatta Ityetabhyam sahakrtena visvabandhuna sampadita./ Atharvavediyabrhatsarvanukramanika. Edited, critically, and annotated with text-comparative data from original manuscripts and other available materials by Vishva Bandhu in collaboration with Bhim Dev & Pitambar Datt. (Woolner Indological Series. 1./ Vishveshvaranad Institute Publications. 377.) xix, (1), 197pp. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Hosiarapuram (Visvesvarananda-vaidika-sodha-samsthanam), 1966.

2432

SATHIANPHONG WANNAPOK (TRANSLATION). Phuttha wachana nai Thammabot. / The Buddha’s Words in the Dhammapada. Second edition. (22), 493pp. Wraps. Parallel texts in Pali, Thai and English. Krung Thep (Su’ksit Sayam), 1980.

2433

SAVINA, F.M. Dictionnaire étymologique français-nùng-chinois. xi, (1), 528pp. 4to. Wraps. Hongkong (Imprimerie de Nazareth), 1924.

2434

SAVINA, F.M. Dictionnaire français-mán. Précédé d'une note sur les Mán kim-di-mun et leur langue. (Extrait du “Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient,” t. 26.) 255pp. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1926.

2435

SAVINA, F.M. Dictionnaire miao-tseu-français précédé d'un précis de grammaire miao-tseu et suivi d'un vocabulaire français-miao-tseu. (Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême Orient. 16#2.) xxii, 246pp. Lrg. 4to. Later wraps. Hanoi (École Française d'Extrême Orient), 1917.

2436

SAVINA, F.M. Guide linguistique de l’Indochine française. 2 vols. xvii, (3), 1198, 1198, 107, 10, (2)pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loosely inserted, as issued. 4to. Buckram. Hongkong (Imprimerie de la Société des Missions-Etrangères), 1939.

2437

SAVINA, F.M. Le vocabulaire Bè de F.M. Savina. Présenté par A.G. Haudricourt. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 57.) 170pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1965.

2438

SCHAEFFER, JÖRG. Traditionalle Gesellschaft und Geschichte der Rhadé im südvietnamesischen Hochland. Inaugural-Dissertation...Albert-Ludwigs-Universität, Freiburg i.Br. (6), 202, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Freiburg (Johannes Krause), 1979.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

144

2439

SCHÄRER, HANS. Ngaju Religion. The conception of god among a South Borneo people. With a preface by P.E. de Josselin de Jong. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 6.) xv, (1), 229, (3)pp., 26 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1963.

2440

SCHÄRER, HANS. Der Totenkult der Ngadju Dajak in Süd-Borneo. Mythen zum Totenkult und die Texte zum Tatolak Matei. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 51.) 2 vols. I: Mythen zum Totenkult. II: Handlungen und Texte zum Totenkult. xv, (1), viii, 963pp. 4to. Wraps. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1966.

2441

SCHARFE, HARTMUT. Untersuchungen zur Staatsrechtslehre des Kautalya. (4), 349, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1968.

2442

SCHARLAU, WINFRIED. Vier Drachen am Mekong. Asien im Umbruch. 384pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Stuttgart (Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt), 1989.

2443

SCHAYER, STANISLAV. Die Struktur der magischen Weltanschauung nach dem Atharva-Veda und den BrahmanaTexten. (Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus und verwandter Gebiete. 15./ Sonderdruck aus der “Zeitschrift für Buddhismus.”) 45pp. 4to. Wraps. München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), 1925.

2444

SCHEBESTA, PAUL. Die Negrito Asiens. (Studia Instituti Anthropos. 6, 12-13./ Die Pygmäenvölker der Erde. II. Reihe.) 2 vols. in 3 parts. I: Geschichte, Geographie, Umwelt, Demographie und Anthropologie der Negrito. xv, (1), 496, 21, (3)pp., 17 plates with 63 illus., 1 lrg. folding map. II: Ethnographie der Negrito. 2 parts. 1. Halbband. Wirtschaft und Soziologie. xiv, (4), 339, (1)pp., 42 plates with 105 illus. 2. Halbband: Religion und Mythologie. xiv, (2), 336pp., 8 plates with 16 illus. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. New cloth. Wien-Mödling (St.-Gabriel Verlag), 1952-1957.

2445

SCHECTER, JERROLD. The New Face of Buddha. Buddhism and political power in Southeast Asia. xix, (1), 300pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York (Coward-McCann), 1967.

2446

SCHEFOLD, REIMAR. Lia: Das grosse Ritual auf den Mentawai-Inseln (Indonesien). 694, (2)pp., 1 lrg. folding chart. 126 illus. 4to. Wraps. Summaries in Bahasa Indonesia and English. Berlin (Reimer), 1988.

2447

SCHERMAN, L. Brettchenwebereien aus Birma und den Himalayaländern. (Sonderabdruck aus dem Münchner Jahrbuch der Bildenden Kunst, 1913.) (20)pp. 25 illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. München (Verlag Georg D.W. Callwey), 1913.

2448

SCHICK, JÜRGEN. Die Götter verlassen das Land. Kunstraub in Nepal. 143, (1)pp. 183 illus., 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1989.

2449

SCHIFFMAN, HAROLD F. A Reference Grammar of Spoken Kannada. (Publications on Asia of the School of International Studies, University of Washington. 39.) xxii, 177, (5)pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Seattle/London (University of Washington Press), 1983.

2450

SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE. Berge, Wüsten, Heiligtümer. Meine Reisen in Pakistan und Indien. 287pp. 7 maps. 4to. Cloth. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1994.

2451

SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE. Im Reich der Grossmoguln. Geschichte, Kunst, Kultur. 459, (3)pp. 37 illus., 1 map, 1 chart. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 2000.

2452

SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE. Der Islam im indischen Subkontinent. (Grundzüge. 48.) v, (1), 163pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1983.

2453

SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE & WELCH, STUART CARY. Anvari’s Divan: A Pocket Book for Akbar. A Divan of Auhaduddin Anvari, copied for the Mughal emperor Jalaluddin Akbar (r. 1556-1605) at Lahore in A.H. 996/A.D. 1588. Now in the Fogg Art Museum of Harvard University. 142pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. New York (The Metropolitan Museum of Art), 1983.

2454

SCHLEBERGER, ECKARD. Die indische Götterwelt. Gestalt, Ausdruck und Sinnbild. Ein Handbuch der hinduistischen Ikonographie. 293, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1986.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

145

2455

SCHLINGLOFF, DIETER. German Indology. A list of institutions and persons concerned with Sanskrit and allied studies. (27)ff. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps., GBC-bound. N.p., n.d.

2456

(SCHMALKALDEN, CASPAR) JOOST, WOLFGANG (EDITOR). Die wundersamen Reisen des Caspar Schmalkalden nach West- und Ostindien, 1642-1652. Nach einer bisher unveröffentlichten Handschrift bearbeitet und herausgegeben. 2. Auflage. 192pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB F.A. Brockhaus Verlag), 1983..

2457

SCHMIDT, KARL. Pali, Buddhas Sprache. Anfänger-Lehrgang zum Selbstunterricht. 77, (3)pp. Cloth. Konstanz (Paul Christiani), 1951.

2458

SCHMIDT, P.W. Die Mon-Khmer Völker. Ein Bindeglied zwischen Völkern Zentralasiens und Austronesiens. x, (2), 157pp., 3 maps. New wraps., orig. front-cover mounted. Braunschweig (Friedrich Vieweg und Sohn), 1906.

2459

SCHMIDT, P.W. Slapat ragawan datow smim ron. Buch des Ragawan, der Königsgeschichte. Die Geschichte der Mon-Könige in Hinterindien nach einem Palmblatt-Manuskript aus dem Mon übersetzt, mit einer Einführung und Noten versehen. (Sitzungsberichte der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Philosophisch-historische Classe. Band 151, III.) 196pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Wien (Alfred Hölder), 1906.

2460

SCHMIDT, RICHARD. Indische Erotik. Nach den wichtigsten Quellen erstmalig dargestellt. Zweite Auflage. xi, (1), 691, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Hermann Barsdorf Verlag), [1910].

2461

SCHMIDT, RICHARD (TRANSLATOR). Sukasaptati: Das indische Papageienbuch. (Meisterwerke orientalischer Literaturen. 3.) xvi, 243, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. München (Georg Müller), 1913.

2462

SCHMITHAUSEN, LAMBERT. Alayavijñana. On the origin and the early development of a central concept of Yogacara philosophy. (Studia Philologica Buddhica: Monograph Series. IV.) 2 vols. I: Text. II: Notes, Bibliography and Indices. ix, (3), 700, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Tokyo (The International Institute for Buddhist Studies), 1987.

2463

SCHMITHAUSEN, LAMBERT. Buddhism and Nature. The lecture delivered on the occasion of the EXPO 1990. An enlarged version with notes. (Studia Philologica Buddhica: Occasional Paper Series. 6.) (4), 67pp. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo (The International Institute for Buddhist Studies), 1991.

2464

SCHMITHAUSEN, LAMBERT. The Problem of the Sentience of Plants in Earliest Buddhism. (Studia Philologica Buddhica: Monograph Series. 6.) (4), 121, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo (The International Institute for Buddhist Studies), 1991.

2465

SCHMITT, EBERHARD. Indien: Politik, Ökonomie, Gesellschaft. Unter Mitarbeit von Eva Preuss. 341, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (EXpress Edition), 1982.

2466

SCHNEIDER, ULRICH. Einführung in den Buddhismus. xii, 221, (3)pp., 4 plates, 2 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1980.

2467

SCHNEIDER, ULRICH. Einführung in den Hinduismus. (Orientalistische Einführungen in Gegenstand, Ergebnisse und Perspektiven der Einzelgebiete.) xv, (1), 257pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1989.

2468

SCHNITGER, F.M. Forgotten Kingdoms in Sumatra. With contributions by C. von Fuhrer-Haimendorf and G.L. Tichelman; with an introduction by John N. Miksic. xx, (2), 175, (3)pp., 40 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Leiden 1939. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1989.

2469

SCHOENBERG, J. (TRANSLATOR). Der Hitopadescha. Altindische Märchen und Sprüche. Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt. xxvii, (3), 225pp. Wraps. Wien (Verlag von Carl Konegen), 1884.

2470

SCHOLL-LATOUR, PETER. Der Tod im Reisfeld. Dreissig Jahre Krieg in Indochina. 384pp. 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Stuttgart (Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt), 1979.

2471

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Batiken eines Kindertragtuches. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1270/1967.) 21pp. 8 illus. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

146

Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974. 2472

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Begräbnis eines Knaben. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1278/1967.) 25pp. 7 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2473

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Entkörnen und Mahlen von Mais. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1277/1968.) 14pp. 6 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2474

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Hanfweben auf dem Trittwebstuhl. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1274/1967.) 17pp. 5 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2475

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herrichten der Kette beim Hanfweben. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1273/1968.) 16pp. 5 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2476

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen einer Wasserbütte. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1235/1968.) 15pp. 3 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2477

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen einer Wasserpfeife. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1237/1968.) 14pp. 3 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2478

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen eines Gewürzmörsers. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1234/1968.) 14pp. 3 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2479

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen von Hanfgarn zum Weben. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1272/1967.) 19pp. 7 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2480

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen von Silberdraht und Anfertigen einer Kette. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1231/1968.) 17pp. 4 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2481

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen von Tontiegeln zum Silberschmelzen. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1233/1968.) 14pp. 2 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2482

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Kindertragen mit einem Rückentuch. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1281/1968.) 15pp. 4 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2483

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Opiumernte. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1275/1968.) 15pp. 4 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2484

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Opiumrauchen. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1276/1968.) 14pp. 2 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2485

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Schnitzen einer Armbrust. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1238/1968.) 20pp. 6 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2486

SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Verzieren der Schmuckplatte eines Silbergehänges. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1232/1968.) 16pp. 5 illus. Wraps. Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2487

SCHOLZ, FRIEDHELM. Der Herr des Bodens in Ostindonesien. Inaugural-Dissertation...Universität Köln. 185, (5)pp., 16 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Köln, 1962.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

147

2488

SCHOMERUS, H.W. (TRANSLATOR). Sivaitische Heiligenlegenden (Periyapurana und Tiruvatavurar-Purana). (Religiöse Stimmen der Völker. Texte zur Gottesmystik des Hinduismus. 2.) xxxi, (3), 305, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Jena (Verlag Eugen Diederichs), 1925.

2489

SCHREINER, ALFRED. Les institutions annamites en Basse-Cochinchine avant la conquête française. 3 vols. (2), 340pp.; (2), 324pp.; vii, (1), 325, xlvii pp. Marbled boards, 1/4 leather (rubbed). Saigon (Claude & Cie.), 1900-1902.

2490

SCHREINER, LOTHAR. Adat und Evangelium. Zur Bedeutung der altvölkischen Lebensordnungen für Kirche und Mission unter den Batak in Nordsumatra. (Missionswissenschaftliche Forschungen. 7.) 315, (1)pp. 10 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Englishlanguage summary. Gütersloh (Gütersloher Verlagshaus Gerd Mohn), 1972.

2491

SCHRENCK-NOTZING, CASPAR. Hundert Jahre Indien. Die politische Entwicklung 1857-1961. 239pp., 2 folding maps. Cloth. Stuttgart (W. Kohlhammer Verlag), 1961.

2492

SCHROCK, JOANN L., ET AL. Minority Groups in Thailand. Contributors: Joann L. Schrock, Irene Crowe, Marilou Fromme, Dennis E. Gosier, Virginia S. McKenzie, Raymond W. Myers, Patricia L. Syegeman. (Ethnographic Study Series.) viii, (2), 1135pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Washington, D.C. (Department of the Army), 1970.

2493

SCHROCK, JOANN L., ET AL. Minority Groups in the Republic of Vietnam. Contributors: Joann L. Schrock, William Stockton Jr., Elaine M. Murphy, Marilou Fromme. (Ethnographic Study Series./ Department of the Army Pamphlet No. 550105.) ix, (1), 1163pp. Figs. Lrg. stout 4to. Wraps. Mimeograph. Springfield, Virginia (National Technical Information Service, U.S. Department of Commerce), 1966.

2494

SCHROEDER, ALBERT. Dai nam hóa tê dô Luc. Annam: Études numismatiques. Texte [only]. vii, (1), 651pp. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Ernest Leroux), 1905.

2495

SCHROEDER, LEOPOLD VON. Indien’s Literatur und Cultur in historischer Entwicklung. Ein Cyklus von fünfzig Vorlesungen. Zugleich als Handbuch der indischen Literaturgeschichte, nebst zahlreichen, in deutscher Uebersetzung mitgetheilten Proben aus indischen Schriftwerken. vii, (1), 785, (1)pp. Sm. stout 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Leipzig (H. Haessel), 1887.

2496

SCHRÖDER, MANFRED. Reis auf roter Erde. Skizzen aus der Landwirtschaft Vietnams. 166pp. Prof. illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Boards. [Berlin] (Deutscher Landwirtschaftsverlag), [1979].

2497

SCHUBRING, WALTHER. Die Lehre der Jainas nach den alten Quellen dargestellt. (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. III. Band, 7. Heft.) (2), 251pp. 4to. Cloth. Berlin/Leipzig (Walter de Gruyter & Co.), 1935.

2498

SCHUBRING, WALTHER. Nayadhammakahao. Das sechste Anga des Jaina-Siddhanta. Einführung, kritische Nacherzählung mit Ausgabe der wichtigeren Textpartien, Kommentar und Glossar. Aus dem Nachlass herausgegeben von J. Deleu. (Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz. Abhandlungen der geistes- und sozialwissenschaftlichen Klasse. Jahrgang 1978, Nr. 6.) 79, (5)pp. 4to. Wraps. Mainz/Wiesbaden (Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur/ Franz Steiner Verlag), 1978.

2499

SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Auf den Spuren des Buddha Gotama. Eine Pilgerfahrt zu den historischen Stätten. 183, (1)pp. 56 color plates, figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Olten/Freiburg i.Br. (Walter-Verlag), 1992.

2500

SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Buddhism and Buddhist Studies in Germany. 44, (2)pp. 16 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Rangoon (Embassy of the Federal Republic of Germany), 1970.

2501

SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Buddhismus: Stifter, Schulen und Systeme. 238pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Olten/Freiburg i.Br. (Walter-Verlag), 1976.

2502

SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Buddhistische Bilderwelt. Ein ikonographisches Handbuch des Mahayana- und Tantrayana-Buddhismus. 381, (3)pp. 420 illus. 4to. Cloth. Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1986.

2503

SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Der historische Buddha. 319pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1982.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

148

2504

SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Mahayana-Buddhismus. Die zweite Drehung des Dharma-Rades. 215, (1)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (Diederichs), 1990.

2505

[SCHUMANN, OLAF H.] Der Islam in Indonesien. (Christentum und Islam. 9.) 74pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Breklum/Wiesbaden (Breklumer Verlag/ Orientdienst e.V.), 1978.

2506

SCHWARTZBERG, JOSEPH E. (EDITOR). A Historical Atlas of South Asia. With the collaboration of Shiva G. Bajpai, Raj B. Mathur and Hameed ud-Din, Lawrence S. Leshnik, Monique E. Schwartzberg, Donna Scott, Eleanor M. Zelliot, and others. Second impression, with additional material. (The Association for Asian Studies. Reference Series. 2.) xxxix, 376pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. folio. Cloth. New York/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1992.

2507

SCHWARZ, FRANZ F. Die Nala-Legende I und II. Text, Umschrift, Übersetzung und Kommentar. (Arbeiten aus dem Institut für vergleichende Sprachwissenschaft. 7.) xviii, 65pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Wien (Gerold & Co.), 1966.

2508

SCHWEISGUTH, P. Étude sur la littérature siamoise. (2), 409pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Imprimerie Nationale), 1951.

2509

SCOTT, J.G. Burma. A handbook of practical information. Third edition revised. vi, 536pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Staining. London (Daniel O’Connor), 1921.

2510

SCOTT, J.G. Burma from the Earliest Times to the Present Day. (The Story of the Nations.) xii, 372pp., 32 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (T. Fisher Unwin), 1924.

2511

[SCOTT, JAMES GEORGE.] The Burman: His Life and Notions. By Shway Yoe [pseud.]. 2 vols. xiv, (2), 370, (6)pp.; viii, 360pp. Cloth. London (Macmillan and Co.), 1882.

2512

SCOTT-KEMBALL, JEUNE. Javanese Shadow Puppets. 65, (1)pp. 30 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. London (British Museum), 1970.

2513

SECKEL, DIETRICH. Kunst des Buddhismus: Werden, Wanderung und Wandlung. Second edition. (Kunst der Welt: Die aussereuropäischen Kulturen.) 332pp. 55 tipped-in color plates, 73 text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase. Baden-Baden (Holle Verlag), 1964.

2514

SEIDENFADEN, ERIK. The Thai Peoples. Book I [all published]: The Origins and Habitats of the Thai Peoples with a Sketch of Their Material and Spiritual Culture. (12), 177pp. 80 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1958.

2515

SEIDENSTÜCKER, KARL. Süd-buddhistische Studien. I [all published]: Die Buddha-Legende in den Skulpturen des Ananda-Tempels zu Pagan. (Mitteilungen aus dem Museum für Völkerkunde. IV./ Aus dem 9. Beiheft zum Jahrbuch der Hamburgischen Wissenschaftlichen Anstalten. XXXII.) 114pp., 40 plates. 1 plan, 11 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Lütcke & Wulff), 1916.

2516

SEIDENSTÜCKER, KARL. Zwölf Jataka-Reliefs am Ananda-Tempel zu Pagan. (Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus und verwandter Gebiete. 17./ Sonderdruck aus der “Zeitschrift für Buddhismus.”) 31, (1)pp., 6 plates with 12 illus. 4to. Wraps. München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), 1926.

2517

SEIN, KENNETH & WHITEY, J.A. The Great Po Sein. A chronicle of the Burmese theater. Drawings by Ba Lone Lay. xiv, 170pp. 15 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Bloomington/London (Indiana University Press), 1965.

2518

SEKHAR, ANANTARAMAYYAR CHANDRA. Evolution of Malayalam. (Deccan College Dissertation Series. 10.) (4), 220pp. 4to. Wraps. Poona (Deccan College, Postgraduate and Research Institute), 1953.

2519

SELIGMANN, C.G. & SELIGMANN, BRENDA Z. The Veddas. With a chapter by C.S. Myers and an appendix by A. Mendis Gunasekara. (Cambridge Archaeological and Ethnological Series.) xiii, (3), 463, (1)pp., 72 plates, 1 folding map. 15 text figs. 4to. Leatherette. Reprint of the Cambridge 1911 edition. Oosterhout (Anthropological Publications), 1969.

2520

SELL, HANS JOACHIM. Der schlimme Tod bei den Völkern Indonesiens. vii, (1), 337pp. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

149

The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1955. 2521

SELLATTO, BERNARD. Hornbill and Dragon. Arts and culture of Borneo. 49, (185)pp. 472 color illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Singapore (Sun Tree Publishing), 1992.

2522

SELTMANN, FRIEDRICH. Die Kalang. Eine Volksgruppe auf Java und ihre Stamm-Mythe. Ein Beitrag zur Kulturgeschichte Javas. Mit tabellarischer Übersicht, Indizes und Glossar. 430pp., 53 plates (8 color), 2 folding maps. 17 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1987.

2523

SELTMANN, FRIEDRICH. Schatten- und Marionettenspiel in Savantvadi (Süd-Maharastra). 102, (2)pp., 38 plates with 146 illus. (32 color). 7 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden), 1985.

2524

SELTMANN, FRIEDRICH. Schattenspiel in Kerala. Sakrales Theater in Süd-Indien. Mit Summary und einem Anhang: Sequence of Scenes of the Kamba-Ramayanak-Kuttu. 134, (4)pp., 44 plates with 165 illus. (16 color). 3 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden), 1986.

2525

SEN, CHITRABHANU. A Dictionary of the Vedic Rituals. Based on the Srauta and Grhya sutras. 172pp., 3 plates, 9 plans. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Concept Publishing Company), 1978.

2526

SEN, DEVDAN & MACKENZIE, SIMON P.M. Himalaya: Die Klöster des Lama. Photographs by Hitoshi Tamura. (Die Welt der Religionen. 12.) 138, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Freiburg (Herder), [1983].

2527

SEN, DINESHCHANDRA (EDITOR). The Ballads of Bengal. 4 vols. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Calcutta 1923-1932. Delhi (Mittal Publications), 1988.

2528

SEN, DIPANKAR. Handicrafts Survey Monograph on Lac Ornaments. Editor: Sukumar Sinha. (Census of India 1961. West Bengal & Sikkim. Vol. XVI, Part VIIA [ii].) xxvi, (2), 134, (6)pp., 48 plates (5 color), 2 maps. 13 figs., 37 tables. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1967.

2529

SEN, GERTRUDE EMERSON. The Pageant of India’s History. Vol. 1 [all published]. xii, 431pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York/London (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1948.

2530

SEN, P. Handicrafts Survey Monograph on Dokra Artisans of Dariapur (Burdwan). [By] P. Sen, R.A. Singh, A.N. Mukherjee, S. Sinha. (Census of India 1961. West Bengal & Sikkim. Vol. XVI, Part VII-A [4].) xxvi, 100pp., 40 plates, 2 maps. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Delhi (Government of India Press), 1973.

2531

SEN, PRABHAS. Crafts of West Bengal. Photographed by S. Mahalanobis. (Living Traditions of India.) 172, (8)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Ahmedabad (Mapin Publishing), 1994.

2532

SEN, SURENDRA NATH. Eighteen Fifty-Seven. With a foreword by Maulana Abul Kalam Azad. xxv, (3), 468pp., 8 plates, 3 folding maps. 4to. Wraps. [Delhi] (The Publications Division, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, Government of India), 1958.

2533

SENA, NAGENDRANATHA. The Ayurvedic System of Medicine, or, An Exposition, in English, of Hindu Medicine as Occurring in Charaka, Sucruta, Bágbhata, and Other Authoritative Works, Ancient and Modern, in Sanskrit. By Kabiraj Nagendra Nath Sen Gupta. 2 vols. 32, lxii, 496pp.; iii, (1), 73, (1), 778pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1901. Delhi (Neeraj Publishing House), 1984.

2534

SENEVIRATNA, ANURADHA. Traditional Dance of Sri Lanka. (Central Cultural Fund, Ministry of Cultural Affairs. Publication No. 18.) (2), 122, (2)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Colombo (Central Cultural Fund, Ministry of Cultural Affairs), 1984.

2535

SENEVIRATNA, ANURADHA & POLK, BENJAMIN. Buddhist Monastic Architecture in Sri Lanka (The Woodland Shrines). 152pp., 48 color plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1992.

2536

SENEVIRATNE, H.L. Rituals of the Kandyan State. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 22.) (10), 190pp. 6 maps, 7 figs. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1978.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

150

2537

SENI PRAMOD, M.R. Interpretative Translations of Thai Poets. Fourth edition. (2), 73, (27)pp. 12 color plates. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Thai Watana Panich Co.), 1978.

2538

SETHNA, NELLY H. Kalamkari: Painted & Printed Fabrics from Andhra Pradesh. (Living Traditions of India.) 94pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Ahmedabad (Mapin International), 1985.

2539

SETTAR, S. Inviting Death: Indian Attitude Towards the Ritual Death. (Monographs and Theoretical Studies in Sociology and Anthropology in Honour of Nels Anderson. Publication 28.) xxx, 324pp., 49 plates. 64 text figs. 4to. Wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1989.

2540

SETTAR, S. & SONTHEIMER, GUNTHER D. (EDITORS). Memorial Stones. A study of their origin, significance and variety. (Institute of Indian Art History, Karnatak University, Dharwad. I.A.H. Series. No. 2./ South Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg. South Asian Studies. XI/ 11.) (16), 393pp. 168 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Dharwad/ New Delhi (Institute of Indian Art History/ South Asia Institute), 1982.

2541

SEWELL, ROBERT. A Forgotten Empire (Vijayanagar). A contribution to the history of India. xx, 427pp. 4to. Buckram, 1/4 cloth. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1980.

2542

SHACKLE, C. A Guru Nanak Glossary. xxxi, (1), 276pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. London (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London), 1981.

2543

SHACKLE, C. An Introduction to the Sacred Language of the Sikhs. (10), 207pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. London (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London), 1983.

2544

SHACKLE, C. Punjabi. x, 223pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. London (Teach Yourself Books), 1972.

2545

SHAH, HAKU. Votive Terracottas of Gujarat. Edited by Carmen Kagal. (Living Traditions of India.) 152pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Ahmedabad (Mapin International), 1985.

2546

SHAH, HAKU, ET AL. Gopal: Ein indischer Balladensänger zeichnet sein Leben. Von Haku Shah, Barbara und Eberhard Fischer. (54)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in German and Gujarati. Wuppertal (Peter Hammer Verlag), 1985.

2547

SHAH, P.G. Vimukta Jatis: Denotified Communities in Western India. With a foreword by U.N. Dhebar. xv, (1), 164pp., 7 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Bombay (Gujarat Research Society), 1967.

2548

SHAH, SYED FARUQUE. In der Fremde. / Prabase. Bengalische Gedichte Bengalisch-Deutsch. Editiert und ins Deutsche übertragen von Rahul Peter Das. 79pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Parallel texts in German and Bengali. Hamburg (Helmut Buske Verlag), 1986.

2549

SHAH, UMAKANT P. Jaina-Rupa-Mandana. Volume I [all published]: Jaina Iconography. viii, (2), 342pp., 109 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhina Publications), 1987.

2550

SHAKESPEAR, JOHN. A Dictionary, Hindustani and English, and English and Hindustani, the Latter Being Entirely New. Fourth edition, greatly enlarged. xii, 2414, (2)pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. London (Printed for the Author and published by Pelham Richardson), 1849.

2551

SHAMASASTRY, R. The Origin of the Devanagari Alphabets. 70pp. Figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Varanasi (Bharati-Prakashan), 1973.

2552

SHAN, SHARAN-JEET. In My Own Name: An Autobiography. New edition. (10), 177pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. London (The Women’s Press), 1986.

2553

SHANTA, N. La voie jaina. Histoire, spiritualité, vie des ascètes pèlerines de l’Inde. Présentation de R. Panikkar. (Les Deux Rives.) 613pp. 19 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Paris (O.E.I.L.), 1985.

2554

SHAPOSHNIKOVA, L.V. Bei den Australoiden Südindiens. 304pp., 32 plates (mostly in color). Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig/Moskva (VEB F.A. Brockhaus Verlag/ Verlag Progress), 1976.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

151

2555

SHAPOSHNIKOVA, L.V. Das Geheimnis der Toda. Reisen in den Blauen Bergen Südindiens. 351, (5)pp., 32 plates (8 color), 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus Verlag), 1976.

2556

SHAPOSHNIKOVA, L.V. Meine Freunde die Kung. Als Ethnologin in Südindien. 306, (2)pp., 17 color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB F.A. Brockhaus Verlag), 1983.

2557

SHARMA, ARYENDRA & VERMEER, HANS J. Einführung in die Grammatik des modernen Hindi. (Studienausgabe). 2. Auflage. (2), iii, (1), 103pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Heidelberg (Julius Groos Verlag), 1972.

2558

SHARMA, ARYENDRA & VERMEER, HANS J. Hindi-Deutsches Wörterbuch. 5 vols. xvii, (1), 1644pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Julius Groos Verlag), 1983-1985.

2559

SHARMA, BRIJENDRA NATH. Festivals of India. xxiii, (3), 156pp., 9 color plates. 107 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1978.

2560

SHARMA, BRIJENDRA NATH. Iconography of Revanta. 86pp., 46 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1975.

2561

SHARMA, BRIJENDRA NATH. Iconography of Sadasiva. xxi, (3), 61, (3)pp., 38 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1976.

2562

SHARMA, BRIJENDRA NATH. Iconography of Vainayaki. 92pp., 37 plates (1 color). Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1979.

2563

SHARMA, JAGDISH SARAN. Encyclopaedia Indica. Second revised edition. 2 vols. (5), 1407pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (S. Chand & Company), 1981.

2564

SHARMA, KRISHNA M. Jarman hindi kos./ Deutsch-Hindi Wörterbuch. xxxix, (1), 1216pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Gladenbach (Verlag Hinder + Deelmann), 1978.

2565

SHARMA, R.C. Brass and Copperware Industry in Uttar Pradesh, With Special Reference to Varanasi. (Census of India 1961. Vol. XV: Uttar Pradesh. Part VII A. Handicrafts Survey Monograph No. 4.) (4), iii, (3), 52pp., 65 plates, 4 charts, 2 maps. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1964].

2566

SHARMA, R.C. Woollen Carpet and Blanket Industry in Uttar Pradesh. With special study of woollen carpet industry at Shahjahanpur and blanket industry at Muzaffarnagar. (Census of India 1961. Vol. XV: Uttar Pradesh. Part VII A. Handicrafts Survey Monograph No. 1.) iii, (3), 69, (1)pp., 48 plates, 2 maps. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1964.

2567

SHARMA, RAM KARAN. Elements of Poetry in the Mahabharata. (University of California Publications in Classical Philology. 20.) xiii, (1), 175pp. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1964.

2568

SHARMA, SURESH K. & BAKSHI, S.R. (EDITORS). Encyclopaedia of Kashmir. 10 vols. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Anmol Publications), 1996.

2569

SHARP, LAURISTON & HANKS, LUCIEN M. Bang Chan. Social history of a rural community in Thailand. (Cornell Studies in Anthropology.) 314pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Ithaca/London (Cornell University Press), 1978.

2570

SHARVANANDA. Kathopsanisad. Including original verses, constructed text (anvaya) with a literal word by word translation, English rendering of each stanza, copious notes, and introductory note. (Upanisad Series.) vii, (1), 114pp. Wraps. Mylapore (Sri Ramakrishna Math), 1968.

2571

SHASHI, S.S. (EDITOR). Encyclopaedia Indica: India, Pakistan, Bangladesh. Vols. 1 - 10. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Anmol Publications), 1996.

2572

SHASHI, S.S. (EDITOR). Encyclopaedia of Indian Tribes. 12 vols. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Anmol Publications), 1994.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

152

2573

SHAW, WILLIAM. Notes on the Thadou Kukis. Edited, with introduction, notes, appendices, illustrations and index by J.H. Hutton. (From the Journal and Proceedings, Asiatic Society of Bengal, N.S., Vol. 24#1. Article No. 1.) 175pp., 7 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth. [Calcutta] (Asiatic Society of Bengal/ Government of Assam), 1929.

2574

SHCHERBATSKOI, F. I. Buddhist Logic. (Indo-Iranian Reprints. 4.) 2 vols. xii, 560pp.; vi, (2), 468, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1958.

2575

SHCHERBATSKOI, F. I. Buddhist Logic. 2 vols. xii, 558, (18)pp.; vi, (2), 468, (18)pp. 4to. Wraps. Reprint of the Leningrad 1930 edition. New York (Dover Publications), 1962.

2576

SHEA, DAVID & TROYER, ANTHONY (TRANSLATORS). The Dabistán, or School of Manners. The religious beliefs, observances, philosophic opinions and social customs of the nations of the East. Translated from the original Persian. With a special introduction by A.V. Williams Jackson. (Universal Classics Library./ Oriental Literature.) xv, (1), 411pp. Frontis. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 buckram. New York/London (M. Walter Dunne), 1901.

2577

SHEKHAR, I. Sanskrit Drama: Its Origin and Decline. (Orientalia Rheno-Traiectina. 7.) xxvii, (1), 214pp., 10 plates. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1960.

2578

SHENDGE, MALATI J. The Civilized Demons: The Harappans in Rgveda. xv, (1), 441pp., 1 folding map, 12 plates with 19 illus. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1977.

2579

SHEPPARD, MUBIN, TAN SRI DATUK. Living Crafts of Malaysia. 118pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth. Singapore (Times Books International), 1978.

2580

SHEPPARD, MUBIN, TAN SRI DATUK. The Magic Kite And Other Ma’yong Stories. x, 50pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Kuala Lumpur (Federal Publications), 1960.

2581

SHEPPARD, MUBIN, TAN SRI DATUK. Malay Courtesy. A narrative account of Malay manners and customs in everyday use. Foreword by Dato’ Abdul Razak bin Hussein. 33pp. Illus. Wraps. Singapore (Donald Moore), 1957.

2582

SHER, SHER SINGH. The Sikligars of Punjab: A Gypsy Tribe. xi, (3), 415pp. 27 illus. hors texte, 33 diagrams. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Sterling Publishers), 1966.

2583

SHERWANI, H.K. History of the Qutb Shahi Dynasty. xxiv, 739pp., 1 folding chart. Frontis., 16 illus. hors texte. Stout 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1974.

2584

SHERWANI, H.K. & JOSHI, P.M. (EDITORS). History of Medieval Deccan (1295-1724). 2 vols. I: Mainly Political and Military Aspects. xvi, (2), 653pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. II: Mainly Cultural Aspects. xxx, (2), 627, (3)pp., 90 plates. Text figs. Stout 4to. Buckram. Hyderabad (Director of Printing and Publication Bureau, Government of Andhra Pradesh), 1973-1974.

2585

SHIRATORI, YOSHIRO, ET AL. Tonan Ajia sanchi minzokushi: Yao to sono rinsetsu shoshuzoku. 334pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase. English-language summary entitled “Ethnography of the Hill Tribes of Southeast Asia.” Tokyo (Kodansha), 1978.

2586

A SHORT GUIDE TO: BOROBUDUR, MENDUT AND PAWON. 28pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. N.p. (Department of Information, Republic of Indonesia), n.d.

2587

SHORTO, H.L. A Dictionary of Modern Spoken Mon. xvi, (2), 280pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1962.

2588

SHORTO, H.L. A Dictionary of the Mon Inscriptions from the Sixth to the Sixteenth Centuries. Incorporating materials collected by C.O. Blagden. (London Oriental Series. 24.) xli, (1), 406pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1971.

2589

SHULMAN, DAVID DEAN. The King and the Clown in South Indian Myth and Poetry. xvi, 447, (1)pp. 3 illus. 4to. Wraps. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1985.

2590

SHULMAN, DAVID DEAN. Tamil Temple Myths. Sacrifice and divine marriage in the South Indian Siva tradtion. xvi, 471, (1)pp. 6 illus. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

153

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1980. 2591

SHULMAN, FRANK JOSEPH. Burma. An annotated bibliographical guide to international doctoral dissertation research, 1898-1985. xvii, (1), 247pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Lanham, Maryland/Washington, D.C. (University Press of America/ Asia Program, The Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars), 1986.

2592

SHWE ZAN, U. The Golden Mrauk-U: An Ancient Capital of Rakhine. 200pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Yangon (The Author), 1994.

2593

SIBETH, ACHIM. Batak. Mit den Ahnen leben. Menschen in Indonesien. Mit Beiträgen von Uli Kozok und Juara R. Ginting. 240pp. 327 illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. D.j. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Linden-Museum, Stuttgart, JuneSept. 1990. Stuttgart/London (edition hansjörg mayer), 1990.

2594

SIDOROVA, V.S. Skul’ptura drevnei Indii. 77, (11)pp., 86 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Iskusstvo”), 1971.

2595

SIEM, TJAN TJOE. Javaanse kaartspelen. Bijdrage tot de beschrijving van land en volk. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. Vol. 75#1.) (4), 168pp. 7 illus. (1 tipped-in color). 4to. Wraps. Bandoeng (A.C. Nix & Co.), 1941.

2596

SIEMENS, JOCHEN. Sri Lanka, Ceylon. (Richtig reisen.) 311, (9)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1985.

2597

SIEVERS, ANGELIKA. Ceylon. Gesellschaft und Lebensraum in den orientalischen Tropen. Eine sozialgeographische Landeskunde. (Bibliothek geographischer Handbücher.) xxxii, 398, (2)pp., 24 plates with 77 illus., 28 maps. 7 figs. 4to. Cloth. Ex-library. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1964.

2598

SILACARA, BHIKKHU. What Is Buddhism? 79, (1)pp. 12mo. Wraps. Calcutta (Maha Bodhi Society of India), 1957.

2599

SILBERNAGEL, ISIDOR. Der Buddhismus nach seiner Entstehung, Fortbildung und Verbreitung. kulturhistorische Studie, Zweite (ergänzte) Ausgabe. viii, 207pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. München (Verlag der J.J. Lentner’schen Buchhandlung), 1903.

2600

SILVA, SIMON DE. Hand Book of Sinhalese Grammar With Exercises on Ollendorff’s System. ii, (2), 113pp. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. Colombo (Kollupitiya Press), 1903.

2601

SIMHA, BHAGAVANA. Harappa sabhyata aura Vaidika sahitya. 2 vols. (16), 415pp.; (4), 328pp. Figs. Lrg. 8vo. Boards. Nayi Dilli (Radhakrshna), 1987.

2602

SIMON, PIERRE J. & SIMON-BAROUH, IDA. Hâu Bóng. Un culte viêtnamien de possession transplanté en France. (École Pratique des Hautes Études, Sorbonne. VIe Section: Sciences Économiques et Sociales. Cahiers de l’Homme: Éthnologie, Géographie, Linguistique. N.S. 13.) 86, (2)pp. 30 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Paris/The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1973.

2603

SIMON-BÄRWINKEL, ROSEMARIE. Chrestomathie der modernen indonesischen Literatur. 295, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1973.

2604

SIMOONS, FREDERICK J. & SIMOONS, ELIZABETH S. A Ceremonial Ox of India: The Mithan in Nature, Culture, and History. With notes on the domestication of common cattle. 323pp. 29 illus. hors texte. 6 maps. 4to. Cloth. Madison (The University of Wisconsin Press), 1968.

2605

SIMPSON, WILLIAM. The Buddhist Praying-Wheel. A collection of material bearing upon the symbolism of the wheel and circular movements in custom and religious ritual. viii, 303 (3)pp. 48 illus. Sm. 4to. Orig. red. cloth. London (Macmillan and Co.), 1896.

2606

SIN`” PHE MRAN`’. Selected Short Stories of Thein Pe Myint. Translated, with introduction and commentary, by Patricia M. Milne.... 268pp. Wraps. D.j. Rangoon (Sarpa Yeiktha Publishers), 1975.

2607

SINGER, MILTON. When a Great Tradition Modernizes. An anthropological approach to Indian civilization. Foreword by M.N. Srinivas. xviii, 430pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

Eine

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

154

London (Pall Mall Press), 1972. 2608

SINGER, MILTON & COHN, BERNARD S. (EDITORS). Structure and Change in Indian Society. (Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology. 47.) xvi, 507pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Chicago (Aldine Publishing Company), 1968.

2609

SINGER, MILTON (EDITOR). Krishna: Myths, Rites, and Attitudes. With a foreword by Daniel H.H. Ingalls. xvii, (7), 277pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Honolulu (East-West Press Center), 1966.

2610

SINGER, MILTON (EDITOR). Traditional India: Structure and Change. (Publications of the American Folklore Society. Bibliographical Series. 10.) xxiii, (1), 332pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Philadelphia 1959 edition. Jaipur (Rawat Publications), 1975.

2611

SINGER, NOEL F. Burmese Puppets. (Images of Asia.) 98pp. 45 illus. (25 color). Sm. 8vo. Boards. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1992.

2612

SINGER, NOEL F. Old Rangoon, City of the Shwedagon. (4), 214pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Gartmore, Stirling. (Paul Strachan, Kiscadale), 1995.

2613

SINGH, C.P. The Ho Tribe of Singhbhum. vi, (2), 168pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Classical Publications), 1978.

2614

SINGH, CHANDRA LAL & SINGH, MATSHYENDRA LAL. Nepali-English Dictionary (With Pronunciation in Roman Nepali). Second edition. xvi, 586pp. Sm. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Kathmandu (Educational Enterprise Ltd.), 1983.

2615

SINGH, GOPAL (EDITOR). Sri Guru Granth Sahib: English Version. 4 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi/London (World Sikh Centre), n.d.

2616

SINGH, JASPAL. Gewerkschaftsführer Indiens. Inaugural-Dissertation...Universität Köln. ix, (1), 245, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Köln, 1972.

2617

SINGH, K.S. The Scheduled Castes. Second, revised edition. (People of India. National Series. 2.) xv, (1), 1375pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Anthropological Survey of India/ Oxford University Press), 1995.

2618

SINGH, K.S. Tribal Society in India. An anthropo-historical perspective. xii, (2), 327pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Manohar), 1985.

2619

SINGH, KHUSHWANT. Delhi. Roman. 455pp., 3 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Hamburg (Dölling und Galitz Verlag), 1995.

2620

SINGH, KHUSHWANT (EDITOR). Gurus, Godmen and Good People. xv, (1), 119pp., 16 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Orient Longman), 1975.

2621

SINGH, MADANJEET. L’art de l’Himalaya: La peinture et la sculpture. Ladakh, Lahaul et Spiti; Siwalik, Nepal; Sikkim, Bhutan. (Livres d’Art Unesco.) 287pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. [Genève] (Weber), 1968.

2622

SINGH, MAYA. The Panjabi Dictionary. (6), 1221pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1895. Delhi (Amar Prakashan), 1982.

2623

[SINGH, MAYA]. The Panjabi Dictionary. [The Vanguard Punjabi English Dictionary]. (6), 1221pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1895; re-issued Patiala 1972. Lahore (Vanguard Books), 1983.

2624

SINGH, MEHAR. Sikh Shrines in India. (6), 47, (3)pp., 20 plates. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, Government of India), 1975.

2625

SINGH, NISSOR. English Khasi Dictionary. xiv, 603pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Shillong 1906 edition. Delhi (Mittal Publications), 1988.

2626

SINGH, NISSOR. Khasi-English Dictionary. Edited by P.R.T. Gurdon. iv, 247pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Shillong 1906.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

155

Delhi (Cultural Publishing House), 1983. 2627

SINGH, R.K. BIRENDRA. Handicraft Survey Reports. 1: Bell-Metal Industry. (Census of India 1961. Vol. 22: Manipur.) xiv, 21, (1)pp., 13 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Delhi (Manager, Government of India Press), n.d.

2628

SINGH, RAGHUBIR. The Ganges. 174, (16)pp. 123 color illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth. London (Thames and Hudson), 1992.

2629

SINGH, TEJA. English-Panjabi Dictionary (Revised and Enlarged). (2), 752pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lahore (Lahore Book Shop), 1980.

2630

SINGH, TRILOCHAN. Life of Guru Hari Krishan. A biography and history. xx, 200, (2)pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Delhi Sikh Gurdwara Management Committee), 1981.

2631

SINHA, D.P. Culture Change in an Intertribal Market. The role of the Banari intertribal market among the hill peoples of Chotanagpur. xii, (4), 117pp. 24 illus. hors texte. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Asia Publishing House), 1968.

2632

SINHA, H.N. The Development of Indian Polity. xv, (1), 589pp. 4to. Cloth. Bombay/Calcutta (Asia Publishing House), 1963.

2633

SINHA, KANCHAN. Karttikeya in Indian Art and Literature. xxiv, 175, (1)pp., 46 plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Sundeep Prakashan), 1979.

2634

SINHA, R.P.N. (INTRODUCTION). Geeta Govind in Basohli School of Indian Painting. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad. (2), 15, (1)pp., 9 tipped-in plates (8 color) with facing commentary. Sm. folio. Wraps. New Delhi/Bombay (Oxford Book & Stationery Co./ D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), n.d.

2635

SINHA, SURAJIT & SARASWATI, BAIDYANATH. Ascetics of Kashi. An anthropological exploration. xi, (1), 286pp. 37 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Varanasi (N.K. Bose Memorial Foundation), 1978.

2636

SINHA, SUSHANTA KUMAR. Kleine Chrestomathie der bengalischen Literatur. 95pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1967.

2637

SINLAPA KANSALAK NANG YAI FIMU’ NAICHANG ‘EK RATCHAKAN THI 2. 4, 11, (73)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. English-language title on back-cover: “The Arts of Thai Pictures Play Made In the Reign Of H.M. King Rama II.” [Phra Nakhon (Borisat Khana Chang), 1953].

2638

SINLAPA LÆ PRAWATTISAT SUKHOTHAI. (4), 40pp., 19 plates. 4to. Wraps. [Phranakhon (Krom Sinlapakon)], 1972.

2639

SIRCAR, DINESCHANDRA. Indian Epigraphical Glossary. xiv, (2), 560pp. 4to. Buckram. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1966.

2640

SIRCAR, DINESCHANDRA. Indian Epigraphy. xxi, (1), 475, v pp., 36 plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1965.

2641

SIRISENA, W.M. Sri Lanka and South-East Asia. Political, religious and cultural relations from A.D. c. 1000 to c. 1500. With a foreword by A.L. Basham. xiv, 186pp., 8 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1978.

2642

SIRMOKADAM, MADHUDUDAN SHRINIVAS. Di nyu stêndarda diksanari. I: Marathi-ingraji-marathi. / The New Standard Dictionary. Vol. I: Marathi-English Marathi. viii, 1281pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Mumbai (Kesava Bhikaji Dhavale), 1970.

2643

SITAPATI, PIDATALA. Sri Venkateswara, the Lord of the Seven Hills, Tirupati. (Bhavan’s Book University. 156.) x, (4), 219pp., 10 plates, folding plan. Boards. Bombay (Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan), 1977.

2644

SITTE, FRITZ. Rebellenstaat im Burma-Dschungel. 240pp. 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Graz (Verlag Styria), 1979.

2645

THE SIVA-PURANA. Translated by a board of scholars. (Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 1-4./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 4 vols. xviii, 2120pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

156

Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1969-1970. 2646

SIVARAJA PILLAI, K.N. The Chronology of the Early Tamils. Based on the synchronistic tables of their kings, chieftains and poets appearing in the Sangam literature. xvi, (8), 284pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Madras 1932 edition. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1984.

2647

SIVARAMAMURTI, CALAMBUR. Indien: Kunst und Kultur. 603pp. 1,175 illus. (180 color plates). Sm. stout folio. Cloth. Freiburg/Basel (Herder), 1975.

2648

SIVARAMAMURTI, C. Kalugumalai and Early Pandyan Rock-cut Shrines. (Heritage of Indian Art Series. 3.) 46, (2)pp., 34 plates, 1 folding map. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Bombay (N.M. Tripathi Private Ltd.), 1961.

2649

SIVARAMAMURTI, CALAMBUR. Nataraja in Art, Thought and Literature. xxxv, (1), 417pp. 405 illus. (22 tipped-in color). Stout folio. Cloth. New Delhi (National Museum), 1974.

2650

SKINNER, G. WILLIAM. Leadership and Power in the Chinese Community of Thailand. (Monographs of the Association for Asian Studies. 3.) xvii, (3), 363, (3)pp. Figs. 4to. Cloth. Ithaca (Cornell University Press), 1958.

2651

SKROBANEK, WALTER. Buddhistische Politik in Thailand. Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des heterodoxen Messianismus. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 23.) vii, (1), 315pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1976.

2652

SLAJE, WALTER. Katalog der Sanskrit-Handschriften der Österreichischen Nationalbibliothek (Sammlungen Marcus Aurel Stein und Carl Alexander von Hügel). (Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Philosophischhistorische Klasse. Sitzungsberichte. 546./ Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Sprachen und Kulturen Südasiens. 23.) 151pp. 7 plates (2 color). 4to. Wraps. Wien (Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften), 1990.

2653

SLESIN, SUZANNE & CLIFF, STAFFORD. Indian Style. Photographs by David Brittain; foreword by Ismail Merchant and James Ivory; introduction by Steven R. Weisman. 299pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth. London (Thames and Hudson), 1990.

2654

SLOAN, W.H. A Practical Method with the Burmese Language. Fourth edition. 209pp. 4to. New boards, 1/4 cloth. Rangoon (American Baptist Mission Press), 1901.

2655

SMALLEY, WILLIAM A. (EDITOR). Phonemes and Orthography: Language Planning in Ten Minority Languages of Thailand. (Pacific Linguistics. Series C. No. 43.) xi, (3), 347, (15)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Canberra (Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, The Australian National University), 1976.

2656

SMALLEY, WILLIAM A., ET AL. Mother of Writing: The Origin and Development of a Hmong Messianic Script. [By] William A. Smalley, Chia Koua Vang, Gnia Yee Yang. Mitt Moua, project translator. xii, 221pp. 8 illus., 4 figs. 4to. Wraps. Chicago/London (University of Chicago Press), 1990.

2657

SMART, R.B. Akyab District. (Burma Gazetteer. Vol. A.) iv, 261pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1917. Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery, Union of Burma), 1957.

2658

SMEDT, MARC DE. Das Kamasutra. Erotische Miniaturen aus Indien. 106, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. N.p. (Parkland), 1980.

2659

SMITH, DONALD EUGENE. Religion and Politics in Burma. xiii, (1), 350pp. 4to. Cloth. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1965.

2660

SMITH, HAROLD E. Historical and Cultural Dictionary of Thailand. (Historical and Cultural Dictionaries of Asia. 6.) vi, 213pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Metuchen, New Jersey (The Scarecrow Press), 1976.

2661

SMITH, JOHN D. The Epic of Pabuji. A study, transcription and translation. Epic narration: Parbu Bhopo. Illustrations: Srilal Josi. (University of Cambridge Oriental Publications. 44.) xiii, (1), 512, (2)pp. 10 plates (1 lrg. folding, color, hors texte), 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1991.

2662

SMITH, KENNETH D. Bài hoc tiêng sedang. / Sedang Language Lessons. (Tu sách Ngôn-ngu’ dân-tôc thieu-so Viêt-Nam. Cuôn 2, phan 2.) 39pp. Oblong 8vo. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

157

Saigon (Bô Giáo-duc), 1967. 2663

SMITH, KENNETH D. Ngu’-vu’ng Sedang. / Sedang Vocabulary: Sedang - Viêt - English. (Tu sách Ngôn-ngu’ dân-tôc thieu-so Viêt-Nam. Cuôn 2, phan 1.) ix, 128pp. Wraps. Saigon (Bô Giáo-duc), 1967.

2664

SMITH, R.B. & WATSON, W. (EDITORS). Early South East Asia. Essays in archaeology, history and historical geography. (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.) xv, (3), 561pp., 5 maps. Illus. 4to. Cloth. New York/Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1979.

2665

SMITH, RONALD BISHOP. Siam, or, The History of the Thais from 1569 A.D. to 1824 A.D. Foreword by Sukich Nimmanheminda. 154pp. Frontis., 1 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bethesda, Maryland (Decatur Press), 1967.

2666

SMITH, RONALD BISHOP. Siam, or, The History of the Thais from Earliest Times to 1569 A.D. Foreword by Sukich Nimmanheminda. 109pp. Frontis., 2 maps. 4to. Wraps. Bethesda, Maryland (Decatur Press), 1966.

2667

SMITH, VINCENT A. Akbar, the Great Mogul, 1542-1605. xv, (1), 504pp., 14 plates (1 color), 8 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth (slightly worn). Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1917.

2668

SMITH, VINCENT A. The Oxford History of India. Fourth edition, edited by Percival Spear. xv, (3), 945pp., 40 plates, 1 folding map. Text figs. Stout 8vo. Wraps. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1987.

2669

SMITH, W.L. The One-Eyed Goddess: A Study of the Manasa Mangal. (Acta Universitatis Stockholmiensis: Stockholm Oriental Studies. 12.) 208pp. 4to. Wraps. Stockholm (Almqvist & Wiksell), 1980.

2670

SMITH, WILLIAM CARLSON. The Ao Naga Tribe of Assam. With an introduction by J.H. Hutton. xxvii, (1), 244pp., 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Orig. dec. cloth. London (Macmillan and Co.), 1925.

2671

SMYTH, H. WARINGTON. Notes of a Journey on the Upper Mekong, Siam. x, 109pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Orig. cloth, 1/4 leather. London (The Royal Geographic Society/ John Murray), 1895.

2672

SNELLGROVE, DAVID L. (EDITOR). The Image of the Buddha. [By] Jean Boisselier, Ahmad Hasan Dani, Su-Young Hwang, Niharranjan Ray, Dietrich Seckel, Alexander C. Soper, Maurizio Taddei, Osamu Takata. 482pp. 353 illus. (partly color). Sm. folio. Cloth. London/Paris (Serindia Publications/ Unesco), 1978.

2673

SNELLING, JOHN. Buddhismus. Ein Handbuch für den westlichen Leser. Mit einer Einleitung und zusätzlichen Anmerkungen versehen von Karl-Heinz Golzio. 462, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (Diederichs), 1991.

2674

SO SETHAPUTRA. New Model English-Thai Dictionary. 2 vols. 22, 1686pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Bangkok (Thai Watana Panich Co.), 1982.

2675

SO SETHAPUTRA. New Model English-Thai Dictionary: Desk Edition. (2), 878pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Thaiwatthanaphanit), 1995.

2676

SO SETHAPUTRA. New Model Thai-English Dictionary. Fifth edition 2 vols. 7, (1), 1072pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Thaiwatthanaphanit), 1984.

2677

SO SETHAPUTRA. New Model Thai-English Dictionary: Desk Edition. (2), 478pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Thaiwatthanaphanit), 1994.

2678

SOCIÉTÉ DES ÉTUDES INDOCHINOISES: CINQUANTE ANS D’ORIENTALISME FRANÇAIS. (Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises. Nouvelle Série. XXVI#4.) (166)pp., 12 plates. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Société des Études Indochinoises), 1951.

2679

SÖRENSEN, S. An Index to the Names of the Mahabharata. With short explanations and a concordance to the Bombay and Calcutta editions and P.C. Roy’s translation. xli, (1), 807, (1)pp. Sm. folio. Cloth. Originally published London 1904. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1978.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

158

2680

SOLKIN, DAVID. Die Sikhs. 293, (3)pp. 19 illus. and maps hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. München (Nymphenburger), 1986.

2681

SOMADEVA BHATTA. Der Ozean der Erzählungsströme. Herausgegeben von Johannes Mehlig. 2 vols. 1116pp.; 856pp. Cloth. Leipzig/Weimar (Gustav Kiepenheuer), 1991.

2682

SOMBAT SINLAPA CHAK BORIWEN KHU’AN PHUMIPHON. 80pp. 24 plates, figs. 4to. Wraps. Captions in parallel Thai and English. Phranakhon (Krom Sinlapakon), 1960.

2683

SOMESVARADEVA. Ullagharaghava-nataka. A Sanskrit drama by Somesvaradeva. Edited by Agama-Prabhakara Muni Punyavijaya and Bhogilal Jayachandbhai Sandesara. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 132.) xix, (1), 162pp., 4 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Edition limited to 500 copies. Baroda (Oriental Institute), 1961.

2684

SOMETH MAY. Cambodian Witness. The autobiography of Someth May. Edited and with an introduction by James Fenton. 287pp. Wraps. London/Boston (Faber and Faber), 1988.

2685

SONG, ONG SIANG. One Hundred Years’ History of the Chinese in Singapore. xxii, 602pp. Numerous illus. hors texte. Stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the 1923 edition. Singapore (University of Malaya Press), 1967.

2686

SONGSAK PRANGWATTHANAKUN & CHEESMAN, PATRICIA. Pha Lan na: Yuan, Lu’, Lao. / Lan Na Textiles: Yuan Lue Lao. 108pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Thai and English. [Chiang Mai] (Mahawitthayalai Chiang Mai, Khrongkan Sun Songsoem Sinlapawatthanatham), 1987.

2687

SONOLET, J.F. & P’A PHEN. Le Cambodge: Guide franco khmer. Avec la transcription phonétique romanisée des statistiques sur le Cambodge moderne, des cartes et renseignements touristiques, des notions élémentaires de grammaire. Preface du P.S. Dhammârâma./ Kambujarattha magguddesak Paran Khmaer.... (22), 616pp., 3 lrg. folding maps, 2 folding charts. Sm. oblong 4to. Buckram. Phnom Penh (Librairie Bouth-Neang), 1963.

2688

SONTHEIMER, GÜNTHER-DIETZ. Biroba, Mhaskoba und Khandoba. Ursprung, Geschichte und Umwelt von pastoralen Gottheiten in Maharastra. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg. 21.) vii, (1), 279, (1)pp., 1 folding map, 16 plates. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1976.

2689

SOPHER, DAVID E. The Sea Nomads. A study of the maritime boat people of Southeast Asia. (National Museum Publications.) (2), x, 444pp., 5 maps. 4to. Wraps. Singapore (National Museum), 1977.

2690

SOUTHWOLD, MARTIN. Buddhism in Life. The anthropological study of religion and the Sinhalese practice of Buddhism. (Themes in Social Anthropology.) xii, 232pp. 4to. Cloth. Manchester (Manchester University Press), 1983.

2691

[SOUVIGNET, E. (INTRODUCTION).] Variétés tonkinoises.... Par A + B. iii, (3), 583, (1), x, ii pp. Lrg. 8vo. New marbled boards, 1/4 cloth. Hanoi (Imprimerie Schneider), 1903.

2692

SPAHNI, JEAN-CHRISTIAN. Die Gewürzstrasse. Fotos: Maximilien Bruggmann. Second edition. 206pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Zürich (Silva-Verlag), 1992.

2693

SPATE, O.H.K. & LEARMONTH, A.T.A. India and Pakistan: Land, People and Economy. With the collaboration of A.M. Learmonth. xxxi, (3), 439pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. London (Methuen & Co.), 1967.

2694

SPEAR, PERCIVAL. Twilight of the Mughuls: Studies in Late Mughul Delhi. With a new introduction. xviii, (2), 269, (1)pp., 1 folding map, 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1951. Karachi/Lahore (Oxford University Press), 1973.

2695

SPENCER, HAROLD. A Kanarese Grammar. With graduated exercises. Revised by W. Perston. xii, 452pp. 4to. Cloth. Mysore City (Wesley Press), 1950.

2696

SPIES, OTTO & BANNERTH, ERNST. Lehrbuch der Hindustani-Sprache. (Sprachbücher.) viii, 203pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

159

Leipzig/Wien (Otto Harrassowitz), 1945. 2697

SPINKS, CHARLES NELSON. The Ceramic Wares of Siam. Second edition, revised. vii, (3), 196, (2)pp., 54 plates (2 color). Numerous text figs. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1971.

2698

SPIRO, MELFORD E. Buddhism and Society. A great tradition and its Burmese vicissitudes. xiv, 510pp. 4to. Cloth. London (George Allen & Unwin), 1971.

2699

SPIRO, MELFORD E. Burmese Supernaturalism. A study in the explanation and reduction of suffering. (Prentice-Hall College Anthropology Series.) x, (2), 300pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. (Prentice-Hall), 1967.

2700

SPIRO, MELFORD E. Kinship and Marriage in Burma. A cultural and psychodynamic analysis. xix, (1), 313pp. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1986.

2701

SPITZING, GÜNTER. Das indonesische Schattenspiel. Bali-Java-Lombok. (DuMont Taschenbücher. 110.) 236, (4)pp. 133 illus. (18 color). Wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1981.

2702

SREEKRISHNA SARMA, E.R. (EDITOR). Kausitaki-Brahmana. (Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland. Supplementband 9, 1.) 1: Text. xvii, (1), 210pp. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1968.

2703

[SRINATH DUARA, BARBARUA]. Tungkhungia buranji, or, A History of Assam, 1681-1826 A.D. An old Assamese chronicle of the Tungkhungia dynasty of Ahom sovereigns. With marginalia, genealogical tables, bibliography, glossary, and index compiled, edited, and translated by S.K. Bhuyan. xxxii, 262, (2)pp. Frontis. in color. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press), 1933.

2704

SRINIVAS, M.N. The Remembered Village. (Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California, Berkeley.) xvi, (4), 356pp., 8 plates. 6 maps and diagrams. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1976.

2705

SRINIVASA IYENGAR, K.R. (EDITOR). Indian Literature Since Independence: A Symposium. xlv, (3), 372pp. 4to. Boards. New Delhi (Sahitya Akademi), 1973.

2706

SRIVASTAVA, M.C.P. Mother Goddess in Indian Art, Archaeology & Literature. xiv, (2), 231, (1)pp. 43 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Agam Kala Prakashan), 1979.

2707

SRIVASTAVA, S.N. Parhaiya: A Scheduled Tribe in Bihar. (Census of India, 1971. Ethnographic Study No. 23./ Monograph Series. Vol. I.) x, 129pp. 20 plates, text figs. Lrg. 8vo. Boards. New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), [1977].

2708

STACHE-WEISKE, AGNES. German Indology. A list of institutions and persons concerned with Sanskrit and allied studies. 34pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps., GBC-bound. München, 1988.

2709

STACK, EDWARD. The Mikirs. From the papers of the late Edward Stack; edited, arranged and supplemented by Charles Lyall. xvii, (1), 184pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London 1908. Gauhati (United Publishers), n.d.

2710

STADT UND RITUAL: BEITRÄGE EINES INTERNATIONALEN SYMPOSIONS ZUR STADTBAUGESCHICHTE SÜD- U. OSTASIENS. / Urban Space and Ritual. Proceedings of an international symposion on urban history of South- and EastAsia. Darmstadt, June 2-4, 1977. Editors: Niels Gutschow, Thomas Sieverts. (Beiträge und Studienmaterialien der Fachgruppe Stadt. 11.) 139pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Darmstadt (Technische Hochschule Darmstadt), n.d.

2711

STADTNER, DONALD M. (EDITOR). The Art of Burma: New Studies. (4), 128pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Mumbai (Marq Publications), 1999.

2712

STAHR, VOLKER S. Südostasien und der Islam. Kulturraum zwischen Kommerz und Koran. xiv, 381pp. Illus. 4to. Boards. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1997.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

160

2713

STARGARDT, JANICE. The Ancient Pyu of Burma. Volume One [all published to date]: Early Pyu Cities in a Man-Made Landscape. xxix, (3), 416pp., 28 plates. 3 folding maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 109 text figs. 4to. Wraps. Cambridge/Singapore (Publications on Ancient Civilization in South East Asia/ The Institute of Southeast Asian Studies), 1990.

2714

STARZA, O.M. The Jagannatha Temple at Puri. Its architecture, art and cult. (Studies in South Asian Culture. Vol. XV.) 161, (1)pp. 111 illus. hors texte (1 color). 26 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Leiden/New York (E.J. Brill), 1993.

2715

STEINMANN, BRIGITTE. Les Tamang du Népal, usages et religions, religion de l’usage. 310pp., 8 color plates with 16 illus. 22 figs. Sm. folio. Wraps. Paris (Éditions Recherche sur les Civilisations), 1987.

2716

STELLER, K.G.F. & AEBERSOLD, W.E. Sangirees-Nederlands woordenboek met Nederlands-Sagirees register. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xi, (5), 622pp., 1 folding map. 65 illus. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1959.

2717

STENZLER, ADOLF FRIEDRICH. Elementarbuch der Sanskrit-Sprache. Grammatik, Texte, Wörterbuch. Siebente Auflage, umgearbeitet von Richard Pischel. iv, 117, (1)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. München (Louis Köhlers Hof- und Verlagsbuchhandlung), 1902.

2718

STERN, PHILIPPE. L’art du Champa (ancien Annam) et son évolution. (Publication du Musée Guimet. Études et Documents d’Art et d’Archéologie. 3.) (4), 122, (2)pp., 64 plates (48 heliogravure). Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (Adrien-Maisonneuve), n.d.

2719

STEVENSON, H.N.C. The Economics of the Central Chin Tribes. With a foreword by Reginald Hugh Dorman-Smith. xv, (3), 200pp., 22 plates, 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Bombay 1943. Farnborough, Hants. (Gregg Press), 1968.

2720

STEVENSON, SINCLAIR, MRS. The Rites of the Twice-Born. With foreword by A.A. Macdonell. xxiv, 474pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1920 edition. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1971.

2721

STEVENSON, SINCLAIR, MRS. The Heart of Jainism. With an introduction by G.P. Taylor. xxiv, 336pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Oxford 1915. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1970.

2722

STEWART, J.A. Manual of Colloquial Burmese. xii, 122pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Luzac & Company), 1955.

2723

STEWART, J.A. & DUNN, C.W. A Burmese-English Dictionary. From material supplied by a large number of contributors. 6 vols. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Rangoon/London (University of Rangoon/Luzac & Company), 1940 - London (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London), 1981.

2724

STIEHL, ULRICH. Sanskrit-Kompendium. Ein Lehr-, Übungs- und Nachschlagewerk. 464pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Privately Printed), 1990.

2725

STIETENCRON, HEINRICH VON. Indische Sonnenpriester: Samba und die Sakadvipiya-Brahmana. Eine textkritische und religionsgeschichtliche Studie zum indischen Sonnenkult. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg. 3.) 287pp. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1966.

2726

STÖHR, WALDEMAR & ZOETMULDER, PIET. Die Religionen Indonesiens. (Die Religionen der Menschheit. 5, 1.) v, (3), 354, (2)pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (W. Kohlhammer Verlag), 1965.

2727

STONE, ANTHONY PHILIP. Hindu Astrology: Myths, Symbols and Realities. xi, (1), 323pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Select Books), 1981.

2728

STORZ, HANS-ULRICH. Birma: Land, Geschichte, Wirtschaft. (Schriften des Instituts für Asienkunde in Hamburg. 21.) 302pp. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1967.

2729

STRACHAN, PAUL. Mandalay. Travels from the golden city. xii, (2), 226pp., 56 color plates. 4to. Cloth. Gartmore, Stirling (Kiscadale Publications), 1994.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

161

2730

STRACHAN, PAUL. Pagan: Art & Architecture of Old Burma. 159pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Whiting Bay, Isle of Arran (Kiscadale), 1989.

2731

STRASSER, ROBERT. Rajasthan, Gujarat, Indien. (Landeskunde und Führer zu Kunststätten. Teil 1: Rajasthan. Teil 2: Gujarat.) 380, (4)pp., 12 color plates. 1 lrg. folding map, loosely inserted, as issued. 222 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag Indoculture), 1986.

2732

STRASSER, ROBERT. Südindien: Land der Dravidas und Tausend Tempel. Ein landeskundlicher und kustgeschichtlicher Führer. (Führer zu den Kunststätten Südindiens. 2.) 350pp., 4 maps. 129 illus., 88 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag Indoculture), 1984.

2733

STRASSER, ROBERT. Südindien: Land der Dravidas und Tausend Tempel. Ein landeskundlicher und kustgeschichtlicher Führer. Band I: Landeskunde Südindiens. 380, (2)pp., 8 color plates, 2 folding maps. 35 illus., 24 maps, 58 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag Indoculture), 1984.

2734

STRATTON, CAROL & SCOTT, MIRIAM MCNAIR. The Art of Sukhothai: Thailand’s Golden Age. From the midthirteenth to the mid-fifteenth centuries. 163pp. 35 color illus. hors texte. 128 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1981.

2735

STRAUSS, OTTO. Indische Philosophie. 286pp. Frontis. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth. München (Verlag Ernst Reinhardt), 1924.

2736

STREBEL, JOHANN. Ban Chiang. Die Entdeckung einer alten Kultur. Die neolithischen und bronzezeitlichen Funde aus Thailand nach dem heutigen Stand. 88pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. [Wiesbaden (Privately Printed), n.d.].

2737

STRONG, JOHN S. The Legend of King Asoka. A study and translation of the Asokavadana. (Princeton Library of Asian Translations.) xii, 336pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1983.

2738

STUART-FOX, MARTIN. A History of Laos. xiii, (3), 253pp. 4 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1997.

2739

STUART-FOX, MARTIN & KOOYMAN, MARY. Historical Dictionary of Laos. (Asian Historical Dictionaries. 6.) xlix, (1), 258, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Metuchen, New Jersey/London (The Scarcrow Press), 1992.

2740

STUDIES OF OLD SIAMESE COINS. (Selected Articles from The Siam Society Journal. 10.) 148pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1961.

2741

STUTLEY, MARGARET. Ancient Indian Magic and Folklore. An introduction. xiii, (1), 190pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London/Henley (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1980.

2742

STUTLEY, MARGARET. The Illustrated Dictionary of Hindu Iconography. 175, (1)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. London/Boston (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1985.

2743

STUTLEY, MARGARET & STUTLEY, JAMES. A Dictionary of Hinduism. Its mythology, folklore and development, 1500 B.C.-A.D. 1500. xx, 372pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London/Henley (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1977.

2744

STUTTERHEIM, WILLEM. Rama-Legenden und Rama-Reliefs in Indonesien. (Der Indische Kulturkreis in Einzeldarstellungen.) 2 vols. xx, 333, (3)pp., 1 plate; (4)pp., 230 plates, (10)pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. München (Georg Müller), 1925.

2745

STUTTGART. INSTITUT FÜR AUSLANDSBEZIEHUNGEN. Tantra. Texts by Philip S. Rawson and Ajit Mookerjee. 118, (2)pp. 301 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart, n.d.

2746

STUTTGART. LINDEN-MUSEUM. Buddhismus: Kultbild und Kultgerät. July-Sept. 1973. Text by Klaus J. Brandt. 8, (1)ff. Wraps. Stuttgart, 1973.

2747

STUTTGART. LINDEN-MUSEUM. Java und Bali: Buddhas, Götter, Helden, Dämonen. June-Aug. 1980. Edited by M. Thomsen. 292pp. 299 illus. (24 color). Sq. 4to. Boards. Mainz (Verlag Philipp von Zabern), 1980.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

162

2748

STUTTGART. LINDEN-MUSEUM. Südasien-Abteilung. [By] Gerd Kreisel. 151pp. 163 illus. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart, 1987.

2749

STUTTGART. WÜRTTEMBERGISCHER KUNSTVEREIN. Indische Kunst. Jan-March 1966. (102)pp., 85 plates (8 color). Sq. 4to. Wraps. Stuttgart, 1966.

2750

SUBHADRADIS DISKUL, M.C. Art in Thailand. A brief history. Second edition, revised. (4), 32pp., 102 plates. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Krung Siam Press), 1971.

2751

SUBHAN, JOHN A. Sufism: Its Saints and Shrines. An introduction to the study of Sufism with special reference to India. viii, 412pp. Frontis. Stout 8vo. Orig. boards. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author. Lucknow (Lucknow Publishing House), [1938].

2752

SUBHANKARA. Sangita damodarah. Edited by Gaurinath Sastri and Govindagopal Mukhopadhyaya. (Calcutta Sanskrit College Research Series. 11./ Texts No. 8.) 45, (1), 136pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Calcutta (Sanskrit College), 1960.

2753

SUBRAHMANIAN, N. History of Tamilnad (to A.D. 1565). Third edition. (12), 467pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Madurai (Koodal Publishers), 1978.

2754

SUBRAHMANIAN, N.S. Encyclopaedia of the Upanisads. xii, (2), 564pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Sterling Publishers), 1985.

2755

SUDRAKA. Mrkkhakatika, d.i. Das irdene Wägelchen. Ein dem König Çûdraka zugeschriebenes Schauspiel. Übersetzt von Otto Böhtlingk. (2), iv, 213, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. St. Petersburg (Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften), 1877.

2756

SÜDOSTASIEN. 2 vols. 403pp.; 403pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Frankfurt (Arbeitsgemeinschaft der Buchhandlungen), 1971.

2757

SÜSS, JOACHIM. Zur Erleuchtung unterwegs. Neo-Sannyasin in Deutschland und ihre Religion. (Marburger Studien zur Afrika- und Asienkunde. Serie C: Religionsgeschichte. 2.) 321, (3)pp. Wraps. Berlin (Dietrich Reimer Verlag), 1994.

2758

SUGATHAPALA, T. (EDITOR). Girâ sandesáya. Edited with a commentary. Fourth edition. x, (2), 32, 127, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth; orig. wraps. bound in. Colombo (K.D. Perera & Son/ Vidyadarsa Press), 1933.

2759

SUGIYAMA, KOICHI. A Study of the Mundas: Village Life in India. Edited by Jiro Kawakita. (Hill Peoples Surrounding the Ganges Plain. II./ Synthetic Research of the Culture of Rice-Cultivating Peoples in Southeast Asian Countries III.) 2 vols. (16), 292, (56)pp. 199 illus. hors texte. 7 figs., 8 maps; 1 lrg. folding table, 2 lrg. folding maps, loose in portfolio, as issued. 4to. Cloth & boards. ` [Tokyo] (Tokai University Press), 1969.

2760

SUKANDA-TESSIER, VIVIANE. Le triomphe de Sri en pays soundanais. Étude ethno-philologique des techniques et rites agraires et des structures socio-culturelles. (Publications de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient. 101.) xii, 468pp. 69 illus. hors texte. 124 figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Paris (École Française d'Extrême-Orient), 1977.

2761

SUKTHANKAR, VISHNU SITARAM, ET AL. (EDITORS). The Mahabharata. For the first time critically edited by Vishnu S. Sukthankar [Vol. VII-XII: V.S. Sukthankar, S.K. Belvalkar; Vol. XIII ff.: Vishnu S. Sukthankar, S.K. Belvalkar, P.L. Vaidya]...and illustrated from ancient models by Shrimant Balasaheb Pant Pratinidhi. 19 parts in 22 volumes, as follows: I: The Adiparvan. Being the first book of the Mahabharata, the great epic of India. For the first time critically edited by Vishnu S. Sukthanka. 2 vols. II: The Sabhaparvan. Being the second book.... For the first time critically edited by Franklin Edgerton. III-IV: The Aranyakaparvan. Being the third book.... For the first time critically edited by Vishnu S. Sukthankar. 2 vols. V: The Virataparvan. Being the fourth book.... Critically edited by Raghu Vira. VI: The Udyogaparvan. Being the fifth book.... Critically edited by Sushil Kumar De. 2 vols. [VII]: The Bhishmaparvan. Being the sixth book.... For the first time critically edited by Shripad Krishna Belvalkar. 2 vols. [VIII-IX]: The Dronaparvan. Being the seventh book.... For the first time critically edited by Sushil Kumar De. 2 vols. X: The Karnaparvan. Being the eighth book.... For the first time critically edited by Parashuram Lakshman Vaidya. [XI]: The Salyaparvan. Being the ninth book.... For the first time critically edited by Ramchandra Narayan Dandekar. [XII]: The Sauptikaparvan. Being the tenth book.... For the first time critically edited by Hari Damodar Velankar. With: The Striparvan. Being the eleventh book.... For the first time critically edited by Vasudev Gopal Paranjpe. [XIII-XV]: The Santiparvan. For the first time critically edited by Sripad Krishna Belvalkar. [The twelfth book...]. 5 vols. [XVI-XVII]: The Anusasanaparvan. Being the thirteenth book.... For the first time critically edited by Ramachandra Narayan

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

163

Dandekar. 2 vols. [XVIII]: The Asvamedhikaparvan. Being the fourteenth book.... For the first time critically edited by Raghunath Damodar Karmarkar. XIX: The Asramavasikaparvan. Being the fifteenth book.... For the first time critically edited by Shripad Krishna Belvalkar. With: The Mausalaparvan. Being the sixteenth book.... And: The Mahaprasthanikaparvan. Being the seventeenth book.... And: The Svargarohanaparvan. Being the eighteenth book.... Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Poona (Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute), 1933-1966. 2762

SUKUL, KUBER NATH. Varanasi Down the Ages. (6), 328pp. 21 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Pajendra Nagar, Patna (Privately Printed), 1974.

2763

SUMOHADIWIDJOJO, MUHAMMAD SUBUH, RADEN MAS. Subud. Rendered from his original poem in High Javanese into Bahasa Indonesia...together with an English translation.... (Suslia Budhi Dharma: The Way of Submission to the Will of God.) 386pp. 4to. Cloth. Gjøvik (The Subud Brotherhood/ Mariendals Boktrykkeri), 1959.

2764

SUNDARA, A. The Early Chamber Tombs of South India. A study of the Iron Age megalithic monuments of North Karnataka. Preface: H.D. Sankalia. xviii, (2), 259, (3)pp., 31 plates, 21 figs. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (University Publishers), 1975.

2765

SURADASA. Surdas Krishnayana. 2 vols. [I:] Das Hohe Lied des Gottes Krishna. Eine Auswahl aus dem zehnten Buch des Sursagar. Herausgegeben und...übertragen von N.M. Sazanova; deutsche Textfassung...von Roland Beer. 173, (3)pp. Prof. illus. [II:] Kommentare. Russische und englische Textfassung. Text by N.M. Sazanova. 107, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase. Leipzig/Weimar (Gustav Kiepenheuer Verlag), 1978.

2766

SURAPALA. Das Wissen von der Lebensspanne der Bäume: Surapalas Vrksayurveda. Kritisch editiert, übersetzt und kommentiert von Rahul Peter Das. Mit einem Nachtrag von G. Jan Meulenbeld zu seinem Verzeichnis “Sanskrit Names of Plants and their Botanical Equivalents.” (Alt- und Neu-Indische Studien herausgegeben vom Seminar für Kultur und Geschichte Indiens an der Universität Hamburg. 34.) ix, (1), 589pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden/Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1988.

2767

SURVEY OF RESEARCH IN SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY, 1969-1979. A project sponsored by The Indian Council of Social Science Research. xl, 264pp.; xvi, 344pp.; xv, (1), 264, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Satvahan), 1985-1986.

2768

SUZUKI, DAISETZ TEITARO. Outlines of Mahayana Buddhism. Prefatory essay by Alan Watts. xxix, (3), 383pp. Wraps. New York (Schocken Books), 1963.

2769

SVEDJA-HIRSCH, LENKA. Die indischen devadasis im Wandel der Zeiten. “Ehefrauen” der Götter, Tempeltänzerinnen und Prostituierte. (Europäische Hochschulschriften. Reihe XIX: Volkskunde/Ethnologie. Abt. B: Ethnologie. 26.) xx, 169pp. 7 illus., 4 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bern/Berlin (Peter Lang), 1991 [i.e. 1992].

2770

SWAAN, WIM. Lost Cities of Asia. Ceylon, Pagan, Angkor. 175, (3)pp. 103 illus. 4to. Cloth. London (Elek), 1966.

2771

SWAHANANDA, SWAMI. The Chandogya Upanisad. Containing the original text with word-by-word meaning, running translation and copious notes. (Upanisad Series.) lviii, (4), 623pp. Wraps. D.j. Mylapore (Sri Ramakrishna Math), 1980.

2772

SWARUPANANDA, SWAMI. Shrimad-Bhagavad-Gita. With text, word-for-word translation, English rendering, comments and index. xiv, 434pp. Cloth. Calcutta (Advaita Ashrama), 1967.

2773

SWEENEY, AMIN. Malay Shadow Puppets. The Wayang Siam of Kelantan. 83pp. 36 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. London (The British Museum), 1972.

2774

SWETTENHAM, FRANK A. Vocabulary of the English and Malay Languages With Notes. 2 vols. I: English-Malay. Eighth edition. viii, (2), xxxii, 245pp. II: Malay-English. Seventh edition. xxii, 170pp. Cloth. Shanghai (Kelly & Walsh), 1909; 1908.

2775

SYAMCHAUDHURI, N.K. & DAS, M.M. The Lalung Society. A theme for analytical ethnography. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 31.) (6), iii, (1), 165pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India, Government of India), 1973.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

164

2776

THE SYSTEM OF CORRELATION OF MAN AND HIS ENVIRONMENT. The philosophy of the Burma Socialist Programme Party. (4), 77, (1)pp., 1 folding chart. Cloth. [Rangoon] (The Burma Socialist Programme Party, The Union of Burma), 1964.

2777

TACHIKAWA, MUSASHI. The Structure of the World in Udayana’s Realism. A study of the Laksanavali and the Kiranavali. (Studies of Classical India. 4.) xiv, 180pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Dordrecht (D. Reidel Publishing Company), 1981.

2778

TADDEI, MAURIZIO. Indien. (Archaeologia Mundi.) 262, (2)pp. 169 illus. (53 color). Sm. 4to. Buckram. Stuttgart (Nagel Verlag), 1970.

2779

TADDEI, MAURIZIO. Indien. Vorwort von Clement Greenberg. (Monumente grosser Kulturen.) 191pp. 112 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Ebeling Verlag), 1974.

2780

TADGELL, CHRISTOPHER. The History of Architecture in India. From the dawn of civilization to the end of the Raj. ix, (1), 336pp., 55 color plates. 350 illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Wraps. London (Phaidon), 1990.

2781

TAGARE, GANESH VASUDEO (TRANSLATOR). The Kurma-Purana. (Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 2021./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 2 vols. xlvi, (2), 632pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1981-1982.

2782

TAGARE, GANESH VASUDEO (TRANSLATOR). The Narada-Purana. (Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 1518./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 4 vols. xv, (1), 1746pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1980-1982.

2783

TAJ K’PAUZ HAI LE P’KLA. K’caj Yeisoo av taj hpiv taj maz dauv av taj sof taj sau av geij. (2), 222, (8)pp. Illus. Wraps. [Bangkok (Printed at the Assumption Press by Sangwan Surasarang, Publisher), 1972].

2784

TALIB, GURBACHAN SINGH & JODHA SINGHA. Sri Guru Grant Sahib in English Translation. Vols. I - II. I: Upto the End of Raga Gauri. II: Raga Asa to Raga Telang. xcix, (1), xv, (1), 1520pp. 4to. Silk over boards. Patiala (Publication Bureau, Punjabi University), 1984-1985.

2785

TAMBIAH, S.J. Buddhism and the Spirit Cults in North-East Thailand. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. [2].) xi, (1), 388pp., 4 plates. 5 figs. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (University Press), 1970.

2786

TAMBIAH, STANLEY JEYARAJA. Buddhism Betrayed? Religion, politics, and violence in Sri Lanka. xix, (1), 203pp., 6 plates. 4to. Wraps. Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1992.

2787

TAMBIAH, STANLEY JEYARAJA. The Buddhist Saints of the Forest and the Cult of Amulets. A study in charisma, hagiography, sectarianism, and millenial Buddhism. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 49.) xi, (1), 417pp. 16 illus. 4to. Wraps. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1984.

2788

TAMBIAH, S.J. World Conqueror and World Renouncer. A study of Buddhism and polity in Thailand against a historical background. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 15.) viii, 557pp. 4to. Wraps. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1977.

2789

TAMIL LEXICON. Published under the authority of the University of Madras. 6 vols. + Supplement. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Madras (University of Madras), 1982.

2790

TAMNAN PHRAKOT LAE HIP SOP BANDASAK, RABIAP KANSOP. Lae, Khamtuan kanpatibat ratchakan nai ratchasamnak. (2), 81pp., 21 plates. 4to. Boards. [Bangkok] (Samnak Phraratchawang), 1966.

2791

TAMNAN PHU’NMU’ANG CHIANG MAI. 4, 150pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Phranakhon (Khana Kammakan Chatphim ‘Ekkasan thang Prawattisat/ Ro. Pho. Samnak Thamniap Nayok Ratthamontri), 1971.

2792

TAPP, NICHOLAS. The Hmong of Thailand: Opium People of the Golden Triangle. (Anti-Slavery Society. Indigenous Peoples and Development Series. Report No. 4.) 72pp. 5 plates, 2 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. London/Cambridge (Anti-Slavery Society/ Cultural Survival Inc.), 1986.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

165

2793

TARLING, NICHOLAS (EDITOR). The Cambridge History of Southeast Asia. 2 vols. I: From Early Times to c. 1800. xv, (1), 655pp. II: The Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. (8), 706pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1992.

2794

TATE, D.J.M. The Making of Modern South-East Asia. 2 vols. I: The European Conquest. Revised edition. xii, 582pp. 68 maps, 12 illus., 16 tables. II: The Western Impact. Economic and social change. xiii, (1), 618pp. 37 maps, 6 tables. 4to. Cloth. Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1977-1979.

2795

TAVERNIER, ÉMILE. La famille annamite. (Publication de la Commission Luro.) 107pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Saigon (Éditions Ngyuên-Van-Cua), 1927.

2796

TAVERNIER, JEAN-BAPTISTE. Travels in India by Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Baron of Aubonne. Translated from the original French edition of 1676 with a biographical sketch of the author, notes, appendices, &c. by V. Ball. Second edition, edited by William Crooke. 2 vols. xc, (4), 335pp., 1 folding map; vi, (1), 399pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1977.

2797

TAYLOR, KEITH WELLER. The Birth of Vietnam: Sino-Vietnamese Relations to the Tenth Century and the Origins of Vietnamese Nationhood. xv, 439 ff. 8 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Ph.D. thesis, University of Michigan, 1976, in microfilm photocopy. Ann Arbor (University Microfilms International), 1982.

2798

TAYLOR, PAUL MICHAEL, ET AL. Beyond the Java Sea: Art of Indonesia’s Outer Islands. By Paul Michael Taylor and Lorraine V. Aragon with assistance from Annamarie L. Rice. 318pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition circulated by The National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. New York (Harry N. Abrams), 1990.

2799

TEEUW, A., ET AL. Siwaratrikalpa of Mpu Tanakun. An Old Javanese poem, its Indian source and Balinese illustrations. By A. Teeuw, S.O. Robson, Th.P. Galestin, P.J. Worsley, P.J. Zoetmulder. (Bibliotheca Indonesica. 3.) xi, (1), 338pp., 7 plates (6 lrg. folding; 1 color). 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1969.

2800

TEEUW, A. & SUPRIYANTO, I. Indonesisch-Nederlands woordenboek. Vierde, herziene en uitgebreide druk. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xviii, 871pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth. Leiden (KITLV Uitgeverij), 1996.

2801

TEJASANANDA, SWAMI. The Ramakrishna Movements: Its Ideal and Activities. Third edition. (4), 53pp., 6 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Belur Math, Howrah (The Ramakrishna Mission Saradapitha), 1964.

2802

TELJEUR, DIRK. The Symbolic System of the Giman of South Halmahera. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 142.) 215pp. 31 illus., 12 maps, 12 tables. 4to. Wraps. Dordrecht/Providence (Foris Publications), 1990.

2803

TEMPLE, G. A Glossary of Indian Terms Relating to Religion, Customs, Government, Land; And Other Terms and Words in Common Use. To which is added a glossary of terms used in district work in the N.W. Provinces and Oudh, and also of those applied to labourers. (6), 332pp. 4to. Wraps. London (Luzac & Co.), 1897.

2804

TEMPLE, RICHARD CARNAC. Mran` ma Mi rui” pha la dha le Nat Sa muin`”. Re” su Cha Rac`khyad` Tan`pay`l` Ci `Uin` `I” ; bhasa pran` su O” Thve” Han`; cu chon`” rha phve tan` pra su O” Bha Nnvan`’. vii, (1), 192pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Ran` Kun` (Ca pe Mit` chve Ca pe), 1981.

2805

TEMPLE, RICHARD CARNAC. Notes on Antiquities in Ramannadesa (the Talaing Country of Burma). (The Indian Antiquary. A Journal of Oriental Research. Vol. 22, Part I.) (40)pp., 19 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. (slightly torn). Bombay, 1893.

2806

TEMPLE, R.C. The Thirty-Seven Nats. A phase of spirit-worship prevailing in Burma. (4), vi, (2), 71, (1), v, (3), x pp., 23 color plates. 37 illus. hors texte. Numerous text figs. Folio. Cloth. Slipcase. Reprint, limited to 750 numbered copies, of the London 1906 edition London (Paul Strachan, Kiscadale Publications), 1991.

2807

TEMPLES OF NORTH INDIA. Revised edition. 44pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Delhi (The Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1959.

2808

TEMPLES OF SOUTH INDIA. 50, (2)pp., 40 plates. Numerous text illus. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

166

New Delhi (The Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1960. 2809

TENDELOO, H.J.E. Maleische grammatica. 2 vols. I: Klankleer, schrift, etymologie, syntaxis. xv, (1), 433pp. II: Aanteekeningen en toelichtingen. viii, (2), 370pp. Orig. wraps. (Vol. I disbound). Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1901.

2810

TERWIEL, B.J. Monks and Magic. An analysis of religious ceremonies in Central Thailand. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies. Monograph Series. No. 24.) viii, 296pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Lund (Studentlitteratur), 1975.

2811

TERWIEL, B.J. The Tai of Assam and Ancient Tai Ritual. General editor: Sachchidanand Sahai. 2 vols. I: Life-cycle Ceremonies. v, (1), 187pp. 5 illus., 3 maps, 9 tables. II: Sacrifices and Time-reckoning. vi, 191pp. 2 illus., 24 tables. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Gaya (Centre for South East Asian Studies), 1980-1981.

2812

TEXTOR, ROBERT B. Patterns of Worship. A formal analysis of the supernatural in a Thai village. (Hraflex Books: Descriptive Ethnography Series. A07-002.) 4 vols. 8vo. & oblong 4to. Plastic covers. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files), 1973.

2813

TEXTOR, ROBERT B. Roster of the Gods. An ethnography of the supernatural in a Thai village. (Hraflex Books: Descriptive Ethnography Series. A07-001.) 6 vols. Plastic covers. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files), 1973.

2814

THAKUR, JANARDAN. All the Janata Men. vi, (2), 175pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1978.

2815

THAKUR, JANARDAN. All the Prime Minister’s Men. ix, (3), 182pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1977.

2816

THAKUR, UPENDRA. Madhubani Painting. xii, (4), 158pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), n.d.

2817

THAN, SAM. Vakyaparivattan Khmaer-Paran. / Lexique khmèr-français. (2), 655, (1), 4pp. Cloth. Bhnam Beñ (Ronbumb Sam Sapannasa), 1962.

2818

THAN TUN. Essays on the History and Buddhism of Burma. Edited by Paul Strachan. (2), 185pp. Wraps. Whiting Bay, Isle of Arran (Kiscadale Publications), [1988].

2819

THAN TUN. History of Buddhism in Burma, A.D. 1000-1300. (Mran` ma nuin` nam Sutesana `A san`” Gyanay`/The Journal of the Burma Research Society. Separatum, Vol. 61, parts I-II.) v, (1), 263, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. Ran` kun` (Mran` ma Nuin` nam Sutesana A san`”), 1978.

2820

THANKAPPAN NAIR, P. Tribes of Arunachal Pradesh. (6), 324pp., 31 plates. 4to. Cloth. Guwahati (Spectrum Publications), 1985.

2821

THAPAR, B.K. Recent Archaeological Discoveries in India. xiii, (1), 159, (1)pp. 25 color illus. hors texte. 89 text illus. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo/Paris (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies/ Unesco), 1985.

2822

THERAPHAN L. THONGKUM & SI PHUNGPA. Photchananukrom Bru-Thai-`Angkrit. / A Bruu-Thai-English Dictionary. (18), xiii, (3), 614pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Krung Thep (Khrongkan Wichai Phasa Thai læ Phasa Phu’nmu’ang Thin Tang Tang, Phak Wicha Phasasat, Khana `Aksonsat, Chulalongkon Mahawitthayalai), 1980.

2823

THIBAUT, G. Astronomie, Astrologie und Mathematik. (Grundriss der Indo-Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. II. Band, 9. Heft.) 80, (2)pp. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth. Bound with: Rapson, E.J. Sources of Indian History: Coins. (Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research. Vol. II, Part 3, B.) 56pp., 5 plates. Strassburt (K.J. Trübner), 1897. Strassburg (K.J. Trübner), 1899.

2824

THIEN ÂN, THÍCH. Buddhism and Zen in Vietnam in Relation to the Development of Buddhism in Asia. Edited, annotated, and developed by Carol Smith. 301, (1)pp., 13 plates. Cloth. Los Angeles/Rutland, Vermont (College of Oriental Studies, Graduate School/ Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1975.

2825

THIOUNN, CHAUFEA VEANG, SAMDACH. Danses cambodgiennes, d’après la version originale du Samdach Chaufea Thiounn. Revue et augmentée de Jeanne Cuisinier; illustrations de Sappho Marchal; préface par P. Pasquier. Troisième édition. 95, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

167

[Phnom Penh?] (Institut Bouddhique), [1968]. 2826

THIPAKONWONGMAHAKOSATHIBODI (KHAM), CHAOPHRAYA. The Dynastic Chronicles: Bangkok Era, the Fourth Reign, B.E. 2394-2411 (A.D. 1851-1868). By Câwphrajaa Thíphaakrawon. Translated by Chadin (Kanjanavanit) Flood with the assistance of E. Thadeus Flood./ Phraratchaphongsawadan Krung Rattanakosin. Ratchakan thi 4, Pho. So. 2394-2411. Vols. I - III. xvi, xix, 559pp.; iii, (3), 222pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1965-1967.

2827

THOMANN, TH.H. Pagan. Ein Jahrtausend buddhistischer Tempelkunst. 186, (2)pp., 108 plates (10 tipped-in color), 1 folding map. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Stuttgart/Heilbronn (Verlag Walter Seifert), 1923.

2828

THOMAS, DAVID D. Chrau Grammar. (Oceanic Linguistics. Special Publication No. 7.) x, 258pp. 2 maps, 1 fig. 4to. Wraps. Honolulu (University of Hawaii Press), 1971.

2829

THOMAS, EDWARD J. The History of Buddhist Thought. xv, (1), 316pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth. New York (Barnes & Noble), 1967.

2830

THOMAS, EDWARD J. The Life of Buddha as Legend and History. Third edition, revised. xxiv, 297, (5)pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth. London (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1949.

2831

THOMAS, MARTIN, ET AL. Bucher’s Bangkok. Fotos: Martin Thomas. Text: Sangsri Wigayatipat und Xaver Götzfried. 55pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. München/Luzern (C.J. Bucher), [1989].

2832

THOMAS, NAVAKATESH J. Die Syrisch-Orthodoxe Kirche der Südindischen Thomas-Christen. Geschichte Kirchenverfassung - Lehre. (Das östlichen Christentum. Abhandlungen, im Auftrag des Ostkirchlichen Instituts der deutschen Augustiner. N.S. 19.) 239, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps. Würzburg (Augustinus-Verlag), 1967.

2833

THOMAS, P. Epics, Myths and Legends of India. A comprehensive survey of the sacred lore of the Hindus, Buddhists and Jains. vi, 212pp., 100 plates with 286 illus. Frontis. in color. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1961.

2834

THOMAS, P. Festivals and Holidays of India. xii, 115pp., 25 plates. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1971.

2835

THOMAS, P. Hindu Religion, Customs and Manners. Describing the customs and manners, religious, social and domestic life, arts and sciences of the Hindus. Fourth revised Indian edition. xiii, (1), 139, (1)pp., 116 plates with 261 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. ), 1960.

2836

THOMAS, P. Incredible India. x, 181pp., 59 plates with 142 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1966.

2837

THOMAS, P. Kama Kalpa or the Hindu Ritual of Love. A survey of the customs, festivals, rituals and beliefs concerning marriage, morals, women, the art and science of love and sex symbolism in religion in India from remote antiquity to the present day.... xvi, 151pp. 225 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1960.

2838

THOMPSON, LAURENCE C. A Vietnamese Grammar. xxi, (1), 386pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Seattle (University of Washington Press), 1965.

2839

THONGKUM, THERAPHAN L. Nyah Kur (Chao Bon)-Thai-English Dictionary. (Monic Language Studies. 2.) xii, 522pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Chulalongkorn University Printing House), 1984.

2840

THONGYOI SÆNGSINCHAI. A Village Ordination: Banphachapawat khamklon. Phra Maha Thongyoi Worakawintho tæng; [translated by] Thomas Silcock. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies. Monograph Series. 25.) xxiii, (1), 93, 93pp., 21 plates. 4to. Wraps. Lund (Studentlitteratur), 1976.

2841

THÜRK, HARRY, ET AL. Stärker als die reissenden Flüsse. Vietnam in Geschichte und Gegenwart. [By] Harry Thürk, Erwin Borchers, Wilfried Lulei, Horst Szeponik, Diethelm Weidemann. 349, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. [Berlin] (Deutscher Militärverlag), [1970].

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

168

2842

THUMB, ALBERT. Handbuch des Sanskrit mit Texten und Glossar. Eine Einführung in das sprachwissenschaftliche Studium des Altindischen. (Indogermanische Bibliothek. 1. Abteilung: Sammlung Indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher. I. Reihe: Grammatiken. 1. Band, Teil I.) Vols. I - II. I. Teil: Grammatik. xviii, 505, (3)pp. II. Teil: Texte und Glossar. (2), 133, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Heidelberg (Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1905.

2843

THURGOOD, GRAHAM. From Ancient Cham to Modern Dialects: Two Thousand Years of Language Contact and Change. With an appendix of Chamic reconstructions and loanwords. (Oceanic Linguistics. Special Publication No. 28.) xvii, (3), 307, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. Honolulu (University of Hawai‘i Press), 1999.

2844

THURSTON, EDGAR. Ethnographic Notes in Southern India. viii, 580pp., 40 plates. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth (worn). Madras (Superintendent, Government Press), 1906.

2845

THVAN`” RVHE KHUIN`. Ra khuin` rhe” hon`” mrui’ to` mya”. iv, (2), 207, (3)pp., 10 plates. text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Ran` kun` Mrui’ (Siddhi Mruin` Pum nhip` tuik`), 1985.

2846

TIFFEN, NICOLE. Der Dschainismus in Indien. Reiseeindrücke und Photographien. Einleitung: Colette Caillat. 116, (4)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Genf (Weber), 1987.

2847

TILAKASIRI, J. The Puppet Theatre of Asia. xii, 166pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. [Colombo (Department of Cultural Affairs/ Department of Government Printing), 1968].

2848

TILAKASIRI, J. Puppetry in Sri Lanka. (The Culture of Sri Lanka. 4.) 29, (3)pp., 18 plates (5 color). 12mo. Wraps. [Colombo] (Department of Cultural Affairs/ Government Press), 1976.

2849

TILLAKARATNE, MINIWAN P. Manners, Customs and Ceremonies of Sri Lanka. (Studies on Sri Lanka Series. 4.) (8), 200pp., 31 plates (8 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Sri Satguru Publications), 1986.

2850

TILLOTSON, G.H.R. The Rajput Palaces: The Development of an Architectural Style, 1450-1750. vii, (1), 224pp. 245 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1987.

2851

TINKER, HUGH. The Union of Burma. A study of the first years of independence. Second edition. xiv, 424pp., 1 folding map. 2 maps in text. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1959.

2852

TIRUVALLUVAR. Tirukkural. With English translation and commentary and an introduction by A. Chakravarti. 2 parts. lxix, (1), 627pp. Lrg. oblong 4to. Wraps. Photocopy. Madras (Diocesan Press), 1953.

2853

TIRUVALLUVAR. Tirukkural of Tiruvalluvar: (In Roman Transliteration) With English Translation. By V.R. Ramachandra Dikshitar; with a foreword by A. Ramaswami Mudaliar. (The Adyar Library Series. 67.) xvii, (1), 271, (1), 7pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth., [Madras] (The Adyar Library), 1949.

2854

TISDALL, WILLIAM ST. CLAIR. A Conversation-Grammar of the Hindustani Language. Second edition. (Method Gaspey-Otto-Sauer.) viii, 371pp. Boards (spine taped). Heidelberg (Julius Groos), 1937.

2855

TISDALL, WILLIAM ST. CLAIR. A Simplified Grammar of the Gujarati Language. Together with a short reading book and vocabulary. 189pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1892. New York (Frederick Ungar Publishing Co.), 1961.

2856

TIWARI, BHOLANATH & DVIJENDRA NATHA. Angrezi-Hindi muhavara lokokti kosa. / A Dictionary of English-Hindi Idioms, Provers & Proverbial Sayings. viii, 591pp. 4to. Cloth. Dilli (Prabhat Prakashan), 1988.

2857

TIYAVANICH, KAMALA. Forest Recollections. Wandering monks in twentieth-century Thailand. xxi, (1), 410pp. 8 figs. 4to. Wraps. Honolulu (University of Hawai‘i Press), 1997.

2858

TO’ CIN’ KHUI. A Preliminary Study of the Kalyani Inscriptions of Dhammacheti, 1476 A.D. By Taw Sein-ko. (Reprinted from the Indian Antiquary.) 60pp., 6 plates, 3 plans. Lrg. 4to. New boards; orig. front-cover mounted.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

169

Bombay (Education Society), 1893. 2859

TOD, JAMES. Annals and Antiquities of Rajast’han, or, The Central and Western Rajpoot States of India. With a preface by Douglas Sladen. 2 vols. xxx, 631pp., 1 folding map; xxxii, 637pp., 1 folding chart. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the 1914 edition. New Delhi (M.N. Publishers), 1983.

2860

TOFFIN, GÉRARD (EDITOR). Man and His House in the Himalayas: Ecology of Nepal. 243pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Sterling Publishers), 1991.

2861

TOKYO. MATSUZAKAYA. Tai kodai bijutsu ten. / Exhibition of the Arts of Thailand. May-June 1962. (24)pp., 40 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo, 1962.

2862

TOKYO. THE TOYO BUNKO. A Bibliography of Books on Southeast Asia in the Toyo Bunko (Tokyo). 336 ff. Sm. folio. Cloth. Mimeographed. N.p., n.d.

2863

TONAN AJIA NO KAOKU. / Traditional Houses of Southeast Asia. (Ritoru warudo kenkyu hokoku/Little World Studies. 6.) xxx, 113pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. English-language summaries. Nagoya (Ningen Hakubutsukan Ritoru Warudo), 1982.

2864

TOORN, J.L. VAN DER. Minangkabausche spraakkunst. (Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië, ‘s-Gravenhage.) xxiv, 227pp. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1899.

2865

TOPSFIELD, ANDREW. The City Palace Museum, Udaipur: Paintings of Mewar Court Life. Photographs by Pankaj Shah. 170pp. 73 color plates, 32 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Ahmedabad (Mapin Publishing), 1990.

2866

TRAGER, FRANK N. Burma: A Selected and Annotated Bibliography. With the assistance of Janelle Wang, Dorothea Schoenfeldt, Ann Riotto, Mary Parker, Aung San Suu Kyi; and Robert Bordonaro and Frank Simonie. (Behavior Science Bibliographies.) xii, 356pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Haven (Human Relations Area Files Press), 1973.

2867

TRAGER, FRANK N. & KOENIG, WILLIAM J. Burmese Sit-tàns (1764-1826): Records of Rural Life and Administration. With the assistance of Yi Yi. (The Association for Asian Studies: Monograph No. 36.) xvii, (3), 440pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Tucson (The University of Arizona Press), 1979.

2868

TRAN, KY PHU’O’NG. My So’n trong lich su’ nghe thuat Cham. 96pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Orig. wraps. Ðà Nang (Nhà xuat ban Ðà Nang), 1988.

2869

TRAN, ÐU’O’NG (EDITOR). Die Xanu-Wälder: Geschichten aus Vietnam. 158, (2)pp. Cloth. Berlin (Verlag Neues Leben), 1976.

2870

TRANH, TU’O’NG DÂN GIAN VIET NAM. 95, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Wraps. D.j. Hà Noi (My Thuât), 1962.

2871

TRAUTMANN, THOMAS R. Dravidian Kinship. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 36.) xv, (3), 472pp. Figs. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1981.

2872

TRENCKNER, V. (EDITOR). The Milindapañho: Being Dialogues Between King Milinda and the Buddhist Sage Nagasena. The Pali text, edited. To which has now been appended a general index by C.J. Rylands, and an index of gathas by Rhys Davids. (Pali Text Society.) xi, (1), 466pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1880 edition. London (Luzac & Company), 1962.

2873

TRIER, JESPER. Ancient Paper of Nepal. Results of ethno-technological field work on its manufacture, uses and historywith technical analyses of bast, paper and manuscripts. (Jutland Archaeological Society Publications. 10.) 271pp. 239 illus. 5 tipped-in samples (2 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Copenhagen (Gyldendal), 1972.

2874

TRINH VÂN THANH. Thanh-ngu’ diên-tích danh-nhân tù-diên. 2 vols. 1474, (8)pp. 4to. Wraps. [Sai Gon] (Tác Gia Giu Ban Quyèn), 1966.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

170

2875

TRIPATHI, B.D. Sadhus of India. The sociological view. Foreword by G.S. Ghurye. xv, (3), 258pp., 4 plates, 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Popular Prakashan), 1978.

2876

TRITTEL, WALTER. Einführung in das Siamesische. (Lehrbücher des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin. 34.) viii, 112, (4)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Berlin/Leipzig (Walter de Gruyter & Co.), 1930.

2877

TRIVEDI, HARAGOVINDA PREMASANKARA. Kathiyavadani juni vartao. Yane, Kathiyavadanum kanthastha sahitya (Pharbasa Gujarati Sabha granthamala. Nam 6.) Vol. I. 274pp. Cloth. Vol. 2 was published in 1928. Mahuva (Trivedi), 1922.

2878

TRIVIKRAMA NARAYANAN, PADMA. Mahabalipuram. With a foreword by Shri Sri Prakasa. ii, (4), iv, 59, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 8vo. Wraps. Madras (Privately Printed), 1957.

2879

TROISI, J. The Santals. A classified and annotated bibliography. (2), 234pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Manohar), 1976.

2880

TROISI, JOSEPH. Tribal Religion: Religious Beliefs and Practices Among the Santal. xi, (5), 294pp., 8 plates. 4 maps. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Manohar Publications), 1979.

2881

TROLL, CHRISTIAN W. (EDITOR). Muslim Shrines in India: Their Character, History and Significance. (Islam in India: Studies and Commentaries. 4.) xvi, 327pp., 12 plates. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1989.

2882

TRUMPP, ERNEST (TRANSLATOR). The Adi Granth, or The Holy Scriptures of the Sikhs. Translated from the original Gurmukhi with introductory essays. xi, (1), cxxxviii, 715, (1)pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1877. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1970.

2883

TRUONG, QUANG TIEN. Die marxistische Theorie in der Entwicklung der vietnamesischen Geschichte. (4), 225, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Frankfurt (Haag + Herchen), 1979.

2884

TU, ERH-WEI. Totenbräuche in Tonkin und Annam und deren Beziehung zu China. Dissertation...Universität Freiburg in der Schweiz. ix, (1), 171pp., 3 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Zürich (Juris-Verlag), 1953.

2885

TUCCI, GIUSEPPE. Nepal. The discovery of the Malla. 96pp. 60 illus. hors texte. Cloth. New York (E.P. Dutton & Co.), 1962.

2886

TUCCI, GIUSEPPE. Rati-lila. Studie über die erotischen Darstellungen in der nepalesischen Kunst. 173, (1)pp. Prof. illus. (numerous color). Sm. folio. Cloth. Geneva (Nagel), 1969.

2887

TÜRSTIG, HANS-GEORG. Jyotisa. Das System der indischen Astrologie. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, SüdasienInstitut, Universität Heidelberg. 57.) xviii, 343, (9)pp. 4 maps, 2 illus. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1980.

2888

TULASIDASA. Sriramacaritamanasa; sacitra, satika, mota taipa. Tikakara: Hanumanaprasada Poddara. Navama bara. 14, 1069pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Gorakhapura (Gitapresa), 1957.

2889

TUN NYEIN, U. The Student’s English-Burmese Dictionary. With supplement by U Tun Aung Gyaw and also supplement of economic usage. Seventh edition./ An`alip`-Mran` ma abhidhan`. (8), 991, (5), 130, (4), 74pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Rangoon (ABMSU Central Concos), 1957.

2890

TURLACH, MANFRED. Kerala. Politisch-soziale Struktur und Entwicklung eines indischen Bundeslandes. (Schriften des Instituts für Asienkunde in Hamburg. 26.) 386pp., 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1970.

2891

TURNER, RALPH LILLEY. A Comparative and Etymological Dictionary of the Nepali Language. With indexes of all words quoted from other Indo-Aryan languages, compiled by Dorothy Rivers Turner. xxiii, (1), 932pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. London (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1965.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

171

2892

TURNER, R.L. A Comparative Dictionary of the Indo-Aryan Languages. 11 fascicles. xx, 841pp. With: Indexes. Compiled by Dorothy Rivers Turner. ix, (1), 357pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. & cloth. London (Oxford University Press), 1962-1966; 1969.

2893

TURTON, ANDREW (EDITOR). Civility and Savagery: Social Identity in Tai States. xxii, 376pp. 23 plates. 4to. Cloth. Richmond, Surrey (Curzon), 2000.

2894

TUUK, H.N. VAN DER. Bataksch leesboek, bevattende stukken in het Tobasch, Mandailingsch en Dairisch. Vols. I III. Eerste stuk: Stukken in het Tobasch. (2), 326pp. Tweede stuk: Stukken in het Mandailingsch. (2), 295pp. Derde stuk: Stukken in het Dairisch. (2), 287pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. Amsterdam (Frederik Muller), 1860 - 1861 [front-cover: 1862].

2895

TUUK, H.N. VAN DER. Bataksch-Nederduitsch woordenboek. viii, 549, (3)pp. 4to. New cloth. Amsterdam (Frederik Muller), 1861.

2896

TUUK, H.N. VAN DER. A Grammar of Toba Batak. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 13.) li, (3), 405pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1971.

2897

TUUK, HERMANUS NEUBRONNER VAN DER. Les manuscrits Lampongs, en possession de M. le baron Sloet van de Beele (ancien gouverneur-general des Indes Néerlandaises). Publiés par H.N. van der Tuuk. xvi, 142pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Leide (T. Hooiberg et Fils), 1868.

2898

TWEEDIE, M.W.F. Prehistoric Malaya. (Background to Malaya Books.) 42, x pp., 12 plates. 23 figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Singapore (Donald Moore), 1957.

2899

THE TWELVE PRINCIPAL UPANISADS. Text in Devanagari; and translation with notes in English from the Commentaries of Sankaracarya and the Gloss of Anandagiri. By E. Röer. [Vol. III: Chandogya and Kausitaki-brahmana Upanisads. By Raja Rajendralal Mitra and E.B. Cowell]. 3 vols. x, 312pp.; 452pp.; x, (2), 339pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Reprint of the Madras 19311932 edition. Delhi (Nag Publishers), 1978-1979.

2900

UBEROI, MOHAN SINGH. Gorakhnath and Mediaeval Hindu Mysticism. Including text and translation of Machhendra, Gorakh Goshti, Padas and Shlokas of Gorakh, Shlokas of Charpatnath. With forewords by Francis Younghusband and Betty Heimann. xxii, 16, 94, 40pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Photocopy. Lahore (M. Singh), 1937.

2901

UDOM WAROTAMASIKKHADIT. Thai Syntax: An Outline. (Janua Linguarum. Studia memoriae Nicolai van Wijk dedicata. Series practica. 68.) 80pp. 4to. Wraps. D.j. The Hague/Paris (Mouton), 1972.

2902

UHLE, MAX (TRANSLATOR). Vetala-pantschavinsati. Die fünfundzwanzig Erzählungen eines Dämons. (Meisterwerke orientalischer Literaturen. 9.) xxxi, (1), 231, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Translation based chiefly on the Sanskrit text edited by Uhle (Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1881) from Sivadasas version. München (Georg Müller), 1924.

2903

UHLIG, HELMUT. Auf den Spuren Buddhas. Reise durch Ceylon, Birma, Thailand, Laos, Kambodscha, Vietnam. (Die Welt des Buddhismus in ihrer Auseinandersetzung mit dem Materialismus in Südostasien.) 327pp., 8 color plates. 64 illus. hors texte. 9 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Klagenfurt (Verlag Buch und Welt), 1977.

2904

UHLIG, HELMUT. Tantrische Kunst des Buddhismus. Unter Mitarbeit von Heidi und Ulrich von Schroeder. 316, (2)pp. 170 illus. 4to. Cloth. Frankfurt/Wien (Safari bei Ullstein), 1981.

2905

UNBESCHEID, GÜNTER. Kanphata. Untersuchungen zu Kult, Mythologie und Geschichte sivaitischer Tantriker in Nepal. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 63.) xxxiii, (1), 197, (3)pp., 16 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1980.

2906

UNGER, ANN HELEN & UNGER, WALTER. Hue. Die Kaiserstadt von Vietnam. 179, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. München (Hirmer), [1995].

2907

UNGER, ANN HELEN & UNGER, WALTER. Laos. Land zwischen gestern und morgen. 191pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. München (Hirmer), [1999].

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

172

2908

UPADHYAYA, BHAGWAT SARAN. India in Kalidasa. xvi, 385pp. 4to. Cloth. Allahabad (Kitabistan), 1947.

2909

UPHAM, EDWARD (EDITOR). The Mahávansi, the Rájá-ratnácari, and the Rájá-vali, Forming the Sacred and Historical Books of Ceylon; Also, a Collection of Tracts Illustrative of the Doctrines and Literature of Buddhism. 3 vols. x, xxxviii, 358pp.; 325pp.; x, 369pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. London (Parbury, Allen, and Co.), 1833.

2910

VACANANUKRAM KHMER. / Dictionnaire cambodgien. Cinquième édition. 2 vols. 4to. Cloth. [Phnom-Penh] (Édition de l’Institut Bouddhique), 1967-1968.

2911

VAGBHATA, SON OF SOMA. The Neminirvana of Vagbhata. Edited by Pandit S’ivadatta and Kas’inath Pandurang Parab. Second edition. (Kâvyamâlâ. 56.) (2), 99, (1), 19pp. Wraps. Bombay (Pândurang Jâwajî/ “Nirnaya-Sagar” Press), 1936.

2912

VAIDYA, KARUNA KAR (EDITOR). Folk Tales of Nepal: First Series. x, (2), 132pp. Illus. 12mo. Wraps. Kathmandu (Ratna Pistak Bhandar), 1976.

2913

VAIDYANATHADIKSITA. Jataka parijatah: Vaidyanatha Dikshita’s Jatakaparijata. With an English translation and copious explanatory notes and examples by V. Subrahmanya Sastri. Revised & enlarged. 2 vols. lxvi, 1080, 216pp. 4to. Cloth. Bangalore City (V.B. Soobiah and Sons), 1932-1933.

2914

VAIDYANATHAN, K.R. Sri Krishna, the Lord of Guruvayur. (Bhavan’s Book University. 195.) xxv, 175pp., 26 plates, 1 map. Boards. Bombay (Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan), 1977.

2915

VALK, J.W. VAN DER. Beknopte handleiding om de Javaansche taal te leeren spreken. Fourth edition. viii, 411, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1928.

2916

VALMIKI. Râmâyana: Das Lied vom Koenig Râma. Ein altindisches Heldengedicht des Vâlmîki in sieben Buechern. Zum Erstenmal ins Deutsche uebertragen, eingeleitet und angemerkt von J. Menrad. Erster Band [all published]: Erstes Buch (Buch der Jugend). lii, 302, (6)pp. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. München (Theodor Ackermann), 1897.

2917

VALMIKI. The Ramayana of Valmiki. Translated by Hari Prasad Shastri. 3 vols. I: Bala Kanda. Atodhya Kanda. xviii, 430pp. II: Aranya Kanda. Kishkindha Kanda. Sundara Kanda. xii, 543pp. III: Yuddha Kanda. Uttara Kanda. xii, 708pp. 4to. Cloth. London (Shanti Sadan), 1952-1959.

2918

VALMIKI. Srimadvalmikiya Ramayana: Sacitra, Hindibhasantarasahita. Fifth edition. 2 vols. 16, 1680pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Gorakhapura (Gitapresa), n.d.

2919

VAMANA & JAYADITYA. La Kasika-vrtti (adhyaya I, pada 1). Traduit et commentée par Yutaka Ojihara et Louis Renou. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 48.) 3 vols. bound in 1. vi, (2), 124pp.; 133pp.; 187pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Commentary by Jayaditya and Vamana on the Ashtádhyáyi of Panini. Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1960.

2920

VAMANABHATTA. The S’ringârabhûshana of Vâmana-Bhatta-Bâna. Edited by Pandit S’ivadatta and Wâsudev Laxman Shâstrî Pans’îkar. Third edition. (Kâvyamâlâ. 58.) (2), 19pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bombay (Pândurang Jâwajî), 1927.

2921

VAN BEEK, STEVE & INVERNIZZI TETTONI, LUCA. An Introduction to the Arts of Thailand. 220pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Hong Kong (Travel Publishing Asia Limited), 1985.

2922

VAN KYI, U. English-Chin (Lai) Dictionary. (2), 160pp. 12mo. Orig. printed wraps. [Falam, Chin Hills (U Kap Dum: At the Pawlipi Printing Press)], 1959.

2923

VAN TÂN. Tù diên Trung Viêt./ Zhong yue ci dian. 1418pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. [Hà-nôi] (Nhà Xuat Bán Su Thât), 1956.

2924

VANAJA, R. Indian Coinage. (2), 115pp., 8 color plates. 197 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (National Museum), 1983.

2925

VANDYOPADHYAYA, HARICARANA. Bangiya sabdakosa. 2 vols. 30, (2), 2431, (3)pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

173

Niu Dilli (Sahitya Akademi), 1978. 2926

VARADAPANDE, M.L. Krishna Theatre in India. 145pp., 15 color plates. 98 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1982.

2927

VARAHAMIHIRA. Das grosse Buch der Nativitätslehre (Brihat Jataka) des Varaha Mihira. Nach der englischen Übersetzung von C. Chidambaram Iyer ins Deutsche übersetzt und bearbeitet von Wilhelm Wulff. 199, (3)pp., 3 plates, 3 diagrams. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Hamburg (Ataïr-Verlag), 1925.

2928

VARAHAMIHIRA. The Pañcasiddhantika of Varahamihira. [By] O. Neugebauer and D. Pingree. (Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Historisk-Filosofiske Skrifter. Vol. 6#1.) 2 vols. 206pp.; 154pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Copenhagen (Munksgaard), 1970-1971.

2929

VASANTHA MADHAVA, K.G. Religions in Coastal Karnataka, 1500-1763. xv, (1), 206pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Inter-India Publications), 1985.

2930

VASUBANDHU. L’Abhidharmakosa de Vasubandhu. Traduction et annotations. [Par] Louis de la Vallée Poussin. Nouvelle édition anastatique présentée par Étienne Lamotte. (Mélanges Chinois et Bouddhiques. 16.) 6 vols. 4to. Wraps. Bruxelles (Institut Belge des Hautes Études Chinoises), 1971.

2931

VASUBANDHU. Three Works of Vasubandhu in Sanskrit Manuscript. The Trisvabhavanirdesa, the Vimsatika with its Vrtti, and the Trimsika with Sthiramati’s Commentary. Edited by Katsumi Mimaki, Musashi Tachikawa and Akira Yuyama. (Bibliotheca Codicum Asiaticorum. 1.) xviii, (2)pp., 159 plates. Lrg. oblong 4to. Wraps. D.j. Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1989.

2932

VATSYAYAN, SACHCHIDANANDA. Islands in the Stream: A Novel. [By] ‘Ajneya’ (Sachchidananda Vatsyayan). 355pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1980.

2933

VATUK, SYLVIA (EDITOR). American Studies in the Anthropology of India. xix, (3), 517pp. 4to. Wraps. New Delhi (Manohar), 1978.

2934

VAUGHAN, J.D. The Manners and Customs of the Chinese of the Straits Settlements. With an introduction by Wilfred Blythe. (Oxford in Asia: Historical Reprints.) vii, (3), 126pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1879. Kuala Lumpur/Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1971.

2935

VEDEHA THERA. Die zweite Dekade der Rasavahini. Von Magdalene und Wilhelm Geiger. (Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Philosophisch-philologische und historische Klasse. Jahrgang 1918. 5. Abhandlung.) 74pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth. München (Verlag der Königlich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften), 1918.

2936

VEEN, KLAAS W. VAN DER. I give thee my daughter. A study of marriage and hierarchy among the Anavil Brahmans of South Gujarat. (Studies of Developing Countries. 13.) (6), 297pp. 11 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Assen (Van Gorcum & Comp.), 1972.

2937

VELDER, CHRISTIAN. Der Kampf der Götter und Dämonen. Aus dem thailändischen Ramakien übertragen und mit einem Nachwort versehen. 321pp., 1 map, 3 tables. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Schweinfurt (Verlag Neues Forum), 1962.

2938

VELDER, CHRISTIAN. Märchen aus Thailand. (Die Märchen der Weltliteratur.) 295pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Düsseldorf/Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1968.

2939

VELLIS, NINON & HAAB, ARMIN. Bhutan-Fürstenstaat am Götterthron. Zweite erweiterte und neubearbeitete Auflage. 173, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Gütersloh (Bertelsmann), 1969.

2940

VENKATARAM SHARMA, V. Critical Studies on Katyayana's Suklayajurvedapratisakhya. (4), 461pp. 4to. Cloth. Some wormholing. Madras (University of Madras), 1935.

2941

VÉQUAUD, YVES. Die Kunst von Mithila. Bildreportage: Edouard Boubat. 124, (4)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Genf (Weber), [1977].

2942

VERGHESE, PAUL (EDITOR). Die syrischen Kirchen in Indien. (Die Kirchen der Welt. 13.) 222, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Evangelisches Verlagswerk), 1974.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

174

2943

VERGOUWEN, J.C. The Social Organisation and Customary Law of the Toba-Batak of Northern Sumatra. Preface by J. Keuning. (Koninklijk Instituut foor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 7.) xv, (1), 461pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1964.

2944

VERMA, M.K. & SHARMA, T.N. Intermediate Nepali. 2 vols. I: Structure. viii, (4), 227pp. II: Reader. x, (2), 186pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Manohar), 1979.

2945

VERMA, R.I. Leather Footwear Industry in Uttar Pradesh, With Special Study at Kanpur. (Census of India 1961. Vol. XV: Uttar Pradesh. Part VII A. Handicrafts Survey Monograph No. 2.) (4), iii, (5), 31pp., 31 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. [Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1964].

2946

VERMA, SOM PRAKASH. Art and Material Culture in the Paintings of Akbar’s Court. (Centre of Advanced Study, Department of History, Aligarh Muslim University.) xxxviii, (2), 150pp., 78 plates. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1978.

2947

VETTAMMANI. Puranic Encyclopaedia. A comprehensive dictionary with special reference to the epic and Puranic literature. [By] Vettam Mani. viii, 922pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1979.

2948

VICKERS, ADRIAN. Bali: Ein Paradies wird erfunden. Geschichte einer kulturellen Begegnung. 407pp. 30 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Wraps. [Köln] (Verlag Bruckner & Thünker), [1994].

2949

VIDYAKARA. An Anthology of Sanskrit Court Poetry: Vidyakara’s “Subhasitaratnakosa.” Translated by Daniel H.H. Ingalls. (The Harvard Oriental Series. 44./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) x (2), 611pp. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1965.

2950

VIDYARTHI, L.P. Rise of Anthropology in India: A Social Science Orientation. 2 vols. I: The Tribal Dimensions. vii, (1), 476pp. II: The Rural, Urban and Other Dimensions. vii, (1), 384pp. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Concept Publishing Company), 1978.

2951

VIDYARTHI, L.P. The Sacred Complex in Hindu Gaya. Second edition with new introduction. xxxii, 232pp., 4 plates with 10 illus. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Concept Publishing Company), 1978.

2952

VIDYARTHI, L.P., ET AL. The Sacred Complex of Kashi. A microcosm of Indian civilization. [By] L.P. Vidyarhti [sic], Makhan Jha, B.N. Saraswati. 319pp., 8 plates with 16 illus. 2 maps, 6 figs., 12 tables. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Concept Publishing Company), 1979.

2953

VIDYARTHI, L.P. & RAI, B.K. The Tribal Culture of India. (6), 487pp., 27 plates, 2 maps. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Concept Publishing Company), 1977.

2954

VIDYAVIJAYA, MUNI. Surisvara aura samrat Akabara. Mula Gujarati lekhaka, Muniraja Vidyavijaya; anuvadaka, Krshnalala Varma. 24, 414pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Agara (Srivijayadharmalakshmi-Jñanamandira), 1923.

2955

VIJAYATUNGA, HARISCANDRA (EDITOR). Prayogika Simhala sabdakosaya. Vidhayaka katr Hariscandra Vijayatunga. 2 vols. xxi, (3), 1924pp. Sm. stout 4to. Buckram. [Colombo] (Samskrtika Katayutu pilibanda Amatyamsaya), 1982-1984.

2956

VISAKHAPUJA. B.E. 2510. (Annual Publication of the Buddhist Association of Thailand.) (10), 99, (5)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Phuttha Samakhom hæng Prathet Thai), 1967.

2957

VISAKHAPUJA. B.E. 2517. (Annual Publication of the Buddhist Association of Thailand.) (8), 163pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Phuttha Samakhom hæng Prathet Thai), 1974.

2958

VISAKHAPUJA. B.E. 2513. (Annual Publication of The Buddhist Association of Thailand.) 110pp., 30 plates. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok, 1970.

2959

VISVANATHA PILLAI, V. A Tamil-English Dictionary. Revised and enlarged with an appendix of modern scientific terms. 706pp. 4to. Cloth. Madras (Madras School Book and Literature Society), 1963.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

175

2960

VITEBSKY, PIERS. Dialogues With the Dead. The discussion of mortality among the Sora of eastern India. (Cambridge Studies in Social and Cultural Anthropology. 88.) xix, (1), 294pp., 11 plates. Numerous text illus. 4to. Cloth. Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1993.

2961

VITSAXIS, VASSILIS G. Hindu Epics, Myths and Legends in Popular Illustrations. With a foreword by A.L. Basham. xii, 98pp. 46 tipped-in plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1978.

2962

VLEKKE, BERNARD H.M. Nusantra. A history of the East Indian Archipelago. xv, (3), 439pp. 9 maps. 4to. Cloth. Third printing. Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1945.

2963

VOIGT, JOHANNES H. Max Mueller: The Man and His Ideas. xiii, (1), 101pp., (2)-pp. facsimile. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Calcutta (Firma K.L. Mukhopadhyay), 1967.

2964

VOLWAHSEN, ANDREAS. Islamisches Indien. (Architektur der Welt.) 192pp. Prof. illus. (gravure). Sm. oblong 4to. Boards. Fribourg (Office du Livre), 1969.

2965

VOORHOEVE, P. Codices Batacici. (Codices Manuscripti. 19.) 537, (1)pp. 1 plate. 4to. Wraps. Leiden (Universitaire Pers), 1977.

2966

VREEDE, A.C. Handleiding tot de beoefening der Madoeresche taal. 2 vols. bound in 1. xxx, 166pp., 1 folding chart; vii, (1), 271pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1874-1876.

2967

VROKLAGE, B.A.G. Ethnographie der Belu in Zentral-Timor. 3 vols. xi, (1), 688pp.; (2), 227, (1)pp.; (2)pp., 106 plates. 4to. & sm. folio. Wraps. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1953.

2968

VU, DUY-TU. Lehrbuch der vietnamesischen Sprache. Eine Einführung mit Übungen, Lösungen und Tonmaterial. 194, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Hamburg (Helmut Buske Verlag), 1983.

2969

VU, NGOC LIEN. Moeurs et coutumes du Viet-Nam. [Par] La-Giang Vu-Ngoc-Liên. Tome premier (all published). (2), 219pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Hanoi (Pham-Huy-Nghiên & Cie.), 1942.

2970

VU THE QUYEN. Die vietnamesische Gesellschaft im Wandel. Kolonialismus und gesellschaftliche Entwicklung in Vietnam. (Sinologica Coloniensia. 8.) 404pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1978.

2971

VUCKOVACKI, VERA. Indien im Spiegel seiner Kunst. Eine Einführung in die Kunst Indiens. 287pp. 99 illus. (14 color), 25 figs., 11 plans. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Stuttgart (Verlag Indoculture), 1980.

2972

WACKERNAGEL, JAKOB. Altindische Grammatik. I: Lautlehre. lxxix, (1), 343, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1896.

2973

WACKERNAGEL, JAKOB. Altindische Grammatik. II, 1: Einleitung zur Wortlehre. Nominalkomposition. xii, 329pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1905.

2974

WACKERNAGEL, JAKOB. Altindische Grammatik. Band II, 2: Die Nominalsuffixe. Von Albert Debrunner. xi, (1), 966pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1954.

2975

WAGNER, FRITS A. Indonesien. Die Kunst eines Inselreiches. Vierte Auflage. (Kunst der Welt. Ihre geschichtlichen, soziologischen und religiösen Grundlagen. Die aussereuropäischen Kulturen.) 268, (2)pp. 63 tipped-in color plates, text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase. Baden-Baden (Holle Verlag), 1962.

2976

WAGNER, REINHARD (EDITOR). Bengalische Texte in Urschrift und Umschrift. (Lehrbücher des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen in Berlin. 33.) 132pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Berlin/Leipzig (Walter de Gruyter & Co.), 1930.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

176

2977

WALBEEHM, A.H.J.G. Javaansche spraakkunst (schrift, uitspraak, taalsoorten en woordafleiding). Second edition. vi, 146pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 buckram. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1915.

2978

WALDSCHMIDT, ERNST. Das Catusparisatsutra. Eine kanonische Lehrschrift über die Begründung der buddhistischen Gemeinde. Text in Sanskrit und Tibetisch, verglichen mit dem Pali nebst einer Übersetzung der chinesischen Entsprechung im Vinaya der Mulasarvastivadins. Auf Grund von Turfan-Handschriften herausgegeben und bearbeitet. (Abhandlungen der Deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Klasse für Sprachen, Literatur und Kunst. Jahrgang 1960, Nr. 21.) Teil III: Textbearbeitung: Vorgang 22-28. (240)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1962.

2979

WALDSCHMIDT, ERNST. Die Legende vom Leben des Buddha. In Auszügen aus den heiligen Texten. Aus dem Sanskrit, Pali und Chinesischen übersetzt und eingeführt von Ernst Waldschmidt. Vermehrter und verbesserter Nachdruck der 1929....Ausgabe. 266pp., 21 plates (5 color). Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 leather. Berlin (Volksverband der Bücherfreunde. Wegweiser-Verlag), 1929.

2980

WALDSCHMIDT, ERNST. Das Mahaparinirvanasutra. Text in Sanskrit und Tibetisch, verglichen mit dem Pali nebst einer Übersetzung der chinesischen Entsprechung im Vinaya der Mulasarvastivadins. Auf Grund von Turfan-Handschriften herausgegeben und bearbeitet. (Abhandlungen der Deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Klasse für Sprachen, Literatur und Kunst. Jahrgang 1949, Nr. 1; 1950, Nr. 2-3.) 3 vols. I: Der Sanskrit-Text im handschriftlichen Befund. 101pp. II: Textbearbeitung: Vorgang 1-32. (202)pp., 2 plates. III: Textbearbeitung: Vorgang 33-51 (inbegriffen das Mahasudarsanasutra). (222)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1950-1951.

2981

WALDSCHMIDT, ERNST. Die Überlieferung vom Lebensende des Buddha. Eine vergleichende Analyse des Mahaparinirvanasutra und seiner Textentsprechungen. Erster Teil: Vorgangsgruppe I-IV. (Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Dritte Folge, Nr. 29.) vi, 186pp. 4to. Wraps. Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1944.

2982

WALES, H.G. QUARITCH. Ancient Siamese Government and Administration. vii, (1), 263pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1934 edition. New York (Paragon Book Reprint Corp.), 1965.

2983

WALES, H.G. QUARITCH. Angkor and Rome. A historical comparison. xviii, 166pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Bernard Quaritch, Ltd.), 1965.

2984

WALES, H.G. QUARITCH. Divination in Thailand. The hopes and fears of a Southeast Asian people. xii, (2), 145pp., 11 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London/Dublin (Curzon Press), 1983.

2985

WALKER, ANDREW. The Legend of the Golden Boat. Regulation, trade and traders in the borderlands of Laos, Thailand, China and Burma. (Anthropology of Asia Series.) xviii, 232pp., 13 plates. 9 maps. 4to. Cloth. Richmond, Surrey (Curzon), 1999.

2986

WALKER, ANTHONY R. The Toda of South India: A New Look. (Studies in Sociology and Social Anthropology.) xix, (1), 371pp., 37 plates. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Hindustan Publishing Corporation), 1986.

2987

WALKER, ANTHONY R. (EDITOR). Farmers in the Hills. Ethnographic notes on the Upland peoples of North Thailand. (Data Papers in Social Anthropology, School of Comparative Social Sciences, Universiti Sains Malaysia.) viii, (4), 211pp., 28 plates. 7 maps, 7 figs. 4to. Wraps. N.p. (Penerbit Universiti Sains Malaysia), 1975.

2988

WALKER, BENJAMIN. Hindu World. An encyclopedic survey of Hinduism. 2 vols. xiii, (1), 608, (2)pp.; ix, (1), 695, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers), 1983.

2989

WALL, BARBARA. Les Nya Hön. Étude ethnographique d’une population du plateau de Bolovens (Sud-Laos). (Collection “Documents pour le Laos.” 6.) v, (1), 228pp. 35 illus. hors texte. 31 figs., 3 maps. 4to. Wraps. Vientiane (Éditions Vithagna), 1975.

2990

WALLESER, MAX. Die philosophische Grundlage des älteren Buddhismus. Zweite unveränderte Auflage. (Die buddhistische Philosophie in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 1. Teil.) xi, (1), 148pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1925.

2991

WALLESER, MAX. Prajñaparamita: Die Vollkommenheit der Erkenntnis. Nach indischen, tibetischen und chinesischen Quellen. (Quellen der Religionsgeschichte. Band 6, Gruppe 8.) (4), 164pp. 4to. Orig. cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

177

Göttingen/Leipzig (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht/ J.C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung), 1914. 2992

WALLESER, MAX. Die Sekten des alten Buddhismus. (Die buddhistische Philosophie in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 4.) vii, (1), 93, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1927.

2993

WANG, DAYUAN. Dao yi zhi lue jiao shi. Wang Dayuan yuan zhu; Su Jiqing jiao shi. (Zhong wai jiao tong shi ji cong kan.) 4, 8, 434pp. Wraps. Beijing (Zhonghua shu ju), 1981.

2994

WARD, C.H.S. Buddhism. 2 vols. I: Hinayana. Revised edition. 143pp. II: Mahayana. 222pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. London (The Epworth Press), 1947-1952.

2995

WARD, F. KINGDON. In Farthest Burma. The record of an arduous journey of exploration and research through the unknown frontier territory of Burma and Tibet. 311pp. 23 illus. & 2 maps hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Philadelphia (J.B. Lippincott Company), 1921.

2996

WARDER, A.K. Indian Kavya Literature. 6 vols. I: Literary Criticism. xvii, (5), 281pp. II: Origins and Formation of the Classical Kavya. (2), 393pp. III: The Early Medieval Period (Sudraka to Visakhadatta). (2), 307pp. IV: The Ways of Originality (Bana to Damodaragupta). xii, 641pp. V: The Bold Style (Saktibhadra to Dhanapala). xii, 891pp. VI: The Art of Storytelling. xiii, (1), 852pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1972-1992.

2997

WARDER, A.K. An Introduction to Indian Historiography. (Monographs of the Department of Sanskrit and Indian Studies, University of Toronto.) xii, (4), 196pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Popular Prakashan), 1972.

2998

WARDER, A.K. Pali Metre. A contribution to the history of Indian literature. xiii, (1), 252pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. London (Pali Text Society/ Luzac and Company), 1967.

2999

WARMING, WANDA & GAWORSKI, MICHAEL. The World of Indonesian Textiles. 200pp. 52 color plates, 153 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London (Serindia Publications), 1981.

3000

WARNECK, JOH. Die Religion der Batak. Ein Paradigma für die animistischen Religionen des Indischen Archipels. (Quellen der Religions-Geschichte. Band 1, Gruppe 12.) vi, 136pp. 4 illus. 4to. New cloth; orig. wraps. bound in. Göttingen/Leipzig (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht/ J.C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung), 1909.

3001

WARNECK, JOH. Toba-Batak - Deutsches Wörterbuch. Mit den Ergänzungen von Joh. Winkler. Neu herausgegeben von R. Roolvink. Mit einem Register Deutsch-Batak von K.A. Adelaar. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xii, 332pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1977.

3002

WARREN, JAMES FRANCIS. Ah Ku and Karayuki-san. Prostitution in Singapore, 1870-1940. xxvii, (3), 433pp. 25 illus. hors texte. 4 maps. 4to. Cloth. Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1993.

3003

WARREN, WILLIAM. The House on the Klong. The Bangkok home and Asian art collection of James Thompson. Photographs by Brian Brake. 87pp. 92 illus. (44 color). 4to. Cloth. New York/Tokyo (Walker/ Weatherhill), 1969.

3004

WARREN, WILLIAM & INVERNIZZI TETTONI, LUCA. Arts and Crafts of Thailand. Consultant: Chaiwut Tulayadhan. 160pp. 230 illus. (177 color). 4to. Wraps. D.j. London (Thames and Hudson), 1994.

3005

WARSZAWA. MUZEUM AZJI I PACYFIKU. Grafika lamajska z Nepalu ze zbiorów Andrzeja Wawrzyniaka. (20)pp. 10 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Parallel texts in Polish and English. Warszawa, n.d.

3006

WARTOONS. Compiled by: The Department of Information and Public Relations, Government of Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad. (96)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. [Hyderabad (Government Central Press), 1965].

3007

WAS IST BUDDHISMUS UND WAS WILL ER? Eine Einführung in die Gedankenwelt des Buddha Gotama. 79pp. 4to. Wraps. N.p. (Neubuddhistischer Verlag), n.d.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

178

3008

WASHINGTON. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART. The Sculpture of Indonesia. [By] Jan Fontein. With essays by R. Soekmono, Edi Sedyawati. June-Nov. 1990. 312pp. 180 illus. (106 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Washington, 1990.

3009

WASHINGTON. THE TEXTILE MUSEUM. Master Dyers to the World. Technique and trade in early Indian dyed cotton textiles. [By] Mattiebelle Gittinger. 207pp. 177 illus. (partly color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Washington, 1982.

3010

WATSON, ADAM. The Grammer [sic] of the Ho Language: An Eastern Himalayan Dialect. vii, (1), 194pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1915. New Delhi (Cosmo Publications), 1980.

3011

WATSON, ADAM. The War of the Goldsmith’s Daughter. 237, (1)pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. London (Chatto & Windus), 1964.

3012

WATSON, C.W & ELLEN, ROY (EDITORS). Understanding Witchcraft and Sorcery in Southeast Asia. viii, 222pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Honolulu (University of Hawaii Press), 1993.

3013

WATTS, NEVILLE A. The Half-Clad Tribals of Eastern India. ix, (1), 153pp., 65 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bombay (Orient Longmans), 1970.

3014

WAUGH, ALEC. Bangkok. The story of a city. (6), 282pp. 30 illus., 1 double-page map. 4to. Cloth. Boston/Toronto (Little, Brown and Company), 1971.

3015

WEBER, ALBRECHT (EDITOR). Srisuklayajurvede Satapathabrahmanam madhyandiniyiyam sakhayamanusrtya srimatsayanacaryaharisvamidvivedagangakrtabhasyebhyah saramuddhrtya da. / The Catapatha-Brahmana in the Madhyandina-Cakha with Extracts from the Commentaries of Sayana, Harisvamin and Dvivedaganga. Second edition. (Caukhamba-Samskrta-granthamala. 96.) xiii, (1), 1194pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Sanskrit text is a reprint of the Berlin 1855 edition. Varanasi (Caukhamba Samskrta Sirija Aphisa), 1964.

3016

WEBSTER, JOHN C.B. Popular Religion in the Punjab Today. 149pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. D.j. Batala/Delhi (The Christian Institute of Sikh Studies/ I.S.P.C.K.), 1974.

3017

WECK, WOLFGANG. Heilkunde und Volkstum auf Bali. xii,, 248pp. 27 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Stuttgart (Ferdinand Enke Verlag), 1937.

3018

WEDDING CEREMONIALS. Edited and published by “Prapantja.” 90pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. D.j. [Djakarta] (Prapantja), n.d.

3019

WEHRLI, HANS J. Beitrag zur Ethnologie der Chingpaw (Kachin) von Ober-Burma. (Supplement zu Bd. XVI von “Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie.”) xvi, 83, (1)pp., 5 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1904.

3020

WEINER, SHEILA L. Ajanta: Its Place in Buddhist Art. xx, 128pp. 104 illus. hors texte. 9 text figs. 4to. Cloth. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1977.

3021

WELCH, STUART CARY, ET AL. The Emperors’ Album: Images of Mughal India. [By] Stuart Cary Welch, Annemarie Schimmel, Marie L. Swietochowski, Wheeler M. Thackston. 318pp. 128 illus. (52 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, Oct. 1987-Feb. 1988. New York (The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ Harry N. Abrams), 1987.

3022

WELLS, KENNETH E. Thai Buddhism: Its Rites and Activities. xviii, 331pp., 16 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (Suribayun Publishers), 1975.

3023

WENING, R. Angkor. Die vergessene Tempelstadt im Urwald. 131, (1)pp. Numerous tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Silva-Verlag), 1965.

3024

WENING, RUDOLF & SOMM, A.F. Wunderland Siam. Photos von Michael Wolgensinger. 121pp. 90 tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Silva-Verlag), 1959.

3025

WENK, KLAUS. Murals in Burma. Volume I [all published]: Paintings from Pagan of the Late Period, 18th Century. With a contribution by U Tin Lwin. xvi, 267pp. 66 plates (mostly tipped-in color; partly folding), 6 text illus. (1 tipped-in color). Lrg. folio. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

179

Zürich (Verlag Iñigo von Oppersdorff), 1977. 3026

WENK, KLAUS. Die Ruderlieder - kap he ruö - in der Literatur Thailands. (Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes. Vol. 37#4.) 177, (3)pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft/ Franz Steiner), 1968.

3027

WENZ, HEINRICH. Weltmacht Indien. 268, (4)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. N.p. (Büchergilde Gutenberg), n.d.

3028

WEPF, REINHOLD. Vietnam. Vom Mekongdelta zum Song Ben Hai. 99pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Bern (Kümmerly & Frey, Geographischer Verlag), 1968.

3029

[WERBIN-KÖHLER, HANS, ET AL.] Indien, Indonesien, Tibet. (Oldenbourgs Abriss der Weltgeschichte. Teil II, Abschnitt B.) 70pp. 4to. Wraps. München (Verlag R. Oldenbourg), 1954.

3030

WERNER, JAYNE SUSAN. The Cao Dài: The Politics of a Vietnamese Syncretic Religious Movement. 2 vols. xx, 719 ff., 3 maps and plans. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Ph.D. thesis, Cornell University, 1976, in microfilm photocopy. Ann Arbor (University Microfilms International), 1982.

3031

WERNER, ROLAND. Jah-het of Malaysia, Art and Culture. With remarks on the Jah-Het language by Gérard Diddloth. xxxv, (1), 626pp. 746 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Kuala Lumpur (Penerbit Universiti Malaya), 1975.

3032

WERNER, ROLAND. Mah Meri of Malaysia: Art and Culture. xxvi, 485pp. 460 illus., 13 figs., 3 maps. 4to. Boards. D.j. Kuala Lumpur (Penerbit Universiti Malaya), 1974.

3033

WERSHOVEN, F.J. Lehr- und Lesebuch der siamesischen Sprache und Deutsch-Siamesisches Wörterbuch.... (Die Kunst der Polyglottie. 38.) vi, (2), 181, (3)pp. Sm. 8vo. Dec. cloth. Wien/Pest (A. Hartleben’s Verlag), n.d.

3034

WERTH, ALEXANDER. Der Tiger Indiens. Subhas Chandra Bose. Ein Leben für die Freiheit des Subkontinents. 272pp. 42 illus. hors texte, 15 facsimiles. 4to. Cloth. München/Esslingen (Bechtle), 1971.

3035

WESSELS-MEVISSEN, CORINNA. The Gods of the Directions in Ancient India. Origin and early development in art and literature (until c. 1000 A.D.) (Monographien zur indischen Archäologie, Kunst und Philologie. 14.) xxi, (1), 233pp. 327 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Berlin (Dietrich Reimer Verlag), 2001.

3036

WESTPHAL, WILFRIED. Herrscher zwischen Indus und Ganges. Das britische Kolonialreich in Indien. 413, (2)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. München (C. Bertelsmann Verlag), 1980.

3037

WESTPHAL-HELLBUSCH, SIGRID & WESTPHAL, HEINZ. Hinduistische Viehzüchter im nord-westlichen Indien. (Forschungen zur Ethnologie und Sozialpsychologie. 8-9.) 2 vols. I: Die Rabari. 358, (2)pp., 2 maps. 32 illus. hors texte. II: Die Bharvad und die Charan. 262, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 32 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Duncker & Humblot), 1974-1976.

3038

WEZLER, ALBRECHT. Paribhasa IV, V und XV. Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der einheimischen indischen grammatischen Scholastik. 266pp. 4to. Cloth. Bad Homburg v.d.H. (Verlag Gehlen), 1969.

3039

WHEATLEY, PAUL. The Golden Khersonese. Studies in the historical geography of the Malay Peninsula before A.D. 1500. xxxiii, (1), 388pp. 52 maps and figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Kuala Lumpur (University of Malaya Press), 1966.

3040

WHEELER, MONROE (EDITOR). Textiles and Ornaments of India. A selection of designs. Texts by Pupul Jayakar and John Irwin. 95, (1)pp. 110 illus. (7 color). Sq. 4to. Boards. New York (The Museum of Modern Art), 1956.

3041

WHEELER, MORTIMER. Alt-Indien und Pakistan bis zur Zeit des Königs Ashoka. (Alte Kulturen und Völker.) 215, (1)pp., 57 plates. 25 figs., 7 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Köln (Verlag M. DuMont Schauberg), [1959].

3042

WHITEHEAD, HENRY. The Village Gods of South India. Second edition, revised and enlarged. (The Religious Life of India.) 175, (1)pp., 18 plates. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

180

Calcutta/London (Association Press/ Oxford University Press), 1921. 3043

WHITNEY, WILLIAM DWIGHT. Indische Grammatik, umfassend die klassische Sprache und die älteren Dialecte. Aus dem Englischen übersetzt von Heinrich Zimmer. (Bibliothek indogermanischer Grammatiken. 2.) xxvii, (1), 519, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Leipzig ( Breitkopf und Härtel), 1879.

3044

WHITWORTH, GEORGE CLIFFORD. An Anglo-Indian Dictionary. A glossary of Indian terms used in English, and of such English or other non-Indian terms as have obtained special meanings in India. xv, (1), 350, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1885 edition. Gurgaon/New Delhi (Indian Documentation Service), 1976.

3045

WHO’S WHO OF INDIAN WRITERS. (4), 410, (26)pp. 4to. Cloth. New Delhi (Sahitya Akademi), 1961.

3046

WIBUN LISUWAN. Pha Thai: Phatthanakan thang ‘utsahakam læ sangkhom. Bannathikan, Wibun Lisuwan; khana bannathikan, Phisit Charoenwong, Natthaphat Chanthawit, Somchai Nin‘athi. (Khrongkan Sinlapa ‘utsahakam Thai. Chut thi 2.) 9, (1), 218pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Introduction and captions in parallel Thai and English. [Bangkok] (Bansat Ngoenthun ‘Utsahakam hæng Prathet Thai), 1987.

3047

WICKRAMASINGHE, MARTIN. Sinhala Language and Culture. (4), 155pp. Wraps. Dehiwala (Tisara Prakasakayo), 1975.

3048

WICKREMASINGHE, MARTINO DE ZILVA. Sinhalese Self-Taught. 119pp. 12mo. New wraps; orig. wraps. bound in. London (E. Marlborough & Co.), 1916.

3049

WIEN. GALERIE ZACKE. Buddhistische, hinduistische und jainistische Skulpturen, Bronzen und Ritualgegenstände. Stammeskunst aus Südostasien. Texte: Wolfmar Zacken. Feb.-March 1990. (70)pp. 67 illus. 4to. Wraps. Wien, 1990.

3050

WIEN. KUNSTHISTORISCHES MUSEUM. Die Portugiesen in Indien. Die Eroberungen Dom João de Castros auf Tapisserien, 1538-1548. Oct.-Jan. 1993. Texts by Maria Antonia Carvalho Fernandes, Rafael Moreira, José Manuel Garcia, and Rotraud Bauer. 210pp. Numerous color plates (partly folding). Lrg. 4to. Stiff wraps. Wien, 1992.

3051

WIEN. MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Kunst aus Indien. Von der Industalkultur im 3. Jahrtausend v. Chr. bis zum 19. Jahrhundert n. Chr. July-Oct. 1960. Texts by H. Goetz, H. Mandorff, C. Hundhausen. 161pp., 76 plates. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Text in German and English. Wien, 1960.

3052

WIEN. MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Nepal. Sonderausstellung. 19pp. 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Wien, n.d.

3053

WIEN. MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Der Südostasiatische Archipel: Völker und Kulturen. Ausstellung und Katalog: Heide Leigh-Theisen. 107, (1)pp. 120 illus. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps. Wien, 1985.

3054

WIESE, EIGEL. Burma. Reise im goldenden Land. 183, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Boards. Stuttgart (Pietsch Verlag), 1989.

3055

WIESE, EIGEL. Thailand. Begegnungen im Goldenen Dreieck. 167, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Pietsch Verlag), 1990.

3056

WIESNER, ULRICH. Nepal: Königreich im Himalaya. Geschichte, Kunst und Kultur im Kathmandu-Tal. (DuMont Dokumente: Kunst-Reiseführer.) 273, (5)pp. 130 illus., 48 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Köln (Verlag M. DuMont Schauberg), 1976.

3057

WIJESEKERA, NANDADEVA. Veddas in Transition. xx, 253, (1), xix, (1)pp., 32 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Colombo (M.D. Gunasena & Co.), 1964.

3058

WILHELM, FRIEDRICH. Politische Polemiken im Staatslehrbuch des Kautalya. (Münchener Indologische Studien. 2.) (4), 158pp. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1960.

3059

WILKINSON, R.J. An Abridged Malay-English Dictionary (Romanised). Seventh edition, revised and enlarged by A.E. Coope. x, 269, (1)pp. Cloth.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

181

London (Macmillan & Co.), 1957. 3060

WILLENBERG, URSULA. Interethnisch-ökonomische Beziehungen in Süd-Viêt-Nam. Ihre Bedeutung für den Ethnogeneseprozess. (Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig. 24.) 170, (2)pp. 7 illus., 5 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1972.

3061

WILLI, VICTOR J. Indien heute. Politische Erörterungen, soziale und wissenschaftliche Aspekte, Profile indischer Städte, Macht und Ohnmacht der Religionen in angewandt wertsoziologischer Sicht. 216pp. 37 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Orell Füssli Verlag), 1964.

3062

WILLIAMS, HARRY. Ceylon, Pearl of the East. 460pp., 33 plates. 4to. Cloth. London (Robert Hale Limited), 1956.

3063

WILLIAMS, JOANNA G. The Art of Gupta India: Empire and Province. 209, (1)pp. 268 illus. hors texte. Oblong 4to. Wraps. Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1982.

3064

WILLIAMS-HUNT, P.D.R. An Introduction to the Malayan Aborigines. With a foreword by Gerald Templer. iv, (4), 102pp., 23 plates. 4to. Cloth. Kuala Lumpur (Government Press), 1952.

3065

WILPERT, CLARA B. Götter und Dämonen: Handschrift mit Schattenspielfiguren. Mit einer Einführung in das javanische Schattenspiel. (Die bibliophilen Taschenbücher.) 89, (7)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 8vo. Cloth. Dortmund (Harenberg), 1980.

3066

WILPERT, CLARA B. Schattentheater. (Wegweiser zur Völkerkunde. 13.) 86, (2)pp., 17 plates, 2 maps. 18 figs. Wraps. Hamburg (Hamburgisches Museum für Völkerkunde), 1973.

3067

WILSON, H.H. Istilahat-i ‘adliyah va malguzari. (6), xxiv, 728, (4)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of “A Glossary of Judicial and Revenue Terms, And of Useful Words Occurring in Official Documents Relating to the Administration of the Government of British India, from the Arabic, Persian, Hindustání, Sanskrit, Hindí, Bengálí, Uriya, Maráthi, Guazráthí, Telugu, Karnáta, Tamil, Malayálam, and Other Languages,” London 1855. Islamabad (Muqtadirah-yi Qaumi Zaban), 1985.

3068

WILSON, H.H. Religious Sects of the Hindus. Edited by Ernst R. Rost. viii, (2), 221pp. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Originally published 1861. Calcutta (Susil Gupta Private Limited), 1958.

3069

WILSON, H.H. Rg-veda-samhita / Rgvedasamhita: Text in Nagari, English Translation, Notes and Appendices Etc. Preface by Dayanand Bhargawa. Enlarged & arranged by Nag Sharan Singh. (N.P. Series. 17.) 6 vols. Buckram. Delhi (Nag Publishers), 1977-1978.

3070

WILSON, H.H. The Vishnu Purana. A system of Hindu mythology and tradition translated from the original Sanskrit and illustrated by notes derived chiefly from other puranas. With an introduction by R.C. Hazra. (24), lxxii, 562pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London 1840. Calcutta (Punthi Pustak), 1972.

3071

WIMONPHAN PITATHAWATCHAI. Pha `Isan. / [Esarn Cloth Design]. 55, (1)pp., 53 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Thai and English. [Khon Kaen] (Khana Su’ksasat, Mahawitthayalai Khon Kæn doi dai rap thun `utnun chak Munnithi Fot), 1973.

3072

WIMONPHAN PITATHAWATCHAI. Sinlapahatthakam phu’nban khong Phak Tai. 136pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Parallel texts in Thai and English. [Bangkok] (Munnithi Mæban `Asa), 1976.

3073

WINDISCH, ERNST. Geschichte der Sanskrit-Philologie und indischen Altertumskunde. (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. I. Band, I. Heft B.) 2 vols. in 1. vii, (1), 460pp. 4to. Cloth. Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J. Trübner), 1917-1920.

3074

WINFIELD, W.W. A Grammar of the Kui Language. (Bibliotheca Indica. Work Number 245./ Issue Number 1496, New Series.) xiv, 248, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Calcutta (Baptist Mission Press/ Asiatic Society of Bengal), 1928.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

182

3075

WINK, ANDRÉ. Al-Hind: The Making of the Indo-Islamic World. 2 vols. I: Early Medieval India and the Expansion of Islam, 7th-11th Centuries. viii, 396pp. II: The Slave Kings and the Islamic Conquest, 11th-13th Centuries. xii, 427pp. 4to. Cloth. Leiden/New York (E.J. Brill), 1990-1997.

3076

WINKLER, JOHANNES. Die Toba-Batak auf Sumatra in gesunden und kranken Tagen. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des animistischen Heidentums. (2), 234, (2)pp. 29 illus. hors texte. 14 figs. Sm. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. The author’s own copy. Stuttgart (Chr. Belser A.G., Verlagsbuchhandlung), 1925.

3077

WINKLER, JÜRGEN & ARYAL, MUKUNDA RAJ. Nepal. 232pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1976.

3078

WINSTEDT, RICHARD. A Practical Modern English-Malay Dictionary. Fourth edition, with an appendix. 421pp. Cloth. Singapore (Marican & Sons), 1960.

3079

WINTER, C.F., SR. Kawi-Javaansch woordenboek, ten behoeve van degenen, die Javaansche gedichten wenschen te lezen. vii, (1), 576pp. 4to. Orig. boards, rebacked. Preface in Dutch; Kawi-language text in Javanese script. Batavia (Landsdrukkerij), 1880.

3080

WINTERNITZ, EMANUEL. Die Frau in den indischen Religionen. I. Teil [all published]: Die Frau im Brahmanismus. (Sonderdruck aus dem Archiv für Frauenkunde und Eugenetik, Band I und III.) (4), 121, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps. Leipzig (Verlag von Curt Kabitzsch), 1920.

3081

WINTERNITZ, M. Geschichte der indischen Litteratur. 1. Band: Einleitung, der Veda, die volkstümlichen Epen und die Puranas. Zweite Auflage. (Die Litteraturen des Ostens in Einzeldarstellungen. 9, I.) xii, (2), 505, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Leipzig (C.F. Amelangs Verlag), 1909.

3082

WINTERNITZ, M. Geschichte der indischen Litteratur. 2. Band. 2 parts in 1. 1. Hälfte: Die buddhistische Litteratur. 2. Hälfte: Litteratur der Jainas. vi, x, 403, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. New cloth. Leipzig (C.F. Amelangs Verlag), 1913[-1920].

3083

WINTERNITZ, M. Geschichte der indischen Literatur. 3. Band: Die Kunstdichtung. Die wissenschaftliche Literatur. Neuindische Literatur. xii, 697pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Reprint of the 1920 edition. Stuttgart (K.F. Koehler Verlag), 1968.

3084

WINZELER, ROBERT L. (EDITOR). Indigenous Peoples and the State: Politics, Land, and Ethnicity in the Malayan Peninsula and Borneo. (Yale Southeast Asia Studies. Monograph 46.) 316pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. New Haven (Yale University Southeast Asia Studies), 1997.

3085

WIRSING, GISELHER. Indien. Asiens gefährliche Jahre. 323, (1)pp., 4 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Düsseldorf/Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1968.

3086

WIRZ, PAUL. Exorzismus und Heilkunde auf Ceylon. 292pp. 87 illus. hors texte. 56 text figs. 4to. Cloth. Bern (Verlag Hans Huber), 1941.

3087

WIRZ, PAUL. Kataragama, die heiligste Stätte Ceylons. 55, (1)pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Basel (Birkhäuser Verlag), 1954.

3088

WIRZ, PAUL. Tier- und Menschendarstellungen in der singhalesischen Kunst. (Separatabdruck aus den Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel, Band 60.) 22pp., 3 plates. 6 text figs. 4to. Wraps. Basel (E. Birkhäuser & Cie.), 1949.

3089

WISER, WILLIAM H. & WISER, CHARLOTTE VIALL. Behind Mud Walls, 1930-1960. With a foreword by David G. Mandelbaum. xv, (3), 249pp. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1966.

3090

WIT PHINKHANNGOEN. Sinlapa lai Thai. (4)pp., 74 plates. Oblong 4to. Boards. Thonburi (Po. Phitsanakha), 1965.

3091

WOJOWASITO, SOEWOJO. A Kawi Lexicon. Edited by Roger F. Mills. (Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia. 17.) xv, (1), 629pp. 4to. Wraps. Ann Arbor (The University of Michigan, Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies), 1980.

3092

WOLFF, ERICH. Zur Lehre vom Bewusstsein (Vijñanavada) bei den späteren Buddhisten. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Lankavatarasutra. (Materialien zur Kunde des Buddhismus. 17.) 90pp. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

183

Heidelberg (Carl Winters Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1930. 3093

WONG, C.S. A Cycle of Chinese Festivities. xv, (1), 204pp., 30 plates. 4to. Cloth. Singapore (Malaysia Publishing House), 1967.

3094

WOOD, W.A.R. A History of Siam from the Earliest Times to the Year A.D. 1781, With a Supplement Dealing With More Recent Events. Revised edition. 300pp., 12 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Bangkok (The Siam Barnakich Press), 1933.

3095

WOODROFFE, JOHN. The Garland of Letters (Varnamala): Studies in the Mantra-shastra. Second edition. x, (2), 296pp. Figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. D.j. Madras (Ganesh & Co.), 1951.

3096

WOODROFFE, JOHN. The Serpent Power. Being the Sat-cakra-nirupana and Paduka-pañcaka. Two works on Laya-yoga, translated from the Sanskrit, with introduction and commentary. xii, (4), 500pp., 9 plates. 4to. Cloth. Madras (Ganesh & Co.), 1974.

3097

WOODROFFE, JOHN. Tantraraja Tantra: A Short Analysis. With a preface by Yogi Shuddhananda Bharati. Third edition. With: Punyananda. Kama-Kala-Vilasa by Punyananda-Natha with the Commentary of Natanananda-Natha. Translated with commentary by John Woodroffe. Fourth edition. xxi, (3), 243, (1)pp. Frontis. in color, 1 plate. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Madras (Ganesh & Co.), 1971.

3098

WRAY, ELIZABETH, ET AL. Ten Lives of the Buddha. Siamese temple paintings and Jataka tales. By Elizabeth Wray, Clare Rosenfield, and Dorothy Bailey. 154pp., 28 plates (24 color). 4to. Cloth. New York/Tokyo (Weatherhill), 1972.

3099

WULF, ANNALIESE. Vietnam. Pagoden und Tempel im Reisfeld- im Fokus chinesischer und indischer Kultur. (DuMont Dokumente: Kunst-Reiseführer.) 548, (4)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Stiff wraps. Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1991.

3100

WUN, U. Takkasuil` Mran` ma sat` ññvan`” kyam`”. U” Van` pru cu saññ`. (Ran` kun` takkasuil` ca up` thut` ve phran`’ khyi re” ko`miti ca cañ`. 7.) (4), 394pp. 4to. Boards. [Ran` kun` mrui’] (Ran` kun` takkasuil` ca up` thut` ve phran`’ khri re” ko`miti), 1963.

3101

WYLIE, TURRELL. A Tibetan Religious Geography of Nepal. (Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente. Serie Orientale Roma. 42.) xviii, 66pp., 1 folding map. 4to. Wraps. Roma (Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente), 1970.

3102

XIONG, LANG, ET AL. English-Mong-English Dictionary. / Phoo txhais lug Aakiv-Moob leeg-Aakiv. [By] Lang Xiong, Joua Xiong, Nao Leng Xiong. vii, (1), 570pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (Pandora), 1984.

3103

XUÂT Ê-DÍO-TÔ KY. Translated by W.C. Cadman, et al. 101pp. Wraps. Shanghai (Société Biblique Britannique et Étrangère), 1922.

3104

YALMAN, NUR. Under the Bo Tree. Studies in caste, kinship, and marriage in the interior of Ceylon. xii, (4), 406pp. 38 figs., 41 tables, 12 maps. 4to. Wraps. Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1971.

3105

YAMADA, RYUJI. Cultural Formation of the Mundas. Edited by Jiro Kawakita. (Hill Peoples Surrounding the Ganges Plain. I./ Synthetic Research of the Culture of Rice-Cultivating Peoples in Southeast Asian Countries III.) (12), 433, (15)pp., 121 plates (8 color). 4 figs., 5 maps. 4to. Cloth. [Tokyo] (Tokai University Press), 1970.

3106

YAMAMOTO, TATSURO. Dokei goran chiyo shizu. Edited by Hirosato Iwai. (Toyo Bunko sokan. 13.) 2 vols. 4, 8, 19, (1)pp., 314 plates, printed on double leaves. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps. Folding cloth case. Facsimile reproduction of the manuscript in the École Fançaise d’Extrême-Orient, Hanoi. Tokyo (Toyo Bunko), 1943.

3107

YANG, DAO. Dictionnaire français-hmong blanc. / Phau ntawv txhais lis Fab Kis. Avec la collaboration de Lis Choj Lis Foom, Muas Nruas, Thoj Phiab, Vaj Paj, Vwj Lis, Yaj Kab. 968, (2)pp. Stout 8vo. Leatherette. N.p. (Comité National d’Entraide & Jacques Lemoine), 1980.

3108

YANG, DAO. Les Hmong du Laos face au developpement. Préface par René Dumont. (2), 202pp. 55 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps. [Vientiane] (Édition Siaosavath), 1975.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

184

3109

YASKA. Jâska’s Nirukta sammt den Nighantavas. Herausgegeben und erläutert von Rudolph Roth. lxxii, 228, 230pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Göttingen 1852 edition. Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1976.

3110

YASODEVASURI. Tirthankara Bhagavana Sri Mahavira. 35 rangina citra tatha unaka Gujarati, Hindi, aura Angreji bhasha mem paricaya; citrakara Gokuladasa Kapadiya; lekhaka, samyojaka Munisri Yasovijayaj./ Tirthankar Bhagawan Mahavira.... Second edition. (162)pp. 35 color plates, text figs. Folio. Cloth. Mumbai (Jaina Citrakala Nidarsana), 1976.

3111

YATES, WARREN G., ET AL. Lao: Basic Course. [By] Warren G. Yates, Souksomboun Sayasithsena, Malichanh Svengsouk. 2 vols. xxiv, 423pp.; xiii, (1), 366pp. 4to. Wraps. Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1970-1971.

3112

YATES, WARREN G. & SOUKSOMBOUN SAYASITHSENA. Reading Lao: A Programmed Introduction. viii, 483pp. 4to. Wraps. Washington (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1974.

3113

YAZDANI, G. (EDITOR). The Early History of the Deccan. 2 vols. xviii, 857, (3)pp., 65 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth. First published London 1960. New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1982.

3114

YEGAR, MOSHE. The Muslims of Burma. A study of a minority group. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg.) xi, (3), 151pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps. Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1972.

3115

YOUNG, GORDON. The Hill Tribes of Northern Thailand: A Socio-Ethnological Report. (The Origins and Habitats of the Hill Tribes Together with Significant Changes in their Social, Cultural & Economic Patterns. Monograph No. 1.) (2), xiv, 92pp., 25 plates (partly in color). 6 maps. 4to. Wraps. Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1962.

3116

YOUNG, LINDA WAI LING. Shan Chrestomathy. An introduction to Tai Mau language and literature. (Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California, Berkeley. Monograph Series. No. 28.) viii, 316pp. 4to. Cloth. Lanham/New York (University Press of America), 1985.

3117

YU, TONG-SIK. A Bibliography on Family and Religion in Korea (1945-1970). / Munhongrok Han`guk ui kajok kwa chongkyo e kwanhan yon`gu, 1945-1970. 28pp. 4to. Wraps. Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1972.

3118

YULE, HENRY & BURNELL, A.C. Hobson-Jobson. A glossary of colloquial Anglo-Indian words and phrases, and of kindred terms, etymological, historical, geographical and discursive. New edition edited by William Crooke. xlvii, (3), 1021pp. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1903 edition. London (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1968.

3119

YULE, PAUL. Lothal. Stadt der Harappa-Kultur in Nordwestindien. Nach den Arbeiten von S.R. Rao dargestellt. (Materialien zur Allgemeinen und Vergleichenden Archäologie. 9.) (2), 50pp. 22 illus. 4to. Wraps. München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1982.

3120

ZAEHNER, R.C. Hinduism. (4), 210pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. London (Oxford University Press), 1971.

3121

ZAGO, MARCELLO. Rites et cérémonies en milieu bouddhiste lao. (Documenta Missionalia. 6.) vii, (3), 408pp. 2 maps. 4to. Wraps. Roma (Università Gregoriana Editrice), 1972.

3122

ZAGORSKI, ULRICH. Burma. (This Beautiful World. 32.) 144, (2)pp. 89 color illus., figs. Sm. 8vo. Wraps. Tokyo/Palo Alto (Kodansha International), 1972.

3123

ZBAVITEL, DUSAN. Lehrbuch des Bengalischen. ii, 173pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Julius Groos Verlag), 1970.

3124

ZBAVITEL, DUSAN. Schlüssel zum Lehrbuch des Bengalischen. 84pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Heidelberg (Julius Groos Verlag), 1970.

3125

ZBAVITEL, DUSAN & MODE, HEINZ (EDITORS). Bengalische Balladen. 289, (3)pp., 8 color plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Slipcase. Leipzig (Insel-Verlag), 1976.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

185

3126

ZEBROWSKI, MARK. Deccani Painting. 296pp., 24 color plates. 263 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. London/ Los Angeles (Sotheby Publications/ University of California Press), 1983.

3127

ZETLAND, LAWRENCE JOHN LUMLEY DUNDAS, MARQUIS OF. India: A Bird’s-Eye View. By the Earl of Ronaldshay. xiii, (1), 322pp., 24 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Cloth. London (Constable and Company), 1930.

3128

ZEYLANICUS [PSEUD.] Ceylon Between Orient and Occident. With a foreword by S.A. Pakeman. 288pp., 8 plates. 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. London (Elek Books), 1970.

3129

ZHANG, KUN. A Comparative Study of the Kathinavastu. (Indo-Iranian Monographs. 1.) 120pp. Figs. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1957.

3130

ZHANG, XIE. Dong xi yang kao. (Zhong wai jiao tong shi ji cong kan.) 21, (1), 302pp. Wraps. Beijing (Zhonghua shu ju), 1981.

3131

ZHENG, SHIXU. Tong gu kao lüe. (Shanghai Shi bo wu guan cong shu. Bing lei. Di 2 zhong.) 2, 66pp., 3 plates (1 folding). Lrg. 8vo. Cloth; orig. wraps. bound in. Shanghai (Zhonghua shu ju), 1936.

3132

ZHOU, DAGUAN. Zhenla feng tu ji jiao zhu. Zhou Daguan yuan zhu; Xia Nai jiao zhu. (Zhong wai jiao tong shi ji cong kan.) 3, (1), 205pp., 8 plates with 16 illus. Wraps. Beijing (Zhonghua shu ju), 1981.

3133

ZIDE, ARLENE R.K. & ZVELEBIL, KAMIL V. (EDITORS). The Soviet Decipherment of the Indus Valley Script: Translation and Critique. (Janua Linguarum. Studia memoriae Nicolai van Wijk dedicata. Series practica. 156.) 142pp. 4to. Wraps. The Hague/Paris (Mouton), 1976.

3134

ZIDE, N.H., ET AL. A Premchand Reader. [By] N.H. Zide, Colin P. Masica, K.C. Bahl, A.C. Chandola. (Asian Language Series.) vi, (2), 302pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Chicago/Honolulu (South Asia Language and Area Center, University of Chicago/ East-West Center Press), n.d.

3135

ZIEGLER, F. Ziegler's English-Kannada Dictionary./ Inglis Kannada diksnari. Sixth edition, revised and considerably enlarged by Chr. Watsa. ix, (1), 614pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Mangalore 1929 edition. New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1983.

3136

ZIMMER, HEINRICH. The Art of Indian Asia. Its mythology and transformations. Completed and edited by Joseph Campbell. (The A.W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts. Bollingen Series XXXIX.) 2 vols. I: Text. xix, (5), 465, (5)pp., 48 plates. II: Plates. xviii, (4)pp., 614 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase. New York (Pantheon Books), 1955.

3137

ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Kunstform und Yoga im indischen Kultbild. 190, (4), xi, (3)pp., 36 plates. 9 figs. 4to. Wraps. Berlin (Frankfurter Verlags-Anstalt), 1926.

3138

ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Maya, der indische Mythos. (Gesammelte Werke. 2.) vii, (1), 439, (1)pp. 12 illus. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Rascher Verlag), 1952.

3139

ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Mythen und Symbole in indischer Kunst und Kultur. (Gesammelte Werke. 1.) xi, (1), 282, (2)pp. 71 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Rascher Verlag), 1951.

3140

ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Philosophie und Religion Indiens. 597, (5)pp. 4to. Cloth. Zürich (Rhein-Verlag), 1961.

3141

ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Philosophies of India. Edited by Joseph Campbell. (Bollingen Series. XXVI.) xvii, (3), 687, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. New York (Pantheon Books), 1951.

3142

ZIMMERMANN, PETER. Auf der Suche nach Indien und Südostasien. Englische Belletristik im Zeitalter des Kolonialimperialismus. 257, (1)pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Boards. Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1981.

3143

ZLATOVERKHOVA, V.G. Fonetika birmanskogo literaturnogo iazyka. Eksperimental’nye issledovaniia. 124, (4)pp. 148 figs. 4to. Wraps.

3 March, 2016

ARS LIBRI THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER: PART FOUR: THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

186

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1966. 3144

ZOETE, BERYL DE & SPIES, WALTER. Dance and Drama in Bali. With a preface by Arthur Waley. xx, 342, (2)pp., 112 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Title-page clipped. London (Faber and Faber), 1952.

3145

ZOETMULDER, P.J. Kalangwan. A survey of old Javanese literature. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 16.) xvii, (1), 588pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1974.

3146

ZOETMULDER, P.J. & ROBSON, S.O. Old Javanese-English Dictionary. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) 2 vols. xxxi, (1), 2368pp. 4to. Cloth. The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1982.

3147

ZOGRAF, G.A. Die Sprachen Südasiens. 167pp. 1 folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Cloth. Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1982.

3148

ZÜRICH. KUNSTHAUS. Borobudur. Kunst und Religion im alten Java, 8.-14. Jahrhundert. Oct. 1977-Jan. 1978. 216pp. Prof. illus. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps. Zürich, 1977.

3149

ZÜRICH. MUSEUM RIETBERG. Indische Skulpturen der Sammlung Eduard von der Heydt./ Indian Sculptures in the von der Heydt Collection. Descriptive catalogue by J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. 250pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Boards. Parallel texts and captions in German and English. Zürich, 1964.

3150

ZÜRICH. MUSEUM RIETBERG. Kunst und Religion in Indien. 2500 Jahre Jainismus. [By] Eberhard Fischer [and] Jyotindra Jain. 71, (1)pp. 270 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Zürich, 1974.

3151

ZÜRICH. MUSEUM RIETBERG. Kunsttraditionen in Nordindien. Stammeskunst, Volkskunst, klassische Kunst. Aug.Sept. 1972. Text by Eberhard Fischer and Haku Shah. 64pp. 200 illus. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps. Zürich, 1972.

3152

ZÜRICH. MUSEUM RIETBERG. Orissa: Kunst und Kultur in Nordost-Indien. Herausgegeben von Eberhard Fischer, Sitakant Mahapatra, Sinanath Pathy. Mit Beiträgen von Bettina Bäumer, Thomas Donaldson, Elisabeth Eschler, Barbara Fischer, Hermann Kulke, Nilamani Misra, Debala Mitra, Marie-Louise Nabholz-Kartaschoff, D.N. Patnaik, B.N. Patnaik, B.N. Sinha, I. Wettsien, B. Kauf. (Publikationsstiftung für das Museum Rietberg Zürich. 2.) 360pp. 806 illuis., 2 maps. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Zürich, 1980.

3153

ZVELEBIL, KAMIL V. Lexicon of Tamil Literature. (Handbuch der Orientalistik. Zweite Abteilung: Indien. 9.) xxiv, (4), 782, (4)pp. 4to. Cloth. Leiden/New York (E.J. Brill), 1995.

3154

ZVELEBIL, KAMIL. The Smile of Murugan. On Tamil litterature of South India. xvi, 378pp., 3 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth. Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1973.

3155

ZWALF, W. (EDITOR). Buddhism. Art and faith. 300pp. 422 illus. (partly color). 4to. Wraps. London (British Museum Publications), 1985.

3 March, 2016